iWI' 'lifRA; tfuiuijt$iiij af Caliljciiiua. ,No Division /^ Ran^e n. Received ^-y^Arr^ /^y 187^, / ^o^^ tDt^ /f^^ % nnoii^t ^t^vint^^ A Harmony OF THF. ESS A VS. ETC. OF FrAxNcis Bacon. Viscount St. Alban, Baron Verulara, &c. Anti after my manner, I alter rrer, n'hen I add. So that nothing is /JHisJiid, till all be /tniiheiL— Letter of Sir Francis Bacon to Mr. Tobie Matthrw, dated Graies Jnn, Feb. 27. 1610. ARRANGED BY K L) W A R I) A R B E R. AJjfociate, Kings College, London, F.R.G.S., &»c. LONDON : c 5 VUK.KN s()| \RK. P.l/x >MSRURV. WW F.nt. Stat. Hall. \ I J uly , 1 8 7 1 . \All rights re/erved f r I n ! n— I IP ^nsim ^tmnti. Carefully Edited by EDWARD ARHER, A^ociatt, A'ing't ColUgt, London, FRGS., ^c A Harmony of LORD BACON'S LONDON: c 5 (,>L:EF..V SOUarf; HLOOMSHfRV. W.C. Ent. Stat. Halt \ iS^, it A? »:^' "t^ - Zl)t (Bn^Vml) JSeprinU MAY I:E obtained IN THREE FORMS. Fcp. 8vo. I — The ScrinI I<;suc, in stiff covers, uncut edges ; chiefly in Shilling or Eighlccnpcnny Works. See Catalogue. .". Handsome and durable Cas.es for preserving copies in this form may \x obtained One Shilling each. H. — In bevelled green cloth, red edges, &c., two or three Works making up into occasiunal Volumes, generally Half a Crown or Three Shillings and Sixpence each. '*- 4- 3 7- ^ . 9- r lO ~ 'J «3 1 • 15 t. i6 /h chth. Two Shillings. Half a Crown. Haifa Crown. ALREADY ISSUED. /« stiff" covers. MiLjON. Cd. • 2. LaYimer . 6d. • 3. GossoN . 6d. , Sidney . 6d. • 5. Webbk .. 6d. ■ 6. SeiIden. 6d. AscHAM. IS. 8. Addison., is , LtLV ..4s Five Shillings. V.uuERSxs. „. GASCO.CNE.S. ^^. EAK..E.. is..{J„^J«;;;i'i^^^^^ Latimer IS. 6d. .14. Moke, is Three Shillings PuTTENHAM 2S Haifa Cruwn. Hn'wKLL . 6d. 17. Udall . 6d ( Three Shillings 18. Monk OF Evesham, is. 19. James VI. is. .. 1 and Sixpence. ao. Nai'nton . 6d. 21. Watson, is. 6d Haifa Crown. V "cj 22. Harington . IS. 23. AscHAM . IS. Half a Crown. ', 24. ToTTV.i.'^ Afiscellany . 2s. 6d Three Shillings -.' *, 25. Lever, is. 6d. 26. Webbe . is Three Shillings V (2 *^- A Hakmunv OF Bacon's £"«rt>i s?-. . Six Shillings. j Fcp. 4to. III.— LARGE PAPER COPIES, in stiff covers, uncut edges; in which are already issued each I. Milton 2. Latimer 3. Gosson 4. Sidney 5. Webbe i$. 6d. 6. Selden 7. Asciiam S.Addison 2s. 6d. 9. LvLY ys. od. 10. ViLLIERS II. GaSCOIGNE 12. EaRLE 2S. 6d. i^. Latimer » 4s. od. 14. More as. 6d. 15. Puttenham 5s. od. 16. Howell 17. Udall is. 6d. 18. Tmp. Revelation to the Monk of Evksham . . . . . . 2s. 6d. 19. James VI 2s. 6d. 30. Nai'nton IS. 6d. 21. Watson 4s. od. 22. HaIIINGTON 2^. ASCMAM 2S. 6d. 24. Tottbl's Miscellany 6s. 6d. S Uh^^i~^< ^Ky^ CONTENTS. III. OF THE COLOURS OF GOOD AND EVIL. [A Preliminary Note. . . . . . . 132-134] Of THE Colours OF Good AND Evil, A fragment. . . J35-154 Contents., . . . . . • . . , . 137 [Preface]. ......... 138 1. Situe all parties or sects challenge the pre-eminence of the first place to tliemselz'es, that to which all the rest ivith one consent give the second place, seems to be better titan the others : for ei'cry one seems to take the first place out of self-zeal but to gizc tlu second ivhcrc it is really due. . . . .139 2. That kind is altogetlier best, ivlwse excellence or pre-etniftence is best. ........ 140 3. That 7vhich hatha relation to truth is greater than that which refers to opinion : but the measure atid trial of tliat which belongs to opinion is this : It is that which a 7nan would not do, if he thought it would not be known. . . . .141 4. Tltat which keeps a matter safe and entire is good; bjtt wJiat is destitute and -unproz'ided of retreat is bad: for whereas all ability of acting is good, not to be able to witlidraw one's self is a kind of impotency. . . . . . .1-2 5. That which consists of more parts, and those divisible, is greater, and more one t/ian what is made up offetver:for all things when tJiey are looked upon piece-tneal seetn greater ; when also a plurality of parts more strongly if tJiey be in no certain order; for it then resembles infinity, and hinders the compre- hending of them. . . , . , . .14^ 6. That whose privation [or the want of which) is good, is tn itself evil; that wliose privation {or Hie want witereof) is an evil, is in itself good. ....... 146 IVhat is near to good, is good; what is at a distance from good, . IS ez'il. which a man hath procured by his own default is a greater schiefipr evilj : that which is laid upon him by others is a '•!7 M9 8. That miscniej (or evUj : that which is laid upon I'liin by , lesser ezil. ....... 9. That which is gotten by our own pains and itidustry is a greater good: that which comes by another man's favour, or by the in- dulgence of fortune, is a lesser good. . . , .151 10. The degree of absolute privation scans greater than the degree of diminution : and again, the degree of inception (or beginnino) seems greater than the degree 0/ increase. . . ^ 152 IV. A HARMONY OF THE SECOND GROUP OF TIVENTY-FOUR ESSAYS . . ,55 Four texts to an opening. Jii^fi'P^geofHarleianMS. 5106. . . ,„ Draft Dedication to Prince Henry of Wales, S^ane MS. 4259. '. 581 14. Of Goodness and Goodness of Nature. . . . 198 15. Of Beauty 208 11. Of Friendship. . . .160 12. Of Wisdom for a Man's Self 1S2 13. Of Nobility. . . . i38 CONTENTS. J- 19. 20. 23- 24. 25- Of Seeming Wise. . .214 26 Of Ambition. . . .222 27 OfRicJies 230 28 Of Despatch. . .. . 242 Of Defo7-viity. . . . 250 29 30- Of Youth and Age. . . 256 31- Of Marriage atid Single Life. 264 32 Of Parestts ami Childi'en. , 272 33 Of Great Place. . . .278 34- Of Ef)ipire. . . 294 PAGES Of Counsel. . . . 310 Of Atheis)n. . . . 330 Of Superstition . . .342 Of Praise 350 Of N attire in Men. . . 358 Of Custom and Education. 366 Of Fortune. . . . 374 Of Death 382 Of Seditions and Troubles. 390 V. A HARMONY OF THE THIRD GROUP OF SIX ESS A YS . . . . 417 Three texts to an opening. Second Authorized ^ Title Page. ..... 419 AND Reviskd Text, \ Dedication to Sir John Constable. . . 420 1612. (The Table. ..... 421 35. Of Religion. . . . 422 38. Of Judicature. . . . 450 36. Of Cunning. . . . 434 39. Of Vain Glory. . . . 462 37. Of Love 444 50. Of Greatness of Kingdoms. 46S VI. A HARMONY OF THE FOURTH GROUP OF EIGHTEEN ESS AYS . . .495 Third E IRD AND Final ( -r^ NGLisH Text, < 1625. I^^j Tivo texts to an openijtg. Title Page. . . . edication to George Villiers, ist Duke Buckingham. . . . . . The Table. . . . . . of 41. Of Truth 499 42. Of Revenge. . . . 502 i,Z. Of Adversity. . . . 504 ^i,\^Of S imulation and Dissim- ulation. . . . sob 45. Of Envy 511 46. Of Boldness. . . .518 47. Of Travel. . . . -521 48. Of Delays 5=4 49. Of Innovations. . . . 526 497 498 577 50. Of Suspicion. . . . 528 51. Of Plantations. . . . 530 52. Of Prophecies. . . . 535 53. Of IMasques and Triumphs. 539 54. Of Usury 541 55- Of Building. . . -547 56. Of Gardens. • . -555 57. Of Anger 565 58. Of Vicissitude of Things . 569 VII. THE FRAGMENT OF AN ESSAY, OF FAME . 579 Aduitional Notes, dr=r. 581-584 PROLOGUE. literature as well as Drefs has its fafliions, its varying modes ' of exprefling the Tafle of the clay. Since printed Eng- lifli books have been, one kind of Subject or one Style of writing, rather than all others, has been in favour both with writers and readers : jufl as it was confonant with the intelligence and movements, the focial, political, and religious life of the Age. This Subject or Style has maintained its pre-eminence until fome change in the national life or the advent of fome new flrong writer has created interefl in a frefh topic or occafioned delight through fome new phafe of expreffion. So that as time wore on, not only have books multiplied immenfely, but the Literature has vaflly increafed in fpecies, claffes, and kinds of writings. To quote a few late examples. In the lafh century, the exifling flyle of Effay writing was initiated by Addifon and Steele ; Englifli Romances of Travel were founded in De Foe's Rohinfon Crnfoe\ our earlieft modern Novels were written by Richardfon, Fielding, and Goldfmith ; and Dr. Johnfon compiled the fn-fl of our prefent recognized Dic1:ionaries. Quite recently alfo, we have feen that fungus variety of Ficliion — the Senfation Novel — live its day and pafs away. ' To every thing there is a feafon, and a time to every purpofe under the heaven.' 2. \Vithinthecentur>-nnceCaxtonhadeftablifhed the ufe of print- ing in England, there had come into vogue ALLEGORICAL Verse in Stephen \\-x\\t%' Pajlime of Plcafure, which kind of compofition had recently been revived in Spenfer's Faery Qiieme. Another clafs of poetr>', Pastoral Verse, had been reprefented by Bar- clay's Egloges, Spenfer's Shepheardes Calender, Lodge's Phillis, Watfon's il/r///^av^j (in Englifli), and Earnfield's Affeclionaie Shep- heard. The Reforming fpirit fometimes had ufed the lafh of Satirical Verse, as in Roy's Rede me and be uott iiulum, tlic first appeal from the porch and the academy to the haunts of PROLOGUE. vii "busy and of idle men, the first book that taught the unlearned reader to observe and reflect for himself on questions of moral philosophy. In an age when every topic of this nature was treated systematically, and in a didactic form, he broke out without connexion of chapters, with all the digressions that levity and garrulous egotism could suggest, with a very delightful, but, at that time, most unusual rapidity of transition from seriousness to gaiety. It would be to anticipate much of what will demand attention in the ensuing century, were we to mention here the conspicuous writers who, more or less directly, and with more or less of close imitation, may be classed in the school of Montaigne ; it embraces, in fact, a large proportion of French and English literature, and especially of that which has borrowed his title of Essays. Ititr. to Lit. cf Europe [from 1550—1600] ii. 169. Ed. 1839. Each book of thefe E/J'ais (the word also came to us from France) forms one of the two volumes. The chapters are fhorter than they afterwards became ; and there are but few quotations. The next edition was publifhed at Bourdeaux in 1582 ; Edition fcconde, reneiie et aiigmentee, and was contained in one volume. An edition also appeared between 1582 and 1587, but no copy of it is now known. Another edition was publiflied at Paris in 1587. A fifth edition appeared at Paris in 15S8. Montaigne died on 4 December 1592: and the lafl edition of his lifetime appeared at Lyons, with the date 1593. Dr. Payen tells us that "Montaigne although he fays 'I add but I do not correct' he did often correcT; even to very light fhadings of expreffions. " It was his cuflom to note thefe corrections and additions in the margins of his own copies. His literary fofterdaughter, Made- moifelle Marie de Jars or Jards, daughter of Guillaume de Jars, lord of Neufoi and de Goumay, and hence commonly called Mademoifelle de Gournay, incorporated thefe corrections and additions in firft pofthumous edition of 1595 ; which forms a prin- cipal bafis for themodern criticaltext of Montaigne's greateft work, 5. Every excellent Author ^abliflaes a diflinct feclion or group of literature in aftertimes, confecrated to the expofition and illuf- tration of his Writings ; which create an ever-increafing com- mentary through their contact with the frefh mind of fucceffive generations. Juft as w^e have a Chaucer, a Shakefpeare, a Milton literature : fo is there in France, a Montaigne literature. It may be of affiflance to thofe who would become acquainted with this, to notice a few works through which they may obtain an entrance into it. -M. J. F. Payen, M.D. has been a great worker in this field ; efpecially in his moft complete Notice bibliographique fur Montaigne, Paris. 1837, and his Documents inedits, oti pen connus fur Montaigne. Paris, 4 parts of which (250 copies only of fome of them being printed,) have appeared, viz. in 1S47, 1S50, 1855, 1856. M. Alphonfe Griin's La viepublique de MicJid Montaigne, Paris, 1855, (criticized by Dr. Payen in Vaxt. ^o[ Documents im'dits i^c. ), will fupi)ly references to many of the French Writers who have written on the great Effayifl of France. Two tradls Hkewife may not be overlooked, ^'Montaigne chez hii. Vifite de deux Amis a fon Chateau" by MM. E. Galey and L. Lapeyre. viii PROLOGUE. Perigcux, iS6r. (150 copies printed) : which contains tranfcripts of tlio 54 sentences infcribcd on the joifls of ceiling of the Library which is fituated on the fecond floor of the Library Tower of tlie Chateau. Also AL Gal ey's trad in continuation, Le Fatiteuil de AJofitaigite, Perigeux, 1865. (200 copies printed). 6. The influence of ATontaigne on fome of the grcateft writers in England is traced by the poffeffion of copies of John Florio's tranflation of the Effaics in Englifli, in 1603, by our two chief poets at that time. Both copies are in the Britifli Mufeum. The one, with prefs-mark C. 28. m. 8., bears on its title-page the ilgnature of Ben you/on, and a Latin note that he bought for (liven/o/n/i {i.e. fliillings) in 1604. The other, with Prefs-mark C. 28. m. 7., has on a fly-leaf oppofite the title-page, the figna- ture I Film. Shakspeare. Sir F. Madden, a very great authority, in his Obfei~i>ations on an Autograph of Shake/pear e, London, 1838, flates that this particular autograph ^^ challenges and defies fufpicion, and has already paffed the ordeal of numerous compe- tent examiners, all of whom have, withojit a fingle doubt, ex- preffed their convidion of its genuinenefs,"/. 6. He further adduces internal evidence from The Tenipejl, of Shakefpeare's ufe of Florio's translation ; in which he has been imitated, at a more recent date, by Monfieur V. E. P. Chafles in his Etudes fur W. Shakefpeare, Marie Stuart, et VAretin. Paris. 1 85 1. 7. Bacon knew INIontaigne, not only as the great French Effayift, but alfo as the friend of his only full-brother, Anthony. This elder fon of the Lord Keeper, Sir Nicholas Bacon, by his fecond. wife, the Philofopher's mother, was wandering about the conti- nent, chiefly in France, for eleven years, between 1579 and February 1592, during all the time England was rifmg to her highefl; effort in the ftruggle with Spain. In November 1582, within two years of the firft appearance of Montaigne's Effais, and the year of their fecond edition, both at Bordeaux ; Anthony Bacon came to that city, and there contracfled a friendfliip with the Sieur de Montaigne. Without doubt this acquaintancefliip refuhed in thefe French Ejfais being early brought under Bacon's notice ; and notwithftanding that their endlefs ramblings from the fubject, fo utterly diftafleful to him, the novelty of the ftyle of writing no doubt recommended itfelf to him : and thus he came to note down his own obfervations, after the method of his own genius. So that on 30 January 1597 he could fay that he pub- lifhed them ' as they paffed long agoe from my pen.' Yet it is flrange that Bacon ignores his guide. There is no allufion by him to Montaigne in these effays before 1625, under whicli year he will be found quoted at/. 501. When, in 1612, he was writing his dedication to Prince Henry of his fecond and revifed Text, it pleafed him to go back to antiquity for a prece- dent, and to find in Seneca's Epijlles of Lucillus the prototype of the modern Effay, see/. 158. PROLOGUE. ix 8. At -u-hatever date tlie firfl of these EfTays were written, they were certainly preceded in publication by another work of like kind, wliich I take to be the earliefl publication in the techni- cal form of Effay-writing in our language. It is a very rare little book — for the infpeclion of which I am indebted to that benefi- cent friend of this Series, Henry Pyne, Efq. — entitled ^^ Rcmediis against Difcoiitcntment, drawen into feiierall Difcoiirfes frotn the ivritinges of aiuicient PJiilofophers. By Anonymous. London. Printed for Rafe Blower. An, Do. 1596." It was regiflered at Stationers' Hall on 2 June 1 596. The entry {lands at the top of fol. II. of Register C (1595-1620) as follows: — 1596. 38. Regni Rie Eliz: Secundo die jjinij. > Raphe Blower and_ ) Entred for their copie vnder hands of ^It^ Tho: Purfoote Junior ) Hartwell and bothe the wardens a (^ .^ booke intituled Anonymous his Rcjne- j ^^ ' dies against discontenttnent. ) Who * Anonymous ' was I haue no idea. He, however, dedi- cated the Remedies, &c., to the Attorney General, Edward after- wards Sir Edward Coke, which dedication is fucceeded by the following, Anonymous to his Friend. You earnestlie entreated mee to sende you those small discourses you tooke view of in my studie, not longe since. You haue so great authoritie ouer me that I can not (without breaking the league of friends! ippe make that iust excuse vnto you, which I might \Tito others. They were onely framed for mine owne priuate vse ; and that is the reason I tooke no great paine, to set them foorth anye better, thinking they should neuer see the light. Imagine not to find in them, those subtill questions, and profound discourses which so waightie a matter requireth. It was not my purpose to enter so farre, both in regarde of the weakenes of mine owne forces, as that I did likewise knowe well, that the auncient Philosophers haue lefte \Tito vs manj- volumes of the same subiect, whose perfection I am in no wise able to imitate. But as they all with one accord doe acknowledge thus much, that wee do natur- allye desire to bee happie, and that there is no meanes in this world to attaine thereunto, but to bridell our affections, and to bring them vnto a sounde temper, which is the onelye waye to set our mynde at rest: So did they iudge it requisite, that wee should referre all our labour, watching, and meditation to this end. And in deede it is the course which the best witts of those times, haue taken : yea not onely they who haue been guided by the obscure lighte of nature, but euen those whoe thorowe faith haue been enlightened, by the cleare shining of the Sonne beanies. From these faire flowers, whiche their labours haue afforded mee, I haue as I passed by, gathered this small heape, and as my time and leasure serued me. distilled them, and kept them as precious. Deeming that the lesser quantitye they they did containe, so much greater shoulde their vertue and power be. For I was lonsr since thus perswaded, that the receiptes which wee seeke, to calme, and appease our mind with all, ought to bee gathered into the fewest words, and shortest precepts that may be, that wee may alwayes haue them about vs. Forasmuch as disquietnes, which stoppeth the passage of felicitie, and with the which we are alwaies to combate, doth for the most part take vs vnaw.ires, and keepe vs at that bay, that if wee haue not still some short, and easie weapons about vs, which we may well handle, we should not be able to defend our selues. I doubt not but your age, and experience, hath long since prouided you those that are of better mettle, better forged, and tem- pered. But sith that you haue a good opinion of mine, and desire to v-se them (as you make me beleeue) I do answerable to your desire send them b X PROLOGUE. you. If they please you, it shalbe according to my wish : If they displease, yet is it according to your coinmundenient. Fare you well. Yours ^ noniiniis. 'The Difcourfes contcyned in this liooke ' are as follows: — I Howe ivce ought to prepare our selucs against passions. 2. 0/ the choice of affaires. 3. Of foresight. 4. Of the vocation of eiiery man. 5. Home "ivee ougJit to rtde oar life. 6. Of tlic diner sit ie of inens actions. 7. Of the choice of friends. 8. Of dissevtbling, 9. Of va7iitie. 10. Of pros- pe7-itie. it. A covtpariso7tof ourown estate, with the fortune of other men. 12. Of aduersitie. 13 Ofsorrowe. 14. Ofthea/j/Iictionofgoodfnen. 15. Of other mens fanltes. 16. Of iniuries, wrongs, and disgraces. 17. Of ponertie. 18. Of Death. Of all thefe we may glue as a fample, the fifth Difcourfe. How we ought to rule our life. IN mine opinion it is necessarie to hould a certaine firme and staid course of life without chaunging vppon euery slight occasion. You shall see some who are so infected with this vice, that they alter tlieir man- ner of life daily, being vnpossible to settle themsekies to any thing, like vnto those who neuer haue been at Sea, who when they first set saile, remooue out of a great Ship into a little, and from a little to a great, shewing plainely that they mislike both ; being still Sea-sick and purging their stomack. It is euen so with those who bring their passions with them in those matters they vndertake, seeking dayly a new forme of life and neuer doe effect any thing they begyn. Euerie thing maketh them sick, all things torment them : to haue much busines, to be idle, to serue, to conmiand, to be maried, to leade a single life, to haue children, to bee without issue : to bee short, nothing pleaseth them, nothing satisfieth them, but that which they haue not: And such kind of men line miserably and discontentedly, like vnto those who are restrayned of their libertie, and fettered, liuing in a dayly torment. There are another sort of men almost like vnto these, who can neuer stand still nor stale in one place, they neuer cease going and comming, they inter- medle themselucs in euery mans matter without any intreatic, they are won- derfully troubled with busines, and yet they haue nothing at all to do. When they come abroad, yf you demaunde of them whither they go, they straight- waies make answere I know not, I haue some busines like as others haue. They run about the streetes, and market places, and returne all wearle and disquieted, hauing dispatched nothing at all. For there is nothing that so much wearieth any man as to labour in vaine. It is like ants who clinibe vnto the top of a tree, and when they are at the highest haue nothing else to doe but to come downe againe, without reaping any other profit. They goe with such a randome that they carrieall that they ineete before them. The Exchange, Powles, and the market places, are ordinarily full of such men. These forge and inuent newes, are deceauers, talking still of men hues, and discoursyng vainely what charges and offices other men haue. A wise mans actions tend alvvaies to a certaine end, he neuer burdeneth himselfe, with more busines then hee can well execute. And to say the troth, Hee which taketh much vppon hijn, giueth fortune tnuch poivcr ouer hint. 9. Fourteen pages of entries intervene in the Stationers' Com- pany' Register between the record of Remedies agaiujl Difcon- tentment, &-'c., on the 2d June 1596, in 38 Eliz. ; and that of EJfayes, Religious Jlledilaiions, &'e. on 5th of February 1 597, in 39 Eliz., of which they were the forerunners: For though not quite the very firft Englifli Effayifl, it was Bacon that ejlablifhcd \xv England this new fpecies of writing. Having thus brought the reader to the thrcfliold of the prefent Reprint, we clofe our brief flcetch of the advent of the Effay in our national Literature. Dr. Rawley's Life of Lord Bacon. Knowledge of the manhood of Bacon wonderfully illustrates the drift and method of his Essays, and vice versa. We fortunately possess an early and most authoritative account of him in the following Li/e by his ' first and last Chaplain,' the Rev. William Rawley, D.D., which first appeared in his Resusci- iatio, 1657. fo'-> '^^■^s revised in the reprint of it of 1661, and is for the most part, the best testimony attainable (viz., that of a credible Eye and Ear wit- ness), expressed with great strength and clearness. We must therefore accej t it, so far as it goes ; for Dr. Rawley omits all allusion to Bacon's failings and fall, and touches but lightly upon the more active political and judicial parts of his career. All which parts, however, must be added to the account here given of him, if we would comprehend the enduring and fertile activity of his great powers. It is well also to dwell on such a bright side of Bacon's character as is here presented to us : in order to do him justice : for the character here given is the general teno7ir of his long life; even after dishonour a particular transactions had been incurred, though not always detected and punished. The general character preceded, co- existed, and survived each dishonour ; and so Bacon is in a measure, the Solomon of modern times, endowed with wonderful powers, but still succumb- ing to the temptations that most easily beset his temperament. Dr. Rawley's narrative, as first printed, is so disfigured with capital letters, and cut to shreds with commas, that, in this instance, we have modernised it. Before the Life, in the edition of 1661, he placed an Epistle to the Header, which begins thus : — " Having been employed as an amanuensis or daily instrument to this honourable Author, and acquainted with his Lordship's conceits in the composing of his Works, for many years together, especially in his writing time. I conceived that no man could pretend a better interest or claim to the ordering of them, after his death, than myself. For which cause I have compiled in one, whatsoever bears the true stamp of his Lordship's excellent genius, and hath hitherto slept and been sup- pressed in this present volume ; not le.iving anything to a future hand which I found to be of moment and communicable to the public, save only some few Latin works, *hich, by God's favour and sufFrance, shall soon after follow. It is true that for some of the Pieces herein contained, as his Lordship did not aim at the publication of thera but at the preservation only, and prohibiting then, from perishing, so as to leave them reposed in some private Shrine or Library. . . . The Epistle thus concludes: "As for this present collection, I doubt not but that it will verify itself in the several parcels thereof, and manifest to all understanding and unpartial readers who is the Author of it: by that spirit of perspicuity, and aptness, and conciseness, which runs through the whole work, and is ever an annex of his Lordship's pen. There is required now; and I have been moved by many, both from foreign nations and at home, who have in price, and been admirers of this honourable Author's conceits and apprehensions; that some memorials might be added concerning his Lordship's life. Wherein I have been more willing than sufficient to satisfy their requests, and to that end have endeavoured to con- tribute not my talent, but my mite, in the next following discourse. Though to give the true value to his Lordship's worth, there were more need 01 another Homer to be the trumpet of Achilles' vertues." Dr. Rawley's Life of Lord Bacon. The Life of the Honourable Author. FRANCIS BACON, the Glory of his Age and Nation, the Adorner and Ornament of Learning, was born in York House or York Place, in the Strand; on the 22d day of January in the year of our Lord, 1560. His father was that famous Councillor to Queen Elizabeth, the second Prop of the Kingdom in his time; Sir Nicholas Bacon Knight, Lord Keeper of the Great Seal of England : a Lord of known prudence, sufficiency, moderation, and integrity. His mother was Anne, one of the daughters of Sir Anthony Cook, unto whom the erudition of King Edward the Sixth had been com- mitted : a choice Lady and eminent for piety, virtue, and learning ; being exquisitely skilled, for a woman, in the Greek and Latin tongues. These being the parents, you may easily imagine what the issue was like to be; having had whatsoever Nature or Breeding could put into him. His first and childish years were not without some mark of eminency. At which time, he was endued with that pregnancy and towardness of wit, as they were presages of that dee/ and imiversai AppreJiension which was manifest in him afterward : and caused him to be taken notice of by several persons of Worth and Place, and especially by the Queen ; who (as I have been informed), delighted much, then, to confer with him, and to prove him with questions. Unto whom, he delivered himself with that gravity and maturity above his years, that Her Majesty would often term him 'The young Lord Keeper.' Being asked by the Queen ' How old he was ?' He answered with much discretion, being then but a boy, 'That he was two years younger than Her Majesty's happy Reign.' With which answer the Queen was much taken. At the ordinary years of ripeness for the University,_ or rather somewhat earlier; he was sent by his father to Trinity College in Cambridge, to be educated and bred under the tuition of Doctor John Whitgift, then master of that College, afterwards the renowned Archbishop of Ca>.iterbury : a pre- late of the first magnitude for Sanctity, Learning, Patience, and Humility. Under whom, he was observed to have been more than an ordinary profi- cient in the several arts and sciences. Whilst he was commorant in the University, about 16 years of age (as his Lordship hath been pleased to im- part unto myself;), he first fell into the dislike of the Philoa^hy oLAli stotle. Not for the worihlessness of the Author, to whom he would ever ascribe an high attributes; but for the unfruitfulness of the way ; being a Philosophy (as his Lordship used to say) only strong for disputations and contentions, but barren of the production of Works for the benefit of the Life of Man. In which mind he continued to his dying day. After he had passed the circle of the Liberal Arts; his father thought fit to frame and mould him for the arts of State, And, for that end, sent him over into France, with Sir Amvas Paulet, then employed Ambassador Leger into France; by whom he was; after a while, held fit to be entrusted with some message or advertisement to the Queen ; which having performed, with great approbation, he returned back into France again, with intention to continue for some years, there. ,. , , . In his absence in France, his father the Lord Keeper died ; having col- lected (as I have heard of knowing persons) a considerable sum of money, which he had separated, with intention to have made a competent purchase of land for the livelihood of this his youngest son ; (who was only unprovided for, and though he was the youngest in years, yet he was not the lowest m his father's affection) : but the said purchase being unaccomplished at his father's death, there came no greater share to him, than his single part or portion of the money divisable amongst five brethren. By which means he lived in some straights and necessities in his younger years. For as for that pleasant site and manor of Gorhambury, he came not to it, till many years alter, by the death of his dearest brother, Mr. Anthony Bacon ; a gentleman equal to him in height of wit, though inferior to him in the endowments of learning and knowledge. Unto whom he was most nearly conjoined in aftection : they two, being the sole male issue of a second venture. Dr. Rawley's Life of Lord Bacon. xii. 1 Being returned from travel, he applied himself to the study of the Com- mon Law, which he took upon him to be his profcbsiim. In which he obtained to great excellency: though he made that (as himself said; but as an accessary and not as his principal study. He wrote several tractates upon that subject. Wherein, though some great rrasters in the Law did out- go him in bulk and particularities of cases, yet in the true science of the grounds and mysteries of the law he was exceeded by none. In this way, he was, after a wliile, sworn of the Queen's Counsell Learned, Extraordinary ; a grace (if I err not) scarce known before. He seated himself, for the commodity of his studies and practise, amongst the Honourable Society of Gray's Inn ; of which House he was a member: where he erected that elegant pile or struc- ture, commonly known by the name of Lord Bacoti's Lodgings, which he inhabited, by turns, the most part of his life (some few years only excepted) unto his dying day. In which House, he carried himself with such sweetness, comity, and generosity, that he was much revered and loved by the Readers and Gentlemen of the house. Notwithstanding that he professed the law for his livelihood and subsist- ence : yet his heart and affections were more carried after the affairs and places of State; for which, if the Majesty Royal then had been pleased, he was most fit. In his younger years he studied the service and fortunes (as they call them) of that noble but unfortunate Earl, the Earl of Essex ; unto whom he was, in a sort, a private and free counsellor, and gave him safe and honourable advice : till, in the end, the Earl inchned too much to the violent and precipitate counsel of others, his adherents and followers ; which was his fate and ruin. His birth and other capacities qualified him above others of his profession, to have ordinary accesses at court; and to come frequently into the Queen's eye : who would often grace him with private and free communication, not only about matters of his profession oi business in law; but also about the arduous affairs of state. From whom she received, from time to time, great satisfaction. Nevertheless, though she cheered him much with the bounty of her countenance ; j-et she never cheered him with the bounty of her hand : having never conferred upon him any ordinary place or means of honour or profit, save only one dry reversion of the Register's Office in the Star Chamber, worth about ^1600 per annum : for which he waited in expectation, either fully or nearly twenty years. Of which his X.ordship would say, in Queen Elizabeth's time, ' That it was, like another man's ground, buttalling upon his house ; which might mend his prospect but it did not fill his barn.' (Nevertheless in the time of King Ja-nes it fell unto him.) Which might be imputed, not so much to Her Majesty's averseness or disaffection towards him : as to the arts and policy of a great statesman then, who laboured by all industrious and secret means to suppress and keep him down ; lest if he had risen, he might have obscured his glory. But though he stood long at a stay in the days of his mistress. Queen Elizabeth: yet, after the change and coming in of his new master King James, he made a great progress ; by whom, he was much comforted in places of trust, honour, and revenue. I have seen a letter of his Lordship's to King James, wherein he makes acknowledgement : "That he was that master to him, that had raised and advanced him nine times ; thrice in dignity, and si.\ times in office." His offices 'as I conceive) were, Counsel Learned Extr.\- oRDi.NJARV [25th August 1604] to his Majesty, as he had been to Queen Elizabeth; King's Solicitor General t25th June 1607]; His Majesty's Attornev-Gener.^l [27th October 1613]; Cou.nsellor of St.\te[/.<'., Privy Councillor, 7th June i6r6], being yet but Attorney; Lord Keeper of t^je Great .Seal of England [3d March 1617]; lastly. Lord Chancellor [4th January 1619]; which two last places, though they be the same in authority and power ; yet they differ in patent, height, and favour of the prince. Since whose time none of his successors until this present honourable Lord [Lord Clarendon] did ever bear the title of Lord Chancellor. His dignities were first Knight [23d July 1603]; then Baron of Verulam [nth July 1618] ; lastly, Viscount S.\int Alban [28th January 1621]; besides other good xiv Dr. Rawley's Life of Lord Bacon. gifts and bounties of the hand, which His Majesty gave him; both out of the Broad Seal and out of the Alienation Office, to the value in both of ;£i8oo per annum ; which with his Manor of Gorhanibury and other lands and posses- sions, near there unto adjoining, amounting to a third part more, he retained to his dying day. Towards his rising years, not before, he entered into a married state ; and took to wife Alice, one of the daughters and co-heirs of Benedict Barnham Esquire, and Alderman of London : with whom he received a sufficiently ample and liberal portion in marriage. Children he had none ; which though they be the means to perpetuate our names after our deaths; yet he had other issues to perpetuate his name: the issues of his brain. In which he was ever happy and admired, as Jupiter was in the production of Pallas. Neither did the want of children detract from his good usage of his consort during tlie intermarriage, whom he presented with much conjugal love and respect, with many rich gifts and endowments, besides a robe of honour which he invested her withal [i.e., he made her a Peeress], which she wore, until her dying day, being twenty j'ears and more, after his death. The last five years of his life being withdrawn from civil affairs and from an active life, he employed wholly in contemplation and studies. A thin;:, whereof his Lordship would often speak during his active life ; as if he afiectud to die in the shadow, and not in the light ; which also may be found in several passages of his works. In which time, he composed the greatest part of his books and writings, both in English and Latin. Which I will enumerate (as near as I can) in the just order, wherein they were written. T/ie History of the Reign of King Hetiry the Sevoith. Abecedariian Nattirce, or a Metaphy- sical piece, which is lost. Historia VeJitonaii, Historiavita etfnortis; His- toria dcHsi et rari; not yet printed. Historia Gravis, et Levis, which is also lost. A Discourse of ./i Wariuith Spain. A Dialogue touching.,^;/ //^/j'^F<7n The fable of the Neiv Atla7itis. A Preface lo ^ Digest of the Laws of England. The beginning of the History of the Reign of King He?iry the F.igth. De AiigViicntis Scientiamvi; or The Advancetnent of Learning, put into Latin, with several enrichments and enlargements. Counsels Civil and illcral or his book of Essays, likewise enriched and enlarged. The conversion of certain Psalms into English verse. The translation into Latin ; of the History of King Henyy the SeventJi, of the Cojmsels Civil and Moral, of the dialogue of The Holy War, of the fable of The Nczv Atlantis; for the benefit of other nations. His revising of his book De Sapientia Vetcrmn, Inqitisitio de Magnete, I'opica Ingitisitionis de Luce et Liimine: both these not yet printed. Lastly', Sylz>a Sylvarinn or the Natural History. These were tlie fruits and productions of his last five years. His Lordship also designed upon the motion and in\itation of his late majesty [Charles I.l to have written The Reign of King Hony the Eigth; but that work perished in the designation merely. God not lending him life to proceed further upon it than only in one morning's work whereof there is extant an Ex Ufigue Leonem, already printed in his Lordsliip's Miscellany IVorks. There is a commemoration due as well to his abilities and virtues, as to the course of his life. Those abilities which commonly go single in other men, though of prime and observable parts; were all conjoined and met in him. Those are Sharpness of Wit, Memory, Judgment, and Elocution. For the former three, his books do abundantly speak them, which, with what suffi- ciency he wrote, let the world judge, but with what celerity he wrote them, I can best testify. But for the fourth, his Elocution, I will only set down, whr- I heard Sir Walter Raleigh once speak of him, by way of comparison (whose judgment may well be trusted). 'That the Earl of Salisbury was an excel- lent speaker but no good penman ; that the Earl of Northampton (the Lord Henry Howard) was an excellent penman but no good speaker ; but that Sir Francis Bacon was eminent in both.' I have been induced to think ; That if there were a beam of knowledge derived from God upon any man, in these modern times, it was upon hiin. For though he was a great reader of books, yet he had not his knowledge from books, but from some grounds or notions from within himself ; which notwith- Dr. Rawley's Life of Lord Bacon. xv standing, he vented with great caution and circumspection^ His book of Itistauratio Magna (which, in his own account, was the chiefest of his works) was no slight imagination or fancy of his brain ; but a settled and con- cocted notion : the production of many years' labour and travail. I myself have seen at the least twelve copies of the Ittstauration revised, year by year, one after another ; and every year altered and amended in the frame thereof; till, at the last, it came to that model, in which it was committed to the pre-s : as many living creatures do lick their young ones till they bring them to their strength of limbs. In the composing of his books he did rather drive at a masculine and clear expression than at any fineness or affectation of phrases; and would often ask if the meaning were expressed plai7ily enough. As being one that accounted words to be but subservient or ministerial to matter, and not the principal : and if his style were polite, it was because he could do no other- wise. Neither was he given to any light conceits, or descanting upon words : but did ever, purposely and industriously, avoid them. For he held such things to be but digressions or diversions from the scope intended, and to derogate from the weight and dignity of the style. He was no plodder upon books: though he read much; and that, with great judgement, and rejection of impertinences incident to many authors. For he would ever interlace a moderate relaxation of his mind with his studies ; as walking, or taking the air abroad in his coach, or some other befitting recreation. And yet he would lose no time : inasmuch, as upon his first and immediate return, he would fall to reading again : and so suffer no moment of time to slip from him without some present improvement. His meals were refections of the ear as well as of the stomack : like the Nodes AtticcB or Convivia Deip7io Sophistarutn, wherein a man might be refreshed in his mind and understanding no less than in his body. And I have known some of no mean parts, that have professed to make use of the:r note-books, when they have risen from his table. In which conversations and otherwise, he was no dashing man, as some men are ; but ever a counte- nancer and fosterer of another man's parts. Neither was he one, that would appropriate the speech wholly to himself or delight to out-vie others, but leave a liberty to the co-assessors to take their turns. WTierein he would draw a man on, and allure him to speak upon such a subject as wherein he was peculiarly skilful and would delight to speak : and for himself he contemned no man's observations, but would light his torch at every man's candle. His opinions and assertions were, for the most part, binding, and not contradicted by any : rather like oracles than discourses. Which may be imputed, either to the well weighing of his sentence by the scales of truth and reason; or else to the reverence and estimation wherein he was commonly had, that no man would conte>t with him. So that there was no argumen- tation, ox pro and con as they term it, at his table : or if there chanced to be any, it was carried with much submission and moderation. 1 have often observed, and so have other men of great account, that if he had occasion to repeat another man's words after him, he had an use and faculty to dress thenxin better vestments and apparel than they had before : so that the author should find his own speech much amended and yet the substance of it still retained. As if it had been natural to him to use good forms; as Ovid spake of his faculty of versifying, Et quod tentabain scribere, versus erat. [And what I was attempting to write, became a verse.] "WTien his office called him, as he was of the King's Counsell Learned to charge any offenders, either in criminals or capitals : he was never of an insulting or domineering nature over them, but always tender-hearted and carr>-ing himself decently towards the parties: (though it was his duty to charge them home) but yet as one that looked upon the example with the eye of severity, but upon the person with the eye of pity and compassion. And in Civil Business, as he was Councillor of State, he had the best way of advising : not engaging his master in any precipitate or grievous courses, but xvi Dr. Rawley's Life of Lord Bacon. in moderate and fair proceedings. The King whom he served, giving him this testimony, ' That he ever dealt in business snavibzis inodis, which was the way that was most according to his own heart.' Neitfier was he, in his time, less gracious with the subject than with his Sovereign. He was ever acceptable to the House of Commons when he was a member thereof. Being the King's Attorney and chosen to a place in Parliament ; he was allowed and dispensed with to sit in the House, which was not permitted to other Attorneys. And as he was a good servant to his master: being never in nineteen years service (as himself averred) rebuked by the King for any thing relating to his Majesty: so he was a good master to his servants, and rewarded their long attendance with good places freely when they fell into his power; which was the cause that so many young gentlemen of blood and quality sought to enlist themselves in his retinue. And if he were abused by any of them in their places ; it was only the error of the goodness of his nature : but the badges of their indiscretions and intemperances. This Lord was religious. For though the world be apt to suspect and pre- judge great wits and politicians to have somewhat of the Atheist : yet he was conservant with God. As appeareth by several passages throughout the whole current of his writings. Otherwise he should have crossed his own principles, which were, 'That a little philosophy maketh men apt to forget God, as attributing too much to second causes; but depth of philosophy bringeth a man back to God again.' Now 1 am sure there is no man that will deny him, or account otherwise of him but to have been a deep philoso- pher : and not only so, but that he was able to render a reason of the hope which was in him, which that writing of his of the Confession of the Faith doth abundantly testify. He repaired frequentlj', when his health would permit him, to the service of the Church, to hear sermons, *o the administra- tion of the Sacrament of the blessed Body and Blood of Christ: and died in the true faith established in the Church of England. This is most true. He was free from malice, which (as he said himself] he never bred, nor fed. He was no revenger of injuries, which if he had minded he had both opportunity and place high enough, to have done it. He was no heaver of men out of their places, as delighting in their ruin and undoing. He was no defamer of any man to his Prince. One day, when a great Statesman was newly dead, that had not been his friend, the King asked him ' what he thought of that Lord which was gone ?' He answered ' That he would never have made his majesty's estate better; but he was sure, he would have kipt it from being wor.se.' Which was the worst he would say of him. Which I reckon not amongst his moral but his Christian virtues. His fame is greater and sounds louder in foreign parts abroad, than at home in his own nation : thereby verifying that Divine sentence, A prophet is not without honour, save in his own country and in his own house. Con- cerning which, I will give you a taste only, out of a letter written from Italy (the Store-House of refined wits) to the late Earl of Devonshire {d. 1628.] then the Lord Cavendish. " I will expect the new Essays of my Lord Chancellor Bacon ; as also his History, with a great deal of desire : and whatsoever else he shall compose. But in particular, of his History I pro- mise myself a thing perfect and singular ; especially in Henry the Seventh, where he may e.xercise the talent of his divine understanding. Ihis Lord is more and more known; and his books here, more and more delighted in; and those men, that have more than ordinary knowledge in human aftairs, esteem him one of the most capable .spirits of this age. And he is truly such." Now his fame doth not decrease with days since, but rather increase. Divers of his works have been anciently and yet lately translated into other tongues both learned and modern, by foreign pens. Several persons of quality, during his Lordship's life, crossed the seas on purpose to g:ain an opportunity of seeing him and discoursing with him ; whereof one carried his Lordship's picture from head to foot, over with him to France, as a thing which he foresaw, would be much desired there : that so they might enjoy Dr. Rawley's Life of Lord Bacon. xvii the imase of his person as well as the images of his brain, his books. Amongst the rest, the Marquis Fiat, a French nobleman who came ambas- sador uito Endand in the beginning of Queen Mary, wife to King Charles; was taken with an extraordinary desire of seeing him ; for which he made way by a friend. And when he' came to him, being then through weakness confined to his bed, the Marquis saluted him with this high expression ; • That his Lordship had been ever to him like the angels, of whom he had often heard, and read much of them, in books, but he never saw theni.' After which they contracted an intimate acquaintance : and the Marquis did so revere him that besides his frequent visits, they wrote letters, one to the other, under the titles and appelations of father and son. As for his many salutations by letters from foreign worthies devoted to leaning, I forbear to mention them, because that is a thing common to other men of learning or note together with him. But yet in this matter of his fame, I speak in the comparative only and not in the exclusive. For his reputation is great in his own nation also, espe- cially amongst those that are of a more acute and sharper judgement. Which I will exemplify but with two testimonies and no more. The former, when his History of King Henry the Seventh was to come forth, it was delivered to the old Lord Brooke to be perused by him ; who, when he had despatched it, returned it to the author, with this eulogy, ' Commend me to my Lord, and bid him take care to get good paper and ink : for the work is incom- parable.' The other, shall be that of Doctor Samuel Collins, late Provost of King's College in Cambridge, a man of no vulgar wit, who affirmed unto me, 'That when he had read the book Of the Advance7nent of Learning, he found himself in a case to begin his studies anew and that he had lost all the time of his studying before.' It hath been desired that something should be signified touching his diet and the regiment of his health : of which in regard to his universal insight into nature, he may, perhaps, be, to some, an example. For his diet, it was a plentiful and hberal diet, as his stomach would bear it, than a restrained. Which he also commended in his book of The History of Life ajtd Death. In his younger years, he was much given to the finer and lighter sort of meats, as of fowls and such like : but afterwards, when he grew more judi- cious, he preferred the stronger meats, such as the shambles afforded, as those meats which breed the more firm and substantial juices of the body and less dissipable. Upon which, he would often make his meal ; though he had other meats upon the table. You may be sure he would not neglect that himself, which he so much extolled in his writings; and that was the use of Nitre : whereof he took in the quantity of about three grains, in thin warm broath every morning for thirty years together next before his death. And for physic he did indeed live physically but not miserably. For he took only a maceration of rhuburb infused into a draught of white wine and beer, mingled together for the space of half an hour, once in si.x or seven days, immediately before his meal, whether dinner or supper, that it might dry the body less; which, as he said, did carry away frequently the g:rosser humours of the body, and not diminish or carry away any of the spirits, as sweating doth. And, this was no grievous thing to take. As for other physic, in an ordinary way, whatsoever hath been vulgarly spoken, he took not. His receipt for the gout, which did constantly ease him of his pain within two hours, is already set down in the end of the Natziral History. It may seem the moon had some principal place in the figure of his nativity [! !] For the moon was never in her passion or eclipsed, but he was surprised with a sudden fit of fainting : and that, though he observed not, nor took any previous knowledge of the eclipse thereof. And as soon as the echpse ceased, he was restored to his former strength again. He died on the 9th day of April in the year 1626 ; in the early morning of the day, then celebrated for our Saviour's Resurrection, in the 66th year of his age, at the Earl of Arundel's house in Highgate, near London. To which place he casually repaired about a week before ; God so ordaining that he should die there of a gentle fever, accidentally accompanied with a great xviii Dr. Rawley's Life of Lord Bacon. cold; whereby the defluxion of rheum fell so plentifully upon his breast that he died by suffocation. And was buried in St. Michael's Church at Saint Albans : being the place designed for his burial by his last will and testa- ment ; both because the body of his mother was interred there, and because it was the only church then remaining within the precincts of old Verulam. Where he hath a monument erected for him of white marble, (by the care and gratitude of Sir Thomas JNIeutys Knight, formerly his Lordship's secre- tary, afterwards clerk of the King's Honourable Privy Council, under two kings) representing his full portraiture, in the posture of studying : with an inscription composed by that accomplished gentleman and rare wit, Sir Henry Wotton. But howsoever his body was mortal, j'et no doubt his memory and works will live, and will, in all probability, last as long as the world lasteth. In order to which, I have endeavoured, after my poor ability, to do this honour to his Lordship, by way of conducing to the same. Ben Jonson's Testimony to Bacon. In a collection of passages entitled, Timber; or, Discoveries made upon Men and Matter; written after 1630. Ben Jonson writes : " One, though hee be excellent, and the chiefe, is not to bee imitated alone. For never no Imitator, ever grew up to his Author; likenesse is ahvayes on this side Truth : Yet there hapn'd, in my time, one noble Speaker, who was full of gravity in his speaking. His language, (where hee could spare, or passe by a jest) was nobly censorious. No man ever spake more neatly, more presly, more weightily, or suffer'd lesse emptinesse, lesse idlenesse, in what hee utter'd. No member of his speech but consisted of the owne graces. His hearers could not cough, or looke aside from him, without losse. Hee com- manded where hee spoke, and had his Judges angry, and pleased at his de- votion. No man had their affection more in his power. The feare of every man that heard him, was, lest hee should make an end."/, iot. " I hazie ever observ'd it, to have beene the office of a wise Patriot, among the greatest affaires of the State, to take care of the Conunoji-ivealth of Learning. For Schooles, they are the Seminaries of State : and nothing is worthier the study of a States-man, then that part of the Rcpiddicke, which we call the advancement of Letters. Witnesse the care of Iidius Ccesar; who in the heat of the civill warre, writ his bookes of Analogic, and dedi- cated them to Tully. This made the late Lord S. Aiba?ie, entitle his worke, no7iuin Orga7inm. Which though by the most of superficial! men ; who cannot get beyond the Title of Nomitials, it is not penetrated, nor under- stood; it really openeth all defects of Learning whatsoever ; and is a Booke, Qui longum noto scriptori porriget ocvum. My conceit of his Person was never increased toward him, by his place, or honours. But I have, and doe reverence him for the greatnesse, that was onely proper to himselfe, in that hee seem'd to mee ever, by his worke one of the greatest men, and most worthy of admiration, that had beene in many Ages. In his adversity I ever prayed, that God would give him strength: for Greatnesse hee could not want. Neither could I condole in a word, or syllabic for him ; as knowing no Accident could doe harme to vertue, but rather helpe to make it manifest. /. 102. Works, ii. Ed. 1640. Aubrey's Gossip. Ohn Ai'RREY, in his MS. notes, the dedication of which to Anthony- Wood is dated 15th June 1580, which are printed at tlie end of Letters ivritten hy eminent persons, &^c. London. 1813. gives us the following further information about Lord Bacon. In iiis Lordship's prosperity Sr. Fulke Grevil, Lord Brooke, was his great friend and acquaintance, but when he was in di>grace and want, he was so unworthy as to forbid his butler to let him have any more small beer, which he had often sent for, his stoniack being nice, and the small beere of Grayes Inne not liking his pallet. This has done his memorie more di^honour then Sr Ph. Sydney's friendship engraven on his monument hath donne him honour. Richard, Earle of Dorset, was a great admirer and friend of the Ld. Ch. Bacon, and was wont to have Sr Tho. Baliingsley along with him, to re- member and putt downe in writing my Lord's sayinges at table. Mr. Ben lonson was one of his friends and acquaintance, as doeth appeare by his excellent verses on his Lops birth day, in his 2nd vol. and in his I'nderujoods, where he gives him a character, and concludes, '1 hat about his time, and within his view, were borne all the witts that could honour a nation or help studie. He came often to Sr John Danvers at Chelsey. Sir John told me that when his Lop had wrote the Hist, of He7i. 7, he sent the manuscript copie to him to desire his opinion of it before it 'twas printed. Qd Sir John, Your Lordship knowes that I am no scholar. 'Tis no matter, said my Lord, I know what a scholar can say ; I would know what ycic can say. Sir John read it, and gave his opinion what he misliked (which 1 am sorry I have for- gott) which my Ld. acknowledged to be true, and mended it. " Why," said he, " a schollar would never have told me this." Mr. Tho. Hobbes (Malmesbunen.sis) was beloved by his Lop., who was wont to have him walke in his delicate groves, when he did meditate : and when a notion darted into his mind, Mr. Hobbes was presently to write it downe, and his Lop. was wont to say that he did it better than any one els about him ; for that many times, when he read their notes he scarce under- stood what they writt, because they understood it not clearly themselves. In short, all that were great and go. d loved and honoured him. Sir Edward Coke, Ld. Chiefe Justice, alwayes envyed him, and would be undervalueing his lawe. I knew old lawyers that remembred it. He was Lord Protector during King James's progresse into Scotland, and gave audience in great state to Ambassadors in the banquetting house at Whitehall. His Lop. would many time have musique in the next roome where he meditated. The Aviary at Yorke House was built by his Lop ; it did cost 300 lib. Every meale, according to the season of the yeare, he had his table strewed with sweet herbes and flowers, which he .sayd did refresh his spirits and memorie. When his Lop. was at his country house at Gorhambery. St. Alban's seemed as if the court had been there, so nobly did he live. His servants had liveries with his crest ;* his watermen were more imployed by gentlemen then even the kings. King James sent a buck to him, and he gave the keeper fifty pounds. He was wont to say to his servant. Hunt, (who was a notaijle thrifty man, and loved this world, and the only servant he had that he could never gett to become bound for him) "The world was made for man ^Hunt), and not man for the world." Hunt left an estate of 1000 lib. f>er ann., in Somerset. None of his servants durst appeare before him without Spanish leather bootes : for he would smell the neates leather, which offended him. * A boa re. XX Aubrey's Gossip. The East India merchants presented his Lop. with a cabinet of Jewells, which his page, Mr. Cockaine, received, and deceived his Lord. His Lordship was a good Poet, but conceai'd as appears by his Letters. See e.vcellent verse sof his Lop's., which Mr. Farnaby translated into Greeke, and printed both in his AvdoXoyia, sc. The world's a bubble, and the life of man. Less than a span, &c. [As this translation by Lord Bacon is not generally known, we give it entire. T. Farnaby's EMgrdinata Selectn, taken from various authors, with his Greek translations of them upon opposite pages, was published at London in 1629, under the title H T^s avdoXoyias AvdoXoyia. Florilegium Efi- gratninatjiin Gfcpcorinii, eo7-iaiique Latino versu d varijs redditorum. Among the Eprigrams on ' Human life ' is one by John Gorraeus : after which comes. Hue elegantem viri clarissimi Domini Verulamij Trapudiav adjicere adlubuit. 'T^He ivorld's a bubble, and the life of man ■^ lesse then a s/>a7t. In his cojiception -wretched, from the ivotnie, so to the toinbe : Cu7'stfrom the cradle, and brought vp to yeares, ivith cares and f cures. H^'ho then tofraile mortality shall trust. But limmcs the water, or but writes in dust. Yet since with sorrow here we line opprest : wJiat life is best ? Courts are but only siiperficiall scholes to dandle fooles. The rurall parts are turned into a den ofsauage men. And 7vJier''s a city from all vice so free. But may be tervi'd the worst of all the tht-ce t Domesticke cares afflict the httsbands bed, or paines his head. Those that Hue single take it for a curse or doe things worse. Some would hane children, those that luiue them, mone, or 7vish them gone. What is it then to haue or haue no wife. But single thraldome, or a double strife ? Our owne affections still at home to please, is a disease, To crosse the sea to any foreine soyle perills and toyle, IVarres with their noyse affright vs : when they cease, IV 'are ivorse in peace. What then rcmaities ? but that 7ve still should cry, Not to be borne, or being borne to dye. ] His Lordship being in Yorke house garden looking on Fishers, as they were throwing their nett, asked them what they would take for their draught ; they answered so tnuch : his Lop. would offer them no more but so much. They drew up their nett, and it were only 2 or 3 little fishes, his Lop. then told them, it had been better for them to haue taken his offer. They replied, Aubrey's Gossip. xxi they hoped to haue a better draught ; but, said his Lop. Hope is a good breakfast , but an ill supper. Upon hi< being in disfavour, his servants suddenly went away, he compared them to the flyinp of the vermin when the house was f;ilhng. One told his Lordship it was now time to look about him. He replyed, ' I doe not looke about me, I looke aboi'e me.' His Lordship would often drinke a good draught cf strong beer (March beer) to-bed-wards, to lay his working fancy asleep : which otherwise would keepe him from sleeping great part of the night. Three of his Lordship's servants [Sir Tho. Meautys, Mr. .... Eushell, Mr. . . . Idney.] kept their coaches, and some kept race-horses. .... His Favourites tooke bribe-, but his Lop. alwayes ga\e judgement sccundem crquuin et bouum. His Decrees in Chancery stand firme, there are fewer of his decrees reverst, than of any other Chancellor. He had a delicate, lively hasel eie ; Dr. Harvey told me it was like the eie of a viper. [Aubrey in his Life of Hobbes. Vol. IL Part ii. /. 602 of the same work, states. "The Lord Chancellor Bacon loved to converse with him. He assisted his Lordship in translating severall of his essayes into Latin, one I well remember is that, Of the Greatness of Cities : {< Ki)igdo}us\ the rest I haue forgott. His Lordship was a very contemplative person, and was wont to contemplate in his delicious walks at Gorhambeiy, and dictate to Mr. Bushell, or some other of his gentlemen, that attended him with ink and paper ready to set downe presently his thoughts "] Mr. tlobbes told me that the cause of his Lp's death was tr5-ing an ex- periment. As he was taking an aire in a coach with Dr. Witherborne (a Scotchman, Physician to the Kingj towards Highgate, snow lay on the ground, and it came into my Lord's thoughts, why flesh might not be pre- ser\'ed in snow as in salt. They were resolved thej' would try the experi- ment present]}'. They ahghted out of the coach, and went into a poore woman's house at the bottome of Highgate hill, and bought a hen, and made the woman exenterate it, and then stufied the bodie with snow, and my Lord did help to doe it himselfe. 1 he snow so chilled him, that he immediately fell so extremely ill, that he could not returne to his lodgings, (I suppose they at Graye's Inne,) but went to the Earl of Arundell's house at Highgate, where they putt him into a good bed warmed with a panne, but it was a damp bed that had not been layn in about a yeare before, which gave him such a cold that in 2 or 3 dayes, as I remember he [Mr. Hobbes] told me, he dyed of suffocation. Vol. IL Part i. /. 221-7. INTRODUCTION, RANCIS BACON, already pondering over the great ' Inftauration,' wrote the following letter to Lord Burgh- ley (who had taken Bacon's aunt for his fecond wife) ill the year 1 59 1, fix years previous to the appearance of the firft of thefe Effays. It is a mofl able fummary of his life and purpofes up to that time, and is expreffed with excellent power and earneflnefs. hT T d A A7^^ "^ ^^ much confidence, as mine own honest, and faithfull y or . ^ Y Devotion unto your Service, and your honourable Cor- respondence unto me, and my poor estate, can breed in a Man, do I com- mend myself unto your Lordsliip. I waxe now somewhat ancient; One and thirty yenres, is a great deal of sand, in the Houre-glasse. My Health, I thank God, I find confirmed ; And I do fear, that Action shall impair it ; Because I account, my ordinary course of Study, and Meditation to be more painfull, than most parts of Action are. I ever bare a mind, (in some middle place, that I could discharge,) to serve her Majesty; Not as a Man, born under Soi, that loveth Hoftour ; Nor under yiipiter, that loveth Business (for the ContcDiplative Planet carrieth me away wholly,) but as a Man born, under an Excellent Sov^eraign, that deserveth the Dedication, of all Mens Abilities. Besides, I doe not finde, in myselt', so much Self-love, but that the greater parts, of my Thoughts are, to deserve well, (if I were able,) of my r' rends, and namelj' of your Lordship ; who being the Atlas, of this Cotn- vronivealtk, the Honour of my House, and the second Fotinder of my poor Estate, 1 am tyed, by all duties, both of a good Patriot, and of an unworthy Kinsman, and of an Obliged Serz'ant, to employ whatsoever I am, to doe you Service. Again, the Meanness of my Estate, doth somewhat move me : For though I cannot accuse my Self, that I am either prodigal, or sloathfull, yet my Health is not to spend, nor my Course to get. Lastly, I confesse, that I have as, vast Contemplative Ends, as I have moderate Civil Ends : For I have taken all Knowledge to be my Province ; And if I could purge it, of two sort of Rovers, whereof the one, with frivolous Disputation^ Confuta- tions, and Verbosities : The other, with blind E.xperiments, and Auricular 'J raditions, and Impostures; hath committed so many spoils; I hope, I sliould bring in. Industrious Observations, grounded Conclusions, and pro- fuable Inventions and Discoveries, the best State of that Province. This, whether it be Curiosity, or Vain-glorj', or Nature, or, (if one take it favoura- bly,) Philanthropia, is so fixed in my minde, as it cannot be removed. And I doe easily see, that Place of any Reasonable Cojoitenance, doth bring commandeniAit, of more Wits, than of a Mans own; which is the Thing 1 greatly affect. And for your Lordship, perhaps you shall not finde more Strength, and less Encounter, in any other. And if your Lordship, shall finde now, or at any time, that I doe seek, or aflect, any place, whereunto any that is nearer unto your Lordship, shall be concurrent, say then, that I am a mo.st dishonest Man. And if your Lordship, will not carry me on, I will not doe as Anaxng^bras did, who reduced liimself, with Contemplation, unto voluntary poverty; But this I will doe, I will sell the Inheritance, that I have, and purchase some Lease, of quick Revenew, or some Office oi Gain, that shall be executed by Deputy, and so give over, all Care of Service, and b!-"Come some sorry Book maker, or a true Pioneer, in that Mine of Truth, which (he said) lay so deep. This which I have writ unto your Lordship, is rather Thoughts, than Words, being set down without all A«, Disguizing, or Reservation. Wherein I have done honour, both to your Lordships Wis- dom, in judging, that that will be best believed of your Lordship, which is truest; And to yoin- Lordships f^ood nature, in retaining nothing from you. And even so, 1 wish your Lordship all Happiness, and to my self. Means and Occasion, to be added, to my faithfull desire, to doe you Service. From my Lodgings at Grays Inne. [Resuscitatio, p. 95. Ed. 1657.] Introdudion. xxiii 2, No right judgment can be fonned of thefe Eflayi^ in relation to Bacon's powers : tmlefs fome glimpfe, however brief ai^ im- perfect, be obtained of the *vaft contemplative ends* to which he chiefly confecrated his magnificent powers for the laft thirty-five years of his moft bufy life. Mr. Hallam has given ns an excellent iketch of that New Philofophy, which talked even the mighty intelle(5l of the Lord Chancellor fimply to defign. In the dedicatioii of die Namtm OrganMm to James in 1620, Bacon says that he had been about some s»di worit near thirty years, " so as I made no haste." "And the reason," he adds "«diy I have puWished It now, speoaJly being imperfect, is, to speak plainly, because I number my days, and would have it saved. There is another reashi(B SecundtE. And some fragments of this part are published by the names of Cogita et Visa, Ccgitationes de Naiura Rerutn, Filufn Labyrinthi,2iViA. a few more, being as nmch, in all probability, as he had reduced to writing. _ In his own metaphor, it was to be like the payment of interest, till the principal could be raised , tanquam foenus reddatur, donee sors haberi possit. For he despaired of ever completing the work by a sixth and last portion, which was to display a perfect system of philosophy, deduced and confirmed by a legitimate, sober, and exact enquiry according to the method which he had invented and laid down. "To perfect this last part is above our powers and beyond our hopes. We may, as we trust, make no despicable beginnings, the destinies of the human race must complete it ; in such a manner, perhaps, as men. looking only at the present, would not readily conceive. For upon this will depend not a speculative good, but all the fortunes of mankind and all their power." And with an eloquent prayer that his exertions may be rendered effectual to the attainment of truth and happiness, this introductory- chapter of the In- stauratio, which announces the distribution of its portions, concludes. Such was the temple, of which Bacon saw in vision before him the stately front and decorated pediments, in all their breadth of light and har- mony of proportion, while long vistas of receding coluirins and glimpses of internal splendour revealed a glor>- that it was not permitted to him to com- prehend. . , ,, -, In the treatise De Augmentis Scientianim and in the h ovnm Organitm, we have less, no doubt, than Lord Bacon, under different conditions of life, might have achieved ; he might have been more emphatically the high pnest of nature, if he had not been the chancellor of James I. ; but no one man could have filled up the vast outline which he alone, in that stage of the worid, could have so boldly sketched.— /w/r*;. to the Lit. of Europe, iii. i68- 175, Ed. 1839. Intro dunion. xxv Bacon did * get help' in his Natural History from his chap- lain, Dr, Rawley : and among the many writings of his 'writing time,' i.e. from his fall till his death, this work was completed. It was publiflied after his deceafe imder the title of * Sylva Syl- vartim: ox A N'atiirall Ilijlorie, in ten Centuries,' London, 1627. fol., with the following dedication to Charles I. : — May it please your most Excellent Maj'estie ; The whole Body of the Naturall Historic, either designed, or written, by the. late Lo. Viscount S. All>an, was dedicated to your Maiestie, in his Booke De Vcntis, about foure yeeres past, when your Maiestie was Prince: So as there needed no new Dedication of this IVorke, but only, in all hunible- nesse, to let your Maiestie know, it is yours. It is true, if that Lo. had liued, your J/aiestie, ere long, had beene inuoked, to the Protection of an- other Historic ; Whereof, not Natures Ki7igdoine, as in this, but these of your Maiesties, (during the Time and Raigne of King Henry the Eighth) had beene the Subiect : Which since it died vnder the Designation meerely, there is nothing left, but your, I\Iaiestics Princely Goodnesse, graciously to accept of the Vndertakers Heart, and Intentions ; who was willing to haue parted, for a while, with his Darling Pliilosophic, that hee might haue attended your Royall Commandement, in that other Worke. Thus much I haue beene bold, in all lowlinesse, to represent vnto your Maiestie, as one that was trusted with his Lordships Writings, euen to the last. And as this Worke affecteth the Stanipc of your Maiesties Royall Protection, to make it more currant to the IVorld, So vnder the Protection of this Worke, I presume in all humblenesse to approach your Maiesties presence; And to offer it vp into your Sacred Hands. Your MAIESTIES 7nost Loyal a7id Denoted Subiect, W. Rawley. After which Dr. Rawley gives the following Epiflle to the Reader, which ' is the fame, that fhould haue been prefixed to this Booke, if his Lordfhip had lined.' Bacon was fingularly fortunate in having fuch a chaplain : and we are ever indebted to him for fuch a revelation, both of the fpirit and method of the New Philofophy, as hereinafter follows : — Hauing had the Honour to bee continually with my Lord, in compiling of this Worke; And to be employed therein; I haue thought it not amisse (with his Lordships good leaue and liking, 1 for the better satisfaction of those that shall reade it, to make knowne somewhat of his Lordships Intentions, touching the Ordering, and Publishing of the same. I haue heard his Lord- ship often say ; that if hee should haue serued the glory of his owne Name, hee had been better not to haue published this Naturall History: For it may seeme an Indige.sted Heap of Particulars ; and cannot haue that Lustre, which Bookes cast into Methods haue ; But that he resolued to preferre the good of Men, and that which might best secure it, before any thing that might haue Relation to Himselfe. And hee knew well, that there was no other way open, to vnloose Mens minds, being bound; and (as it were) Maleficiate, by the Charmes of deceiuing Notions, and Theories; and thcrby made Impotent for Generation of VVorkes ; But onely no wher to depart from the Sense, and cleare experience ; But to keepe close to it, especially in the beginning ; Besides, this Naturall History was a Debt of his, being Designed and set dovyne for a third part of the Instauratioti. I haue also heard his Lordship discourse, that Men (no doubt) will thinke many of the Expe?-iments con- teined in this Collection to be Vulgar or Triuall ; Sleane and Sordid; Curious and Fruitlesse ; and therefore he wisheth, that they would haue perpetually before their Eyes, what is now in doing ; And the Difference betweene this Naturall History, and others. For those Naturall Histories, which are Extant, being gathered for Delight and Vse, are full of pleasant Descriptions xxvi Introdii5lio7i. and Pictures; and affect and seek after Admiration, Rarities, and Secrets. But contrariwise, the Scope which his Lordship intendeth, is to write such a ISlatiirall History, as may be Fundamental! to the Erectinsc and Building of a true Philosophy: For the Illumination of the Vnderstanding; the Ex- tracting of Axioines; and the producing of manjr Noble Works, and Effects. For he hopeth, by this meanes, to acquit Himselfe of that, for which hee taketh Himselfe in a sort bound; And that is, the Aduauncement of all Learning and Sciences. For hauing in this present VVorke Collected the Materials for the Building ; And in his Novum Orgatntm (of which his Lordship is yet to publish a Second Part,'' set downe the In.^truments and Directions for the Worke ; Men shall now bee wanting to themselues, if they raise not Knowledge to that perfection, whereof the Nature of Mortall men is capable. And in this behalfe, I haue heard his Lordship speake cornplain- ingly; That his Lordship (who thinketh hee deserueth to be an Architect in this building,) should be forced to be a Work-man and a Labourer ; And to digge the Clay, and burne the Brick ; And more then that, (according to the hard Condition of the Jsraeliies at the latter end) to gather the Strawe and Stubble, ouer all the Fields, to burn the Bricks withall. For he knoweth, that except hee doe it, nothing will be done : Men are so sett to despise the Meanes of their owne good. And as for the Basenes of many of the E.xperi- ments ; As long as they be Gods Works, they are Honourable enough. And for the Viilgarnes of them; true A.viomcs must be drawne from plaine Ex- perience, and not from doubtfull; And his Lordships course is, to make VVonders Plaine, and not Plaine things Wonders; And that Experience likewise must be broken and grinded, and not whole, or as it groweth. And for Vse ; his Lordship hath often in his Mouth, the two kindes oi Experiments; Experimctita Fructifcra, and Experimenta Lncifera : ExpcrimeJits of Vse, and Experiments of Light; And he reporteth himself, whether he were not a strange Man, that should thinke that Light hath no Vse, because it hath no Matter. Further, his Lordship thought good also, to add vnto many of the Experiments themselues, some Glosse of the Cn?ises\ that in the succeeding work of Hiterpreting Nature, and Framing A xiomes, all things may be in more Readines. And for the Causes herein by Him assigned ; his Lordship perswadeth Himselfe, they are farr more certaine, then those that are rendred by Others ; Not for any Excellency of his owne Witt, (as his Lordship is wont to say) but in respect of his continuall Conuersation with Nature, and Experience. He did consider likewise, that by this Addi- tion of Caiises, Mens mindes (which make so much hast to find out the Causes of things;) would not think themselues vtterly lost, in a Vast Wood of Experie7ice, but stay vpon these Ca7ises, (such as they are) a little, till true Axiomes may be more fully discouered I haue heard his Lord- ship say also, that one great Reason, why he would not put these Par- ticulars into any exact Rlethod, (though he that looketh attentiuely into them, shall finde that they haue a secret Order) was, because hee conceiued that other men would now thinke, that they could doe the like : And so goe on with a further Collection : which if the Method had been Exact, many would haue despaired to attaine by Imitation. As for his Lordships loue of (^rder, I can referr any Man to his Lordships Latine Booke, Dc Augmentis Scientiarum ; which (if my ludgment be any thing) is written in the Exactest Order, that I know any Writing to bee. I will conclude with an vsuall Speech of his Lordships. That this VVorke of his Naturall History, is the U'orld, as Go D made it, and not as Men haue made it ; For that it hath nothing of Imagination. W. Raivley. After Sylva Sylvarmn appeared in the same impreflion, the ^ N'tTv Atlantis, A Worke vnfiniflied,' rcfpedling which Dr. Rawley thus writes To the Reader. Introduflion. xxvil This Frt^/^myZ^rrtTdeuised, to the end that He micht exhibite therein, a Modell or Dcsa-iption of a Colledge, instituted for the J nterpretinf; of Nature, and the Producing o{ Great Awd. Marucilous Works for the Benefit oi Men\ Vnder the name of Salomons House, or the Colledge of the Sixe Daves Works. And euen so farre his Lordship hath proceeded, as to finish that Part : Certainely, the Modell is more Vast, and Hip;h, than can possibly be imitated in all things. Notwithstanding most 'L'hmgs therm are within Mens Power to effect. His Lordship thought al.so in this present Fable, to haue composed a Frame oi Laives, or of the best State or Motild of a Cpumon-iuealth; But foreseeing it would be a long Worke, his Desire of Collecting the Naturall History diuerted him, which He preferred many degrees before it. ,,_.,., This Worke of the New Atlantis (as much as concerneth the English Edition) \\\?. Lordship designed for this Place; In regard it hath so neare affinity (in one Part of it) with the Preceding Naturall History. IV. RaiL'ky. 3. We have thought thus much — and we would suggeft that every claufe and ftatement quoted fliould be thoroughly con- fidered — concerning Bacon's Life and Operations, indifpenfable to a fair confideration of thefe Effays. For they formed no effen- tial part of his work ; they entered not into his conceptions of the proficiency and advancement of knowledge. Like his Hijioy of Henry VII., written at the requeft of King James, and his in- tended Hijlory of Henry VIII., which he promifed to Prince Charles ; thefe Counfels are by-works of his life, the labours, as it were, of his left hand ; his right being occupied in grafping the Inftauration. It was indeed the continued fuccefs of the fmall tract of 1597, containing a nearly equal number of Effays and Sacred Medita- tions, that recotTimended this form of writing to their author's attention ; and induced him — writing rapidly in fuch few mo- ments as he could spare from the avocations of his legal, politi- cal, and court life; or the more engroffing revolvency of his Philofophy — to increafe them both in number and weight. So in the midft of many other writings they were inceffantly correcfled and added to, until in the Latin edition of 1638, they affumed their final fliape, in that language, in which he thought they might ' laft as long as Bookes lafl.' 4. What kind of writing is an Effay? A queflion fomewhat hard precifely to anfwer. Ufually we are taught that the word Effay (from the French EJfayer) is synonymous with Affay or Trial-Examination, and equivalent to Attempt. The word, how- ever, both in its earliefl and more recent ufe, is really but a modeft depreciation of a man's own Opinions and Reflections. So that, though he (hould give you his keeneft obfervation, his ripefl thought, his clearefl utterance ; he difclaims their intrinfic importance and value, and bids you take them but for fimple Attempts. The word itfclf has nothing neceffarily to do with any specific manner of the writing. ^lontaigne. Bacon, and Addifon, were Mafler-Effayifls ; yet their comuofitions are wholly unlike in ftyle and form. xxviii liitrodunion. The vaguenefs of the name, Effays, has led in recent times to %L the ufe of a number of feclional fub-titles. Effays in Philofophy are known as Diffeii.ations or Treatifes ; Effays in Science as Papers ; Effays in Crillcifm as Reviews ; and Effays in Pohtics as Articles. All thefe, however, do feparate themfelves from the true Effay, which feems to be more efpecially conne(5led as to its fubject with Literature and Human Nature. There is alfo about an Effay a certain good-humoured fteadinefs quite feparating it from Squibs, Skits, and fuch like ; and from bitternefs and fatire of all kinds. So its weaknefs is a liability to a wordy dulnef-. ; and it requires the hand of a Mafter for the fmooth ftrong writing of a good Effay. As regards the fubftance of an Effay, Bacon's own definition ' difperfed meditations,' may be accepted as true ; ufing Medita- V tion in \\.% full fenfe of ' confulerate fixed contemplation,' the \ going round about a thing, obferving its various afpecSts and profpe(5ls. Of the three writers, Montaigne, Bacon, and Addifon ; the lafl is by far the moft perfedl: Effayift. For an Effay is a thing to reft in, juft as an Heroic Poem is a thing to foar with. It confifhs of thought circumfcribed to one principal fubject. It fliould be moderately fliort, concatenated in thought, and modeftly illuminated with fancy and illuftration. Above all, and this is half the matter, it fliould be fet forth with the greatefl poffd^le clearnefs of expreffion, the utmoft attainable charm of good writing. Some of Addifon's papers in the Spcdator afford ex- amples of the higheft finifli and fkill in Engliili Effay writing. 5. The prefent Edition, by fixing the lateft date affignable for its compofition, to every portion of thefe Effays, explains a certain incongruity of ftyle between many of them, by fli owing the chann-e that fupervened in Bacon's manner of writing them. Of this, Ihe following points may be briefly noted. a. The composition, correction, and augmentation of these Essays stretched over a period of thirty years. They were commenced under Elizabeth, in- creased under James I., and assumed their final shape under Charles I. An Author rarely maintains one style for so long a period, let him write much or little. The ordinary changes and vicissitudes of private life tejl on us all, and our expression brightens or beclouds, as our years wane. To this must be added the great toil, drive, and occup.ation of Bacon's public life : and the vast burden of the New Philosophy that constantly rested on his spirit. The n'larvel is that he ever foiuid time to write the Essays at all. h. Bacon tells us in A(h>. of Lenr)ii}ii;. ii. fol. 20. Ed. 1605. that " In Philos- ophy, the contemplations of Man doe either penetrate vnto God, or are circum- 1' ferred to Nature, or are reflected or reuerted vpon hiiitsclfc. Out of which seucrall inquiries, there doe arise three knowledges, Divine Philosophy, Natural Philosoi'HV, and Humane Phil(^soi'hv or Hi-.manitie. For all things are marked and stamped with this triple Character of the power of Crod, the difference of Nature, and the vse of M.an.' The.se Essay's m their method and form are simply the turning uf his system of investigating Nature vpon Humanity and Society. C. The first ten Essays are not true Essays. They are severally a succes- IntroduBion. " xxix sion of the sharpest Aphorisms, each isolated from the other with a T, and otherwise independent. They ore devoid of quotation, ilkistration, and al- most of explanation : and appear like a series of oracular sentences. U. When Bacon, after an interval of fifteen years, came to revise this First te.\t, it was chiefly to expand, qualify, or illustrate it. The additions of ab- solute new thought are not numerous. But in the .second and further revision of 1625, he almost doubled these earliest Es.says in length. f. A striking change in the writing meets us as we come to his .r^-c^w^ Essay. Of Friendship, at/! 163, which is the first .specimen herein of the final style of 1625. That Essay represents Bacon's last manner, and all the other Essavs, in their successive alterations, do but more or less approximate to it. ^ The Essay is now a methodical Discourse, generally under two or three heads. It usually begins with a quotation or an apothegm. It teems with allusions and quotations, with anecdote and repartee: and altogether is a very brilliant piece of writing. Still, however, it is a succession of distinct points, rather than a ramble round one topic. Thus, much as to the ripening and enrichment of the style, may suffice. 6. Bacon addreffed thefe Counfels, more perhaps than any other of his writings, immediately and diredlly to his Contem- poraries. Think who thefe inchided. We cannot flop to enumerate them. From Burleigh to Selden, from Spenfer to Milton, they comprifed the brightefl and great eft intellects of England. It was the golden Age of our National Hiflory. a Writing for his contemporaries. Bacon naturally appealed to p henomen a as it was then accounted for . Indeed, he was in this respect somewhat be- Find the times : for Archbishop Whately asserts {Essays, p. xiv. EcL 1856], that he appears to have rejected the discoveries of Copernicus and Galileo : and it is certainly noteworthy how cautiously he refers to the celestial Primum Mobile, leaving it an open question. And so generally : Bacon's argument or counsel is often felicitously true, when the fact adduced in its conclu>ive proof is now known to be false. As for instance, ' ashes are more generative than dust,' /. 249. that ' out of question' (Astronomy was decidedly his weak point, as human life and character was his strong one) Comets aftect ' the grosse and masse of Things,' /. 571. His adducing, as evidence worthy to be considered, the preposterous assertion of an Astrologer, p. 569 ; and the like. t). The Essays are an excellent Land Mark in the Constitutional History of England. It helps us towards an understanding of the political system under which our country was ruled under the two first Stuarts, and which but for the Long Parlian\ent, would certainly have drifted on, until England had been made like France came to be under Lous XIV. and his successor. It is starthng to hear him so constantly talk of the entire State, as the King's Estate, as a nobleman's park might be: it is curious, in a book dedicated to the reigning Favorite, to hear his defence of Favorites,/. 227, and also to mark his instructions, how the King was to suck the brains of his Counsellors, and then palm all off as his own,/. 317 ; to note his denounciation of Cabi- net Councils,/. 319, (a name since applied to a different kind of assembly;) to see him thinking so late as 1625, that there was little danger to a King, from the Commons, and not much danger from the Gentry, /. 307. He seems not to have conceived the possibility of the coming of the English Commonwealth. Thus these Counsels do reflect in many things the times in which they were written. c. Again, many of these Essays should be read in connection with Macchia- velli's Discourses upon Livys First Decade, which appears to have been a favourite political work with Bacon. The last one Of I'icissitndes o/Tliin^s seems to have altogether suggested by Chap 5, Book 11, of that work, the title of which is. That the changes o/Keligion and Languages, together tvitk the changes o/Jloods and pestilence, abolish the memory 0/ things. 7. Tliere is liowever a large permanent element in thefe Effays that will remain a monument 'more durable than brafs'- XXX ijitroduBion, applicable to all ages, becaufe manhood alters not, and ever frefh and fparkling as when firft written. a. An excellence that meets us at once is the subtle mastery of words, the singular beauty of the imagery and similitudes, just as he begins The Ad- vancement of Learning. ' In the entrance to the former of these ; to cleare the way, and as it were to make silence :' so among many others we have in this work, ' Imitation is a globe of precepts,' /. . ' Atheists wil ever be talking of that their opinion, as if they fainted in it,'/. . And the like. Great attention is to be paid to all his words, lor their fulnefs of meaning adds much to the pleafure of the Effays. I). Consider the_in finite variety of the thoueht. Nothing can give us a better idea of his^owers, than to realize that Bacon's daily thought was just like these Essays, and his Apothegms. Dr. Rawley states with what celerity he wrote I can testify. c. The generalj^/^^^of the thought. Some phrases seem to be a chapter in themselves. As quoting at random, ' to dash the first Table, against the second ; And so to consider men as Christians, as we forget that they are men,' at p. 431, is a whole argument for toleration : his anatomy of a cunning and rotten man, at/. 105 : his exquisite summary of our Saviour's miracles at /. 101 : and so on ad infinitj(7n. Ne.\t comes the teftimony of the book to Bacon's moral charadlier. a. It is contrary to human nature, that one in whose mind such thoughts as these coursed, year after year, only becoming more excellent as he grew older, could have been a bad man. Do men gather grapes of thorns ? Be all the facts of his legal career what they may, and it is that section of his life mostly includes any discredit to him ; (he was also a Philo.sopher, Historian, that Essayist, Politician, and what not?) the testimony of this one work, agreeing as it does with the tenour of all his other writings is irresistible, that in the general plan of his purposes and acts, he intended nothing less, nothing else than to be ' Partaker of God's Theater, and so likewise to be partaker of God's Rest,'/. 183. Can we accuse one who so scathes Hypocrites and Imposters, Cunning and Self-wisdom, of having a corrupted and depraved nature ? For strength of Moral Power, there is no greater work in the English language. b. More than this, (it is notable also as a testimony to his character,) there runs right through all an unfeigned reverence for Holy Scripture, not only as a Revelation of Authority, but as itself the greatest written Wisdom. Not because it was so easy to quote, but because it was so fundamentably and everlasingly true, did this great Intellect search the Bible as a great store- house of Civil and Moral, as well as Religious Truths, and so?; Bacon is another illustration, with Socrates, Plato, Dante, Shakespeare, Milton and others, that a deep religious feeling is a necessity to the very highest order of human mind. As he argues at /. 339, Rfaj j^ when he resteth a nd assureth himself' rfon diuiiie Protection and Fanonr, gat here tU a Fo7Xe and Faith ; which Htiman Nature, iti it selfe, could fiot obtaine. 8. \Ve have glanced at the connedlion of this work with Bacon's life and purfuits. We have noticed the change of ftyle perceivable in these Effays. We have touched upon their localifm of time and place. We have noted one or two of their permanent conflitucnts ; and marked their teftimony to Bacon's character. Here mofl reludlantly we mufl leave off, ere we have hardly begun. One parting word. We rife from the fludy of this work with a higher reverence than ever for its Author ; and with the certain convidion that the Name and Fame of Francis Bacon will ever increafe and extend through fucceffive ages. CONTEMPORARY BIBLIOGRAPHY. ' . ■ TItcre is still so viitch iiucertnitity both as to the earlier ami viore recent editions of the Essays, ^'c.; that this and the fiext List must be con- sidered purely tentative. There may be several editions tiot included in either. 1. 1597. London, i Vol. lamo. Editio princeps : see title at /. 3, and sub-titles 7\.l pp. 96 and 135. 2. 1598. London. Essaies. Religious Meditations. Places of perswa- I. vol. i2ino. sion and disswasion. Scene and allowed. London. Printed for Humfrey Hooper, and are to bee solde at the blacke Beare in Chauncery lane. 1598. Coi.. Imprinted at London by lohn Windet for Hum- frey Hooper. 1598. 3. 1606. London. Same title as No. 2- Printed at London for lohn 1 vol. i2mo. laggard, dwelling in Fleete streete at the hand and Starre neere Temple barre. i6o6. [1607-1612. Between these dates was transcribed Harl. MS. 5106, of which see title at/. 157.] 4- 1612. London, i vol. i2mo. Second and revised Text : see i\l\Qditp. /^2o. 5. 1612. London. Same title as No. 2. Printed at London for lohn I vol. i2mo, laggard, dwelling in Fleete-streete at the Hand and Starre, neere Temple barre. This edition was partially printed when the second text, No. 4, came out. The new Essays were therefore added at the end of this impression. 6. 161 3. London. Same title as No'. '2,, Printed at London for /i?/i« 7^^- gard, dwelling at the Hand and Starre betweene the two Temp'e gates. 161 3. 7. 1618. London. Saggi Morali and Delia Sapie7tza degli Antichi. I vol. 8vo. Trans, by Tobv Matthew; whose dedication to Cosmo de Medici, Duke of Tuscany, is dated London, 3 July [1618.] 8. 1619. London. Essays Morajix. Translated by Sir Arthur Gorges. I vol. Svo. Scittum inuincibile Fides. A Londres. Chez. lean Bill. 9. 1621. Bracciano. Saggi Morali and Sapienza de grA7itichi, Trans. I vol. 32mo. by Andrea Cioli, Secretary of State to the Grand Duke of Tuscany. Dedication signed by Pompilio Totti, 24 June 1621. lO' 1621. Paris. I vol. Svo. Essays Politiqucs ct Moraicx. Trans, by L Baudovin. 11, 1624. London. The Essaies of S' Francis Bacon Knight, the King's I vol. Svo. Atturney Generall. His ReUgious Meditations. Places of Perswa.sion and Diswasion. Scene and allowed. Printed at London by I. D. for Elizabeth laggard, at the hand and Starre, neere the middle Temple-gate. 1624. 12. 1625. London, i vol. 410. Final English Edition', see title at /. 497 This is the first edition in quarto. . ■. The editions pri7ited for the Jaggard family, viz., Nos. 3, 5, 6, ^"'^ 11 , are considered spurious, and unaiitliorized. On the next two pages is shown the order of the Essays in the editions published in Bacon's lifetime, and the Latin te.xt of 1638. It will be seen that as the Essays grew, there were five difTcrent arrangements. The first includes 1, 2, and 3. The Second is that of Harl. Jl/S. sio6. The Third comprises 4, 6, 8, and 11. The fourth 7, 9, and 10. The fifth is that of 12, and most subsequent Editions. ■h 2 Cj " I'; O C T- O ■ 00 N O to t- 00 O M 0» lO ^^^^SI^^-^'^^S'^hS^S N N M 1-1 ^ S«SS5?S^gS5J I I ?5SS2^S^^S^^«-SS§ S^ '^ 2, 51 " °= «^0> M- ro 4J (M krt ro r*-t i-*-\ _ ._. ^*_ «r, — .. *' ^^p.=srr«;^?!^^ ^^*-^^g ?!?::: J? ^->^<»<>o s^^s^^s;?^-^^^! I ::^'^"j3j^^~^?jg^^^^«' S^^S^'Si^iTS^g,! I ::i:^"s j:-2^~ ^s oco^^t^co 0\ 0\ O N M CO t^Ol ■* m ^ "; mvo tvrO-^O N m >- loro u-)uD no o\ o ocet-OJOOiO^Weoo I I THeoiOiHiHt-OJOooJCJOeo^ot»« On O O N MO) C^OJ ■* ro V 4/ N Hi rn ro ro 11 '-' (/} ro ro>^ ^^ M N r^ tJ- I/no t^CO On O 1) 1) mvD f^ ro m t^ 0\00 m n O »o<0 oo 0\ O *"i>bH f)(NMtHC<-)c.^ NrHWeOMiHiH I COCO ' ' T-li-( CI C« CI ^ mvo t^oo 0\ O u oi r- i_; <^ ^ H>^ W T-icieo«>oot«ooAe v u ! I Vj c. ■■«■■'• ^•i >S lih. utat Evi Group e. ies and s and F Expense. Regiment of Hen Honour and Rep Faction. . Negotiating. . D MliDITATlONS. RS OF Good and First Studies. Discours Cerevion FolloTver Suitors. Sv,V V VV u 3 c^'c^^^e? ^eeo'^go M ci r^ ■^ uSvd t^co C>>Of^rj . •i^ . u' !^ . , . , Co "b "^ ..^ .y '^ 1 "^ ^ s ■ S i^-« ^ .^ . § j:^;^ . . . O M S <^ • ^> Co • • ■ QiS'^ .'^ --^ :s •Tj»a> i— )^U5COCT)C300f-I^THOOlDt>f-lir5COD«-00 ^ I I I I I I M M I I I I I I I p) I »- ro T}- lo t>.oo M I ro M N N ro ro I ^ 2 fJ>?o ^ I I I M I I I I I I I "25?,?!?; I I I M I I I I I I I if I ei , fHco-^ioc-oo I cgooqcort* I I I I I tH COCqCQCQCOCO ' I— ICOCOCO I I I I I I I «N I Mfoc^m lllll I I I I I I I I I I i I I I I I i-HCOCOCO I I I I I I t- 00 CJ O — ' i consists 0/ a ' Miscella7iy of Lord Bacon' s productions :' principally of a translation of the Novum Organntn. 61. 1852. London. Bohn'sStandar-d Library. The Moral and Historical I vol. Svo. Works of Lord Bacon. Ed. by Joseph Devey, M.A. B. Complete Collections. These began in 1730. Siftce then there have only been attempted until noiu Six distifict Texts of the collected IVritings of the great Philosopher. Each ofthctn has been a vast improveme7it upon tvhqt had gone before; mttil in the life-7vork of Mr Shedding aiid his coadjutors, ive know Lord Bacon as our forejathers never did, and even better tluin his oiun contetnporaries. All these Collections are of course in ILatilt^Hnglisfj. 35. 1730. London. Opera Omnma, S:c. Ed. by John Blackbourne. 4 vols. fol. This is the first of what we may be termed the modem editions. It has the three dedications li) to Anthony Bacon, 1597; (2) to Sir John Constable, 1612; and [^ the xxxviii LATER BIBLIOGRAPHY. Duke of Buckingham, 1625. Text 1625. There are 60 Niivibered Essays. The spurious Of a King being No. 14, and Of Fame, being No. 60. Ess. occupy iii. 299-383. Med. Sacr^ ii. 396-403, Cols, of G. and E. iii. 384-395. Sac. Med. and Ser. Fid. do not occur in this edition. 37. 1740. London. Works, &c. With several additional Pieces never 4 vols. fol. before printed in any Edition of his Works. To which is prefixed a new life of the author, [by David Mallet.] The Second Collected Text. It luas publisJied by Sub- script io7i both in Small and Large Paper. It has the 3 Dedi- cations : and etnbraces 60 unnumbered Essays. Text 1625, with Of a King and Of Fame in the same position as in previous editioit. Ess. occupy \\\. 299-383. Cols. ofG. and E., iii. 384-393. Med. Sacr^e, ii. 396-403. No Sac. Med. ?Z£?r Ser. Fid. 38. I753. London. Works, &c. A new edition. [Also edited by Mallet.] 3 vols. fol. The Third Collected Text, and the last edition in folio. ^ 3 Deds. Text 1625. 58 7iumbered Essays: Of a King, a7id Of Fame are unnumbered at the etui. A Iso Text 1638. Ess. occupy i. 377-447. Ser. Fid. iii. 623-682.. Med. Sacr^. iii. 744-748. Cols, of G. and E. i. 365-375- No Sac. Med. 39. 1765. London. Works. [The English Part edited by Rev. John 5 vols. 4to. Gambold ; the Latin by W. Bowykr : Lowndes.] The F'ourth Collected Text and the first in ^to. A s this edi- iio7i ivas the standard one for upivards of do years, it may be advisable to quote thus much froin the AdvertiscmoU : * . . . Two Gentlemen, now deceased, Robert Stephens, Esq., Historiographer Royal, and John Locker, Esq., Fellow of the Society of Antiquaries, both of whom had made a particular Study of Lord Bacon's Writings, and a great Object of their Industry the correcting from original or authentic Manuscripts, and the earliest and best Editions, whatever of his Works had been already published, and adding to them such, as could be recovered, that had never seen the Light. Mr. Stephens dying in November, 1732, his Papers came into the hands of Mr. Locker, whose Death, on the 30th of May 1760, prevented the World from enjoying the Fruits of his Labours, tho' he had actually finished his Correction of the fourth Volume of Mr. Blackburne's Edition, contain- ing the Law-Tracts, Letters, &c. After his Decease his Collections, including tliose of Mr. Stephens's, were pur- chased by Dr. i'.irch, the use of which he is glad of this Opportunity of giving to the Public." 3 Dedications, Text 1625. 58 Essays. Of a King, and Of Fame are at the end, unn7imbered. Also Text 1638. Ess. occupy i. 445-527. Ser, Fid. v, 347-432- Med. Sacr>«. V, 525-531. Cols, of G, and E. i, 435-444- ^'■^'^ Sac. Med. do 7iot occ7cr. 40. 1778- London. The Works, &c. A Re-issue of ij6s Edition, No. 5 vols. 4to. 39, and the last i/i ^to. 44. 1803. London. The Works, &c. ARe/>ri7ltof■l^esEditio7^,No.Z^■ 10 vols. 8vo. The first Editio7i /« Octavo. 47. 1819. London. The Works, i\:c. A Repri7ti of 1803 Edition, No. 10 vols, 8vo. 44, which is a Reprint of -ii^S- No. 39. 49. 1824. London. The W(miosinn ct bote ifistncctiini, 'full and well informed.' 18 Conference. l)is/>Hiatio;/c's et Co/ioqitia, 'discussions and conference.' 19 Ready. Provi/'inin ct/acilctii, 'ready and fluent.' 20 Writing. Scriptio aiitem, et Notariun Collectio, 'writing, and the col- lection of notes.* 21 E.xact Man. Perlecia in animo ivtpritn-'t, et aliiusyi^t, ' T^rmXsvfhait is read on the mind and fixes it deeper." I. OF STUDIE^S. II IV. I6I2. set. 5: Reading maketh a ful man, Conference a ready man, and writing an ex- a6l man. And therefore if a man write little, hee had neede haue a great memo- ry; if he confer little, hee had neede haue a prefent wit, and if he read little, hee had neede haue much cunning, to feeme to know that hee doth not. Hijlories make men wife, Poets wittie, the Mathe- fnatickes fubtill, Naturall Philofophie deepe, Morall graue, Logicke and Re- tJwricke able to contend. Abeimt Jludia in mores. Nay, thear is no fLond or V. 1625. 3et. 65. Some Bookes alfo may be read by Deputy, and Ex- tra6ls made of them by Others : But that would be, onely in the leffe impor- tant Arguments, and the Meaner Sort of Bookes: elfe diflilled Bookes, are like Common diflilled Waters, Flafhyi*^ things. Reading maketh a Full njan;^"Conference^^aReady^" Man ; And Writing -^ an Ex- act -^ J^lan. And therefore. If a Man Write little,22 he had need haue a Great memo- ry; If he Conferre httle, he had need haue a Prefent Wit ; And if he Reade litle, he had need haue much Cunning, to feeme to know that, he doth not. Hijhrics make men Wife; Poets Witty; The Mathe- viaiicks Subtill; Natural! Philofophy deepe ; Morall Graue; Logick and Rhe- torick Able to Contend.-^ '^^ Abeimt Jludia i?i Mores."^ • Nay there is no Stond'^^ or " ^Manners are changed through studies' Ovid, Her. xv. 83. Bacon's own paraphrase is, " Studies haue an influence and operation vpon the manners of those that are conuersant in them." Adv. of L. Bk. 1. /. 13, Ed. 1605. 22 Write little. /« noiando, seg/its sit, ant fastidiosus, ' is slothful or averse to taking notes.' ■-■^ Able to Contend. Pugnacem, et ad Contentionesalacrem, 'pugnacious and ready for contention.' ^-t ( Ut ait iUc,\ ' as he says.' 25 Stond. Omitted in the Latin. 12 A HARMONY OF THE JSSSAYS. I. & 11. 1597-8. set. 37-8. III. 1607-12. aet. 47-52. 26 Impediment. Ivtpcdintentnm aliqiiod insitum,autnaturale, 'any im- planted or natural impediment.' 27 To beat ouer Matters. Ad Transcursus Ingciiii scgiiis sit, ' slow in the motion of his mind to and fro.' 28 Call vp. Accerscrc, ctarripcrc dcxtrc, ' call up and skilfully lay hold of.' 29 Special Receit. Ex Litcris, IMcdicitias proprias coinpaiare sibipossi^ii^ 'may obtain special medicines from literature.' I. OF STUDIES. 13 lY. 1612. net. 52. impediment in the wit, but ma\' be wrought out by fit (ludies / Hke as difeafes of the body may haue appro- priate exercifes. BowUng is good for the Stone and Raines ; Shooting for the longs and breall ; gentle walking for the ftomacke; riding for the head; and the like. So if a mans wit be wandring, let him fludy the Mat/iematiks'j if his w4t be not apt to dif- tinguifh, or find difference, let him fludy the Schoole- men; if it bee not apt to beat ouer matters and to find out referablances, let him fludy Lawyers cafes. So euerie defect of the mind may haue a fpeciall receit. e=^g:5^^5^ y. 1625. set. 65. Impediment-*^ in theWit, but may be wrought out by Fit Studies : Like as Difeafes of the Body, may haue Appro- priate Exercifes. Bowling is good for the Stone and Reines; Shooting for the Lungs and Breafl; Gentle Walking for the Stomacke ; Riding for the Head ; And the like. So if a Mans Wit be Wandring, let him Study the Mathematicks ; For in Demonftrations, if his Wit be called away neuer fo little, he muft begin again : If his Wit be not Apt to dif- tinguifh or find difterences, let him Study the Schoole- vien ; For they are Cymini feHores.^ If he be not Apt to beat ouer Matters,-" and to call vp-^ one Thing, to Proue and Illuflrate another, let him Study the Latvyers Cafes : So euery Defect of the Minde,may haue a Speciall Receit.29 " "Antoninus Pius . . . was called Cymini Sector, a earner, or diuider of Comlne seede, which is one of the least seedes : such patience hee had and setled spirite, to enter into the least and most exact differences of causes." Adva7iceinent of Learning, Bk. \. p. 35, Ed. 1605. 14 A HARMONY OF THE ASSAYS. I. & 11. 1597-8. aet. 37-8. For variations of II., see footnotes. [2.] @l pi^cour^e. Ome in their dif- courfe defire rather commen- dation of wit in being able to holde all argu- ments, then of iudgement in difcerning what is true, as if it were a praife to know what might be faid, and not what flioulde bee thought. Some haue cer- taine Common places and Theames wherein they are good, and want varietie, which kinde of pouertie is for the mofl part tedious, and nowe and then ridiculous. T The honourableft part of talke, is to guide* the occafion, and againe to moderate and paffe to fomewhat elfe. 1* It is good to varie and mixe fpeech of the prefent occafion with argument, tales with reafons, asking of queflions, with telling of opinions, and iefl with * giue, in 1598 editioti. UI. ITarintions in posHjumous Eatin lEtiition of 1638. 1 Title. De Discursu Sermomini, 'of the discourse of speech.* III. 1607-12. set. 47-52. Ha7-lcian !\IS. 5106. 12. ©i pijjcour^e. Ome in theire dif- courfe defier rather Commen- dacionofwitt,in being able tohouldall argu- mentes, then of Iudgement in difcerning what is true, as if it were a praife to knowewhat might be faied, and not what fhould be thought. Some have cer- taine Commonplaces, and theames wherein they are good and want variety; which kinde of povertie is for the moft part tedious, and now, and then ridiculous. The honorableft kind of Talke, is to give the occafion, and againe to moderate, and paffe to fomewhat els : It is good to varie, and mixe fpeach of the prefente occafion with of Argument, Tales, with reafons, afking of Queflions, with telhng '^ of opinions, and iefle with II. OF DISCOURSE. 15 IV. 1612. aet. 52. ! V. 19. ©f pb course. fOme in their dif- courfe defire rather commen- dation of wit, in beeingabletoholdeallargu- ments, then of iudgement in difceming what is true ; as if it were a praife to know what might be faid, and not what fliould be thought. Some haue cer- taine common places, and theames wherein they are good, and want variety : which kind of pouerty is for the mofl part tedious, and now and then ridiculous. The honorablefl kind of talke, is 10 giue the occafion, and again e to moderate and paffe to fomewhat elfe. It is good to varie and mixe fpeech of the prefent occafion with argument .• tales with reafons; asking of quefl-ions, with telHng of opinions .• and iefl with 1625. aet. 65. British Museum Copy. 32. ©f pi^cour^e.^ 'Ome in their Dif- coiif'fe, defire rather Commen- dation of Wit, in being able to hold all Argu- ments, then of Judgment, in dii/:erning what is True : As if it were a Praife, to know- what might be Said,' and not what fhould be Thought. Some haue cer- taine Common Places^ and Theames, wherein they are good,^ and want Variety •^ Which kinde of Pouerty is for the mofl part Tedious, and when it is once per- ceiued Ridiculous. The Honourabiefl Part of Talke, is to giue the Occafion ; And againe to ^Moderate and paffe to fomewhat elfe ; For then a Man leads the Daunce. It is good, in Difcoiirfe, and Speech of Conuerfation, to vary, and entermingle Speech, of the prefent Occafion with Arguments ; Tales with Reafons, Asking of Queflions, with telhng of Opinions; and left with 2 Know. /«f<'«/V^, 'to discover.' 3 Are good. Luxuriantur, ' are fertile.' * Want Variety. Catera sterilcset jejuni, 'otherwise barren and meagre.' i6 A HARMONY OF THE £SSAVS. I. & II. 1597-8. cet. 37-8. earnefl. T But fome thinges are priuiledged from iefl, III. 1607-12. cet. 47-52. earned. But fomethinges arr priuiledged from ielle, namely Religion, matters 1 namely Religion, Matters of flate, great perfons, any ; of State, great Perfons, any mans prefent bufmcffe of mans prefente bufmeffe of importance, and any cafe importance, and anie cafe thai deferueth pittie. that deferveth pittye; T He that queRioneth much fliall learnc mucli, and con- tent much, fpecially if hee applie his queflions to the He that queRioneth much fliall learn e much, and con- tent much, fpecially if he apply his queRions to the 5 For it is a dull Thing, S:c. Sntictatem siqnidcin ct Fastidiiim farit. in aliqiio Snbjccto diiitius iia^rcrc, 'for to stick to any subject too long produces satiety and digust' II. OF DISCOURSE. 17 IV. earnefl. i6i2. set. 52. V. 1625. aet. 65. But fome things are priuiledged from iefl, namely religion, matters of State, great perfons, any mans prefent bufmeffe of importance, and any cafe that deferueth pitty; and generally men ought to finde the difference be- tweene faltneffe and bitter- neffe. Certainly he that hath a Satyricall vaine, as he maketh others afraid of his wit, fo lie had need be afraid of others memory. He that queflioneth much fhall learne much, and con- tent much: fpecially if he applie his queflions to the Earnefl : For it is a dull Thing to Tire, and, as we fay now, to lade, any Thing too farre.^ |As for left, there be cer- tain e Things, which ought to be priuiledged from it ; Namely Religion, Matters of State, Great Perfons, Any Mans prefent Bufmeffe of Importance, And any Cafe that deferueth Pitty. Yet there be fome, that think e their Wits haue been afteepe ; Except they dart out fomewhat, that is Pi- quant, and to the Quicke :^ That is a Vaine, which would be brideled ; Pa7'ce Pue?' Jlimnlis, et for tills vtere Lor is. ^ And generally, Men ought to finde the difference, be- tween Saltneffe and Bitter- neffe. Certainly, he that hath a Satyricall vaine, as he maketh others afraid of his Wit, fo he had need be afraid of others Memory. He that queftioneth much, fliall learne much, and con- tentmuch; But efpecially, if heapplyhisQueftionSjto the ° spare, boy, the ivhip and tighter Jioid the reins. Ovid, Met. ii. 127. 6 Dart . . . Quicke: Acut74tnnlit]Jiemet inordacem Sarcastntnn inqne>>i- piam contorserint, ' they dart out at someone some sharp and biting sarcasm.* B i8 A HARMONY OF THE £SSAYS. I. & II. 1597-8. cet. 37-8. skill of the perfon of vvhome he asketh, for he flial giue them occafion to pleafe themfelues in fpeaking, and himfelfe fliall continu- ally gather knowledge. III. 1607-12. ast. 47-52. fl<:ill of the perfon of whom he aflveth ; for he fliall giue them occafion to pleafe themfelues in fpeaking, and himfelf fliall contynu- ally gather knoweledge. T If you dlffemble fonie- tinies your knowledge of that you are thought to knowe, you fliall bee thought another time to know that you know not. T Speech of a mans felfe is not good often, If you diffemble fome- tynies your knowledge of that you are thought to knowe, you fhalbe thought another tyme to knowe that you know not. Speache of a Mans felfe is not good often, 7 Skill of the Persons, whom he asketh. Ad captmnet peiiilain Res/>on- dcntis, ' to the understanding and skill of the answerer.' ^ 8 To please themselues in Speaking. Scicntiam suatn ostentandi, to show his knowledge.' II. OF DISCOURSE. 19 IV 1612. a2t. 52. skill of the perfonsof whom heasketh; For he fhall giue them occafion to pleafe themfelues in fpeaking, and himfelfe flial continu- ally gather knowledge. V. l62' If you diffemble fome- times your knowledge of that you are thought to know, you fhall be thought an other time to know that you know not. Speech of a mans felfe is not good often, Kt. 65. Skill of the Perfons, whom he asketh •? For he fliallgiue them occafion, to pleafe themfelues in Speaking,^ and himfelfe fliall continu- ally gather Knowledge. But let his Queflions, not be troublefome ; For that is fit for a Pofer. And let him be fure, to leaue other Men their Turnes to fpeak.-' Nay, if there be any, that would raigne, and take vp all the time, let him finde meanes to take them off, and to bring Others on; As Muficians vfe to doe, with thofe, that dance too long Galliards. If you diffemble fome- times your knowledge, of that you are thought to know ; you fliall be thought another time, to know that, you know not. Speach of a Mans Selfe ought to be feldome, and well chofen. I knew One, was wont to fay, in Scorne ; He mujl needs he^ a Wife Alan, he fpeakes fo much of Himfelfe : 9 Let him be sure, to leaue . . . to speak. EtiamquiSennofiisFainilt- aris Dignitatem tneri cupit, aliis 7>tces loqitemii relingnat, ' also he who wishes to preserve the dignity of friendly conversation, should leave other men their turns to speak.' 20 A HARMONY OF THE £SSA VS. I. & II. 1597-8. aet. 37-8. and there is but one cafe, wherin a man may com- mend himfelfe with good grace, and that is in com- mending vertue in another, efpecially if it be fuch a vertue, as whereunto him- felfe pretendeth. III. 1607-12. set. 47-52. and there is but one cafe wherein a Man may com- mend himfelf with good grace, and that is in com- mending vertue in another, efpecially if it be fuch a vertue, as wherevnto him- felf pretendeth; T Difcretion of fpeech is more then eloquence, and to fpeake agreably to him, / is Disfcrecion of fpeach more then Eloquence, and to fpeake agreably to him, prater nnurn, 10 But one Case. Vix occurrit Casus aUquis, . 'there scarcely occurs any case . . . but one.' 1 ,• , 11 Speech of Touch. Scrmo alios puiigens et velhcaiis, speech which stings or twits others.' . .,. . ,r • -n • j j * 12 Field. Campiapertt,tnquo^patiari licet; Non vice Regia, qutEdeductt II. OF DISCOURSE. 21 IV. 1612. £et. 52. and there is but one cafe wherin a man may com- mend himfelfe with good grace, and that i? in com- mending vertue in another, efpecially, if it bee Uich a vertue, as whereunto him- felfe pretendeth. Speech of touch toward others, Ihould bee fparingly vfed; tor difcourfe ought to bee as a field, without comming home to any man. V. 1621 ret. 65. Difcretion of fpeech is more than eloquence; and to fpeake agreeably to him I And there is but one Cafe,^^ I wherein a Man may Com- j mend Himfelfe, with good Grace; And that is in com- mending Vertue in iVnother; Efpecially, if it be fuch a Vertue, whereunto Him- felfe pretendeth. Speech . of Touch^^ towards Others, fhould be fparingly vfed: YoxDifcoiu'fe ought to be as a Field,^^ without comming home to any Man. I knew two Noble-7nen, of the Wefl Part of England ; ^^'hereof the one was giuen to Scoffe, but kept euer Royal Cheere in his Houfe : The other, would aske of thofe, that had beene at the Others Table ; Tell tnidy, was there netier a Flout or drie Bloiu ^^ giuen ; To which the Guefl would anfwer ; Such and fuch a Thing pajfed : The Lord would fay;^* I thought he would 7narre a good Din tier }^ Difcretion of Speech, is more then Eloquence ; And to fpeak agreeably to him, DontuiK, 'an open field in which a man may ramble, not the King's highway which leads home.' 1^ Drie blow. Omitted in the Latin. ** The Lord would say. At ille, utpote alteriits y^muhis, 'to which he, as the other's rival.' 1* Good Dinner. Prandiutn bonunt malts Condiment is, ' a good dinner, with bad sauces.' 22 A HARMONY OF THE JtSSA VS. I. & 11. 1597-8. ait. 37-8. with whome we deale more then to fpeake good IS in wordes or in good order. T A good continued fpeech without a good fpeech of interlocution fheweth flowneffe : and a good re- ply or fecond fpeech, with- out a good fet fpeech fheweth fhallowneffe and weaknes, as wee fee in beafles that thofe that are weakefl in the courfe are yet nimblefl in the turne. T To vfe too many circum- flances ere one come to the matter is wearifome, to vfe none at all is blunt. III. 1607-12. cet. 47-52. with whom wee deale, is more then to fpeake in good wordes, or in good order. A good continued Speache without a good fpeach of interlocucion fheweth flownes ; and a good Re- ply or fecond fpeach, with- out a good fetled fpeach flieweth fhallownes, and Weakenes, as wee lee in beafles, that thofe that are Weakefl in the courfe are yet nimblefl in the tourne. To vfe too manie circum- flances, ere one come to the matter is wearifome, to vfe none att all is blunte. ':^^m> ^® Shallownesse and Weaknesse. Pennriain, et Scientiain minitttejun' datani, 'poverty and knowledge ill founded.' II. OF DISCOURSE. 23 IV. 1612. a^t. 52. V. 1625. set. 65. witli whom wee deale, is more then to fpeake in good words, or in good order. A good continued fpeech without a good fpeech of interlocution, flieweth flowneffe .• and a good re- ply, or fecond fpeech, with- out a good fetled fpeach, fheweth fhallowneffe and weakeneffe: as we fee in beads, that thofe that are weakefl in the courfe, are yet nimblefl in the turne. To vfe too many circum- flances ere one come to the matter, is wearifome; to vfe none at all, is blunt. with whom we deale, is more then to fpeake in good Words, or in good Order. A good continued Speech, without a good Speech of Interlocution, fhews Slowneffe: And a Good Re- ply, or Second Speech, with- out a good Setled Speech, flieweth Shallowneffe and Weakneffe.i^ As we fee in Beafls that thofe that are Weakefl in the Courfe, are yet Nimblefl in the Turne : As it is betwixt the Grey-hound, and the Hare. To vfe^'^ too many Circum- flances, ere one come to the Matter, is Wearifome ; Tovfenoneat all, is Blunt.^^ *' Vse. Oraiionem vestire, ' to clothe a speech with.' 1* Blunt. AbrupUim quiddam est, et ingratum, 'is blunt and disagree able.' 24 A HARMONY OF T H F. ESS A VS. I. & 11. 1597-8. xt 37-8. For variations of II., see footnotes. [3.] @f (JTeremomejJ anti E that is onely reall had need haue exceeding great parts of vertue, as the flone had neede bee rich that is fet without foyle. 1" But commonly it is in praife as it is in gaine. For as the prouerbe is true, T/ia^ light games make heaiiie Picrfes : Becaufe they come thicke, whereas great come but now and then, fo it is as true that fmal matters winne great commendation : becaufe they are continually in vfe and in note, whereas the occafion of any great ver- tue commeth but on holy-daies. III. 1607-12. ast. 47-52. Hat'leian JlfS. 5106. 10. ©t (Jlcrcmonic^ ant) Ee that is onely reall had neede have exceeding great partes of vertue, as the Stone had neede to be riche that is fett without foyle. But commonly it is in praife as it is in gaine ; For as the Proverbe is true, T/iat light gaiiies make heaiiie pwfes ; Becaufe they come thicke,. whereas great come, but now, and then; fo it is as true, that fmale matters wynn great commendacion, becaufe they are contynually in vfe, and in note. Whereas the occafion of anie great ver- tue cometh but on holie dayes. ■FI. Uariati'Dttg in postf)ttmous ILalin lEtiitfon of 1638. ^ Title. De Cceremoniis Civilihus ct Decora, ' of civil ceremonies and propriety.' 2 Rich. E purissimis et nitidissunis, ' most pure and bright.' 3 Commendation of Men. Omitted ijQ the Latin. ^ Gettings. Oiiiitted in the Latin. ' Matters. Viriutes, 'virtues.' III. OF CEREMONI ES AND RESPECTS. 25 IV. 1612. net. 52. V. 1625. aet. 65. British Museum Copy. 52. ©f (iTercmonicsJ ant) E that is only Reall, had need haue Exceeding great Parts of Vertue : As the Stone had need to be Rich,2 that is fet without Foile. But if a Man marke it well, it is in praife and Commendation of Men,^ as it is in Gettings ^ and Gaines: For the Prouerbe is true, That light Gaines make heauy Picrfes ; For light Gaines come thick, whereas Great come but now and then. So it is true, that Small Matters^ win great Commendation, becaufe they are continually in Vfe, and in note:*" whereas the Occafion of any great Ver- tue,''^ commeth ■ but on Fefliuals.^ Therefore it doth much adde, to a Mans Re- putation, and is, (as Queene IJabc//a'-^ faid) Like perpetu- all Letters Coinmendatoi'y^ to I haue good ^*^ Formes. * In \ 56 and in note. Qtiia perpetuus enrunz usus est ; Ttittt in obserra- tionem Hominum incurriint: ' because theif use is continual, and they meet the observation of men.' ^ Great \'ertue. Virtutus alicujus ntagtia exercendce, ' of exercising any great virtue.' * Festiuals. Rnro adfnoefum obtiugit, '\\ci^pGr\<,hulTzrc\y.' 5 Isabella. Kegiita Castiliana, ' Queen of Castile.' ^<> Good. Discretis et decoris, 'discreet and proper.' 30. ©f (JTercmottic^ ani) JU$pcct«J. Ee that is onely reall, had need ; haue exceeding ' great parts of vertue.- as the flone had neede to be rich that is fet without foile. But com- monly it is in praife, as it is in gaine: For as the prouerbe is true, \ That light gaiiies make \ heauie piirfes, becaufe they come thicke, whereas • great come, but now and then ; fo it is true, that fmall matters winne great commendation, becaufe they are continually in vfe, and in note. Whereas the occafion of any great ver- tue, commeth but on holie dales. 1 26 A HARMONY OF THE ESSAYS. I. & 11. 1597-8. set. 37-8. T To attaine good formes, it fufficeth not to defpife them, for fo fhal a man obferue them in others and let him trufl himfelfe with the rell : for if he care to expreffe them hee fliall leefe theirgrace, which is to be naturall and vnaf- fe6led. Somt mens behau- iour is Hke a verfe wherein euery fillable is meafured. How can a man compre- hend great matters that breaketh his minde too much to fmall obferua- tions ? T Not to vfe Ceremonies at all, is to teach others not to vfe them againe, and fo diminifli his refpedl; efpecially they be not to bee omitted to fLraungers natures. and flrange III. 1607-12. Dst. 47-52. To attaine good Fourmes, it fufficeth not to difpife them, for fo fliall a Man obferve themin others, and lett him trufl himfelf with the refl ; For if he care to expreffe them, hee fliall leefe their grace, which is to be naturall and vnaf- fected. Some mens behav- iour is like a verfe wherem every Syllable is meafured. How can a Man compre- hend great matters, that breaketh his minde too much to fmale obferva- cions ? Not to vfe Ceremonies at all is to teach others not to vfe them againe, and 10 diminiflieth refpecfl, efpecially they be not to be omitted to Straungers and formall Natures. 11 Behauiour. other externals.* Vulhts, et Cesius, et Externa alia, ' look, carriage, and III. OF CEREMOyiES AND RESPECTS. 27 IV. 1612. a3t. 52. V. 1625. aet. 65. I To Attaine them, it almoll fufficeth, not to defpife them : For fo fhall a Man obfeme them in Others: And let him trull himfelfe with therefl. For if he Labour too much to Expreffe them, he fhall lofe their Grace; "Which is to be Naturall and Vnaf- fected. Some Mens Behau- iour,ii is like aVerfe, wherein euery Syllable is Meafured : How can a man compre- hend great Matters, that breaketh his Minde too much to fmall Obferua- tions ? Not to vfe Ceremonies at '-all, is to teach Others not to vfe them again e; And fo diminifheth Refpecl^- to himfelfe : Efpecially they be not to be omitted to Strangers, and Formall Natures : But the Dwell- ing vpon them, and Exalt- ing them abouetheMoone,^^ is not only Tedious, but doth Dmiinifh the Faith and Credit of him that fpeakes. And certainly, there is a Kinde, of Con- ueying of Effecluall and Inl- printing Paffages, amongfl ^ DIminisheth Respect. Teif>suinfacies viliorent, 'make yourself cheaper.' Exalting them aboue the Moone. Loctitio platie HyperioUca, ' speech which is clearly extravagant.' To attaine good formes, it fufficeth not to defpife them : For fo Ihal a man obferue them in others : And let him trull himfelfe with the refl. For if he care to expreffe them, hee fliall lofe their grace, which is to be naturall and vnaf- fecled. Some mens behau- iour is like a verfe wherein euery fillable is meafured ; how can a man compre- hend great matters, that breaketh his mind to much to fmall obferua- tions ? Not to \it Ceremonies at al, is to teach others not to vfe them againe ; and fo diminifheth refpecl : efpecially they bee not to be omitted to flrangers, and formall natures. 28 A HARMONY OF THE ESS A VS. I. & II. 1597-8. set. 37-8. fi Amongd a mans Peires a man fliall be fure of fa- miliaritie, and therefore it is a good title to keepe {late ; amongfl* a mans inferiours one fliall be fure of reuerence. and therefore it is good a little to be familiar. T Hee that is too much in any thing, fo that he giue an other occafion of latietie, maketh himfelfe cheape. T To applie ones felfe to others is good, fo it be with demonflration that a man doth it vpon re- gard, and not vpon faci- litie. T It is a good precept generally in feconding another: yet to adde fome- what of ones owne ; as if you will graunt his opinion, let it be with fome diflinc- tion, if you wil follow his III. 1607-12. set. 47-52. Amongefl a Mans Peeres a man fhall be fuer of fa- miliarity, and therefore it is good a litle to keepe flate ; amongeft a Mans inferiours one fliall be fuer of Reverence, and therefore it is good a litle to be familiar. He that is too much in anie thing, foe that he giveth another occafion of fatietie, maketh himfelf cheape. To apply ones felf to others is good, foe it be with demonflracion that a man doth it vponn re- gard, and not vponn faci- lity. It is a good precept generally in feconding another; yet to add fome- what of ones owne ; as if you will graunt his opinion, lett it be with fome diflinc- tion, if you will foUowe his * amonge, m 1598 edition. ^* Kind of conueying, &c. Est prociildubio Modus, artijiciosa: C7ijusdain Insinuntionis, in Verbis i/>sis, inter Formulas comitiuncs, qtii Hoviifics revera inescat, ct minjlce afficit, 'there is certainly a kind of cunning insinuation in the words tliemselves, a'nong common compliments, which indeed allures men, and is of wonderful effect.' 1* Hit vpon it. Ejus viain callcat, 'knows the way of It.' 111. OF CEREMONIES AND RESPECT S. 29 IV. 1612. cct. 52. V Amongfl a mans Peeres, a man fliall be fure of fa- miliarity; and therefore it is good a little to keep flate.- amongfl a mans inferiours one flial be fure of Reiierence ; and therefore it is good a little to bee famihar. Hee that is too much in any thing, fo that hee giueth another occafion of fatietie, maketh himfelf cheap. To apply ones felfe to others is good; fo it be with demonflration that a man doth it vpon re- gard, and not vpon faci- lity. It is a good precept, generally in feconding another, Yet to adde fome- what of ones owne ; as if you will grant his opinion, let it be with feme diflinc- tion, if you will follow his 1625. aet. 6: Complements, which is of Singular vfe,^^ if a Man can hit vpon it.^^ Amongfl- a Mans Peeres, a Man fhall be fure of Fa- miliaritie; And therefore, it is good a little to keepe State.i*^ Amongfl a Mans Inferiours, one fhall be fure of Reuerence ; And therefore it is good a little to be Famihar. 1^ He that is too much in any Thing,^^ fo that he giueth another Occafion of Sacietie, maketh himfelfe cheape. To apply Ones Selfe to others, is good; So it be with Demonflration, that a Man doth it vpon Re- gard,^^ And not vpon Faci- litie. It is a good Precept, generally in Seconding Another, yet to adde fome- what of Ones Owne : As if you will grant his Opinion, let it be with fome Diflinc- tion; If you will follow his 1^ Keepe State. Reprune tepmiltilum, et dignitatem ttiam, ' repress your- self a little and keep your dignity.' 17 Be Familiar. Boiigne te gerere, et mm Familiaritate guadant, non in- congruum est, ' to bear yourself kindly and with a certain familiarity is not unsuitable.' J" In any Thing. In Sermove aliquo ant re, 'in any discourse or thing.' 19 Regard. Comitate et Urba7titate, ' courtesy and politeness.' 30 A HARMONY OF THE £ S S A y S. I. & 11. 1597-8. 3et. 37-8. motion, let it be with con- dition ; if you allow his counfell, let it be with al- leadging further reafon. III. 1607-12. set. 47-52. mocion, lett it be with con- dicion, if you allowe his Counfaile, lett it be with al- leadginge further reafon. 20 Alleging further Reason. Novi aliciiJKS Argmncnti pondus addas, propter gtwd in Partes ejus trafisire vldcaris / add the weight of some new reason, on account of which you seem to take his part.' -1 Men had need beware. Cni'cndiim ivtpriinis, 7te Magister in CtPre- moniiset Forinulis habearis: Jdenim sifiet, ntcumue Virtutevera emitieas. III. OF CEREMONIES AND RESPECTS. 2,1 IV. 161 i\it. 5: motion; let it be with con- dition ; if you allow his counfell, let it be with al- Ie2;in2: further reafon. Men had neede beware how they be too perfit in complements. For be they neuer fo fufficient otherwife, their enuiers will bee fure to giue them that attribute to the dif- aduantage of their greater vertue. It is loffe alfo in buhneffe to be too full of refpects, or to be to curious in obferuing times and oportunities. Sa/o- mo?i faith He that confi- dereth the wind JJiall not fowe, and hee that looketh to thecIoivdes.,Jliallnot I'eape. A wife man will make more opportunities then he findes. V. 1625. ast. 65. Motion, let it bee with Con- dition ; If you allow his Counfell, let it be with Al- ledging further Reafon. ^^ Men had need beware,^^ how they be too Perfedl in Complements ; For be they neuer fo Sufficient otherwife, their Enuiers will be fure to giue them that Attribute, to the Dif- aduantage of their greater Vertues. It is loffe alfo in bufmeffe, to be too full of Refpccis, or to be too Curious in ObferuingTimes and Opportunities. Salo- mon faith; He that confi- dereth the wind, JJiall ?iot Sow, and he that looketh to the Clouds, JJiall 7iot reape. A wife Man will make more Opportunities then he findes. Mens Behauiour fliould be like dieir Apparell, not too Strait, or point Deuice, but free for Exercife or Motion. audies tamenab hnldis, in Noninis tui Detrimcntuiit, I'rlarits tantum ct Affectator, ' you must beware first of all of being considered a m.-ister of ceremonies and compliments, for if so, however eminent you are in true worth, you will be called by your enviers, to the detriment of your name, ort^y polite and zealous.' A HARMONY OF THE ESSAYS. I. & II. 1597-S. «t. 37-8. No variations in Text II. [4.] ©f follotoer^ anb Oflly followers are not to be liked, leafl while a man makethhistraine longer, hee make his wings fhorter, I reckon to be coftly not them alone which charge the purfe, but which are wearyfome and importune in futes. Ordinary following ought to challenge no higher con- ditions then countenance, recomendation and pro- tetlion from wrong. T Fa6lious followers are worfe to be liked, which follow not vpon affection to him with whome they raunge themfelues, but vpon difcontentment con- ceiued againfl. fome other, whereupon commonly in- fueth that ill intelligence that we many times fee be- tween great perfonages. III. 1607-12. set. 47-52. Ilarlcia}i MS. 5106. 14. ©£ J'oUorocrsJ anb ;frcint)0. Ofllie followers are not to be liked, leafl while a Man makethhistraine longer, he make his wings fhorter; I reckon to be coRHe not them alone which charge the purfe, but which are wearyfome and ymportune in fuites. Ordinarie Followers ought to challenge noe higher con- dicions, then countenance, recommendacion and pro- teccion from wronges. Ffadlious Followers are worfe to be liked, which followenotvponn afteccion to him with whom the}- range themfelves, but vponn difcontentment con- ceived againfl fome other ; Wherevponn commonlyen- fueth, that ill intelligence, that wee many tymes feebe- tweene great parfonages. U2. rnriatians in poslfjiimous Hatin lEtiition of 1638. 1 Title. De Cliendbus, Famtilis, et Amicis. 'Of followers, servanH, and friends.' 2 Wings Shorter. Ne dum quis duidie f>eiinas adaugct. Alarum pennas IV. OF FO LLOWERS AND FRIENDS. 33 IV. 1612. ast. 52. ' V. 32. Of /oUoWJCr.5 iXUL) fricni)^. 1625. aet. 65. British Museum Copy. 48. Of /ollorocr^ anb Oflly followers are not to bee liked, left while a man niaketbhistraine longer, he make his wings (horter. I reckon to bee coflly, not them alone which charge the purfe, but which are wearifome and importune in fuits. Ordinarie followers ought to challenge no higher con- ditions then countenance, recommendation, and pro- tedlion from wrongs. Factious fellowes are worfe to bee liked, which follow not vpon affection to him with whom they range themfelues, but vpon difcontentment con- ceiued againfl fome other. AVhereupon commonly en- fueth, that ill intelligence, chat wee many times fee bee- tweene great perfonages. Likewife glorious followers ]Ollly Folloiuej-s are not to be liked ; Left while a Man makethhisTraine Longer, hee make his Wings Shorter.- I reckon to bee Coflly, not them alone, which charge the Puife, but which are Wearifome and Importune in Sutes. Ordinary Follo^cers ought to challengeno Higher Con- ditions, then Countenance, Recommendation, and Pro- tection from Wrongs. Factious Folknvcrs^ are worfe to be liked, which Follow not vpon Affection to him, with whom they range Themfelues, but vpon Difcontentment Con- ceiued againft fome Other : Whereupon Commonly en- fueth, that 111 Intelligence, that we many times fee be- tweene Great Perfonages. LikewifeGlorious7^<7//t77t/^;.)% who make themfelues as Trumpets, of the Commen- dation of thofe they Follow, frtFScindat, 'lest while a man increases the feathers of his tail, he cuts olT the feathers of his wings.' 3 Factious Followers. Clientes auieiJi et Amici factiosi adJutc ma^is vitandi, 'factious followers and friends are the more to be avoided.' c (. 34 A HARMONY OF THE £SSAVS. I. & II. 1597-8. ^t. 37-8. HI. 1607-12. set. 47-52. 1" The following by cer- taine States anfwereable to that which a great perfon himfelfe profeffeth, as of Souldiers to him that hath beene imployed in the warres, and the like hath euer beene a thing ciuile, and well taken euen in Monarchies, fo it be with- out too much pompe or popularitie. 1" But the moft honorable kind of following is to bee followed, as one that apprehendeth to aduance vertue and defert in all fortes of perfonsj and ■* Honour from a Man. .S'^ (^nis vcre rem rcpiitet, ' if one consider the thing truly.' 6 In great Fauour. A pud Doinuws suos, sccpeiiwnero in s7immo pretio habeniur, 'are often held in great esteem by their masters.' The follovveing by ter- taine States, aunfwerable to that which a great perfon himfelf profeffeth, as of Souldiers to him that hath beene ymployed in the warres, and the like hath ever beene a thing Civill, and w^ell taken even in Monarchies, fo it be with- out too much pompe, or popularitye. But the mofl honorable kind of following is to be followed, as one that apprehendeth to advance vertue and defert in all fortes of perfons; and IV. OF FOLLOWERS AND FRI ENDS. JO IV. 1612. ?et. 52. j V. 1625. set. 6! are full of inconueniency ; for they teint bufineffe through want of fecrecy, and they export honor from a man and make hun a returnc in enuy. The following by cer- taine States, anfsverable to that which a great perfon himfelfe profeffeth, as of Souldiers to him that hath beene imploid in the warres, and the like, hath euer beene a thing ciuill, and will taken euen in Monarchies fo it be with- out too much pompe or popularity. But the mofl honourable kind of following, is to be followed, as one that apprehendeth to aduance vertue and defart in all fort of perfons. And are full of Inconuenience ; For they taint Bufmeffe through Want of Secrecie, And they Export Honour from a Man,"* and make him a Returne in Enuie. There is a Kinde oi Follow ers\\)^^- wife, which are Dangerous, being indeed Efpials; which enquire the Secrets of the Houfe, and beare Tales of them to Others. Yet fuch Men, many times, are in great Fauour;-^ For they are Officious, And Commonly Exchange Tales. The Following by certaine Estates of Alen^ anfwerable to that, which a Great Perfon himfelfe profeffeth, (as of Soldiers to him that hath been Employed in the Warres, and the like,) hath euer beene a Thing Ciuill,*^ and well taken euen in Monarchies ; So it be with- out too much Pompe or Popularitie. But the mofl Honourable Kinde of Following, is to be Followed, as one that apprehendeth, to aduance Vertue and Defert, in all Sorts of Perfons." And * Ciuill. Decora, 'honourable.' 7 All Sorts of Persons. Ut quis Patronmn se projiteatur eorum qui Virtute et Meritis clarent, cujtiscunque Ordinis sint, vel Conditionis, ' to profess one's self a patron of those who are remarkable for worth or desert, of whatever order or condition.' i6 A HARMONY OF THE £SSA YS. I. &II. 1597-8. DSt. 37-8. III. 1607-12. £et. 47-52. yet where there is noe eminent oddes in fuffi- ciency, it is better to take with the more paff- yet where there is no eminent oddes in fuffi- ciericie, it is better to take with the more paff- able, then with the more able. In gouernment it is good to vfe men of one rancke equally, for, to counten- ancefome extraordinarily,is to make them infolente, and the reft difcontent, becaufe they may claime a due. But in fauours to vfe men with much differ- ence and ele6lion is good, for it maketh the perfons preferred more thankefull, and the refl more officious, becaufe all is of fauour. 1" It is good not to make too much of any man at firfl, becaufe one cannot holde out that proportion. T To be goucrned by one is not good, able, then with the more able. In govern ement it is good to vfe men of one rancke equally. For to counten- ance fomeextraordinarily,is to make them infolent, and the refl difcontent, becaufe they may claime a due. But in favours to vfe them with much differ- ence, and eleccion is good. For it maketh the perfons preferred more thankfull, and the reft more officious, becaufe all is of favour. It is good not to make too much of anie Man at the firfl, becaufe one cannott ■ hold out that proporcion. To be governed by one is not good, 8 To take with. Patrociiinri, ' to patronize. ^ ^ 9 Actiue. J ne/ush'u ci sainj,^enic's, ''mduiitriQUS!inda.ctive. 10 Claime a Due. Quandoqiiidcvi Orduiis Paritas ceqiias Gratia: Coiidi- tiones, taiKjun/n ex dcbiio, poscit, ' because the equaHty of rank demands as a due, equal conditions of favour.' 11 Because all is of Fauour. Neque ex hoc vicrtto congueraticr qmspiam. IV O F FO LLO WE RS A iVD F RI E N DS. 37 IV. 1612, ait. 52. yet where there is no eminent oddes in fufh- ciency, it is better to take with the more paff- able, then with the more able. In gouernment it is good to vfe men of one rancke equally : For to counten- ance fome extraordinarilyas to make them infolent, and the refl-difcontent; becaufe they may claime a due. But in fauour to vfe men with much differ- ence and election, is good ; For it make[t]h the perfons preferred more thankfull, and the refl more ofliciou[s]; becaufe all is of fauour. It is good not to make to much of any man at the firfl, becaufe one cannot hold out that proportion. To bee gouerned by one is not good, V. 1625. aet. 65. yet, where there is no Eminent Oddes in Suffi- ciencie, it is better to take with"^ the more Paff- able, then with the more Able. And befides, to fpeake Truth, in Bafe Times, Actiue^ Men are of more vfe, then Ver- tuous. It is true, that in Gouernment, it is Good to vfe Men of one Rancke equally: for to counten- ance fome extraordinarily, is to make them Infolent, and the refl Difcontent; Becaufe they may claime a Due.^^ But con trari wife in Fauour, to vfe Men with much Differ- ence and Election, is Good; For it maketh the Perfons Preferred more Thankfull, and the Refl more officious; Becaufe all is of Fauour. ^^ It is good Difcretion, not to make too much of any Man at the firfl ; Becaufe One Cannot hold out that Proportion.^- To be gouemed^^(as we call it) by One, is not fafe, For ctun omnia ex gratia, non ex dehito prodeant. ' nor can any one deservedly complain of this, because all is of favour, not of due.' ^- Proportion. Nam qinE tractu temporis seqiientitr, vix isiis initiis respondcre possunt, ' for what will follow in the course of time, can scircely answer to your beginning.' ^3 Gouerned. Fingi et regi, ' to be moulded and governed.' 38 A HARMONY OF THE ESS A VS. I. & II. 1597-S. ii't. 37-8. I III. 1607-12. tet. 47-5. and to be diflracted with and to be diflracled with many is worfe ; but to take aduife of friends is euer honor- able : J^or lookers on niajiy thnes fee moj'e thai game- sters, And the vale bejl difeoiiereth the hill. T There is little friendfliip in tlie worlde, and leafl of all betweene equals, whicli was wont to bee magnified. That that is, is betweene fuperiour and inferiour, whofe fortunes may com- prehend the one the other. manie is worfe ; but to take advife of frendes is ever honor- able. For lookers on manie tymes fee more, than game- Jlers, and the vale bejl difeoiiereth the hill. There is litle frendfhipp in the world, and leafl of all betweene equalls which was Avont to be magnified. That that is, is betweene Siiperioiir and inferiour, whofe fortunes may com- prehend the oneth[e]other. ^s^m^^^ vt^==^*«^i?3^ 1* Speake ill. Omitted in the Latin. 1* Talke more bok'.ly of. A iiiicmii illntn nostnim Coutumeliis afficere not rerebjiiitur; 'will not fear to attach contumely to our friend.' 16 Distracted. Plurittni polestaii subjici, et veluti iu partes distrahi, ' to be under the power of several, and as it were distracted.' IV OF FOLLO WERS AND FRIENDS. 39 IV. i6i2. ajt. 52. and to bee difiracfled with many, is worfe; but to take aduife of fome i&yN friends, is eiier honour- able, For lookers on many times fee 7nore then game- Jters, and the vale bejl dijconereth the hill. There is Httle friendfhip in the world, and leafl of all between equals, which was wont to bee magnified. That that is, is betweene Super io2ir and ^nferionr, whofe fortunes may com- prehend the one the other. V. 1625. 8tt. 65. it fliewes Softneffe, and giues a Freedome to Scan- dall andDifreputation : For thofe that would not Cen- fure, orSpeakeilP^ofa Man immediatly, will talke more boldly of 1^ Thofe, that are fo great with them, and there- by Wound their Honour. Yet to be Diflradled^^ witli many is Worfe; Foritmakes Men, to be of the Laft Im- preffion, and full of Change. To take Aduice of fome few Trends is euer Honour- able^" ; For Lookers on,7nany times, fee moi'e the?i Game- sters ; And the Vale^^ befl difeouereth the Hill. There is little Friendfhij) in theWorld,i9 and Leaftof all betweene Equals, which was wont to be ^lagnified.-'^ That that is, is between Superiour and Inferiour, whofe Fortunes may Com- prehend, the One the Other. 17 Honourable. Honoralili sane et utile, 'really honourable and pro- fitable.' 18 The Vale. (^Ut adagi(?dic{t7tr^ vallis, '(as is said In theadage^ the vale.' 15 Little Friendship. Amicitiavera inOrbe, raraadmodum, ' true friend- ship in the world is very rare. 2<* Magnified. Apud Veteres, 'amongst the ancients.' 40 A HARMONY OF THE ESSAYS. L &IL 1597-8. set. 37-8. For Variations of II., see footnotes. [5.j ©f ^UtC^.* Anie ill matters are vndertaken, and many good matters with ill mindes. ^ome embrace Siites which neuer meane to deale effedually in them. But if they fee there may be life in the matter by fome other meane, they will be content to winne a thanke or take a fecond reward. Some take holde of Sutes onely for an occafion to croffe fome other, or to make an information wherof they could not otherwife haue an apt pre- III. 1607-12. eet. 47-52. Harleia7i Jl/S. 5106. 15. (Bi ^tttoriS. A^ie ill matters are vndertaken, and manie good matters with ill mindes. Some embrace Suites which never meane to deale et!e6lually in them. But if they fee there may be life in the matter by fome other meane, they wilbe content to wynne a thanke, or take a fecond reward ; Some take hold of suites onely for an occafion to croffe fome other, or to make an Informacion, whereof they could not otherwife have an apt pre- • Of Sutors, ifi 1598 Edition. U5. Variations in postfjumous ILaf in !£liition of 1638. 1 Embrace. In manus suas recipiunt, et operam avide polUcentur, 'take uits into their hands and eagerly promise assistance.' OF SUITORS. 41 IV. 1612. get. 52. V. 31. ©t ^utor^. Anie ill matters are vndertaken, and many good matters v.-ith ill mindes. Some embrace fuits which | neuer meane to deale \ effectually in them, but j if they fee there may be | life in the matter by fome \ other meane, they will be content to winne a thanke, or take a fecond reward, or at leaft to make vfe in the meane time of the Sutors hopes. Some take hold of fuits only for an occafion to croffe fome other, or to make an Information whereof they could not otherwife haue apt pre- 1625. a;t. 65. British Museum Copy. 49. ©i ^tttottrjj. \ny ill Matters and Proiecls are { vndertaken; And Priuate Sutes doe Putrifie thePublique Good. Many Good Matters are vndertaken with Bad ^lindes ; I meane not onely Corrupt Mindes ; but Craftie jMindes, that intend not Performance. Some embrace^ 6'///'^i', which neuer meane to deale effectually in them ; But if they fee, there may be life in the Matter,- by fome other meane, they will be content to winne'^ a Thanke, or take a Second Reward, or at leafl to make Vfe, in the meane time, of the Sutours Hopes. ^ Some take hold of Sutes ^ onely for an Occafion, to Croffe fome other j^ Or to make an Information, whereof they could not otherwife haue apt Pre- - Life in the Matter. Rem aliorumconatu successuratit, ' that the matter will succeed by the endeavour of others.' 3 Be content to winne. Aucupabtintur, 'will try to catch.' * Hopes. Spes dum Negotium vertititr, ' hopes while the business is moving.' 5 Some other. Xegotiis aliarum, quce simul tractantur, ' the business of Others, which is being treated at the same time.' 42 A HARMONY OF THE £SSAYS. L&IL 1597-8. ?et. 37-8. cept,* without care what become of the Sute, when that turne is ferued. Nay fome vndertake Sutes with a full purpofe to let them fall, to the ende to gratifie the aduerfe partie or competitor. 1" Surely there is in forte a right in euerie Sute, either a right of equitie, if it be a Sute of con- trouerfie ; or a right of defert. if it bee a Sute of petition. If affe6lion leade a man to fauor the wrong fide in iuflice, let him rather vfe his countenance to compound the matter then to Carrie it. If affec- tion lead a man to fauour the leffe worthy in defert, let him doe it, without deprauing or difabling the better deferuer. T In Sutes a man doth not well vnderfland, it is III. 1607-12. Kt. 47-52. text, without care what become of the fuite, when that tourne is ferved. Nay fome vndertake fuites with a full purpofe to lett them fall, to the end to gratifie the adverfe party e or Competitour. Suerly there is in forte a right in every fuite, either a right of Equity if it be a fuite of Con- troverfie, or a right of defert, if it be a suite of peticion. IfalTeccionlead a man to favour the wrong fide in Iuflice, lett him rather vfe his countenance to compound the matter, then to carrie it. If aftec- cion leade a Man to favour the leffe worth ie in defert, lett him doe it, without depraving, or difabling the better deferver. In Suites a Man doth not well vnderfland, it is * pretext, /« 1598 Edition. Entertainment, /"^-//^^w j/rr;m«^, 'to lay a bridge.' 'In some sort. Si quis ran rite pcrpendat, 'if a man weigh the matter rightly.' 8 In euery Sute. Comitattir ojnncvi Pctitioncvt, 'accompanies every suit. ' V. OF SUITORS. 43 IV, 1612. set. 52. text, without care what become of tlie fuite when that turne is ferued. Nay, fome vndertake fuits with a full purpofe to let them fall, to the end to gratitie the aduerfe party or competitor. Surely there is in fort a right in euery fuit ; either a right of equity, if it be a fuit of con- trouerfie or a right of defart, if it be a fuit of peti[ti]on. Ifaftectionleade a man to fauor the wrong fide in iuflice, let him rather vfe his countenance to compound the matter then to carry it. If affec- tion leade a man to fauor the leffe worthy in defart, let him doe it without deprauing or difabling the better deferuer. In fuits a man doth [not] well vnderfland, it is V. 1625. aet. 6 text ; without Care what become of the Sute, when that Turne is ferued : Or generally, to make other Mens Bufmeffe, a Kinde of Entertainment,** to bring in their owne. Xay, fome vndertake Sutes, with a full Purpofe, to let them fall ; To the end, to gratifie the Aduerfe Partie, or Competitour. Surely, there is, in fome fort,' a Right in euery Sute-^ Either a Right of Equity, if it be a Sute of Con- trouerfie^; Or a Right of Defert, if it be a Side of Petition. 1*^ If Affection lead a Man, to fauour the Wrong Side in Iuflice, let him rather vfe his Countenance, to Compound the Matter, then to Carry it. If Affec- tion lead a Man, to fauour the leffe Worthy in Defert,^^ let him doe it without Deprauing or Difabling^- the Letter Deferuer. In Siites^ which a man doth not well vnderfland, it is 9 Controuersie. Justiti^, 'justice.' ^o Petition. Grntice, 'favour.' 11 In Desert. AIerent:'tn,incausnGrati{F, * in desert, in .1 cause of favour.' 12 Deprauinp or disabling. Abstinent snltein ab otnni Calnmnia et Male- dicetitia, ' let him abstain from all calumny and evil-speakmg.' 44 A HARMONY OF THE ESSAYS. I. & II. 1597-8. cct. 37-8. ' III. 1607-12. aet. 47-52. good to referre them to ! good to referre them to fome freind of trufl and ludgement, that may re- port whether he may deale in them with honour. fome friend of trufl and i'udgement, that may re- porte whether he may deale in them with honor. T Suters are fo diflafled with delaies and abufes, that plaine deaUng in de- nying to deale in Sutes at firft, and reporting the fuc- ceffe barely, and in chal- lendging no more thankes then one hath deferued, is growen not onely honour- able but alfo gracious. T InSutesoffauourthefirfl comming ought to take little place, fo far forth confideration may bee had of his trufl, that if intelli- gence of the matter coulde not otherwife haue beene had but by him, aduantage be not taken of the note. H To be ignorant of the Suitors are fo diflafled with delayes, and abufes, that plaine dealing in de- nying to deale in Suites at firfl, and reporting the fuc- ceffe barely, and in Chal- lenging noe more thankes then one hath deferved, is growne not onely honor- able but alfoe gracious. In fuites of favor the firfl commeing ought to take litle place, fo farr fourth confideracion may be had of his trufl, that if intelli- gence of the matter could not otherwife have beene had, but by him, advantage be not taken of the note. To be icrnorant of the cruciantur. ^ Suitors are so distasted. His temporibtis . these times . . are so tortured.' 1* Reporting the successe barely. Siiccessuvt ejus qualei7t-qualem animo simplici refc7-endo, 'reporting the success truly, whatever it is.' 1* So farre forth ... for his Discouerie. [This passage is thus rendered OF SUITORS. 45 IV. i6t2. 3et. 52. good to referre them to Ibme friend of trufl and iudgement, that may re- port whether hee may deale in them with honour. V. aet. 6; vSutors are fo diflafled with delaies and abufes, that plaine dealing in de- nying to deale in fuits at firfl, and reporting the fuc- ceffe barely, and in chal- lenging no more thankes then one hath deferued, is growne not onlie honour- able, but alfo gracious. In fuits of fauour, the firfl comming ought to take little place : fo fiirre forth confideration may be had of his trufl, that if intelli- gence of the matter could not otherwife haue been had, but by him. aduantage be not taken of the note, but the party left to his other meanes. To be ignorant of the 1625. good to referre them, to fome Frend of Trufl and Judgement, that may re- port whether hee may deale in them with Honour : But let him chufe wtII his Referendaries, for elfe he may be led by the Nofe. Su fours are fo diftaRed^^ with Delayes, and Abufes, that Plaine Dealing, in de- nying to deale in Siitcs at firfl, and Reporting theSuc- ceffe barely,^^and in Chal- lenging no more Thanks then one hath deferued, is grown not onely Honour- able, but alfo Gracious. In Stiies of Fauour, the firft Comming ought to take little Place : ^^ So farre forth Confideration may bee had of his Trufl, that if Intelli- gence of the Matter, coulde not otherwife haue beene had, but by him, Aduantage bee not taken of the Note, but the Partie left to his other Meanes ; and, in fome fort, Recompenced for his Difcouerie.^^ To be Ignorant of the in the Latin] ILo usque SuppUcniitis Fides, in re ilia pate/acieiida, valere possit, ut si Notitia ejus aliutide quavi per euin habcri uon potuisset ; Hoc ei fraudi uon sit, sed potijts revuiueratur, * so that the trust of the suitor, in making the thing known, may avail that if the knowledge of it could not be had, except through him, it may be no disadvantage to liim, but let him be rather rewarded.' 46 A HARMONY OF THE ESSAYS. I. & 11. 1597-8. set. 37-8. value of a Sute is fimplici- tie, as well as to be ignor- ant of the right thereof is want of confcience. TSecrecieinSutesisagreat meane of obtaining, for, voicing them to bee in forwardnes may difcourage fome kinde of filters, but doth quicken and awake otliers. T But tyming of the Sutes is the prmcipall, tyming I faye not onely in refpe6l of the perfon that flioulde graunt it, but in refpecl of thofe which are like to croffe it. III. 1607-12. Kt. 47-52. value of a Suite is hmplici- tie, as well, as to be ignor- ant of the right thereof, is want of Confcience. Secrefie in fuites is a great meane of obtayning, for voyceing them to be in forwardnes may difcourage fome kind of fuitours, but doth quicken and awake others. But tymeing of the Suites is the principal], tymeing I fay not onely in refpe6l of the perfon, that fliould graunt it, but in refpecfl of thofe which are like to croffe it. 16 Ignorant of the Right. ALquitaientejiisdemoscitantcrprceten'ehi, 'to bo carelessly canicd beyond the right.' 17 Choice of his Meane. Ejus, cut Petitionis tuee curatn demandes, to whom you entrust the care of your suit.' OF SUITORS. 47 IV. 1612. xt. ^2. value of a fuit is fimplici- ty, afwell as to bee ignor- ant of the right therof, is want of confcience. Secrefie in fuites is a great meahe of obtaining; For voicing them to bee in forwardneffe, may difcour- age fome kind of fuitors, but doth quicken and awake others. But timage of the fuits is the principall. Timing I fay not onely in re[f]pect of the perfon that fliould grant it, but in refpe6t of thofe which are Hke to croffe it. Let a man in the choife of his meane, rather chufe the fitted meane then the greatefl meane, and rather them that deale in certaine things then thofe that are generall. The reparation of a deniall is fometimes equall to the firfl grant, if a man fhew himfelfe neither deiedted, nor difcontented Iniqunm petas vt (zqiiiim feras,"^ is a good rule where V. 1625. aet. 6: value of a Suie., is Simplici- tie; As well as to be Ignor- ant of the Right^*^ thereof, is Want of Confcience. Secrecie in Siifcs, is a great Meane of Obtaining ; For voycing them, to bee in Forwardneffe, may difcour- age fome ¥Jm(\.Qo{ Sutours : But doth Quicken and Awake Others. But Timing of the Sute, is the Principall. Timing, I fay, not onely in refpedt of the Perfon, that Ihould grant it, but in refpe(5t of thofe, which are like to Croffe it. Let a Man, in the choice of his Meane, ^'' rather choofe the FittefL Meane, then the Greatefl Meane: And rather them, that deale in certaine Things, then thofe that are Generall. The Reparations^ of a Deniall, is fomtimes Equall to the firfl Grant, If a Man fliew himfelfe, neither deiedled, nor difcontented. Iniquujn pdas vt y^quum ferasfxs agood Rule, where " Thou seekest unjustly, that thou viayest do justice. Quintilian Inst. Orat. iv. 5, 16. ^8 Reparation. Denegatce Peiitionis iteratio, ' the repetition of a suit refused-' 48 A HARMONY OF THE ESS A VS. I. & II. 1597-8. a3t. 37-8. is thought fo T Nothing eafie a requefl to a great perfon as his letter, and yet if it bee not in a good caiife, it is fo much out of his reputation. III. 1607-12. set. 47-52. Nothinc: is thought fo eafie a requefl to a great perfon as his letter, and yet if it be not in a good caufe, it is fo much out of his reputacion. Km J9 Rise in his Sute. Gra>.Ul>us quihistJaiii, ad id qjiod petls ascendere, et aliqiiid salient impetrare, 'rise by certain steps to what vou desire, and at least gain something.' OF SUITORS. 49 IV. 1612. a^t. 52. i V. 1625. set. 65. a man hath flrength ofj fauour ; but otherwife a ' man were better refl in his fuit ; for hee that would haue ventured at firfl to \ haue loft the futor, will j not in the conclufion lofe | both the futor and his ; owne former fauor. | Nothing is thought fo ' eafie a requefl to a great perfon as his Letter ; and yet if it be not in a good caufe, it is fo much out of his reputation. a Man hath Strength of Fauour : But othervvife, a man were better rife in his 6"///^; 1'^ For he that would haue ventured at firfl to haue lofl the Sutour, will not in the Conclufion, lofe both the Siitour, and his owne former Fauour. Nothing is thought fo Eafie a Requefl, to a great Perfon, as his Letter; And yet, if it be not in a Good Caufe, it is fo much out of his Reputation. There are no worfe Inflru- ments,-- then thefe Generall Contriuers of Sutcs : For they are but a Kinde of Poyfon and Infection to Publique Proceedings. W 20 No worse Instruments. Non invenitur in Rehispublicis pemiciosius HotniHum Ceniis, ' there is found no more dangerous kind of man in states.' :;o A HARMONY OF THE ESS A Y S. 1. & II. 1597-8. set. 37-8. No variations in Text II. [6.] ©f (l^Jpcnce. Tches areforfpend ing, and fpend- ing for honour and good ac- tions. Therefore extraor- (linarie Expence mufl bee Umited by the worth of the occafion ; for volun- tarie vndoing may bee as well for a mans countrie, as for the kingdome of heauen. But ordinarie ex- pence ought to bee hmited by a mans eflate, and gouerned with fuch re- gard, as it be within his compaffe, and not fubie6l to deceite and abufe of feruants, and ordered to the befl fhew, that the Bils maye be leffe then the eflimation abroad. III. 1607-12. set. 47-52. Harlcian jl/S. 5106. 8. ©f ei-pCltCC^. Ic/ies are for fp end- ing, and fpend- ing for honour and good ac- cions. Therefore extraor- dinary Expence muft be limitted by the worth of the occafion; for volun- tarie vndoeing may be as well for a Mans Countrey, as for the kingdome of Heaven. But ordinary Ex- pence ought to be limitted by a Mans eflate, and governed with fuch re- gard, as it be within his compaffe, and not fubiecit to deceite, and abufe of fervauntes, and ordered to the befl fhewe; that the Billesmaybeeleffe,thenthe eflimacion abroade. 1* It is no bafenes for the It is noe bafenes lor the !F2. rnviations in postljumous Hatiii lEtid'on of 1638. 1 Spending. Destiiiantn^ s2tiuptU>us, ' are intended for spending.' 2 Vndoing. Paupertas, ' poverty.' VI. OF EXPENSE. 51 IV. i6i2. a:t. 52. 18. ©f (!3ipcttcc^. ^chcs are for Ipend- ing, and fpend- ing for honour and good ac- tions. Therefore extraor- dinary expence mufl bee limited by the worth of the occafion, for volun- tary vndoing may bee as well for a mans Countrev, as for the kingdome of Heaiie7i. But ordinarie ex- pence, ought to be limitted by a mans eftate and gouerned with fuch re- gard, as it be within his compaffe,- and not fubiecl to deceit, and abufe of feruants; and ordered to the befl fliew, that the bils may be leffe then the ^flimation abroad. V. 162; cXt. 65. British Museum Copy. 28. ©f (I^ipence. It is no bafeneffe for the /(■//rj-are for Spend- ing;^ And Spend- ing for Honour and good Ac- tions. Therefore Extraor- dinary Expence mufl be limitted by the Worth of the Occafion : For Volun- tary Vndoing,'^ may be af- well for^ a Mans Cowitry, as for the Kingdome of Heaicen. But Qrdmary Ex- pence ought to be limitted by a Mans Eflate ; And gouerned with fuch re- gard, as it be within his Compaffe ; And not fubiect to Deceit and Abufe of Seruants; And ordered to the befl. Shew, that the Bils may be leffe, then the Efl-imation abroad. Certainly, if a Man will keep but of Euen hand,'* his Qj'dinary Expences ought to be, but to the Halfe of his Receipts ; And ifhethinketo waxe Rich, but to the Third Part. It is no Bafeneffe, for the " May be aswcll for. Dehetiir, ' is due to.' * Eucn hand. Qui Dhniiiiitioucin Forttinnnim snnnun fati nolit, 'who floes not wish to suffer a decrease of his fortune.' 52 A HARMONY OF THE ESS A VS. I. & II. 1597-8. £et. 37-8. III. 1607-12. jet. 47-52. greateft to defcende, and looke into theire owne el- tate. Some forbeare it not vponn negligence alone,but doubting to bring them- felves into Melancholy in refpecl they Ihall finde it broken. But Woimdes can- 7iott bee cured withoui feai'chinge. Hee that cannott looke into his owne eflate, had neede both choofe well thofe whom he ym- ployeth, yea and chaunge them often. Ffor new are more Hnierous and leffe fubtile. sreatefl to defcend and looke into their owne ef- tate. Some forbeare it not 'vpon negligence alone, but doubting to bring them- felues into Melancholy in refpecSl they fhall finde it broken. But Woimdes can- not bee cu7'ed without fearching. IT Hee that cannot looke into his owne eflate, had neede both choofe well thofe whom he im- ployeth, yea and change them after. For new are more timerous and leffe fubtle. » Descend and looke. Si rationes suas diligenter inspiciani, ' if they look diligently into their affairs.' 6 Some. Compbires, ' very many.' .,•,•, , u • 7 Doubting. Aversatiotie quadam, ne, ' from a certaui dii!ik°, leit they. VI. OF EXPENSE. 53 IV. 1612. ffit. 52. 1 V. 1625. aet. 65- Greatefl, to defcend and looke,^ into their owne Ef- tate. Some*^ forbeare it, not vpon Negligence alone, But doubting'' to bring Them- felues into jMelancholy, in refpe6l they fhall finde it Broken.^ But Wounds can- not be Cured without Searching. He that cannot looke into his own Eflate at all,'* had need both Choofe well, thofe whom he em- ployeth, and change them often: For New are more Timorous, and leffe Subtile. He that can looke into his Eflate but feldome, it behoueth him to turne all to Certainties.^^ A Man had need, if he be Plentifull, in fome kinde of Expence^ to be as Sauing againe, in fome other. As if he be Plenti- full in Diet, to be Sauing in Apparell : If he be Plentifull in the Hall, to be Sauing in the Stable: And the like. For he that 8 Broken. A^/wi"^ arczVaj, 'too much impaired.' * At all. Commode, 'conveniently.' ^*> Certainties. Quce Cotttputationi subjacent, in certos Reditus atqtis etiam Sutnptus vertere, ' to turn what is subject to calculation into certain revenues and expenses." greatefl to defcend and looke into their owne ef- tates. Some forbeare it not vpon negligence alone, but doubting to bring them- felues into malancholy in refpecl they fhall find it broken. But wounds can- not bee cured without fearching. Heethat cannot looke into his owne eflate at all, had neede both choofe well thofe whom he im- ploieth, and change them often : for new are more timorous, and ieffe fubtill. He that can looke into his eflate but feldome, had need turne all to certainties. 54 A HARMONY OF THE ASSAYS. I. & II. 1597-8. ait. 37-8. I III. 1607-12. aet. 47-52. T In clearing of a mans eflate,hee may as well hurt himfelfe in being too fud- daine, as in letting it runne on too long, for hafLie fell- ing is commonly as difad- uantageable as interefl. ^ He that hath a flate to repaire may not defpife fmall things ; and com- monly it is leffe dishonour- able to abridge pettie charges then to floupe to pettie gettings. T A man ought warily to be- gin charges, which once begunne mufl continue. But in matters that returre not, he may be more mag- nificent. In clearing of a Mans eftate, he may aswell hurt himfelf in being too fud- daine, as in letting it run on too long, For haflie Sell- ing is commonly as difad- vantageable, as Interefl. He that hath a State to repayer may not difpife fmale thinges ; and com- monly it is leffe difhonor- able to abridge pettie charges, then to floupe to pettie Gettinges ; A man ought warily to be- gin charges which once begun mufl contynue. But in matters that retourne not, hee maybe more mag- nificent. •H^^s 11 Estate. Perplexa et obcerata Re Familiari, ' estate perplexed and in- volved in debt.' ^" Gaineth vpon. /l/ct^i'^iir, ' heals.' VI. OF EXPENSE. 55 IV. 1612. a.'t. 52. 1 V. In cleering of a mans ellate, hee may afwell hurt himfelfe in being too fud- den, as in letting it run on to long. For hafly fell- ing is commonly as difad- uantageable as interefl. Befides, he that cleeres at once will relapfe .• For find- ing himfelfe out of flraught, hee wil reuert to his cuf- , tomes. But hee that cleer- eth by degrees, induceth an habite of frugality, and gaineth afwell vpon his minde as vpon his eflate. Certainly who hath a flate to repaire may not defpife fmall things ; and com- monly it is leffe difhonour- able* to abridge pettie charges, then to floope to petty gettings. A man ought warily to be- gin charges, which once begun mufl continue. \ But in matters that return ' not, he may bee more mag- nificent. 162 a^t. 6s. is Plentifull in Expcnccs of all Kindes, will hardly be preferued from Decay. In Clearing of a Mans Eflate,^^ he may as well hurt Himfelfe in being too fud- den, as in letting it runne on too long. For hally Sell- ing is commonly as Difad- uantageable as Interefl. Befides, he that cleares at once, will relapfe ; For find- ing himfelfe out of Straights, he will reuert to his Cuf- tomes : But hee that clear- eth by Degrees, induceth a Habite of Frugalitie, and gaineth^- as well vpon his Minde, as vpon his Eflate. Certainly, who hath a State to repaire, may not defpife fmall Things : And com- monly, it is leffe diflionour- able, to abridge pettie Charges, then to floope to pettie Gettings. A ]Man ought warily to be- ginne Charges, which once begun will Continue : But in Matters, that returne not,^^ he maybe more Mag- nificent.^"* 13 Matters that returne not. Sumptibus, qui non facile redeunt, ' ex penses that do not easily return.' 1* Magnificent. ' Splendidiorem et mas7tificcntiorem, * more splendid and magnificent.' ^6 A HARMONY OF THE ESSAYS. I. &IL 1597-8. £ct. 37-8. I III. 1607-12. set. 47-52. For variations of II., see footnotes. [7.] @£ IPiccjiment ot Here is awifdome in this beyond the rules of Phificke.Amans owne obferuation what he finds good of, and what he findes hurt of, is the befL /^hyficke to preferue health. But it is a fafer conclufion to fay. This agreeth"- well with me, therefore I will continue it, then this I finde no offence, of this therefore I may vfe it. For flrength of nature in youth paffeth ouer many exceffes, which are owing a man till his age. T Difcerne of the comming on of yeares, and thinke not to doe the fame things flill. Harleian MS. 5106. 7. @C Regiment of l)ealtl). Here is aWifedome in this beyond the rules of Phifick. A mans owne obfervacion what he findes good of, and what he findes hurt of, is the befL Phificke to preferve health ; But it is a fafer conclufion tofaie,This agreeth not well with mee, therefore I will not continue it, then this, 1 finde noe offence of this, therefore I may vfe it. For flrength of nature in youth, paffeth over manie exceffes. which are oweing a Man till his age. Difcerne of the commeing on of yeares, and thinke not to doe the fame thinges flill. * not, tfisertcd here in 1598 edition. HE. Variations in posthumous Hatin IStiittan of 1638. 1 There is a wisdome in this. In Rcgiviinc Valetudinis, invenire est quandam Prudentinm, 'in the regiment of health there is a certain wisdom to be found.' VII. OF REGIMENT OF HEALTH. 57 IV. 1612. Kt. 52, V. 1625. «t. d 17. ©f Jicgimcut of l)ealtl). Here is a wifdome in this, beyond the rules of Phificke. A mans owne obferuation what he findes good of, and what hee findes hurt of, is the beft Phyficke to prefe[r]ue health. But it is a fafer conclufion to fay; this agreeth not well with mee, therefore I will not continue it; then this, I finde no offence of this, therefore I may vfe it : for flrength of nature in youth, paffeth ouer many exceffes, which are owinsr a man till his age. Difcerne of the commmg; on of yeares, and thinke not to doe the fame things flill. Certainly mofl lufty old men catch their death British Museum Copy. 30. ©f gcgimcnt ot Icaltl). Here is a wifdome in this,i beyond the Rules of Fhyficke:Ky[.2J[i% owne Obferuation, what he findes Good of, and what he findes Hurt of, is the befl Phyficke to preferue Health. But it is a fafer Conclufion to fay; This agreeth not well with me^ therefore I will 7iot continue it; Then this; / f?ide no offetice of this, therefore I may vfe it. For Strength of Nature in youth, paffeth ouer many Exceffes, which are owing^ a Man till his Age. Difcei*ne of the comming on of Yeares, and thinke not, to doe the fame Things ilill ; by that ase will aduenture ; For not be defied. Age will not be For Defied. 2 Agreeth. Hoc sensi mihi nocuisse, ' I have felt that this injures me.' 8 Continue. Utar, 'use.' * Owing. Tandemvehitdebita exigentur, 'will be at last exacted like debts. 58 A HARMONY OF THE ESSAYS. I. & II. 1597-8. aet. 37-8. I III. 1607-12. 9St. 47-52. IF Beware of any fuddain Beware of anie fuaaame change in any great point | chaungein any great pointe of diet, and if neceffitie of Dyett, and if neceffity inforce it, fit the refl to it. I inforce it, fitt the reft to it. T To be free minded, and ; chearefully difpofed at \ howers of meate, and of. fleepe, and of exercife, is ! the befl precept of long lading. To bee free minded, and cheerefully difpofed at howers of meate, and of fleepe, and of exercife, is the befl precept of long lafling. 5 Then one. Quant nnum Magmitn, ' than one great ono. ' ^ Apparell. Vestuan, Maiisioiiis, 'apparel, habitation.' ^ It. Ad Cofisucta, ' to the accustomed course.' VII. OF REGIMENT OF HE ALT 11. 59 IV. 1612. a^t. 52. any fudden Beware of change in any great point of diet, and if neceffitie enforce it, fit the refl to it. For it is a fecret both in nature and flate, that it is fafer to change many thinijs then one. V. 1625. ?et. 65. Beware of fudden Change in any great point of Diet, and if neceffity inforce it, fit the refl to it. For it is a Secret, both in Nature, and State ; Thatitis fafer to change Many ThingSjthen one.^ Examine thy CufLomes, of Diet, Sleepe, Exercife, Apparell,'' andtheUke; And trie in any Thing, thou flialt iudge hurt- full, to difcontinue it by little and little ; But fo, as if thou doefl finde any Incon- uenience by the Change, thou come backe to it' againe: For it is hard to diflinguifh, that which is generally held good, and wholefome,^ from that, which is good particularly, and fitfor thine owne Body.^ To be free minded, and cheerefully difpofed, at Houres of Meat, and of Sleep, and of Exercife, is one of the befl Precepts of Long lafling. As for the Pafiions and Studies of the Minde ; Auoid Enuie; Anxious Feares ; Anger fretting inwards; Subtill 8 Held good and wholesome. 5" 7/«^ 5rt/? Regular. Regulnres et rigidi, ' regular and rigid.' ^^ Condition. Cotiditioiicm et Naturam, ' condition and nature' VII. OF REGIMENT OF II E A L T 11, 65 IV. 1612. ret. 52. V. 162! aet. 6; prefTe not the true cure of the difeafe; and fome other are fo regular, in pro- ceeding according to art for the difeafe, as they re- fpedl not fufhciently the condition of the Patient. Take one of a middle temper, or if it may not be found in one man, com- bine two of both forts ; and forget not to call afwell the befl acquainted j with your bodie, as the befl i reputed of, for his faculty. 1 preffe not the true Cure of the Difeafe ; And fome other are fo Regular,-*^in pro- ceeding according to Art, for the Difeafe, as they re- fpect not fufficiently the Conditional of the Patient. Take one of a Middle Temper ; Or if it may not be found in one Man, com- bine two of either fort : And forget not to call, afwell the befl acquainted-- with your Body, as the befl reputed of for his Faculty «i-«^ f^^^ The best acquainted. Gaajinn, non inlmis quatn, '001 less Tcquaintea . than.' >^4v ^=te-r' <3iif(.rn"i.' 66 A HARMONY OF THE ESSAYS. 1. & 11. 1597-8. get. 37-8. III. 1607-72. set. 47-52 No variations In Text II. [8.J ©i l^onour -anti reputation. HE winning ofj Honour is but the reuealing of a mans vertue and worth without difad- uantage, for fome in their a6tions doe affed't Honour and reputation, which fort of men are commonly much talked of, but in- wardly little admired : and fome darken their vertue in the fliew of it, fo as they be vnder- vale wed in opinion. IT If a man performe that which hath not beene at- tempted before, or at- tempted and giuen ouer, or hath beene atchieued, but not with fo good cir- cumflance, he fliall pur- chafe more Honour then by effecfting a matter of greater difficultie or ver- tue, wherein he is but a follower. //ar/i'iau JlfS. 5106. 21. ©f Donor anb reputation. TTc true Wynning of Honor is but therevealingeof a Mans vertue and worth without difad- uantage; For fome intheire accions doe afife6l honour and reputacion, which forte of Men are commonly much talked of, but in- wardlie litle admired ; and fome darken their vertue in the fliewe of it, fo as they be vndervalued in opinion. If a Man performe that which hath not beene at- tempted before, or at- tempted and given over, or hath beene atchieved, but not with foe good Cir- cumftance, he fliall pur- chafe more honor, then by effe6ting a matter of greater difticukie, or ver- tue, wherein he is but a Follower. If a Man confider Avherein others have given difLaft, !Er5. ITariationg in postijumoius ILatin lElJition of 1638. 1 Winning. Vera, et jure o/>ti»to, Acquisitio, 'the true and rightful winning.' 2 Honour. Honoris et Existimatio7iis, ' honour and reputation.' Mil. OF HONOUR AND REPUTATION. 67 IV. 1612. ast. 5: ©f Ijononr anii reputation. 162; set. 6: [ This Effay does not occur in the 16 12 Edition.'] British Museum Copy. 55. ©f T)onour anb |.icputation. He Winning 1 of Honour,"^ is but the Reuealingof a ^Mans Vertue and Worth, without Difad- uantage."^ For fome in their Actions, doe Wooe and af- fecf* Honour, and Reputa- tion: ^^'hich Sort of Men, are commonly much Talked of, but inwardly little Adm ired. And fome, contrariwife, darken their Vertue, in the Shew of it; So as they be vnder- valued in opinion. If a Man performe that which hath not beene at- tempted before; Or at- tempted and giuen ouer; Or hath beene atchieued, but not with fo good Cir- cumflance; he fliall pur- chafe more Hotwur, then by Effecting a Matter of greater Difficulty, or Ver- tue, wherein he is but a Follower. 3 Without disaduantage. Dextre et absque deirimento, ' dexterously and without disadvantage.' •» Wooe and affect. Proci Fames stmt, et veluti Veiiatores, ' are wooers and as it were hunters of fame.' 68 A HARMONY OF THE ESSAYS. I. & 11. 1597-S. set. 37-8. IT If a man fo temper his a6lions as in fome one of them hee doe content euerie faclion or combina- tion of people, the Muficke will be the fuller. IF A man is an ill husband of his Honour that entereth in- to any a6lion, the failing wherein may difgrace him more than the carrying of it through can Honour him. T Difcreete followers helpe much to reputation. T Enuie which is the canker of Honour, guillied by declarms: a III. 1607-12. set. 47-52. and Wynne honor vponn theire envye, the beame will be the quicker. If a Man fo temper his accions, as in fome one of them, he doe content every fatlion, or combina- cion of People, the Mufick will be the fuller. A Man is an ill hufband of his honor, that entreth in- to anie accion, the faylinge wherein may difgrace him more, then the carrying of it throughe can honor him. Difcreete followers helpe much to reputacion. is befl extin- of honour, declaring a I guiflied by Envy which is the Canker is befl extin- declaring a 5 Temper. Inter sc commithxt, ct contetiiperct, 'combine and temper.' G Gained and broken vpon Another. Qui Comparatimis est, et Ahum pragravat, ' which is comparative and depresses another.' " Diamonds. Adamantis, ant Carb7i7iculi,' ^<^\^monA ox c'axh\yi\cS&. VIII. OF HONOUR AND REPUTATION. 69 IV. 1612. LL't. 52. \This Effay does not occur in the 16 12 EditiofiJ] V. 1625. set. 65. If a Man fo temper '^ his Actions, as in fome one of them, hee doth content euerieFadlion,orCombina- tion of People, the Muficke will bee the fuller. A man is an ill Husband of his HonoH?', that entreth in- to any Action, the Failing wherein may difgrace him more, then th e Gary ing of it through can Honor him. Honour, that is gained and broken vpon Another,^ hath the quickeft Reflec- tion; Like Diamonds'' cut with Fafcets. And there- fore, let a Man contend, to excell any Competitors of his in Honour, in Out- fliooting them, if he can, in their owne liowe.^ Difcreet Followers and Seruants helpe much to Reputation. ^OnmisFaina a Domejlicis emanat.^ Enuy, which is the Canker^^ of Honour, is be ft extin- guifhed, by declarii Cicero. De petitione cotisulatus. v. a " AU Fame proceeds from servants. 8 In their owne Bowe. In its, inquibiis ipsisumvte glorianinr, 'surpass them in those things on which they chiefly pride themselves.' 9 Omnis Kama. Ita QumUis Cicero, omnis, Sfc, 'thus Q[uintus] Cicero says, Oiiiins, &=€.' i" Canker. Tinea et teredo, ' moth and worm.' 70 A HARMONY OF THE ESS A VS. I. & 11. 1597-8. set. 37-8. III. 1607-12. cTt. 47-52. mans felfe in his ends, rather to feeke merite then fame, and by attributing a mans fucceffes rather to diuine prouidence and feHcitie then to his vertue or pohcie. T The true MarfhalHng of the degrees of Soueraigne honour are thefe. In the firfl place are Co7i- ditores, founders of flates. In the fecond place are Legiflatores Lawgiuers, which are alfo called fe- cond founders, or Perpetici prmcipes^ becaufe they gouerne by their ordin- ances after they are gone. In the third place are Liberatores, fuch as compound the long miferies of ciuill warres, or deliuer their Mans felfe in his endes, rather to feeke meritt, then fame, and by attributing a mans fucceffes rather to divine providence, and felicitye, then to his vertue or pollicie. The true Marfhalling of the degrees of Sovereigne honor are theis. In the firfl place are Con- ditores, Founders of States. In the fecond place are Leg2jIato?'es, Law givers which are alfo called fe- cond Founders or Perpetiii Priiicipes, becaufe they govern e by theire ordin- ances after they are gone. In the tliird place are Libcratores, Such as compound the long miseryes of Civill warres, or deliver their ^^ Saluatores. Servatores Patriarutn suarum, 'presers'ers of their country.' VIII. OF HONOUR AND REPUTATION. 71 IV. 1612. ait. ^2. I V. 5-- 1625. set. 6; [ This Effay does not occur in the 16 12 Edition.^ Mans Selfe, in his Ends, rather to feeke Merit, then Fame: And by Attributing a Mans SuccelTes, rather to diuine Prouidence and Felicity, then to his owne Vertue or PoHcy. The true Marflialling of the Degrees of Soiieraig7ie Honour are thefe. In the Firfl Place are Con- d it ores I})iperiorii7n\ Foun- ders of States, and Co7?wiO}i - Wealths : Such as were Romulus, Cyrus, Ccefar, Ottoman, Ifmael. In the Second Place are Legis-latores, Lazcgiuers ; which are alfo called, Se- co7id Foujiders, or Perpetui Fri?icipes, becaufe they Gouerne by their Ordin- ances, after they are gone : Such were Lycurgus, S0I071, Iujti7iian, Eadgar, AIpho7i- fus of Cajlile, the Wife, that made the Siete Par- tidas. In the Third Place, are Liberatores, or Sa/uatores:^^ Such as compound the long Miferies of Ciuill Warres, or deliuer their * Alphonso X. of Castile, sumamed 'The Wise' [b. 1226 — d. 4 Apr. 1284], was the author of a legal Code, called Las siete partidas, from its seven parts or sections. It was first printed at Seville in 1491 ; and a copious Latin index of it by O. Lopez a Touar appeared at Salamanca in 1576. 72 A HARMONY OF THE ESS A Y S, I. &IL 1597-8. 3et. 37-8. Countries from feruitude of flrangers or tyrants. In the fourth place are Propagatorcs or Pi'opiigna- tores wiperii, fuch as in honourable warres en- large their territories, or make noble defence againft Inuaders. And in the lafl place are Patres pair icB, which, raigne iuflly and make the times good wherein they Hue. Degrees of honour in fub- ie(5ts are fir ft Participes cur arum ^ thofe vpon whome Princes doe difcharge the greateft waight of their affaires, their Right handes (as wee call them.) The next are Du es belli, great leaders, luch as are Princes, Lieutenants, and do them notable feruices III. 1607-12. set. 47-52. Countryes from fervitude of Strangers or Tyrantes. In the fourth place are Propagatorcs or Propugna- tores Iniperii, fuch as in honorable warres en- large theire Territories, or make noble defence againft Invaders. And in the laft place are Patrespatri(E, which reign e iuftly and make the tymes good wherein they live. degrees of m Sub- honor ie6les are firft Participes curarwn, thofe vponn whom Princes doe difcharge the greateft weight of theire affaiers, theire Right handes (as wee call them.) The next are Duces belli, great leaders, fuch as are Princes Liuetenauntes and doe them notable fervices 12 Noble defence. defence.' DefcnsioJie stroma et Nobili, 'energetic and noble VIII. OF HONOUR AND REPUTATION. 73 IV. 1612. a:t. 52. V. 1625. Jet. 65. Countries from Seruitude of Strangers, or Tyrants ; As AuguJJus Ccefar, Vef- pafumus, Aurelianus, Theo- doricus, K. Henry the 7. ot England, K. Henry the 4. of France. In the Fourth Place, are Propagatores or Propugna- torcs I)nperij -^ Such as in Honourable Warres en- large their Territories, or make Noble defencei- againll Inuaders. And in the Lall Place, are r T-/ • zryr j j. P(-'itresPatricB\\\\\\Q\\xe\'^rve: {This Emy does 7wt occur • m a \ \ t^.'^ ^ -'-^ -^ , luRly, and make the Tmies in the 161 2 Edition.'] \ good, wherein they liue.^^^ Both which laft Kindes, need no Examples, they are in fuch Number. Degrees of Honour in 6"//^- ie^s are ; FirR, Participes Curarum : Thofe vpon whom^^Princes doe difcharge the greatefl Weight of their Aftaires; Their Right Hands, as we call them. The Next are. Duces Belli, Great Leaders; Such as are Princes Lieutenants, and doe them Notable Seruices " Make the Times good. Tern paribus felicibus, guamdiu vivunt C/ves Vpon whom. Quorum humeris, ' on whose shoulders.' 74 A HARMONY OF THE £SSAVS. 1. & 11. 1597-8. set. 37-8. in the wars. The third are Gratiofi, fauorites, fuch as exceede not this fcantUng to bee follace to the Soueraigne and harmeleffe to the people. And the fourth Negotiis pares, fuch as haue great place vnder Princes, and execute their places with fufiftciencie. III. 1607-12. set. 47-52. in the Warres. The third are Gratiofi fauorites fuch as exceede not this fcantUng to be folace to the Sovereigne, and harmeles to the People. And the fourth Negotiis pai'es, fuch as have great place vnder Princes, and doe execute their places with fufficiencye. 15 Exceed not this Scantling. Non ultra hoc potes sunt, 'have no power beyond this.' VIII. OF HONOUR AND RE TA TION. /3 IV. i6i £et. ^2. V. 1625. £et. 6; in the Warres. The Third are, Gratiofi, Fauoiirites) Such as exceed not thisScantHng;^^ To be Solace to the Soueraigne, and Harmeleffe to the People. And the Fourth, Negotijs {This Effay does not occur pares ; Such as haue great Places vnder Princes, and in the 16 12 Edition.^ execute their Places with Sufficiency. There is an Ho?iour like- wife, which may be ranked amongfl the Greatefl. which happeneth rarely: That is, of fuch as Sacrifice them- fehies, to Death or Danger, for the Good of their Countrey : As was M. Regains, and the Two Decij. 76 A HARMONY OF THE ESSAYS. I. «& II. 1597-8. aet. 37-8. For variations of II., see footnotes. [9.] ©f /action;. Vnie haue a newe wifedome, in- deed, a fond opinion ; That for a Prince to gouerne his eflate, or for a great per- fon to gouerne his proceed- ings according to the ref- pe6ts of Fa6tions, is the principal part of poUicie. Whereas contrariwife, the chiefefl wifedome is either in ordering thofe things which are generall, and wherein men of feuerall Fa6lions doe neuerUieleffe agree, or in dealing with correfpondence to particu- lar perfons one by one, But I fay not that the con- fideration of Factions is to be negle6led. T Meane men mufL adheare, but great men that haue flrength in themfelues were better to maintaine themfelues in- different and neutrall ; yet euen in beginners to ad- heare fo moderatly, as he be a man of the one Fac- III. 1607-12. Pet 47-52. Harleian MS. 5106. 20. ©t /actio It. \nie have an opin- ion not wife ; That for a Prince to governe his eflate, or for a great per- fon to governe his proceed- inges according to the ref- pe6les of fadlions, is the principall part of policie. Whereas contrary wife, the cheifefL wifedome is either in ordering thofe thinges which are general), and wherein Men of feverall factions doe nevertheles agree, or in dealing with correfpondence to particu- ler perfons, one by one. But I fay not that the con- fideracion of ffadlions is to be negle6led. Meane men mufl adhere, but great men that have flrength in themfelves were better to mainteine themfelves in- different, and neutrall ; yet even in beginners to ad- here fo moderately, as he be a man of the one Fac- U2. Variations in posthumous Eatin Etiition of 1638. - Title. De Factionibus, ' of factions.' IX. OF FAC TIO N. 77 IV. 1612. cXt. 5: 34. ©i /action. Vny haue an opin- ion not wife; That for a Prince to gouerne his eflate, or for a great per- fon to gouerne his proceed- ings, according to the ref- pe6l of factions, is the principall part of pollicy : whereas contrariwife, the chiefeft wifdome is either in ordering thofe things which are general!, and wherein men of feuerall factions doe neiiertheleffe agree, or in dealing with correfpondence to particu- ler perfons, one by one. But I fay not, that the con- fideration of fa6tions is to be negledled. Aleane men mufl adhere, but great men that haue flrength in themfelues were better to maintaine themfelues in- different, and neutral!. Yet euen in beginners to ad- here fo moderatly, as he be a man of the one fac- 162 cet. 65. British Museum Copy. 51. ©C /action.^ Vny haue an Opin- ion not wife ; That for a Prince to Gouerne his Eflate ; Or for a Great Per- fon to gouerne his Proceevd- ings, according to the Ref- pecl of Facliofis, is a Principall Part of Policy : whereas contrariwife, the Chiefefl Wifdome is, either in Ordering thofe Things, which are Generall, and wherein Men of Seuerall FaBions doe neuertheleffe agree; Or in dealing with Correfpondence to Particu- lar Perfons,- one by one. But I fay not, that the con- fideration of Facliojis, is to be Neglected. Meane iMen, in their Rifmg, mufl adhere; But Great Men, that haue Strength in themfelues, were better to maintaine themfelues In- different, and Neutral!. Yet euen in beginners, to ad- here fo moderately, as hee bee a Man of the one Fac- 2 Dealing with Correspondence, &c. Vel in palpandis, cPticUiandis et tractatidis singulis. ' or in touching, conciliating, and treating with particu- lar persons. ' 78 A HARMONY OF THE ESSAYS. I. & II. 1597-8. Jet. 37-8. tion, which is paffablefl, with the other, commonly giueth befl way. \ The lower and weaker Faction is the firmer in coniunction. 1" When one of the Fac- tions is extinguiflied, the remaining fubdiuideth which is good for a fecond Faaion.* III. 1607-12. aet. 47-52. tion, which is paffablefl with thother, commonly giveth beft way. The lower and weaker Fadlion is the firmer in conimi6lion ; When one of the Fac- tions is extinguiflied, the remayning fubdivideth, which is good for a fecond. *• Faction, omitted in \^^Z Edition. * Most Passable. Et taincn Parti adverser initiime odiosus, ' and still is not odious (i.e. the man) to the adverse faction.' * Giueth best Way. Viam quandam sternit ad Honores, per Medium Factioniim, ' paves a way to honours by means of factions.' IX. OF FA C TION. 79 IV. i6i ast. 52. I V. 1625. JEt. 65. tion, which is paflablefl with the other, commonly giueth beR way. The lower and weaker fa(ftion is the firmer in coniunclion. When one of the fac- tions is extinguiOied, the remaining fubdiuideth ; which is good for a fecond. Z/^;/, which ismofl, Paffable^ with the other, commonly giueth befL Way.* The Lower and Weaker FaHion^ is the firmer^ in Coniundlion : And it is often feene, that a few, that are Stiffe,^ doe tire out," a greater Number, that are more Moderate. When One of the Fac- tions is Extinguiflied, the Remaining Subdiuideth : As the Fa^ion, betweene LiicuUus^ and the Refl of the Nobles of the Senate (which they call- ed Optiinates) held out a while,^ againil the Fa^ion of Pojiipey and Ccefar : But w^hen the Senates Au- thority was pulled Downe, C(£far and Fompey foone after brake. The Fusion or Partie of Antonius, and Onaiiianus Ccefar, againfl. Brutus and Cafsius, held out likewife for a time : But when Brutus and CaJJlus were ouerthrowne, * Firmer. Firmior et constant lor, 'firmer and more consistent' * Stiffe. Obstinati et pertinaces, ' obstinate and perseveriiij;.' 7 Tire out. In Jlne defatigare et depellere, 'in the end tire out and displace.' 8 Held out a while. In satis magtio Vigore, ' with sufficient vigour.' So A HARMONY OF THE ESSAYS. I. & 11. 1597-8. set. 37-8. III. 1607-12. set. 47-52. It is commonly feene that men once placed, take in with the contrarie fadlion to that by which they enter. IT The Traitor in Factions lightly goeth away with it, for when matters haue flucke long in ballancing, the winning of fome one It is commonly feene, that Men once placed take in with the contrary fa6lion to that by which they enter. The Traitor in ffacflions lightly goeth away with it, For when matters have fluck long in ballancinge, the wynning of fome one 9 Brake and Subdiuided. Chvi Partihussuis,pnulopostdissllierii7it, 'with their parties soon after divided.' 10 Proue ciphars and Casheer'd. Potcsiate ovi7ii excidimt, ' fall out of all power.' n Once Placed. Postquavt I'oti contpoics sittt, ei in Dignitate qiiajit ambierjint collocati, 'when they have obtained their wish and are placed in the dignity which they desired.' IX. OF FA CTION. $1 IV. i6i2. ajt. 52. I V. 1625. ?et. 65. It is commonly feene, that men once placed, take in with the contrary fa6lion to that, by which they enter. The Traitor in factions lightly goeth away with it.- for when matters haue flucke long in balancing, the winning of fome one then foone after Antoniits and Oflauiaims brake and Subdiuided.9 Thefe Ex- amples are of Warres, but the fame holdeth in Pri- uate Faflions. And there- fore, thofe that are Seconds in Fa6lions, doe many times, when the Faction Subdiuideth, proue Princi- pals : But many times alfo, they proue Ciphars and Cafheer'd:^^ For many a Mans Strength is in oppo- fition ; And when that faileth, he groweth out of vfe. It is commonly feene, that Men once Placed, ^^ take in with the Contrary Faclioii to that, by which they enter; Thinking belike that they haue the Firfl Sure;^- And now are Readie for a New Purchafe. The Traitour in Faflio?i lightly goeth away with it;^^ For when Matters haue flucke long in Ballancing, the Winning of fome one 12 That they haue the First Sure, &c. Se de alteiius Faciionis Affcctu et Studiis,javidndiimcertos esse; liaq^te ad Aniicos ftoz'os coticiliandos se cotn- />arare, 'that they have been long sure of the goodwill and zeal of the other faction, and so prepare themselves to gain new friends.' 13 Lightly goeth away with it. Plerunqite rem obtinet, ' commonly gets an advantage.' 82 A HARMONY OF THE ESSAYS. I. & II. 1597-8. set. 37-8. man cafleth them, and hee getteth all the thankes. III. 1607-12. set. 47-52. Man cafleth them, and he getteth all the thankes. 1* Truenesse to a Mans Selfe. A Consilio callido, quandoquidem proxi- mtts sibi quisque sit, ' from a crafty plan, since each man is nearest to him- self.' 15 Haue often in their Mouth. De quo Vox ilia, in Vulgus volitat, ' about whom this saying is common among the people.' IX. OF FA C TIOiV. 83 IV. 1612. ret. 52. man cafleth them and he getteth all the thankes. The euen carriage be- tweene two fadlions, pro- ceedeth not ahvaies of moderation, but of a true- neffe to a mans felfe, with end to make vfe of both. Certainely in Italie they hold it a little fufpect in Popes, when they haue of- ten in their mouth Padre Co??i7ntme,2iT\di take it to be afigne of one that meaneth to referre all to the great- nelTe of his own houfe. V. 1625. get. 65. Man cafleth them, and he getteth all the Thankes. The Euen Carriage be- tweene two Faflioiis^ pro- ceedeth not ahvaies of "Moderation, but of a True- neffetoa Mans Selfe,^"^with End to make vfe of both. Certainly in Italy, they hold it a httle fufpecl in Popes, when they haue of- ten in their Mouth, ^^/^^^/r^ C07jumc7ie: And take it, to be a Signe of one, that meaneth to referre all, to the Great- neffe of his owne Houfe. Kings had need beware, how they Side themfelues, and make themfelues as of a Faclioii or Partie :^^ For Leagues, within the State, are euer Pernicious to ^Monarchies ; For they raife an Obligation, Para- mount to Obligation of Soueraigntie, and make the King, Tanquam vnus ex ?wbis:^ As was to be feene, in the League of France. \^'\\tT\Faclions are carried too high,^'' and too vio- °' As one oftis. 16 Faction or Partie. Factioni alicui SubditoruTn suonitn, ' any faction of their subjects.' 17 Carried too high. Manuforti, et palarn, concertant, ' contend with the strong hand and openly.' 84 A HARMONY OF THE ESSAYS. I. & 11. 1597-8. £et. 37-8. III. 1607-12. aet. 47-52. IX. OF FACTION. 85 IV. 1612. set. 52. V. 1625. aet. 65. lently, it is a Signe of Weakneffein Princes; And much to the Preiiidice, both of their Authoritie, and Bufineffe. The Motions of Fafiions^ vnder Kings, ought to be like the Motions (as the AJlronomers fpeake) of the Inferiour Orbs; which may haue their Proper Motions, but yet flill, are quietly carried, by the Higher Motion, o{Fri?nu7n Mobile. 86 A HARMONY OF THE ESS A VS. I. &IL 1597-8. get. 37-8. For Variations of II., see footnotes. [10.] 0i ^cgociatittg. T is generally bet- ter to deale by fpeech then by letter, and by the mediation of a thirde then by a mans felfe. Let- ters are good when a man woulde draw an anfwere by letter backe againe, or when it may ferue for a mans iuflification after- wards to produce his owne letter. To deale in perfon is good when a mans face breedes regard, as commonly with inferiours. III. 1607-T2. aet. 47-52 Harleian MS. 5106. 16. ©f ^cgodatinge. T is generally bet- ter to deale by fpeach, then by letter and by the mediacion of a third, then by a mans felf; Let- ters are good when a Man would drawe an aunfweare by letter back againe, or when it may ferve for a mans luflificacion after- wardes to produce his owne letter. To deale in perfon is good when a mans face breedes regard, as commonly with Inferiours. IF In choyce of inflru- In choife of Inflni- UI. ITariattons in pcstfjutnoug ILatin IStJition of 1638. 1 Justification. Vbi sua {ntersit, 'when it may be to a man's profit.' 2 Letter. Exemplaria Literarnm,quas scripsit,prodjicere, et vtonstrare, ' to produce and show the copy of the letter which he wrote.' X. OF NEGOTIATING. 87 IV. 1612. set. 52. 33. ©f |Ccgoditting. ^^IT isgenerallie bet- ter to deale by fpeach, then by letter, and by the mediation of a third, then by a mans felfe. Let- ters are sood when a man would draw an anfwer by letter backe againe, or when it may ferue for a mans iuflification after- wards to produce his owne letter, or where it may bee danger co bee inter- rupted or heard by Peeres. To deale in perfon is good when a mans face breeds regard, as commonly with inferiours, or in tender cafes where a mans eie vpon the countenance of him with whom one fpeak- eth, may giue him a dir- ection how farre to goe, and generally where a man will referue to him- felfe libertie either to dif- aduowe, or to expound. In choife of inflru- V. 1625. get. 65. British Museum Copy. 47. ©i llcgociating. T is generally bet- ter to deale by Speech, then by Letter; And by the Mediation of a Third, then by a Mans Selfe. Let- ters are good, when a Man would draw an Anfwer by Letter backe againe; Or when it may ferue, for a Mans Iuflification,^ after- wards to produce his owne Letter;- Or where it may be Danger to be inter- rupted, or heard by Peeces. To deale in Perfon is good, when a MansFace breedeth Regard, as Commonly with Inferiours;^ Or in Tender Cafes,^ where a Mans Eye, vpon the Countenance of him with whom he fpeak- eth, may giue him a Dir- ecSlion, how farre to goe: And generally, where a Man will referue to him- felfe Libertie, either to Difavow, or to Expound.^ In Choice of InJIru- 3 Inferiours. hi Colloquio cicm Inferiore: 'in conversation with an in- ferior.' ^ Tender cases. Rebus, quns extremis tantuin digitis tattgere convenii ; ' in cases which should be touched only with the tips of the fingers.' 5 Expound- Jnterpreiatidi ea qua: di.verit, ' to expound what he has said.' IS A HARMONY OF THE £SSA VS. I. &IL 1597-8. set. 37-8. ments it is better to choofe men of a plainer forte that are like to doe that that is committed to them ; and to reporte backe againe faithfully the fucceffe, then thofe that are cunning to contriue out of other mens bufi- neffe fomewhat to grace themfelues, and will helpe the matter in reporte for fatisfa6tions fake. III. 1607-12. set. 47-52. mentes it is better to choofe men of a playner forte, that are like to doe that, that is committed to them, and to reporte backe againe faithfully the fucceffe, then thofe that are cunning to contrive out of other mens bufi- neffe fomewhat to grace themfelves, and will helpe the matter in report for fatisfadlions fake. « Instruments, /ft iradando per altoS, 'in treating by means of others. 7 Better. Cantius et melius, ' safer and better.' 8 Grace themsclues. Qjti ex alioriwt Negotiis, aliguid in se Honoris nut Vtilitatistransferre, callidi sunt, ' that are cunning to transfer to themselves some honour or profit from other men's business.' X. OF NEGOTIATING. 89 IV. 1612. cet. 52. ments it is better to choofe men of a plainer fort, that are like to doe that, that is committed to them, and to report backe againe faithfully the fucceffe, then thofe that are cunning to contriue out of other mens buli- nes, fomewhat to grace themfelues, and will helpe the matter in report for fatisfaction fake. V. £Et. 6: 1625. c^t. U^). me?tts,^ it is better," to choofe Men of a Plainer Sort, that are like to doe that, that is committed to them, and to report back again faithfully the Succeffe ; Then thofe, that are Cunning to Contriue out of other Mens Bufi- neffe, fomewhat to grace themfelues;^ And will helpe the ^Matter, in Report,'* for Satisfaction fake. Vfealfo, fuch Perfons, as affect the Bufmeffe, wherin they are Employed; For that quick- neth^*^ much ; And fuch, as are Fit for the Matter ; As Bold ^len for Expollula- tion, Faire fpoken ]\Ien for Perfwafion,Craftie Menfor Enquiry and Obferuation, Fro ward and Abfurd Men for Bufmeffe that doth not wellbeareoutitSelfe.^^ Vfe alfo fuch, as haue beene Luckie, and Preuailed be- fore in Things wherein you haue Emploied them; For that breeds Confidence, and • Help the Matter, in Report Atgue ea, qua referent, verl^is etnolUcni, ut impetise placeant, ' and smoothe by their words what they report to give great pleasure.' ^<* Quickneth. Indrcstriam acitit, ' sharpeneth industry.' " Beare out it Selfe. Qua aliquid iniqui liabent, ' which have some- thing unjust £Cbout them.' 90 A HARMONY OF THE JSSSAVS. I. & 11. 1597-8. jet. 37-8. IF It is better to found a perfon with whome one deales a farre off, then to fal vppon the pointe at firfl, except you meane to furprife him by fome fliorte queftion. 1" It is better deaHng with men in appetite then with thofe which are where they would be. f If a man deale with an other vppon conditions, the flarte or firfl perfor- mance is all, which a man can not reafonably de- maunde, except either the nature of the thing be fuch which muft goe be- fore, or elfe a man can perfwade the other partie that he fhall ftill neede him in fome other thing, or elfe that he bee counted the honefler man. 1" All practife is to difcouer or to worke : men dif- couer themfelues in trufl, III. 1607-12. aet. 47-52. It is better to sound a perfon with whom one deales afarre of, then to fall vppon the pointe at firfl, except you meane to fupprife him by fome fhorte queftion. It is better dealing with men in appetite, then with thofe which are where they would be. If a man deale with an other vponn condicions, the flart, or firfl perfor- mance is all, which a man cannott reafonably de- maunde, except either the nature of the thing be fuch which muft goe be- fore, or els a man can perfuade the other partie, I that he fhall flill neede i him in fome other thing, I or els that he be counted ! the honefler Man. All pradlize is to difcover, or to worke : Men dif- cover themfelves in trust. 12 Striue. Ovtnem LaMdem mm>ebunt, * will move every stone.' 13 Sound . . . afar off. Privio leviter dcgustarc, et quasi ex longin- guo, ' to try lightly at first, and as if from afar oft".' !■* Surprize. Irretire et o/>priniere, ' entangle and surprise.' ^^ Men in Appetite. Qui iu Ambitu sunt, ' who are striving for honour.' X. OF NEGOTIATING. 91 IV. 1612. set. 52. It is better to found a perfon with whom one deales a farre off, then to fall vpon the point at firfl, except you meane to fupprife him by fome fliort queflion. It is better dealing with men in appetite, then with thofe which are where they would bee. If a man deale v ith an other vpon conditions, the flart or firfl perfor- mance is all, which a man cannot reafonably de- mand, except either the nature of the thing be fuch which mufl goe be- fore, or elfe a man can perfwade the other party, that hee fhall flill neede him in fome other thing, or elfe that he be counted the honefler man. All pra6tife is to difcouer or to worke : Men dif- couer themfelues in trufl, V. 1625. 3et. 65. they will flriue^^ to main taine their Prefcription. It is better, to found^-' a Perfon, with whom one Deales^ a farre off, then to fall vpon the Point at firfl; Except you meane to furprize^'* him by fome Short QueRion. It is better Dealing with Men in Appetite,^^ then with thofe tliat are where they would be. If a man Deale with an- other vpon Conditions, the Start or Firfl Perfor- mance^*^ is all ; Which a Man cannot reafonably De- maund, except either the Nature of the Thing be fuch, which mufl goe be- fore; Or Elfe a Man can perfwade the other Partie, that hee fhall flill need him, in fome other Thing; Or elfe that he be counted the Honefler Man.^'^ All Yx2.€i\i^^\%\o Difcouer, or to Worke. Men Dif- <:i?//6r themfelues, in Trufl,^'-^ 16 Start or First Performance. Prima veluti Occupatio, nut Possessio Votorum, in pracipuis numeranda, ' the first seizure, as it were, or the pos- session of one's" wishes, is to be considered the chief point.' 1" Honester Man. Pro Homine tjnpnmis integro et verace, 'for a man especially upright and truthful.' 18 Practise. Negotiatio, ' negotiation.' 19 In Trust. Vel Animion suavi communicatido, 'either by communicating their minds.' 92 A HARMONY OF THE ESSAYS. I. & 11. 1597-8. £et. 37-8. in pafsion, at vnwares and of necefsitie, when they would haue fomewhat donne, and cannot find an apt precept.* If you would worke any man, you muft either know his nature, and fafhions and fo leade him, or his ends, and fo winne him, or his weakeneffes§ or dif- aduantages, and fo awe him, or thofe that haue in- terefl in him and fo go- uerne him. T In dealing with cunning perfons, we mufl euer con- iider their endes to inter- pret their fpeeches, and it is good to fay little to them, and that which they leaft looke for. FINIS. III. 1607-12. set. 47-52. in paffion, att vnawarres and of neceffitie when they would have fomewhat done, and cannott finde an apt pretext. If you would worke any Man, you mufl either knowe his nature, and fafhions, and fo leade him, or his endes, and fo perfuade him, or his weakenes, or dif- ad vantages, and fo awe him, or thofe that have in- tereft in him, and fo go- verne them. In dealing with cuiining perfons, wee muft ever con- sider theire endes, to inter- prete theire fpeaches, and it is good to fay litle to them, and that which they leafl looke for. * pretext, in 1598 Edition. § weaknesse, in 1598 Edition^ 20 In Passion. Vel acnt Ira comntoH sunt, net se bene Cohihere SCiuni; 'or whjn moved with anger and unable to restrain themselves.' 21 Work any Man. Si queni ad Nutum jingere cupias, ut inde efficias aliquid, ' if you would work any man to your will to gain anything thereby.' X. OF NE GOriA TING. 93 IV. 1612. ret. 52. in paffion, at vnawares, and of neceflity, when they would haue fomewhat done, and cannot finde an apt pretext. If you would worke any man, you muft either know his nature, and faOiions, and fo leade him; or his endes, and fo perfwade him ; or his weaknes or dif- aduantages, and fo awe him, or thofe that haue in- terell in him, and fo go- uerne them. In dealing with cunning perfons, we muft euer con- sider their endes to inter- pret their fpeeches; and it is good to fay little to them, and that which they leafl looke for V. 1625. a3t. 65. In Paffion,-*^ At vnawares ; And of Neceffitie, when they would haue fomewhat done, and cannot finde an apt Pretext. If you woulde Worke zxvj Man,^! you mufl either know his Nature, and Fafhions, and fo Lead him ; Or his Ends, and fo Perfwade him ; Or his Weakneffe, and Dif- aduantages, and fo Awe him ; or thofe that haue In- terefl-- in him, and fo Go- uerne him. In Dealing with Cunning Perfons, we mufl, euer Con- fider their Ends,^^ to inter- pret their Speeches; And it is good, to fay little to them, and that which they leafl looke for. In all Negociatiojis of Diffi- cultie, a Man may not looke, to Sowe and Reape at once ; But mufl. Prepare Bufin effe, and fo Ripen it by Degrees. — 1 hose that haue Interest. A ut deniqne A ntici ejus, qui plurimmn apud eum 7'alent, conciliandi, ' or lastly, you must conciliate his friends, who have the greatest influence with him.' 23 Consider their Ends. Ferbis eor^an mifiime credendum, nisi Fines et Intentiones eorum Jiabeas Verhorwn Interpretes, ' their words must be but little believed, unless you have their ends and intentions to interpret their words. ' 94 SACRED MEDITATIONS. The Latin Version of 1597. Text I. PLACED ON OPPOSITE PAGES TO The English Version 0/ i^gS. Text II. OF THE COLOURS OF GOOD & EVIL, First Published in 1597. Text I. Literal corrections of 1598 edition. Text II, are shown between []. M E D I T A T I O N E S S A C R ^. L O N D I N I. Excudebat Johannes Windet. 15 9 7- 1598. [Religious Meditations.] 97 [No separate title. The text follows on immediately after the EJfaies?^ it'vruv*-. 5^ [Meditationes Sacrag.] 1597. 1 De operibus Dei, et hominis 2 De miraculis Seruatoris 3 De columbina innocentia, et ferpentina prudentia 4 De exaltatione Charitatis 5 De menfura curarura 6 De Spe terrelln 7 De Hypocritis. 8 De impofloribus. 9 De generibus Impoflurae. 10 De Atheifmo. 11 De Haerefibus. 12 De Ecclefia, et Scripturis 1598. [Religious Meditations.] Meditationes facrcB. OF the workes of God and man. Of the miracles of our Sauiour. Of the innocencie of the Done, and the wifedome of thi Serpent. Of the exaltation of Charitie. Of the moderatioti of Cares. Of earthly hope. Of Hipocrites. Of Impoflors. Of the feiierall kinds of Lnpoflure. Of Atheifme. Of Hcrefics. Of the Church and the fcriptures. M ED I T A T I O- NES SACR^. pc opcribtt^ pet et l)omim^. Idit Deiis omjiia qiics feceraiit mantis eiiis, et erant bona niniis : homo aii- tem conuerfiis, vt videret opei'a quce feceriint maniis eiiis, hmcnit quod omnia erant vanitas, et vexatio fpiritus. Qtia7'efi opera Dei operaberis, fiidor tmis vt imgiien- tum arojnatiim, et feriatio tua vt Sabathmn Dei. La- borabis in fudo}'e bona. eofifcie?iti£e, et feriabere in otio faiiifsimoi contemplatio7iis. Si an fern pojl magna lia hominum perfeqneris, erit iibi in opera ndo Jlimulus et angiistia., et in recordando fajlidinm, et exprobratio. Et ineriio tibi euenit (b /lomo) vt cum tu qui es opus Dei., 11071 retribuas ei beneplacentiam ; etiam opej-a tua reddatit tibi fru^um funilem amaritudinis. pe miracuUiS ^crvtatoriis. Bene omnia fecit. Ems plaufus ; Deus cum vniuerfa creai'et, vidit quod fuigula, et omnia erant bona niuiis. Deus verbiim in miracuUs quce edidit {omne autem miraculum est noua 1598. [Religious Meditations.] lOI ©f tl)c roorkcjs of 6ob anti man. Od beheld all things which his hands had made, and lo they were al pas- fing good. But when man turned him about, and tooke a view of the works which his hands had made, he found all to bee vanitie and vexation of fpirit : wherefore if thou flialt worke in the workes of God, thy fweat fliall bee as an ointment of odours, and thy refl as the Sabbaoth of God. Thou flialt trauaile in the fweate of a good confci- ence, and fhall keepe holyday in the quietneffe and libertie of the fweetefl contemplations. But if thou flialt afpire after the glorious a6les of men, thy work- ing fhall bee accompanied with compunction and flrife, and thy remembrance followed with diflafl and vp- braidings, and iuflly doeth it come to paffe towardes thee (0 man) that fmce thou which art Gods worke doefl him no reafon in yeelding him well pleafmg feruice,. euen thine OA\Tie workes alfo fliould rewarde thee with the like fruit of bitterneffe. (Bi i\)t miracles ot our ^auiour. He hath done all th'mgs well. True confeffion and applaufe : God when hee created all things, faw that euery thing in particular, and all thinges in general! were exceeding good, God the worde in the miracles which hee wrought (now tuery miracle is a new creation and not according to I02 Meditationes Sacrae. 1597. creatio, et noii ex lege primce creationis) nil facers voluity quod iion gratiam^ et bejieficentiain onmi?io fpi- raret. Mofes edidit mtJ^acula, et profligauit ^giptios pejlibus mult is ; Elias edidit, et occlufit coehun Jte plu- ?-eret fuper terrain ; et 7'urfus eduxit de coelo igneifi dei fu er duces, et cohortes ; Elizeiis edidit, et euocaiiit vrjas ^ deferto quce laniarent iinpuberes ; Petrus Ananiam facrilegiim hypoci'itam morte ; Pauhis Elimam maguni ccecitate percufsit : Scd nihil huiiifniodi fecit lefus. Defcendit fuper eiwi fpiritus in forma columhce, de quo dixit, Nefcitis cuius fpiritus {\\\s, fpiritus lefu, fpiritus columbinus, ftierunt illi ferui dei, tanquam boues dei triturantes granum, et conculcantes paleam : fed lefus Agnus dei fne ira, et iudicijs. Omnia eius miracula circa corpus hu7nanum, et doflrina eius cii'ca animain hunianam. Indiget corpus hominis alimento, defeiifione ab externis, et curd. Ilk multitudinem pifcium in retibus co?igregauit, vt vberiorein viftimi hojuinibus pre- beret, ille alimentum aquce iiz dignius alimentum vini ad exhilarandum cor Jiominis cojiuertit. Ille ficum, quod officio fuo ad quod defliiiatum ftiit, ad cibum horn i? its videlicet non fungeretur, arefieri iufsit. Ille penuriam pifcium, et panwn ad alcndum exercitum populi dila- tauit : Ille ventos quod naicigantibus minarentur cor- ripuit : Ille claudis motumccEcis liunen, mutis fei'7nonei7t, la7iguidis fa7iitate7n, Icprofis car7ie77i 7/iuuda7n, de77i07iicu:is a7ii77iU77i i7itegru77i, mo7-tuis vitaiii reflituit. Nulhun 77iiraculu77t iudicij, onmia beiicficenticB, et circa co7pus hu77ianum, 7ia77i circa diuiiias 7ion eft dig/iatus ede7-e miracula; 7iifl hoc vnicumy vt tributiwi dai-etur Cafari. 1598. Of the miracles of our Sauiour. 103 the firil creation) would do nothing which breathed not towardes men fauour and bountie. Moyfes wrought miracles and fcourged the Egyptians with many plagues. Elias wrought miracles and fliut vp heauen that no raine fliould fall vppon the earth, and againe brought downe from heauen the fire of God vpon the captaines and their bands. Elizeus ^vrought alfo and called Beares out of the defart to deuour yong children. Peter flroke Ananias the facrilegious hipocrite with prefent death, and Paule Elimas the forcerer with blindneffe, but no fuch thing did lefus, the fpirit of God defcended downe vppon him in the forme of a Doue, of whom he faid, You know not of 7L>Jiat fpirit you ai'c. The fpirite of lefus is the fpirit of a Doue, thofe feruants of God were as the Oxen of God treading out the corne and trampling the flrawe downe vnder their feete, but lefus is the Lambe of God without A\Tath or iudgementes. All his miracles were confumate about mans bodie, as his doctrine refpecled the foule of man. The body of man need- eth thefe things, fuftenance, defence from outward wronges, and medicine, it was he that drew a multi- tude of fifhes into the nets that hee might giue vnto men more liberall prouifon. He turned water, a leffe worthy nourifhment of mans body, into wine a more worthy, that glads the heart of man. He fentenced the Figge tree to wither for not doing that duetie whereunto it was ordayned, which is to beare fruit for mens foode. He multiplyed the fcarfitie of a few loues and fifhes to a fufficiency to vi6tuaile an hofl of people. He rebuked the winds that threatned def- truclion to the feafaring men : He reflored motion to the lame, light to the blinde, fpeech to the dumbe, health to the fick, cleanneffe to the leprous, a right mind to thofe that were poffeffed, and life to the dead No miracle of his is to bee found to haue beene of iudgement or reuenge, but all of goodneffe and mercy, and refpe6ling mans bodie ; for as touching riches he did not vouch iafe to do any miracle, faue one onely that tribute might be giuen to Cefar. § 1 104 Meditationes Sacrae. 1597. pc (JTolttmbttta tnnoccittiii, tt ^crpctttitta pruticntia. Non accipit ilultus verba pmdentiDS, nifi ea dixeris quae verfantur in corde eius. Vdicio hominis deprauato et comipto, omnis qucB adhibetur eniditio et perfuafio ifrita eji, et defpeclui qiicz 11011 diicit exordhun a dete^lone, et reprefentatione malce com- plexioiiis animi fanaiidi, qicem admodum inutiliter adhibetur mediciiia 11011 pertentato zndnere. Nam homines malitioji, qui nihil faiii cogitant, prceocciipant hoc Jibi, vt piitent boiiitatem ex fimplicitate morum, ac infcitia quadam, et imperitia reriiin humanarum gigni. Qjiare nifi perfpexerint ea quce verfantur in corde fuo, id efi, peiiitifsimas latebras malitice fuce. per- lufiratas ejfjfe, ei qui fuafum molitur, de ridicido habeiit verba prudent ice; Itaque ei qui ad boiiitatem afpirat^ 11011 folitariam^ et particularem, fed feminalem, et genitiuam quce alios trahat, debent effe omiiinb noia, quce ilk vocat Profunda Satanae ; vt loquatur cum auHoritate et iiifinuatione vera : Hinc efi illud, Omnia probate, quod bonum eft tenete. Inducens cleBionem iudiciofam ex generali examinatione : Ex eodem foiite efi illud ; Eftote prudentes ficut ferpentes, innocentes ficut columbte. Non efi deus ferpentis, nee venenum nee aculeus, qucB noil probata debeant effe, nee pollutionem quis timeat^ 1598. Of the innocency of the Done, o^e. 105 0f tl)C innoccncj) of tljc pouc, anb tobetiomc of tl)c ^crpcnt. The fool e reeeyueth not the luords of wifedome, except thou difcouer to him luhat he hath in his heart. a man of a peruerfe and corrupt iudge- ment all inilrudlion or perfwafion is fmit- lelTe and contemptible, which beginnes not with difcouerie, and laying open of the diflemper and ill complexion of the mind which is to be recured as a plafter is vnfeafonably applyed before the wound be fearched : for men of corrupt vnderftanding that haue lofl al found difcem- ing of good and euill, come poffefl ^^ith this preiudi- cate opinion, that they think al honefly and good- nes proceedeth out of a fimplicity of manners, and a kind of want of experience and vnacquaintancewith the affaires of the worlde. Therefore except they may perceiue that thofe thinges which are in their hartes, that is to fay, their owne corrupt principles, and the deepefl reaches of their cunning and rottenneffe to bee throughly founded and kno^\^le to him that goeth about to perfuade with them they make but a play of the words of wifedome. Therefore it behooueth him which afpireth to a goodnes (not retired or particular to himfelfe, but a fructifying and begetting goodneffe, which fhould draw on others) to know thofe pointes, which he called in the Reuelation the deepes of Sathan. That hee may fpeake with authoritie and true infmuation. Hence is the precept: Try all things and hold that which is good^ which indureth a difceminsf election out of an examination whence nothing at all is excluded, out of tlie fame fountam arifeth that direction : Be you wife as ferpents^ and innocent as doues. There are neither teeth nor flinges, nor venime, nor wreathes and foukles of ferpents which ought not to be all known, and as far as ex- io6 Meditationes Sacrae. 1597. nam et fol ingreditur iatrmas, nee mqiimatiir, nee qtiis je deicm tentai-e et'edat, nam ex prceeepto ejl^ Et fufficiens efl Deus vt vos immaculatos cuflodiat. pe c^altatioite Cljaritatijs;. Si gauifus fum ad ruinam eius qui o- derat me, et exaltaiii quod inue- niilet eum malum. lEfeJlatio lob ; amieos ?'edamare, ejl eharita^ publieanoriim ex fcedere vtilitatis, verfus inimicos auieni bene aniinatos effe, ejl ex apicibus iiiris Chrijliani^ et imitatio diuinitatis. Riirfiis tamen hiiius charitatis complures funt gradns, quoriun primus ejl inimieis refipifceniibus ignofeere, ac Jiuius quidem cJiaritatis etiani cipiid gejierofas feras lunbj-a qi(CEdani, et imago reperiiur ; nam et leofies infefubmittcntes^ et pi'ojlernentes non vlteritLS fmiire pa'- hibentur. Secundus gradus ejl i?ii??iieis ignojeere, licet fmt diir lores, et abjque reconciliatiomiin piacidis. Tei'tius gradus ejl non tantiun veniam, et gratiam ininiicis largiri, fed etiam 7nerita, et benejicia in eos conferre. Sed habent hi gradus, aut habere pojfunt, nejcio quid potius ex ojleu- tatione, aut Jaltem animi magnitudine quam ex charitate pur a. Nam ciim quis virtutem ex Je emanare, et ejjluere Jentit, fieri pot ejl vt is effe?'atur, et potiils virtutis Juce JruBu qud77i Jalute, et bojio proxinii delefletur. Sed fi aliunde malum aliquod inimicuni tuum deprehejidat, et 1598. Of the exaltation of Charity. 107 amination doth lead, tryed : neyther let any man here feare infc6tion or pollution, for the funne entreth into finkes and is not defiled. Neyther let any man thinke that herein he tempteth God, for this diligence and generality of examination is commanded, and God is Jufficicnt to prrferue you ivwiaculate and pure. ©f t^e eialtatton ot (ITIjantie. If I hatie reioyced at the oiierthrow of him that hated me, or tooke pleafiire when aduerfity did befall him. He deteflation or 7'enoiincing of lobe. For a man to loue againe where he is loued, it is the Charitie of Publicanes contracted by mutuall profite, and good offices, but to loue a mans enemies is one of the cunningefl pointes of the lawe of Chrifl, and an imita- tion of the diuine nature. But yet againe of this charitie there be dyuers degrees, whereof the firfl is to pardon our enemies when they repent : of which charitie there is a fliadow and image euen in noble beaftes, for of Lyons it is a receyued opmion, that their fury and fierceneffe ceafeth towardes any thing that yeeldeth and proflrateth it felfe. The feconde degree is to pardon our enemies, though they perlifl and without fatifiadions and fubmiffions. The thirde degree is not onely to pardon and forgiue and forbeare our enemies, but to deferue well of them, and to do them good. But all thefe three degrees either haue or may haue in them a certaine brauery and great- nes of the minde, rather then pure Charity : for when a man perceyueth vertue to proceede and flow from himfelfe, it is poffible that he is pufted vp and takes contentment rather in the fruit of his owne vertue, then in the good of his neighbors : but if any euill ouertake the enemie from any other coafl, then from thy felfe, and thou in the inwardeft motions of thy ic8 Meditationes Sacrce. 1597. /// in intcj'wrihiis cellulis cordis gratieris, et angiijlieris, nee, qiiafi dies v/tionis, et vindiftce tiice adiceniffet, Icsteris; hoc ego fajligium, et exaltatiofiem char it at is ejfe pono. pt mctt^ttra turarum. Sufficit diei malitia fua. ^Odiis ejfe in curis Junnanis dehet^ alioqui et iimtiles fic?it, vt qiice aniimim oppriinant^ et iudiciinn confiindant, et profanes, vt qiice fapiant aninmm, qui perpetuitatejn quan- dam in rebus mundanis fibi fpondeat. Hodierni enim debemiis effe ob bretiitatem ceui, et non crajlini, fed vt ilk ait, Carpentes diem, Erunt enim futura prsefentia \ice fua ; Qjiare fiifficit follicitiido prcBfe?itiu?n. Neqtie tamen ciirce modcj-atce, fine flnt CBCO}io?niece, fme publican, fine renun mandatarum notantiir. Sed Jiic duplex eft exceffus. Primus ciirn curai'um f erics in Longitudinem niniiam, et tcmpora ronotiora extendimus, ac fi frouiden- tiam diiiinam apparatn noflro ligare poffenuis, quod femper etiani apud Ethnicos itifauflum et infolois fuit. Fere enim qui Fortunoi vitdtuni tribuerunt, et ad occafiones prcefcjites al acres, et praflb fuerimt, feel icit ate magna vfi fu7it. Qui autein altum fafientes, omnia curata et niedi- tata habere confifi fujit, infoi'tunia fubicrunt. Sccundus exceffus eft, cum in. curis immoramur diutiiis quani opus efl ad iuflam deliberationem, et ad dccretum faciendum, Quis enim noflrum eft, qui tantum airet, quantum fuf/i- cit, vt fe explicet, vel fefe explicare fioii poffe iudicet, et 1598. Of the moderatio7i of cares. 109 hart beefl grieued and companionate and doefl no waies infult as if thy dayes of right and reuenge were at the lafl come. This I interprete to be tlie height and exaltation of Charity. 0f tljc moberatioit of carc^. Sufficient for the day is the euill thereof Here ought to bee a m[e]an fare in worldly cares otherwife they are both vnprofitable, as thofe which oppreffe the mind and aflonifh the iudgement, and prophane as thofe which fauour of a mind which pro- mifeth to it felfe a certain perpetuity in the things of this world : for we ought to be daies-men, and not to morrowes men, conlidering the fliortneffe of our time, and as he faith : Layi?ig hold on the prefent day : for future thinges fliall in their turnes become prefent : therefore the care of the prefent fufficeth: and yet moderate cares (whether they concerne our particular or the common wealth, or our friends) are not blamed. But herein is a twofold exceffe, the one Avhen the chaine or thread of our cares extended and fpunne out to an ouer great length, and vnto times too farre off, as if we could bind the diuine prouidence by our pro- uifions, which euen with the heathen was alwaies iound to be a thing infolent and vnluckie, for thofe which did attribute much to fortune, and were ready and at hand to apprehende with alacritie the prefent occa- fions, haue for the mofL part in their a6liohs beene hap- pie. But they who in a compaffe wifedome haue entred into a confidence that they had belayed all euents, haue for the mofl parte encountred miffortune. The fecond exceffe is, when we dwel longer in our cares then is re- quifite for due deliberating or firme refoluing: for who is there amongfl vs that careth no more then fufiiceth eyther to refolue of a courfe, or to conclude vpon an no Meditationes Sacrae. 1597. non eadem fcppe I'draHd, et in eodem cogiiationum cir- cuitii inntiliter hcei'cat, et dejiiqiie eiianefcatl Quod genus curanun, et diuinis et humajiis ratioiiibus aduer- fifsimum ejl, ge ^pe tcrre^tn. Melior efl oculonim vifio, quam animi progrefsio. ''Enfus piirus infuigida melior'em reddit condi- tionem, et politiani mentis^ quam ijlce iin- aginationes et progrefsiones animi. Na- tura enim anii?ti humani etiavi in vi- gejiijs grauifsimis ejl, vt a fenfu fuigulorum Jlatini progrediatur, et faliat, et onmia auguretur fore talia^ quale illud eji qtwd prcefentem fenfum incutit, fi boni ejl fe7ifus facilis ejl ad fpem indeJiJiitajti^fL mali ejl Jenjus^ ad metum: V7ide illud, Fallitur augurio fpes bona fepe fuo, et contra illud, Pefsimus in dubijs augur. Sed tamen timoris ejl aliquis Jru5lus, praparat enim tolerafi- tium, et acuit indujlriam ; Non vlla laborum 6 virgo noua mi facies inopaub furgit. Omnia prcecepi, atque animo meami ante peregi. Spes vero inutile quiddam videtur. Quorfum enim ijla anticipatio boni ? Attende, Ji minus eueniat bonum quam Jperes, bojium licet fit, tainen quia minus fit, videtur damnum potius quam lucrum ob exceffum fpei. Si par et tantum fit, et euentus fit fpei cequalis, tamen fios boni per fpein decefpitur, et videtur ferh obfoletum, et fafiidio magis finitimum. Si maior fit fucceffus fpe, videtur aliquid 1598. Of earthly hope. iii impoffibilitie, and doth not flill chewe ouer the fame thinges, and treade a mace in the fame thoughtes, and vaniHieth in them without ifliie or conckifion, which kind of cares are moll contrary to all diuine and humane refpe6ts. ©f cartl)b !)Ope. Better is the fight of the eye, the?i the appreheiifion of the mifid. VVtq fence receiuing euery thing acording to the naturall impreffion makes a better II ftate and gouernment of the mind then thefe fame imaginations and apprehen- fions of the mind : for the minde of man hath this nature and propertie, euen in the graueft and moll fetled \vits, that from the fence of euery particu- lar, it doeth as it were bound and fpring forward, and take holde of other matters foretelling to it felf that all fhal proue like vnto that which beateth vpon the prefent fence : if the fence be of good, it eafily runnes into an vnlimited hope, and into a like feare, when the fence is of euill, according as is faid : The oracles of hopes doth oft abufe. And that contrary, A froiuarde foiithfayer is fear e iti doubts. But yet of feare there may bee made fome vfe, for it prepareth patience, and awaketh induftry. NofJiape of ill comes new or flrange to vie. All forts fet do7ime, yea aiid prepared be But hope feemeth a thing altogether vnprofitable, for to what ende ferueth this conceit of good. Con- fider and note a little if the good fall out leffe then thou hopefl, good though it bee, yet leffe becaufe it is, it leemeth rather loffe then benefite through thy ex- ceffe ol hope : ii the good proue equall and propor- tionable in euent to thy hope, yet the flower thereof 112 Mcditationes Sacras. 1597. liicri faftum^ veriim ejl; fed annon melius fiiiffct fortan hiC7'ifeciJ[fe nihil fperaiido qiiam vfuravi minus fpei'andol At que in rebus fecundis it a operatur fpes ; in malisautem robur verum animi foluit. Nam neque femper fpei ma- teria fuppetit, et dejlitutione aliqua vel minima fpei, vni- ueffa fere firniitiido animi corruit, et minor ein efficit digni- tatem mentis, cum mala tolleramus alienatione quadam, et errore mentis, nonfortitudine et iudicio. Quarefatis leuiter finxere Poetce fpem antidotiim hnmanorttm morbo?'um cffe, quod dolor es eonnn mitiget, ciim fit reuera incenfio potius, et exafperatio, quce eos multiplicari, et recriidefcere faciat. NiJiilominus fit, vt pla^rique hominum imagina- tionibus fpei et progrefsionibus ifiis mentis omninh fe deda7it, ingratique in prcBtei'ita obliti fere pi't^fentiujit feinpcr iuucncs, tantum futuris immineant. Vidi vniuer- fos ambulantes fub fole cum adolefcente fecundo, qui confurget poft eum; quod pefsimus morbus efl, et flatus mentis infanifsimus. Qiiceras fortaffe aiinon melius fit, cum res in dubia expeftatione pofitcE fint, bene diicinare, et potiiis fperare quam diffidere, cum fpes maio- rem tranquillitatem animi conciliet. Ego fane in omni mora, et expeftatione tranquilhun, et non fiu6luantem animi fiat urn ex bona mentis politia, et compofitiojie, fum- mum huma?ia3 vitoe firmamentum iudico. Sed cam tran- quillitatem, qucB ex fpe pendeat, vt Icucm et infirmam recufo. Non quia non conucniat tarn bona quam mala 1598. Of earthly hope. 113 by thy hope is gathered, fo as when it comes, the grace of it is gone, and it feemes vfed and therefore fooner draweth on faciety : admit thy fucceffe proue better then thy hope, it is true gaine feemes to bee made : but had it not beene better to haue gayned the principall by hoping for nothing then the encreafe by hoping for leffe. And this is the operation of Hope in good fortunes, but in miffortunes it weakeneth all force and vi^or of the mind : for neither is there alwaies matter of hope, and if there be, yet if it faile but in part, it doth wholly ouerthrow the conflancie and refolution of the mind, and befides though it doeth carry vs through, yet is it a greater dignitie of mind to beare euilles by fortitude and iudgement, then by a kind of abfenting and alienation of the mind from thinges prefent to thinges future, for that it is to hope. And therefore it was much lightneffe in the Poets to faine Hope to bee as a counterpoyfon of humaine de- ceafes, as to mittigate and affwage the fury and anger of them, whereas in deede it doth kindle and enrage them, and caufeth both doubling of them and relapfes. Xotwithflanding we fee that the greateft number of men giue themfelues ouer to their imaginations of hope and apprehenfions of the mind, in fuch fort that vn- gratefull towards thinges pafl, and in a manner vnmind- full of things prefent, as if they were euer children and beginners, they are flill in longing for things to come I faw all men walking vnder the finuie refort and gather to the fecond pe?'fon, which was afterwardes to Jucceede, this is an eiiill difeafe atid a great idleneffe of the mind. But perhaps you will aske the queflion, whether it be not better when thinges fland in doubtfull termes, to prefume the befl, and rather hope wel then diftrufl, fpecially feeing that hope doeth caufe a greater tran- quillitie of minde. Surely I doe iudge a flate of minde, which in all doubtfull expe6lations is fetled and floteth not, and doeth this out of a good gouernment and compofition of the affedions, to be one of the principall fupports H ii4 Meditatlones wSacrce. 1597. ex f ana et fobria co7iie^iira prceiiidere^ et pr(Efiippone7'e^ vt axioms ad prohahilitatein eiientimm magis accommo- dcmiis ; niodo fit hoc officium intcUeflus ac iiidicij cum iiijla incUnatione affe^us. Sed quern ita /pes cocrcuit ; vt ciim ex vigilanti et Jirmo mentis difcnrfu mclm'a^ vi magis prohahilia fibi prcedixci-it, non in ipfa boni ajitici- patione immoratus ftt^ et Jmiiifmodi cogitationi, vt fomnio placido indulferit ? Atque hoc ejl quod reddit animnm Icuem^ tumidum, inceqnalem, peregrinantem. Quare omnis /pes in futuram vitam c(EleJlem confumenda ejl. Hie auteni qnanto purior fit prcefentiiim fejifiis abfqiie infec- tione^ et tinflura imaginationis, tanto priidentior et 77ieIior a7iima vitce fu77Wi(Z b7'eids fpe/n 710 s vet at nielio7'a7'e I07lga77l. Mifericordiam volo, et non Sacrificium. M7iis ia^atio Hypocrita7'in7i ejl i7i operibus pri/nce tabulce legis, qua; ejl de vene7'ationibus Deo deb it is. Ratio duplex efi, tum quod huiuj- 77iodi opcj'a 77iaio7-e77i habe7it pompa7n Sa7ifli- tatis, tum quod cupiditatibus eoriwi 77ii7iiis adue7je7itur. Itaqiie 7'eda7gutio hypocritaru77i ejl, vt ab operibus Jacri- ficij rc77iitta7itur ad opera 77iiJerieordice, V7ide illud^ 1598. Of Hipocrites. 1 1 5 of mans life : But that aiTurance and repofe of the mind, which on ely rides at ancor vpon hope. I do reiecl as wau- ering and weake, not that it is not conuenient to forefee and prefuppofe out of a found and fober coniecture as well the good as the euill, that thereby we may fit out aclions to the probabilities and likelihoods of their euent, fo that this be a worke of the vnderflanding and iudgement with a due bent and inclination of the affection : But which of you hath fo kept his hopes within limites, as when it is fo that you haue out of a watchfull and flrong difcourfe of the minde fet do\\Tie the better fucceffe to bee in apparancy the more likely you haue not dwelt \-pon the very mufe and forethought of the good to come and giuing fcope and fauour to your minde to fall into fuch cogitations as into a plea- fant dreame : and this it is which makes the mind light, frothy, Miequall and wandring : wherefore all our hope is to bee bellowed vpon the heauenly life to come. But here on earth the purer our fence is from the in- fection and tincture of imagination, the better and the wifer foule. The fu7nme of life to little doth amotmt, And therefore doth forbidde a longer count. I demand mercy and not facrifice. jLl the boafling of the Hipocrite is of the workes of the firfl table of the law, which is of adoration and dutie towardes God : wherof the reafon is double both becaufe fuch workes haue a greater pompe and de- monilration of holineffe, and alfo becaufe they do leffe croffe their affections and defires, therefore the way to conuict Hipocrites, is to fende them from the workes of facrifice to the workes of mercv, whence commeth that fliying. ii6 Meditationes Sacrae. 1597. Religiomunda etimmaculata apud Deum et patrem haec eft, vifitare pupillos et viduas in tribulatione eorum, et illud, Qui non diligit fratrem fuum quern vidit, Deum quern non vidit quomodo poteft diligere? Qicidam mitem altioris et ijiflatioris Hypocriftce feipfos decipienteSy et exijliinantes fe arctiore ciun Deo comcerfatmie dig?20s, officia charitatis in proximwn vt minora negligiint. Qui error monajlicce vitce 7wn principiiwi quideni dedit, (71am initia bona fueriuit^) fed exceffiun addidit. Re fie enivi diHitin ej}, Orandi munus magnum eiTe munus in ec- clefia, et ex vfu ecdcficE ejl, vt fint ccetus honii7iu}n a mundanis curis folidi, qui afsiduis et deuotis precibus Deum pro eccleficE Jlatu follicitent. Scd Jmic ordi7iatio7ii ilia hypocrifia fi7iiti7na est, nee zmiicerfa i7iJlitutio rep7'o- batur, fed fpiritus illi fe effe7'e7ites cohibentur : 71am et E7ioch qui amhulauit cum Deo, p7'ophetizauit, vt efl apud ludaTU, atque f7'u^um fuce prophetic^ ecclefia77i do7iauit. Et Ioha7i7tes Bapt. quei7i P7'i7icipe77i quida77i vitcE 7710 nas- ticas found etc. And of the other fide the formes to make it conceyued that that was good which was chaunged for the worfeare, Bona mai^is carcudo quani fruendo fentimus, Bona ct tergo formojlfsnia, Good things neuer appear in their full beaut- ie, till they turne their backe and be going away, etc. The reprehenfion of this colour is, that the good or euil which is remoued may be efleemed good or euil comparatiuely and not pofitiuely or fimply. So that if the priuation bee good, it follows not the former 1597. of good and eiiill. M7 condition was eiiil, but leffe good, for the flower or blolTome is a pofitiue good, although the remoue of it to giue place to the fruite be a comparatiue good. So in the tale of ^fope ; when the olde fainting man in the heat of the day cafl downe his burthen and call- ed for death, and when death came to know his will with him, faid it was for nothing but to helpe him vppe with his burthen agayne : it doth not follow that becaufe death which was the priuation of the burthen was ill, therefore the burthen was good. And in this parte the ordinarie forme of Mahim neccffariwn aptly reprehendeth this colour, for Friuatio mali ncccffarij ejl inala^ and yet that doth not conuert the nature of the neceffarie euil, but it is euill. Againe it commeth fometimes to paffe, that there is an equalitie in the chaunge or priuation, and as it were a Dilemma bojii or a Dilemma mali, fo that the corruption of the one good is a generation of the other, Sorii pater ceqims vti'iqiie efi\ And contrarie tlie remedy of the one euill is the occafion and commence- ment of an other, as in Scilla and Charibdis. 7. Quod bono Z'icimwi, bomim : quod a bojw remotum maluifi. ■Vch is the nature of thinges, that thinges contrarie and diflant in nature and qual- itie are alfo feuered and difioyned in place, and thinges like and confenting in qualitie are placed, and as it were quar- tered together, for partly in regarde of the nature to f|)redde, multiplie and infeCl in fmiilitude, and partly in regard of the nature to break, expell and alter that which is difagreeable and contrarie, mofl thinges do eyther affociate and draw neere to themfelues the like, or at leafl affmiulate to themfelues that which approcheth neer them, and doe alfo driue away, 148 A Table of the Cottiers 1597. chafe and exterminate their contraries, And that is the reafon commonly yeelded why the middle region of the aire fhold be coldefl, becaufe the Sunne and flars are eyther hot by direct beames or by reflection. The diredt beames heate the vpper region, the reflect- ed beames from the earth and feas heate the lower Region. That which is in the middefl being furtheft diflant in place from thefe two Regions of heate are mofl diflant in nature that is coldcft, which is that they tearme colde or hot, per aniipcrijlafiii, that is in- uironing you by contraries, which was pleafantly taken holde of by him that faid that an honeft man in thefe daies muft needes be more honeft then in ages hereto- fore, propter antiperistafui^ becaufe the fliutting of him in the middeft of contraries muft needs make the honefty ftronger and more compact in it felfe. The reprehenfion of this colour is, firft many things of amplitude in their kind doe as it were ingroffe to themfelues all, and leaue that which is next them moft deftitute, as the fliootes or vnderwood that grow neare a great and fpread tree, is the moft pyned and flrrub- bie wood of the field, becaufe the great tree doth de- priue and deceiue them of fappe and nourifliment. So he faith wel, Dinitis fend r,iaxime ferui : And the comparifon was pleafant of him that compared courtiers attendant in the courtes of princes, without great place or ofiice, to fafting dayes,w4iich were next the holy daies, but otherwife were the leaneft dayes of all the weeke. An other reprehenfion is, that things of greatnes and predominancie, though they doe not extenuate the thinges adioyning in fubftance ; yet they drowne them and obfcure them in fliew and appearance. And therefore the Aftronomers fay, that whereas in all other planets coniun6tion is the perfedteft amitie : the Sunne contrariwife is good by afpe6t, but euill by coniundtion. A third reprehenfion is becaufe euill approcheth to good fometimes for concealement, fometimes for pro- tection, and good to euill for conuerfion and reforma- tion. So hipocrifie draweth neer to religion for couert 1597. of good and euill. 149 and hyding it felfe : Sccpe latet vithtm procinitate bom, and SancSluary men which were commonly inordinate men and malefacflors, were wont to be neered to priefl.es and Prelates and holy men, for the maiefl.ie of good thinges is fuch, as the confines of them are reuer- ed. On the other fide our Sauiour charged with neere- nes of Publicanes and rioters faid, The PhifUiaii ap- procheth thefuke^ rather then the whole. 8. Quod quis culpa fua contraxit, maius malum ; quod ab externis imponitur, minus maliun. HE reafon is becaufe the fling and remorfe of the mind accufing it felfe doubleth all aduerfitie, contrary wife the confidering and recording inwardly that a man is cleare and free from fault, and iuft imputation, doth attemper outward calamities : For if the euill bee in the fence and in the confcience both, there is a gemination of it, but if euill be in the one and com- fort in the other, it is a kind of compenfation. So the Poets in tragedies doe make the mofl, pafsionate lamentations, and thofe that foremnne final difpaire, to be accufing, quefl-ioning and torturing of a mans felfe. Scque vnum clamat caufamque, caputque malum, and contrariwife the extremities of worthie perfons haue been annihilated in the confideration of their owne good defeming. Befides when the euill commeth from with- out, there is left a kinde of euaporation of griefe, if it come by humane iniurie, eyther by indignation and meditating of reuenge from our felues, or by expecting or forconceyuing that Ncmcfis and retribution will take holde of the authours of our hurt, or if it bee by fortune or accident, yet there is left a kinde of expolt- ulation againfl the diuine powers. Atque Deos atque ajlra vocat crudclia vmtcr. But where the euill is deriued from a mans own fault there all flrikes deadly inwardes and fuffocateth. I50 A Table of the Cottiers 1597. The reprehenfion of this colour is firft in refpe(5l of hope, for reformation of our faultes is in noJJra po- tejiate, but amendment of our fortune fimpHe is not. Therefore DcmoJlJienes in many of his orations fayth thus to the people of Athens. That which haning regarde to the tiuie pajl is the worst poijite and circum- Jlance of all the reji, that as to the time to come is the bejl: What is that ? Euen this^ that by your Jloth, irre- folutio?i, and mifgoueriiement, yonr affaires are growne to this declination and decay. For had y on 7fed and ordered your meajies aiid forces to the beff, and done your partes eiiery way to the full, and notwithflanding your matters Jlioidd haue gone backwards in this manner as they doe, there had been no hope left of recouerie or re- paration, but ft? ice it hath beene onely by your owne errours etc. So Epicletus in his degrees faith, llie worflflate of man is to accufe externe things, better then that to accife a 77ians felfe, and befl of all to accufe neyther. An other reprehenfion of this colour is in refpe6l of the wel bearing of euils, wherewith a man can charge no bodie but himfelfe, which maketh them the leffe. Leuefit quod bene fertur onus. And therefore many natures, that are eyther extreamely proude and will take no fault to themfelues, or els very true, and cleauing to themfelues (when they fee the blame of any thing that falles out ill mufl light vpon them- felues) haue no other fliift but to bear it out wel, and to make the leafl of it, for as we fee when fometimes a fault is committed, and before it be known who is to blame, much adoe is made of it, but after if it appeare to be done by a fonne, or by a wife, or by a neere friend, then it is light made of So much more when a man mufl take it vpon himfelfe. And there- fore it is commonly feene that women that marrie husbandes of their owne choofmg againft their friends confents, if they be neuer fo ill vfed, yet you fhall feldome fee them complaine but to fet a good face on it. 1597. of good and eitill. 151 9. Qitod opera et virtute nojira partujn ejl 7naius bojium: quod ab alicno beneficio^ vel ab indulgetitia fortumt dciaiiim ejl minus bouum. He reafons are firfl the future hope, be- caufe in the fauours of others or the good windes of fortune we haue no ftate or certainty, in our endeuours or abiHties we haue. So as when they haue purchafed vs one good fortune, we haue them as ready and better edged and inured to procure another. The formes be, >w^ haue wo?me this by play ^ you haue not onely the water, but you haue the receit, you can make it againe if it be lojl etc. * Next becaufe thefe properties which we inioy by the benefite of others carry with them an obHgation, which feemeth a kinde of burthen, whereas the other which deriue from our felues, are Hke the freed patents abfque aliquo inde reddendo, and if they pro- ceede from fortune or prouidence, yet they feeme to touch vs fecreatly with the reuerence of the diuine powers whofe fauours we taft, and therfore worke a kind of rehgious feare and reftraint, whereas in the other kind, that come to paffe which the Prophet fpeaketh, Lcetantur et exultant., i77imolant plagis fuis, ei Jacrificant rcti fuo. Thirdely becaufe that which commeth vnto vs with- out our owne virtue, yeeldeth not that commendation and reputation, for actions of great fehcitie may drawe wonder, but prayfeleffe, as Cicero faid to Cefar : Qjuce mircmur habemus, qua; laudcmus expcilamus. Fourthly becaufe the purchafes of our own induflrie are ioyned commonly with labour and flrife which giues an edge and appetite, and makes the fruition of our defire more pleafant, Suauis cibus a venatu. On the other fide there bee fo\vre counter colours to this colour rather then reprehenfions, becaufe they be as large as the colour it felfe, lirfl becaufe felicitie feemeth to bee a character of the fauour and loue of the diuine powers, and accordingly worketh both con- 152 A Table of the Colder s 1597. fidence in our felues and refpecfle and autlioritie from others. And this fehcitie extendeth to many cafuall thinges, whereimto the care or virtue of man cannot extend, and therefore feemeth to be a larger good, as when Cccfar fayd to the fayler, Ca;farcjn poj-fas et for- tiuiam eius, if he had faide, et virtiitem eius, it had beene fmall comfort againfl a tempefl otherwife then if it might feeme vpon merite to induce fortune. Next, whatfoeuer is done by vertue and induflrie, feem.es to be done by a kinde of habite and arte, and therefore [thereupon] open to be imitated and fol- lowed, whereas felicitie is imitable : fo wee generally fee, that things of nature feeme more excellent then things of arte, becaufe they be imitable, for quod imi- tabile ejl potent i a quo dam inilgatum eJJ. Thirdly, felicitie commendeth thofe things w^hich commeth without our owne labor, for they feeme gifts, and the other feemes peny worths : whereupon Plutarch fayth elegantly of the a61es of Tij/wlcon, who was fo fortunate, compared with the acles of Agefdaus and Epaminoiidas^ That they wei-e like Homers verfes they ranne fo eafily and fo 7ucll, and therefore it is the word we giue vnto poefie, terming it a happie vaine, becaufe facilitie feemeth euer to come from happines. Fourthly, this fame prater fpem., vel prceter expeiia- tu?n, doth increafe the price and pleafure of many things, and this cannot be incident to thofe things that proceede from our owne care, and compaffe. 10 Gradus prhiationis maior videtur qiiam gradus dimimctionis ; et riufiis gradus inceptionis maior videtur quam gradus i7icrementi. |T is a pofition in the Mathematiques that there is no proportion betweene fomewhat and nothing, therefore the degree of nullitie and quidditie or a6l, feemeth larger then the degrees of increafe and decreafe, as to a monoculos it is more to loofe one eye, then to a man that hath two eyes. So if one haue loft diuers 1597. of good a7id etcilL ^sz children, it is more griefe to him to loofe the lafl then all the reft, becaufe he is /pes gregis. And therefore Sybl/hi when flie brought her three books, and had burned two, did double the whole price of both the other, becaufe the burning of that had bin g?'adus prinationis, and not diininutionis. This couler is re- prehended firft in thofe things, the vfe and feruice whereof refleth in fufficiencie, competencie, or deter- minate quantitie, as if a man be to pay one hundreth l)Ounds vpon a penaltie, it is more for him to want xii pence, then after that xii pence fuppofed to be wanting, to want ten fliillings more : So the decay of a mans eflate feemes to be mofl touched in the degree when he firfl growes behinde, more then aftenvards when he proues nothing worth. And hereof the common fourmes are, Sci'a in fundo parfimonia, and as good neuer awhit, as neuer the better, etc. It is reprehended alfo in refpecl of that notion, Corriiptio vjiius, generatio vlterius^ fo that grades prwatiojiis, is many times leffe matter, becaufe it giues the caufe, and motiue to fome new courfe. As when Dcmojlhenes reprehended the people for harkning to the conditions offered by King Phillip, being not honorable nor equall, he faith they were but elements of their floth and weakenes, which if they were taken away, necefsitie woulde teach them flronger refolutions. So Do6lor Heftor was wont to Dames of London, when they complayned they could not tell how, but yet they could not endure to take any medicine, he would tell them, Their way was onely to be ficke, for then they would be glad to take any medicine. Thirdly, this couler may be reprehended, in refpedl that the degree of decreafe is more fenfitiue, then the degree of priuation ; for in the minde of man, gj'adus diinimitio7iis may worke a wauering betweene hope and feare, and fo keepe the minde in fufpence from fetling and accomodating in patience, and refolution ; hereof the common fourmes are, Better eye oid, then alwayes ake, make or marre, etc. For the fecond braunch of this couler, it depends vpon the fame generall reafon : hence grew the common 151- A Table of Coitlers of good and euill. place of extolling the beginning of euery thing, Dimidium qui hciie ccepit habet. This made the Aflro- logers fo idle as to iudge of a mans nature and defliny by the conflellation of the moment of his natiuitie, or conception. This couler is reprehended, becaufe many inceptions are but as Epicurus termeth them, tenta- menta, that is, imperfedl offers, and effayes, whicli vanifh and come to no fub fiance without an iteration, fo as in fuch cafes the fecond degree feemes the worthyefl, as the body-horfe in the Cart, that draw- eth more then the forehorfe, hereof the common fourmes are. The fecond blow makes the fray, The fecond word makes the bargaine, Alter principijwi dedit, alter abflulit, etc. Another reprehenfion of this couler is in refpe6l of defatigation, which makes perfeuerance of greater dignitie then inception, [for chaunce or inftin^l of nature may caufe inception,] but fetled afte6lion or iudgement maketh the continuance. Thirdly, this couler is reprehended in fuch things which haue a naturall courfe, and inclination contrary to an inception. So that the inception is continually euacuated and gets no flart, but there behoueth perpetua inceptio, as in the common fourme. Non progredi, efl regredi, Qui non proficit, deficit : Running againft. the hill : Rowing againfl the "flreame, etc. For if it be with the ftreame or with the hill, then "the degree of inception is more then al the reft. Fourthly, this couler is to be vnderftoode of gradus inceptionis a potent ia, ad aBum comparatus ; cum gradu ab aclit ad incrementuni : For other, maior videtiir gradus ab inipotentia ad potcntia w, quam a potentia ad aftum. FINIS. Printed at London by John Windet for Humfrey Hooper. 15 9 7- II. 12. 13- 14- ^ 15- 10. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. A HARMONY OF THE Second Group OF Twenty-Four E S S A VS. Of Friendship. Of Wisdom for a Man's Self. Of Xobility. Of Goodness and Goodness OF Nature. Of Beautv. Of Seeming Wise. Of Ambition. Of Riches. Of Despatch. Of Deformity. Of Youth and Age. Of Marriage and Single Life. 23- 24. 25- 26. 27. 28. 29. 30- 31- 33- 34- Of Parents and Children. Of Great Place. Of Empire. Of Counsel, Of Atheism. Of Superstition. Of Praise. Of Nature in Men. Of Custom and Education. Of Fortune. Of Death. Of Seditions and Troubles. First found in Harleian MS. 5106. Collated with subsequent editions. T^ke M^rthngs ^ S' ffrancis Bacon Kn\ the Kinges Solli'- citor Genei'all in Moralitie Policie, and Historic. c '58 IIL 1607-12. set. 47-52. [This draft dedication was never printed by Eacon.] SloaJie MS. /[■2^g,/ol. 155. To the moji high and excellent Prince Henry, Prince of Wales, Dtike of Cornwall and Earle of Chefter. yt may picafe your H\ighnejs\ Aving devided my life into the Con- templative, and a6live parte, I am defierous to give his Maiefly, and your Highnefs of the Fruites of both, fmiple thoughe they be. To write iufl Treatifes requireth leafure in the Writer, and leafure in the Reader, and therefore are not fo fitt, neither in regard of your Highneffes princely affaiers, nor in regard of my continuall Services, Which is the caufe, that hath made me chufe to write certain e breif notes, fett downe rather fignificantlye, then curioully, which I liave called Effaics ; The word is late, but the thing is auncient. For Senccaes Epi files to LiLciliiis; yf one marke them well, are but Effaies, — Tliat is 159 III. 1607-12. set. 47-52- difperfed Meditacions. thoughe conveyed in the forme ofEpiflles. Theis labors of myne I knowe cannottbe worthie of your highnefs — for what can be worthie of you ? But my hope is, they may be as graynes of falte, that will rather give you an appitite, then offend you with fatiety. And althoughe, they handle thofe thinges wherein both Mens Lives, and theire pens are mofl converfant, yet (What I have attained, I knowe not) but I have endeavoured to make them not vulgar ; but of a nature, Whereof a Man fhall find much in experience, litle in bookes ; fo as they are neither repeticions, nor fanfies. But howfoever, I fhall moft humbly defier your Highnefs to accept them in gracious part, and to conceive that if I cannott refl, but mufl fhewe my dutifull, and devoted affedion to your Highnefs, in theis thinges which proceed from my felf, I fhalbe much more ready to doe.it, in performance of any your princely Commaundementes ; And fo wifh- ing your Highnefs all princely felicitye, I refl. your Highneffes mofl humble Servant l6o A HARMONY OF THE £SSAVS. III. 1607-12. aet. 47-52. Harlcian MS. 5106. [1.] ©t Jrienti^ljip. \The Jirst j>age of the MS. zs tor7i away, so that there retnahis only the conciiision of this Essay. It is, however, certain f-ojii the 7iext following Essays being num- bered 2, 3, 4, &^c., that the?-e was no other Essay than this one vpon the missing page , though of what length this one consisted ca7inot at present be know7i. Possibly the MS. begaji with a list of the Essays contained in it.] inanimate, vnion ilrength- neth anie naturall mocion, and weakeneth anie violent mocion; Soeamongefl men, Frendfliipp multiplyeth ioyes, and deuideth greifes. Therefore whofoeuar want- eth Fortitude, lett him wor- fhipp Fraidjliipp; For the yoke of Frendfliipp maketh the yoke of Fortune more Hght ; There bee fome vvhofe hues are, as if they perpetually played vponn a flage, difguifedtoall others, open onely to themfelues; But perpetuall diflimula- cion is painefull, and hee that is all fortune and noe nature is an exquifite Hirc- li?ige; Liue not in contyn- uallfmoother,buttakefome frendes with whom to com- municate. It will vnfould thie vnderflanding ; it will evaporate thie affeccions, it will prepare thie bufi- IV. 1612. ast. 52. 13. ©f /ricttliis^tp. Here is no greater defertorwildernes then to bee with- out true friends. For without friendfliip, foci- ety is but meeting. And as it is certaine, that in bodies inanimate, vnion flrength- neth any naturall motion, and weakeneth any violent motion ; So amongfl men, friendfhip mukiplieth ioies, and diuideth griefes. Therefore whofoeuer want- eth fortitude, let him wor- fhippe FriendJJiip. For the yoke of FriendJJiip maketh the yoke oi fortune more light. There bee fome whofe Hues are, as if they perpetually plaid vpon a flage, difguifedtoall others, open onely to themfelues. But perpetuall difhmula- tion is painfull; and hee that is all Fortune, and no Nature is an exquifit Hier- ling. Liue not in contin- uallfmother, but take fome friends with whom to com- municate. It will vnfold thy vnderflanding ; it will euaporate thy affe6lions ; it will prepare thy bufi- XI. OF FRIENDSHI P. i6i ^- 1625. aet. 65. Bii;i«;h Museum Copy. 27. /attli^ljip. \Ejiiirely rewritten^ fee Mow,] i62 A HARMONY OF THE ESS A YS. Ill, 1605-12. ddt. 47-52. nes. A Man may keepe a Corner of his minde from his frend, and it bee but to witneffe to himfelf that it is not vponn faciltye, but vponn true vfe oiFrendJJiipp that hee imparteth himfelf. Want of true frendes as it is the rewarde of perfidious Natures, fo it is an impo- ficion vponn great fortunes. The one deferue it, the other cannottfcape it. And therefore it is good to re- tayne finceritye,andto putt it into the reckoning of Ambition^ that the higher one goeth, the fewer true Frendes he fliall have. Per- fedlionof Frendfliipp is but a Sfjeculacion; It is Frend- fhipp, when a Man can fay to himfelf, I loue this Man without refpe6l of Vtilitye. I am open harted to him, Ifipglehim from the gener- alitye ofthofe with whom I liue, I make him a porcion of my owne wifhes. IV. i6i2. a^t. 52. neffe. A man may keepe a corner of his minde from his friend, and it be but to witnefie to himfelfe, that it is not vpon facility, but vpon true vfe of friendfliip that hee imparteth himfelfe. Want of true friends, as it is the reward of perfidious natures; fo it is an impo- fition vpon great fortunes. The one deferue it, the other cannot fcape it. And therefore it is good to re- tain e fmcerity, and to put it into the reckoning of Ambition, that the higher one goeth, the fewer true friends he fliall haue. Per- fedlion of friendfliip, is but a fpeculation. It is friend- fliip, when a man can fay to himfelfe, I loue this man without refpedl of vtility. I am open hearted to him, I fingle him from the gener- ality of thofe with whom I liue ; I make him a portion of my owne wiflies. \E71tirely rewritten in 1C25 Edition^ fee oppofite^ XI. OF FRIENDSHIP. 163 V. 1625. British Museum Copy. 27. /icnl)^l)ip. get. 65. \Eiitirdy rrwrittcfiy fee below.'] T had bcene hard for him that fpake it, to haue put more Truth and vntruth together, in few Words, then in that Speech ; IVhofoeuer is delighted in folitude, is either a 7C'i/de Beajl, or a God."^ For it is rnofl true, that a Naturall and Secret Hatred, and Auerfation towards Society, in any Man, hath fomewhat of the Sauage Beafl ; But it * Aristotle. Poittiok. Kk. i. c. 2. i64 A HARMONY OF THE ESSAYS. III. 1607-12. aet. 47-52. IV. 1612. ast. 5. [Efitirely rewritten in 1625 Edition, fee oppofite^ en. Fariations in posthumous ILatin lEliition of 1638. ^ But it is. Illud tamen e converso, 'but the converse.' 2 It. Huj7(SModi Vita soliiaria, ' 3.soY\ta.ryY\i& oi xh\s\C\nd.' 3 Loue. Omitted in the Latin. * Candian. Crctense, 'the Cretan.' 5 What SoHtude is. Quid hoc sit quod Solitudo notninatur, 'what that is which is called solitude.' 6 Is not Company. Non est Socictas diccnda, ' is not to be called com- pany.* XI. OF FRIENDSHIP. 165 V. 1625. set. 65. is^ mofl Vntnie, that it Ihould haue any Chara6lcr, at all, of the Diuine Nature ; Except it- proceed, not out of a Pleafure in Solitude, but out of a Loue^ and defire, to fequefler a Mans Selfe, for a Higher Conuerfation : Such as is found, to haue been falfely and fainedly, in fome of the Heathen ; As Epinmiides the Candian,* Numa the Roman, Em_pcdocles the Scicilian, and Apollonius of Tyana ; And truly and really, in diuers of the Ancient Hermits, and Holy Fathers of the Church. But little doe Men perceiue, -svhat Solitude is,5 and how fane it extendeth. For a Crowd is not Company f And Faces'^ are but a Gallery of Pi6lures ; And Talke but a Tinckling Cymhall, where there is no Loue. The Latine Adage meeteth with it a little; MagJia Ciuitas, Magna folitudof^tc^^vS.^ in a great Towne, Friends^ are fcattered; So that there is not that Fellowfliip,^ for the mofl Part, which is in leffe Neigh- howhoods. But we may goe further, and affirme moll truly, That it is a meere, and miferable Solitude, to want \xvi^ Friends; without which the Worldis but a Wil- derneffe : And euen in this fenfe alfo oi Solitude, whofo- euer in the Frame of his Nature and Affections, is vnfitio for FrieudJJiip, he taketh it of the Beafl, and not from Human it}'. A principall Fruit of FriendJJiip, is the Eafe and Dif- charge of the Fulneffe^^ and Swellings of the Heart, which Paffions of all kinds doe caufe and induce.^^ We know Difeafes of Stoppings, and Suftocations, are the mofl dangerous in the body ; And it is not much " A great city is a great desert. '• Faces. Fades I/ov:innm, ' faces of men.' 8 p'riends. .^;;//a ^2* yVtr^'^^rtr?/, ' friends and relatives.' & Fellowship. FamiUariter, et in consortia, -vivaun, 'men live iiili- niately and in company.' •" Vnfit. Ab/iorret, ' .shrinks from.' 11 Fulnesse. Aftxietatis, * a.nx\ety.' 1- Cause and induce. Itnpritnerc, ' impress.' i66 A HARMONY OF THE £SSAVS. III. 1607-12. aet. 47-52. IV. 1612. cCt. 52. \E7itirely rewritten in 1625 Edition^ fee oppofite?^ 13 Minde. ^gritiidinibus Animce, 'diseases of the mind.* 1* Suspicions. Cnras, 'cares.' 15 In a kind. Sub Sigillo, ' under the seal.' 16 Shrift. Omitted in the Latin. 1^ Distance. Distantiavi et Sublimitaieni, ' distance and loftiness.* XI. OF FRIENDSHIP. 167 V. 1625. set. 65. otlienvife in the Minde 'P You may take Sarza to open the Liuer ; Steele to open the Spleene ; Flower of Sulphur for tlie Lungs ; Cajloreuin for the Braine ; But no Receipt openeth the Heart, but a true Friefid, to whom you may impart, Griefes, loyes, Feares, Hopes, Sufpicions,!-^ Counfels, and whatfoeuer lieth vpon the Heart, to oppreffe it, in a kind^^ of Ciuill Shrift^*^ or Confeffion. It is a Strange Thing to obferue, how high a Rate, Great Kings and Monarch s, do fet vpon this Fruit of Friend/Iiip, whereof we fpeake : So great, as they pur- chafe it, many times, at the hazard of their owne Safety, and Greatneffe. For Princes, in regard of the diflancei^ of their Fortune, from that of their Subieds and Seruants, cannot gather this Fruit; Except (to make Themfelues capable thereof) they raife^^ fome Perfons, to be as it were Companions, and almofl Equals to themfelues, which many times forteth to In- conuenience. The IModerne Languages giue vnto fuch Perfons, the Name of Fauorites, or Priuadoes •}'^ As if it were Matter of Grace, or Conuerfation. But the Roman Name attaineth the true Vfe, and Caufe thereof; Naming them Partieipes Cu7'arum ; For it is that, which tieth the knot.2(> And we fee plainly, that this hath been done, not by Weake and Paffionate Pritices onely, but by the Wifefl, and mofl Politique that euer reigned; Who haue oftentimes ioyned to themfelues, fome of their Seruants; Whom both 'I'hemfelues haue called Fre?ids ; And allowed Others like\vife to call them in the fame manner ; Vfmg the Word which is receiued between Priuate^^ Men. 18 Raise. Ei'ehantet promm'ennt, 'raise and promote.' 19 Priuadoes. ^w/Vi)r?<;« AV^/5, ' friends of the king.' -'"' Knot. Vennn Ligavtcii^'X.xwQ.V.'noX.' 21 Priuate. /'nz/ate /"cr/MMO", ' of private fortune.' i68 A HARMONY OF THE ESS A Y S. III. 1607-12. ^t. 47-52. IV. 1612. set. 52. [Entirely rewritten in 1625 Edition, fee oppofite.] 22 Gre.1t. Verba IndigTtationis,*ix\t5.vgn3.nlvford.9..' ^ -3 In effect. Fere disertis Verbis, 'almost in express words. ■-< Had power. Omitted in the Lntin. _ ^ 25 Cnlpiirnia. Vxorls stice CalpurHur,'\\\%\v'\{ Disniisse. Eiim Senatum 7iou tnm parvi habittcrtan, ut divitttere^ vellet, ' he would not have so little respect for the senate as to dismiss them. XI. OF FRIENDSHIP. 169 V. 1625. ?et. 65. Z. Sylla, when he commanded Rome, raifed Pompey (after furnamed the Great) to that Heigth, that Poui- pey vaunted Himfelfe for Sy//a's Ouermatch. For when he had carried the ConJuIJliip for a Frend of his, againfl the purfuit of Sylla, and that Sylla did a Httle refent thereat, and began to fpeake great,^-^ Po7npey turned vpon him againe, and in effecl-^ bad him be quiet ; For that more Men adored the Siuuie Rifiiig, then the Sunne fetting."- With lulius Ccefar, Decimus Brutus had obtained that Interefl, as he fet him downe, in his Teflament, for Heire in Remainder, after his Nepheiv. And this was the Man, that had power--^ with him, to draw him forth to his death. For when Cccfar Avould haue difcharged the Senate, in regard of fome ill Prefages, and fpecially a Dreame of Calpurnia f" This Man lifted him gently by the Arme, out of his Chaire, telling him, he hoped he would not difmiffe-^^ the Senate, till his wife had dreamt a better Dreame/ And it feemeth, his fauour was fo great, as Antonius in a Letter, which is recited Verbathn, in one of Cicero's Philippiques, calleth him Venefica^'^ Witch -f As if he had enchanted Ccefar. Augustus raifed Agrippa (though of meane Birth) to that Heighth, as when he confulted with Mcecenas, about the Marriage of his Daughter lulia^ Mcecenas tooke the Liberty to tell him ; That he ??iust either 7narry his Daughter to Agrippa., or take away his life., there was no third 7i>ay, he had made hi?n fo grcat.'^ With Tiberius Qefar, Seianus had afcended to that Height, as they Two were tearmed and reckoned, as a Paire of Frends. Tiberius in a Letter to him faith ; Hac pro Amicitia noflrd non occultaui.-^ And the whole Senate, dedicated ° Plutarch. Pompey. xiv. ^ Plutarch. JuUus Cwsnr. Ixiv. •^ Cicero. Philippics, xiii. ii. ^ Dion Cassius. hi. 6. ' Oil account of our /ricndship, I have not concealed these thif.gs. Tacitus. Annates, iv. 40. 2" Venefica. Vene/icuvi, 'sorcerer.' lyo A HARMONY OF THE ASSAYS. III. 1607-12. set. 47-52. IV. 1612. xt. ^2. [Entirely rewritten in 1625 Editio7i, fee oppofite^ *8 Great dearenesse of friendship. Arctam Aviicitiavi, ' close friendship.' 29 The like. Siviilis, Amicitice Exettiplum, 'an example of like friendship.' XI. OF FRIENDSHIP. 171 V. 1625. aet. 65. an Altar to FrcndJJiip, as to a Goddeffe^ in refpecl of the great DeareneiTeof^r^;/rt|/7//^,-^ between them Two.'* The Hke-'-* or more was between Sepiimiiis Seiierus, and Pla)itianus. For he forced his Eldefl Sonne to many the Daughter of Plantimms ; And would often maintaine Flantiajius, in doing Affronts to his Son : And did ^vrite alfo in a Letter to the Senate, by thefe Words ; / lone the Alan fo ivc/I, as I wiJJi he uiay ouer-liue me.^ Now if thefe Princes, had beene as a Traian, or a Marcus Aureliiis^ A Man might haue thought, that this had proceeded of an abundant Good- neffe of Nature ; But being Men fo Wife, of fuch Strength and Seueritie of rainde, and fo Extreme Louers of Themfelues, as all thefe were ; It proueth mofl plainly, that they found their owne Felicitie (though as great as euer happened to Mortall Men) but as an Halfe Peece, except they mought haue a Frendto make it Entire :^^ And yet, which is more, they were Princes, that had Wiues, Sonnes, Nephews ; And yet all thefe could not fupply the Comfort of FrendJJiip. It is not to be forgotten, what Commineus obferueth,'^ of his firfl Mafler Duke Charles the Hardy ; Namely, that hee would communicate his Secrets with none ; And lead of all, thofe Secrets, which troubled him mofl. Whereupon he goeth on, and faith. That to- wards his Latter time ; That cbfcncffe did inipaire, aiul a little periJJi his vnderstanding. Surely Cof?miineus mought haue made the fame ludgement alfo, if it had pleafed him, of his Second Mafler Lewis the Eleuenth, whofe clofeneffe^^ was indeed his Tormentour. The Parable of Pythagoras is darke, but true ; Cor ne " Tacitiis. Antuils. iv. 74. ^ Should be Plautianus : see Dion Cassiiis. Ixxv. 15. " Philip de Comines. Historic. Trans, by T. Dannctt. Bk. v. c. p. 148. Ed. 1614. •'^ Entire. Integra et perfecta. ' entire and complete.' ^' Closeness. Occultatio Coiisiliortiin, ' conccalinciit of counsel.' 172 A II A R M O N Y OF THE ESS A YS. III. 1607-12. a-t. 47-52. IV. 1612. aeit. 52. \Entirely rewriitcn in 1625 Edition, fee oppofik?^ «2 Open. Cogitntioius suas,et An.xictatesUherc imffcrtiani, ' impart frcclj'- their thoughts and cares.' ^3 Admirable. Ad Miraciiluvi froxime accedit, ' comes very near to a miracle.' ** Good. Omitted in the Latin. XI. OF FRIENDSHIP. I73 V. 1625. set. 65. edito ; Eat not the Heart."- Certainly, if a Man would giue it a hard Phrafe, Thofe that want Frcnds to open^- themfelues vnto, are Canniballs of their owne Hearts. But one Thing is mofl Admirable/^^ (wherewith I will conclude this firfl Fruit of frendJJiip) which is, that this Communicating of a Mans Selfe to his Frend, works two contrarie Effects; For it redoubleth loyes, and cutteth Griefes in Halfes. For there is no Man, that imparteth his Foyes to his Freud, but he ioyet/i the more ; And no Man, that imparteth his Griefes to his Frend, but h^Qgrieueth the leffe. So that it is, in Truth of Operation vpon a Mans Minde, of like vertue, as the Alchymists vfe to attribute to their Stone, for Mans Lodie ; That it worketh all Contrary Effe6ts, but flill to the Goodj^-* and Benefit of Nature. But yet, without praying in Aid of Alchymists^ there is a mani- fefl Image of this, in the ordinarie courfe of Nature. For in Bodies,^^ Vnion flrengthneth and cherifheth any Naturall A6lion ; And, on the other fide, weakneth and dulleth any violent Impreffi on: Andeuen fo is it of Minds. The fecond Fruit of FrendJJiip, is Healthfull and Soueraigne^*^ for the Vnderjlanding, as the firft is for the AffeHions. For FrendJJiip maketh indeed 2ifaire Day in the Affections, from Storme and Tempefls : But it maketh F>ay-JigJit^'' in the Vnderjlanding, out of Dark- neffe and Confufion of Thoughts.^^ Neither is this to be vnderfl-ood, onely of Faithful! Counfell, which a Man receiueth from his Freud ; But before you come to that, certaine it is, that whofoeuer hath his Minde fraught, with many Thoughts, his Wits and Vnder- " A saying of Pythagoras, quoted by Plutarch. De Educ. Piter, xvii. 35 Bodies. Rebjis Natrtralibus, ' n^i\iTAxh\x\gi.' ■"> .Soueraigne. Omitted in the Latin. ■^' Day-light. Noctem abigit, et Lumen infutidit, ' diives away night and pours in liq:lit.' . ,■ ■ . •28 Out of Darknesse . . . Thoughts. Confusione cogttationumdissipata, ' having dissipated confusion of thoughts.' 174 A HARMONY OF THE £SSAyS. III. 1607-12. set 47-52. j IV. 1612. set. 52. [Entirely rewritten in 1625 Edition, fee opJ>ofcte.'\ sf Breake vp. Omitted in the Latin. *o Communicating. Coviminiicatione Consiliormn, 'communicating of plans.' ans. 41 Easily. Et in oinnes partes versat, ' and turns them in every direction. 42 Lie. CmiMicaniur et Ifivolvutititr, ' are folded and rolled up.' Obstructionibus Intellectus, 'obstructions of the ^'^ Vnderstanding. understanding.' XI. OF FRIENDSHIP. 175 V. 1625. set. 65. {landing doe clarifie and breake vp,"^^ in tlie Communi- cating-^^ and difcoiirfmg with Another : He toffeth his Thoughts, more eafily;'^ He marflialleth them more orderly; He feeth how they looke when they are turned into Words; Finally, He waxeth wifer then Himfelfe ; And that more by an Houres difcourfe, then by a Dayes Meditation. It was well faid by Thcmijlodes to the King of Pcrfia ; That fpcech was like Cloth of Arras., opened, and pitt abroad; Whereby the Imagery doth appeare in Figure; ivhereas in Thoughts, they lie'^- but as in Packs."- Neither is this Second Fruit of FrendJJiip, in opening the Vnderjland- i?ig,^'^ reflrained onely to fuch Frends, 2iS are able to giue a Man Counfell : (They indeed are beft) But euen, without that, a Man learneth of Himfelfe, and bringeth his owne Thoughts to Light, and whetteth his Wits as againfl a Stone, which it felfe cuts not. In a word, a INIan were better relate himfelfe, to a Statua, or Piclure, then to fuffer his Thoughts to paffe in fmother.^ Adde now, to make this Second Fruit of FrendJJiip compleat, that other Point, which lieth more open, and falleth within Vulgar Obfeniation ; which is Faith- full Counfell from a Frend. Heraclitus faith well, in one of his ^nigmaes ; Dry Light is euer the befl.^ And certaine it is, that the Light, that a Man receiueth, by Counfell from Another, is Drier, and purer, then that which commeth from his owne VnderRanding, and ludgement ; which is euer infufed and drenched in his Affections and Cuflomes.^' So as, there is as much difference, between e the Counfell, that a Frend giueth, and that a Man giueth himfelfe, as there is be- ° Plutarch. Thcinistocles. xxix. 4. '' Heraclitus the Obscure sayd : The drie Light was the best Sortie. Meaning, when the Faculties Intellectual are in vigour, not wet, nor, as it were, blouded by the Aflections. Lord Bacon's Apophth. No. 268, Ed. 1625. *♦ Suffer to passe in smother. Silent io stiffocare. ' smother in silence.' *» And Customes. Oiuilted in the Latin. 176 A HARMONY OF THE ESSAYS. 111. 1607-12. ict. 47-52. ; IV. 1612. a3t. 52. [Entirely rcivritten in 1625 Edition, fee oppofite^ ** Such. Magis infestus, ' more dangerous.* *' Good. Omitted in the Latin. 48 Dead. Omitted in the Latin. *9 Others. Taiiquani hi speculo, aliqiumdo, ut fit etiavt in speciilis, viinus resp07idet, ' as if in a mirror, sometimes does not answer, as is also the case in mirrors.' 50 A Man may think. Vetus est, ' it is an old sayint;,' 51 No more. Melius^ ' better.' [The illustration is put inversely in the Latin.] t ^'^ Or. Licet nonnulli hoc cavillentur, eiiaiii rede dicitur. ' Some may make this objection. It is rightly said.' *•• Gamester. Spectatoremsiepe plusvidere,quatn Lusorcm, 'a looker-on often sees more than a player.' XT. OF FRIENDSHir. 177 V. 1625. a;t. 65. tween the Counfell of a Freud, and of a Flaita-er. For there is no fuch'^'^ Flatterer, as is a Mans Selfe ; |\And there is no fuch Remedy, again fl 7^/(7//6'/7 of a \ Mans Selfe, as the Liberty of a Fremi. Cou7ifell is of two Sorts ; The one concerning Manners, the other concerning Bufinejfe. For the Firft ; The befl Pre- feruatiue to keepe the Minde in Health, is the faith- full Admonition of a Frend. The Calling of a jNIans Selfe, to a Stricl Account, is a Medicine, fometime, too Piercing and Corrofme. Reading good^" Bookes of Morality, is a little Flat, and Dead."^^ Obfcruing our Faults in Others,"^^ is fometimes ynj^roper for our Cafe. But the befl Receipt (befl (I fay) to worke, and beft to take) is the Admonition of a Frend. It is a flrange thing to behold, what groffe Errours, and extreme Abfurdities, Many (efpecially of the greater Sort) doe commit, for want of a Frend, to tell them of them ; To the great dammage, both of their Fame, and Fortune. For, as S. lames faith, they are as ]\Ien, that looke fometimes into a Glaffe, and prefently forget their ozvne Shape, and Fauour.'^ As for Biifuieffe, a Man may think,^^ if he will,thattwo Eyes fee no more-^^ than one ; Or^-that a Gamefler^-^feeth alwaies more then a Looker on ; ^^Or that a IMan in Anger, is as Wife as he, that hath faid ouer the foure*^ and twenty Letters ; Or that a Musket may be fhot off, afwell vpon the Arme, as vpon a Refl ; And fuch other fond and high''^ Imagin- ations, to thinke Himfelfe All in All. But when all is done,^*^ the Helpe of good^'' Counfell, is that, which " James i. 23. ^ In Bacon's time, i and /, and 11 and v, were not considered distinct letters, 5* Or that a Man in Anger . . . Letters. Omitted in the Latin. 65 Fond and high. Qnidain tatti altiun sapiaut, 'some think solii.ihly.' **" All is done. Qtticguid did possit in contraritnit, * whatever may be said to the contrary.' *" The Helpe of, S:c. Certnw est, Carisilijnn Ne^otia din'^erc, ct stahilire. it is certain tliat counsel setteth business straight and firm,' M 178 A HARMONY OF THE £SSAVS. III. 1607-12. set. 47-52. IV. 1612. xt 52. \Eiitirely rewritten in 1625 Edition, fee oJ)J>ofite.'\ ts Perfect and entire. Fideli, et intinio, ' faithful and intimate.' S3 Counsell. Cotisilla ilia, et diversis matiantia, ' counsels coming from divers persons.' ^^ Good Meaning. Fide, et bona intentione, 'faith and good meaning.' ^1 You complaine of. Omitted in the Latin. *2 Body. Corporis tui Constitutionis, ' the constitution of your body.' XI. OF FRIENDSHIP. lyg V. 1625. 3et. 65. fetteth Bufincfl'c flraight. And if any Man thinke, that he will take Counfdl^ but it fliall be by Peeces ; Ask- ing Counfdl in one Bufineffe of one Man, and in another Bufineffe of another Man ; It is well, (that is to fay, better perhaps then if he asked none at all;) but he runneth two dangers : One, that he fliall not be faithfully counfelled ; For it is a rare Thing, except it be from a perfect and entire^^ Fraid, to haue Counfell giuen, but fuch as flialbe bowed and crooked to fome ends, which he hath that giueth it. The other, that he fliall haue Counfell ^^ giuen, hurtfull, and vnfafe, (though .with good ^leaning*^^) and mixt, partly of Mifchiefe, and partly of Remedy : Euen as if you would call a Phyfician, that is thought good, for the Cure of the Difeafe, you complaine of,"^^ but is vnacquainted with your body f- And therefore, may put you in way for a prefent Cure, but ouerthroweth your Health in fome other kinde f^ And fo cure the Difeafe, and kill the Patient.*^^ But a Freud, that is wholly acquainted with a ]\rans Eflate, will beware by furthering any prefent Bufineffe, how he daflieth vpon other Incon- uenience. And therefore, reft not vpon Scattered Counfeh ; They will rather^ diflracft, and Mifleade, then Settle, and Diredl. After thefe two Noble Fruits of FrendfJiip ; {Peace in the Affections, and Support of the Judgement,) followeth the lafl Fruit-, which is like the Fojji- gra7iat, full of many kernels; I meane Aid, and Bearing a Part, in all Actions, and Occafions. Here, the befl Way, to reprefent to life the manifold vfe of Fi'cndfJiip, is to caft and fee, how many Things there are, which a Man cannot doe'^^ Himfelfe ; ®3 Other kinde. In sitmma, ' on the whole.' fi* Patient. Atgite hoc facto Morlmvi e.vttvgnet. et non iia multo post, Ilotninent, 'and in this way destroys the disease, and not so long after, the man.' •5 Doe. Exequi commode, ' do conveniently.' i8o A HARMONY OF THE J^SSAVS. III. 1607-12. a3t. 47-52. IV. 1612. £et. 52. [Entirely rewritten in 1625 Edition, fee oJ>J)ofite.'\ 68 Sparing. Non per Hyperbolen, sed sobrie dictttm, * not hyperbolically, biit sparingly said.' ''"For that. Quandoqindem, si quis vere rci7i rejnttei, 'since, if one truly considers the matter.' ''S Farre more then Himselfe. Aniici officia, proprias aijusqtce vires i.7i- pcrent, 'the services of a friend surpass one's own strength.' •55 Haue their Time. 3Ioriales sinif, 'are mortal.' '0 Desire some Things. /« Medio Operuni aliqui^rimt, ' in the middle of some works.' 71 Bestowing of a Child. Collocatione Filii in jMatrijnoniiim, ' bestow- ing a son in marriage.' 7-_ Worke. Cotiatnum et Desideriorian suorui)i, ' their endeavours and desires.' T^ Care of those Things . . . after Him. De iisdcm rehis, Ajiiici cum et opera, post ]\Iortein perjiciendis, ' that those things will be perfected after his death, by the care and assistance of his friend.' 7* So that a Man . . . his desires. Adeo iit Fatnin iiiimatiin(m vi.x obsit ; A tqne habeat siiis (ut loqicamitr more Tribtilnm nut Firmariomvt,) in Desidcriis snis, Teriiiimnii, jton uniits, sad diia7-uin vitaf-iiin, 'so that premature f.ite scarcely injures him; and a man has (to speak as common people and farmers do) the term of not one but two lives in his desires.' XT. OF FRIENDSHIP, i8i V. 1625. £et. 65. And then it will appeare, that it was a Sparing^^ Speech of the Ancients, to fliy, T/iat a Frend is another Him- felfc: For that^'" a Frcnd is farre more then Himfdfe.^'^ Men haue their Time,^^ and die many times in defire of fome Things,'^ which they principally take to Heart ; The Beflowing of aChild/^ TheFinifliing of a Worke,"- Or the like. If a Man haue a true Frcnd, he may reft almoft fecure, that the Care of thofe Things, will con- tinue after Him/^ So that a Man hath as it were two Liues in his defiresJ^ A Man hath"^ a Body, and that Body is confined to a Place ; But where FreudJJiip is, all Offices of Life, are as it were granted to Him, and his Deputy. ''^For he may exercife them by his Frcnd. How many Things are there, which a Man cannot, with any Face or Comelines, fay''''" or doe Himfelfe ? A Man can fcarce alledge his owne ^Merits with modefty, much leffe extoll them : A man cannot fometimes brooke to Supplicate or Beg : And a number of the like. But all thefe Things, are GracefuU in a Frcnds Mouth, which are Blufliing in a I^lans Owne. So againe, aMans Perfon hath many proper Relations, which he cannot put oil. A !Man cannot fpeake to his Sonne, but as a Father ; To his Wife, but as a Husband ; To his Enemy, but vpon Termes :'^ whereas a Frcnd may fpeak, as the Cafe requires, and not as it forteth with the Perfon. But to enumerate thefe Things were end- leffe : I haue giuen the Rule, where a Man can fitly play his owne Part : If he haue not a Frend^ he may quit the Stage. '5 Hath.^ C/n"7/w5r;77'/7//r, 'is bounded by.' 76 For he may e.\erci>e thtin by his Frend. Omitted In the Latin. '>^ Say. Omitted in the Latin. ^8 But vpon Termes. Nisisalva digniiate, ' without preserving his honour.' i82 A HARMONY OF THE ESSAYS. III. 1607-12. aet. 47-52. Harleian MS. 5106. 2. @t Mi^ctiome tor a N Ant is a wife Creature for it felf, but it is a fhrewd thing in an Orchard, or a garden. And certainlye Men that are great lovers of them- felves, waft the pubUke. Diuide with reaibn be- tweene felfe-love, and fo- cietye, and be fo true to thie felf, as thou be not falfe to others. It is a poore Centre of a Mans actions, himfelfe ; It is right Earth, For that onelyftandes faflvponn his owne Centre, Whereas all thinges, that have affinitye with the heavens, move vpponn the Centre of an- other, which they benefitt. The referring of all to a Mans felf is more tolera- ble in a Sovereigne Prince, becaufe themfelves are not themfelves, but theire good, and evill is at the IV. i6i2. set. 52. 16. S^t^tiome for a JEait«{ jsclte. N Ante is a wife creature for it felfe .• But it is a fhrewd thing in an Orchard or garden. And certainly men that are great louers of them- felues, wafle the puplike. Diuide with reafon be- tweene felfe loue, and fo- ciety .' and bee fo true to thy felfe, as thou be not falfe to others. It is a poore Centre of a mans a6lions, himfelfe. It is right earth. For that only ftands faft vpon his owne centre : whereas all things that haue affinity with the heauens, moue vpon the centre of an other, which they benefit. The referring of all to a mans felfe, is more t6llera- ble in a foueraigne Prince; becaufe themfelues arc not themfelues; but their good and* euill is at the UI. Uariations in posHjuinous Untin lEtilion of 1638. 1 Title. De Prudeiitia qnce sibi sapii, ' of prudence which is wise for one's self.' 2 Orchard. Omitted in the Latin. 8 Society. A ])iore7n ReipuhliccE, ' love of the state.' 4 True. Proxivius, ' nearest.' XII. OF WISDOM FOR A MAN'S SELF. 1S3 V. 1625. 3et. 65. British Museum Copy. 23. ©i (IBbcDomc for a |ttau^ ^clfc.^ ]N Ant is a luife Creature for it Selfe ; But it is a fhrewd Thing, in an Orchard, 2 or Garden. And certainly, IMen that are great Loners of Them- felues, wafle the PubUque. Diuide with reafon be- tween e Self -lone ^ and So- ciety : 3 And be fo true^ to thy Selfe, as thou be not falfe^ to Others ; Specially to thy King, and Country. It is a poore*^ Center of a Mans Actions, Himfelfe? It is right Earth. ^ For that onely^ {lands fa ft vpon his owne Center ; Whereas all Things, that haue Affinity with the Jleauens, moue vpon the Center of an- other, which they benefit. The Referring of all to a Ma?is Selfe, is more tolera- ble in a Soueraigne Prince ; Becaufe Themfeliies are not Qwt\yTJie7nfelues-}^^\i\. their Good and Euill, is at the 5 False. Injurius, 'unjust.' 6 Poore. Ignobile, ' ignoble.'- t Himselfe. Commodium Proprinm, ' his own interest.' 8 Earth. Terrestrem imtnram sapit, 'savours of earthly nature.' * That onely. Terra, ' the earth.' 10 Their Good, &c. Sed publico periado, et Foriuna, dcgunt, ' but they live with the danger and fortune of the people.' i84 A HARMONY OF THE ESS A Y S. III. 1607-12. cet. 47-52. perill of the publiqiie Fo?'- tiine, but it is a defperate evill in a Servaunt to a Prince^ or a Cittizen in a Repuhlique; For whatfo- ever afifayres paffe fuch a Mans hande hee crooketh them to his owne endes, which mull needes be often excentrique to the endes of his Mafler, or State ; Therefore lett Princes, or States chufe fuch fer- vauntes, as have not this marke, except they meane theire feruice fliould be made but the Accessorie. And that which maketh the effect more pernicious is, that all proporcion is lofl. It were difproporcion enoughe for the feruauntes good to be preferred before the Maiflers. But yet it is greater extreame, when a litle good of the fer- uauntes fliall carry thinges again ft a great good of the Maflers; and yet that is the cafe. IV 1612. jet. 52. perill of the publike for- tune. But it is a defperate euil in a feruant to a Prince, or a Citizen in -a Rcpuhlikc. For- whatfo- euer affaires paffe fuch a mans hand, hee crooketh them to his owne ends : which muft needs bee often Eccentrike to the ends of his mafler or flate. Therefore let Princes or States, chufe fuch fer- uants, as haue not this marke ; except they meane their feruice fliould bee made but the acceffary. And that which maketh the effect more pernitious, is, that al proportion is loft. It were difproportion enousfh for the feruants O good to be preferred before the maflers : But yet it is a greater extreme, when a little good of the fer- uants, fliall Carrie things againfL a great good of the maflers. And yet that is the cafe ; 11 Whatsoeuer Affaires. Negotia p7ibUca nuhcrsn, 'all public business. 12 Pass . . liands. Expcdmnhir, ' are despatched by.' • 13 Seruaiits. Mbiistros et Servos, ' officers and servants.' 1* Haue not. A'ou maculantur, ' are not spotted.' 15 All proportion. Renivi analogia, ' proportion of things.' XII. OF WISDOM FOR A MAN'S SELF. 185 V. 1625. ast. 65. perill of the Publiqiie For- tune. But it is a defperate Euill in a Seruant to a Prince, or a Citizen in a Republique. For whatfo- euer Aftaires^^ palTe fuch a MansHands,i-he crooketh them to his owne Ends : Which muft needs be often Eccentrick to the Ends of his jSIafler, or State. Therefore let Princes, or States, choofe fuch Ser- iiants,^^ as haue not^^ this marke, Except they meane their Seruice fliould be made but the Acceffary. That which maketh the Effedl more pernicious, is, that all Proportion^''' is loft. It were difproportion enough, for the Seruants Good, to be preferred be- fore the Maflers ; But yet it is a greater Extreme, when a litde Good of the Ser- uant, fliall carry Things,^^ againft a great Good of the Maflers. And yet that is the cafe of Bad Officers, Treafurers, Ambafliidours, Generals, and other Falfe and Corrupt Seruants ; which fet a Bias vpon their Bowie, of their owne Petty Ends, and Enuies,^" to the ouerthrow^^ of their MaRers Great and Important Affaires. And for the mofl part, ifi Carry things. ^«^^*r/?/r, ' be preferred to.' 1" And Enuies. Omitted in the Latin. 18 Ouerthrow. Quod cum in tra7is7'crsHin inclinet iifiiitatis Domini siti, ' which inclines it contrary to the profit of their master.' i86 A HARMONY OF THE ESS A Y S. III. 1607-12. cet. 47-52. Ffor the good fuch fer- vauntes receive, is after the modell of theire owne For- tune, but the hurt, they fell for that good, is after the modell of theire Maf- ters Fortune. And cer- tainly it is the nature of extreame Self-lovers, as they will fett an howfe on fire, and it were but to roll theire ^g%^. And yet theis Men manie tymes hold creditt with theire Maiflers, becaufe theire fludy is but to pleafe them, and profitt them- felves ; And for either re- fpedl, they will abandon the good of theire affaires. -~»CF-&\i c/ it ■^i,"-ir* IV. 161 2. ast. 52. for the good fuch feruants receiue ; is after the modell of their owne for- tune : but the hurt they fell for that good, is after the modell of their Maf- ters Fortune. And cer- tainely it is the nature of extreme felfe-louers, as they will fet an houfe one fire, and it were but to roft their egges; and yet thefe men many times hold credit with their maflers ; becaufe their fludy is but to pleafe them, and profit them- felues ; and for either re- fpe6l they will abandon the good of their affaires. " Lovers of ihcinselves without a rival. Cicero. Ad Quint. Fratejn. 'in. 8. l» Sell. Pcrimticnt, 'exchange.' 20 Kxtrcme. Omitted in the Latin. 21 House. Dotnnm Proxiini, ' the house of their neighbour.' 22 Masters. Viros />ote7ites, ^•poweviul men.' 2.! Affaires. Domini sui, ' of their master.' 2* Rats. Soricum, ' shrews.' 25 Thrusts out ... for him. E Domo expeUit, quain sibi defodit, non aUi^ 'thrusts [the Badger] out of the house which he has dug for himself, not for andmer.' 26 Selfe-wisdome. Pulchra ilia Sapientia, ' that fine wisdom. XII. OF WISDOM FOR A MAN'S SFLF. 1S7 V. 1625. aet. 65. the Good fuch Ser- iiants receiue, is after the Modell of their own For- tune ; But the Hurt they fell^^ for that Good, is after the Modell of their Maf- ters Fortune. And cer- tainly, it is the Nature of Y.yXxtxVi^-^ Sclfe-Louers; As they will fet an Houfe'-^ on Fire, and it were but to roall their Egges : And yet thefe ]Men, many times, hold credit with their JMaflers ;-- Becaufe their Study is but to pleafe Them, and profit Them- feliics : And for either re- fpe6l, they will abandon the Good of their Affaires.-^ Wifedome for a Ma?is felfe, is in many Branches thereof, a depraued Thing. It is the Wifedome of Rats^-^ that will be fure to leaue a Houfe, fomewhat before it fall. It is the Wifedome of the Fox, that thrufls out the Badger, who digged and made Roome for him.-^ It is the WifedofJie of Crocodiles, that fhed teares, when they would deuoure. But that which is fpecially to be noted, is, that thofe, which (as Cicero faies of Foj/ipey) are, Sui Amaiiies fine Riuali,"- are many times vnfortunate. And whereas they haue all their time facrificed to Themfelues, they become in the end themfelues Sacrifices to the Inconflancy of For- tune ; whofe Wings they thought, by their Self Wifedome^^ to haue Pinnioned. i88 A HARMONY OF THE ESS A Y S. III. 1607-12. 33t. 47-52. Harh'iau AIS. 5106. 3. ©f ICobilitjie. T is a reverend thing to fee an auncientCaftell, or building not in decaye ; or to fee a faier tymber Tree found, and perfect; how much more to behold an aun- cient Noble familye, which hath flood againfl the waves, and weathers of tyme. For new Nobility is but the A61 of Power, but auncient Nobility is the A61 of Tyme. The firfl Rayfers of Fortunes are commonly more ver- tuous, but leffe innocent, then theire defcendentes ; For there is rarely ryfmg, but by a commixture of good and euill Actes. But it is reafon the memorie of theire vertues remaine to theire poRerityes, and theire faultes dye with themfelves ; N'obilitie of Birth commonly abateth Induflrie ; and hee that is not induflrious, envyeth him, that is; Befides Noble perfons cannott goe much higher ; and hee that IV. i6t2. ^t. 52. 7. m Itobilit^. IT is a reuerend thing to fee an ancient caftle or building not in decay .• or to fee a faire timber tree found and perfect : how much more to behold an an- cient Noble familie, which hath flood againfl the wanes and weathers of time. For new Nobility is but the a6t of power ; but ancient Nobility is the act of time. The firfl raifers of Fortunes are commonly more ver- tuous, but leffe innocent, then their defcendants. For there is rarely rifing, but by a commixture of good and euil Arts. But it is reafon the memorie of their vertues remain to their poflerities, and their faults die with themfelues. NobiUtle of Birth commonly abateth induflrie : and hee that is not induflrious, enuieth him that is : Befides noble perfons, cannot goe much higher ; And he that XIII. OF NOBILITY.. 189 V. 1625. get. 65. British Museum Copy, 14. Of fCobilitv). \Tranfpofed^feehelo7V at pp. 193, 195.] igo A HARMONY OF THE ESSAYS. III. 1607-12. aet. 47-52. flandeth at a flay when others rife, can hardlye avoyd mocions of envye. On thother fide, NobiUtye extinguiflieth the paffme Envie in others towardes them, becaufe they are in poffeffion of Honor, and Envye is as the Sun- beames, that beate more vponn a ryfmg ground, then vponn a levelL IV. 1612. set. 52. flandeth at a flay when others rife, can hardly auoid motions of enuie. On the other fide Nobihty extinguiflieth the paffiue enuie in others towards them ; becaufe they are in the poffeffion of Honour : and Emty is as the funne beames, that beate more vpon a rifmg ground, then vpon a leuell. \The paragraph on the oppofite page was added in the 1625 editioJi, at the beginning of the Efay.] j.,t..u 11. Proceres noii desiderantnr: ' peers are not needed.' They. .S"^rt/'?« ///^ /'^//^/rtrw, ' that state of the people.' ^ Sedition. Factionibtis et Tnrbis, ' factions and disturbances^, i/^/ ;i^w j««/, ' where there axe not.' 1 Need it. 2 3 * Then wheie there are XIII. OJ^ NOBILITY. 191 V. 1625. set. 65. 14. ©f ^obilits. \Tranfpofed,fee below^ at pp. 193, 195.] \Thefe four lines 7a ere tranfpofed in 1625 Edition to the Effay Of Y.n\iy,fee p. 514.] E will fpeake of Nobility, firft as a Portion of an EJIate ; Then as a Condition of F articu- lar Ferfo?is. A Monarchy, where there is no Nobility at all, is euer a pure, and abfo- lute Tyranny ; As that of the Turkes. For Nobility attempers Soueraignty, and drawes the Eyes of the People, fomewhat afide from the Line Royall. But for Dcjnocracies, they need it^ not ; And they"^ are com- monly, more quiet, and leffe fubiecl to Sedition,^ then where there are"* Stirps of Nobles. For Mens Eyes are vpon the Bufineffe, and not vpon the Perfons : Or if vpon the Perfons, it is for the Bufmeffe fake, as fittefl, and not for Flags and Pedegree.^ Wee fee the Switzers lafl well,*^ notwithflanding their Diuerfitie of Religion, and of Cantons. For Vtility is their Bond, and not Refpecls." The united Prouinces of the Low Countries, in their Oouernment, excell : For where there is an Equality, the Confultations are more indif- ferent, and the Payments and Tributes more cheerfulL 5 Pedegree. Imaginutn, ' busts.' * Switzers last well. Helvetiorum R etnpublicant satis Jlorentem, ' the republic of the Swiss, flourishing enough.' 7 Respects. Disnitas, ' honour.' 102 A HARMONY OF THE JSSSA Y S. III. 1607-12. £et. 47-52. A great Nohilitye addeth IMaiefLie to a Mon- archy but diminiOieth power ; and putteth life, and fpiritt into the people, but preffeththeire fortunes. It is well when Nobles are not to great for Sove- reignty nor for Iiijiice^ and yet mainteyned in that height, as the Infolencye of inferiours may bee broken vponn them, before it come on to faft vponn the maieflie of Kings. IV. 1612. set. 52. A great A'obi- litie addeth maiefly to a Monarchy but diminifheth povv'er.- and putteth life and fpirit into the people \ but preffeth their fortunes. It is w^ell when nobles are not too great for Sone- raigntie, nor for lujlice ; and yet maintained in that height, as the infollency of inferiours may be broken vpon them, before it come on too fafl vpon the maieflie of Kings. \Originally at the beginning. Tranfpofed here in 1625 Edition; fee f^p. ioris motus, ' motion of the face and body. *^ Personages. Effigies, ' iuiijics.' 1- I'liat made them. Omitted in the Latin. ^■' Was /;/ vi7'is ficit, ' w 's in life.' ^■^ Felicity, t'eiicitate quddnnt^ct casii, ' by akind of fcUcity and chance.' XV. OF B E A U T Y. 211 V. 1625. at 65. Gracious IMotion,^^ more then that of Fauour. That is the bell Part of Beauty, which a Pitftiire cannot expreffe ; No nor the firfl. Sight of the Life. There is no Excellent Beauty, that hath notfome Strange- nefle in the Proportion. A Man cannot tell, whether Apellcs, or Albert Durer, were the more Trifler : Whereof the one would make a Perfonage by Geometricall Proportions : The other, by taking the befl Parts out of diuers Faces, to make one Excel- lent. Such Perfonages,^^ I thinke, would pleafe no Body, but the Painter, that made them.^- Not but I thinke a Painter, may make a better Face, then euerwas;^^ But hernuRdoe it, by a kinde of Felicity,^^ (As a Muficianthatmaketh an excellent Ayre in Mu- ficke)!^ And not by Rule.^^ A Man fhall fee Faces, that if you examine them, Part by Part, you fliall finde neuer a good;i" And yet all to- gether doe well. 15 Ex-cellent Ayre in Miisicke. Cnntus, 'melody.' 16 Rule. /?re.v//s .'Ir/w, ' rules of art.' IT Fir.Qc n»;Mer a jiood. Vix itnant ref'crics qunmseparatim probes,' yjo\i shall scarcely find one that you %vill approve of separately.* 212 A HARMONY OF THE £SSAVS. III. 1607-12. a3t. 47-52. Yf it be true that the prin- cipal! part of Beautie is in decent mocion, Certainly it is no raervaile, though perfons in yeeres feeme manie tymes more ami- able. Pulchrorum Au- tumnus pulcher. For noe youth can be comely, but by pardon and by confi- dering the youth, as to make vpjD the comelynes. Beautie is as fommer fruites which are eafie to corrupt, and cannott lafl ; and for the mofl part it makes a diffolute youth, and an age a litle out of countenance ; But yet cer- tainlie againe if it light well, it maketh vertues fhyne, and vices bluflie. IV. 1612. ^t. 52. If it bee true that the prin- cipal! part of beautie is in decent motion ; certainely it is no maruell, though perfons in yeeres feeme many times more ami- able Pulchrorum Au- tumjiiis pulcher. For no youth can be comely, but by pardon, and confi- dering the youth, as to make vp the comlineffe. Beauty is as fommer fruits, which are eafie to corrupt, and cannot laft : and for the mofl part, it makes a diffolute youth, and an age a little out of countenance ,• But yet cer- tainly againe, if it light well it maketh vertues fliine, and vices blufh. 18 More Amiable. Juniorihus a77ialnliores, ' more amiable than younger persons.' i'* Before Pulchrorum. saying of Euripides.' Secujidiim illud Euri^idis, ' according to the XV. OF BEAUTY. 213 V. 1625. set. 65. If it be true, that the Prin- cipal! Part of Beauty, is in decent ]\Iotion, certainly it is no maniaile, though Ferfons in Ycarcs, feeme many times more Ami- able -^^ ^^Piilchrorum Au- timmus pidcher:"- For no Youth can be comely,-^ but by Pardon, and confi- dering the Youth, as to make vp the comelineffe. Beauty is as Summer- Fruits, which are eafie to corrupt, and cannot lafl : And, for the mofl part, it makes a diffolute Youth, and an Age a little out of countenance:-^ Butyetcer- tainly againe, if it light well, it maketh Vertues fliine, and Vices blufh. " The autumn of benntiful persons is beautiful. A saying of Euripides, preserved in Plutarch's Alcibiades. i. 5. " Euripides would say of persons that were beautifull, and yet in some yeeres; In /aire bodies, 7iot oiiely tJie Spring is pleasant, but also tlie Aututnne.^' Lord Bacon's Apophth. No. 145. Ed. 1625. -<> After com^Xy. Per omnia, 'in everything.' 21 Out of countenance. Sero pccnitentem, ' repenting too late' 214 A HARMONY OF THE £ S S A V S. III. 1607-12. set. 47-52. Harleian MS. 5106. 6. ©f ^ccminge roi^e. T hath beene an opinion, that the French are wifer then they feeme, and the Spaniards feeme wifer then they are. But howfoever it bee be- twene Nacions, Certainly it is foe betweene Man, and Man. For as the Appoflle faieth of Godli- nes. Halting a JJieiu of Godlines^ but denying the power thereof Soe cer- tainly there are in pointe of wifedome, and fuffi- ciency, that doe nothing, or litle verie folemlye. Magno conatu migas. It is a ridiculous thing, and fitt for a Satyre to perfons of ludgement, to fee wliat fhiftes theis Fornialijis have, and what perfpec- tiues to make superficies^ to feeme body, that hath depth and bulk. Some are fo clofe, and referved, as they will not fliewetheire IV. 1612. aet. 52. 20. (^i deeming tDi^e. T hath beene an opinion, that the French are wifer then they feeme, and the Spaniards feem wifer than they are : But howfoeuer it be be- tween Nations, certainely it is fo between Man and Man. For as the Apoflle faith of godli- nejfe: Hauing a JJieiu of godlineffe^ but denying the power thereof] So cer- tainlie there are in point of Avifdome and fuffi- ciencie, that doe nothing or little verie folemnly ; Magno conatu migas. It is a ridiculous thing, and lit for a Satyre to perfons of iudgement, to fee what fliifts thefe formalifls haue, and what perfpec- tiues to make Superficies to feeme body, that hath depth and bulke. Some are fo clofe, and referued, as they will not fhew their rC. Uariations in postljximous ILatin lEuition of 1638. 1 Title. De Pi'udentia Afiparente, 'of seeming wisdom.' 2 In Points of Wisedome, and Sufficiency. Cjdh Friuioites viinime, 'thong' thev are not at all wise.' XVI. OF SEEMING WISE. 215 \^ 1625. set. 65. feeme British Museum Copy. 26. 6f Seeming roi;Se.^ hath been an Opinion, that the French are wifer then they And the Spaiiiards feeme wifer then they are. But howfoeiier it be be- tween Nations, Certainly it is fo between Man and Man. For as the Apojlle faith of Godli- ncffe ; Hatting a JJiciv cf , Cod/ifieffe, hut denying the Pcnuer thereof f- So cer- tainly, there are in Points of Wifedome, and Sufh- ciency,2 that doe Nothing or Little, very folemnly ; Mag no conatu JViigas.^ It is a Ridiculous Thing, and fit for a Satyre, to Perfons of Judgement, to fee what fhifts^ thefe Formalifls haue, and what Profpec- tiues, to make Superficies to feeme Body., that hath Depth and Bulke.^ Some are fo Clofe and Referued,^ as they will not fliew their *» 2 Tim. iii. 5. , • . /r 1. j 6 Magna C07tat7i magnas migas dixerit, with great clTort she uttered great trifles.' Terence. I/cnKton. iv. i. 3 .Shifts. In quot Formas se veriant, 'into how many forms they turn themselves.* * Bulke. Dimettsionem Soltui, ' the bulk of a solid body. 5 Rescrued. In se declanuido parci, ' reserved in declaring themselves.' 2i6 A HARMONY OF THE ESSAYS. III. 1607-12. set. 47-52. wares, but by a darke light, andfeemealwaies to keepe back fomewhat, and when they knowe within them- felves, they fpeake of that they doe not well knowe, would nevertheles feeme to others to knowe of that which they may not well fpeake. Some helpe them- felves with countenance, and geflure, and are wife by fignes, as Cicero faieth of Pifo^ that when he aun- fweared him, hee fetched one of his browes vp to his forehead, and bent the other downeto hisChinne; refpondes altera ad fron- ternfuhlato^ altera ad men- tem* depreffo fiipercilio, crudelitatem tihi 71011 pla- cere. Some thinke to beare it by fpeaking a great word, and being peremp- torye, and will goe on, and take by admittance that which they cannot make good. Some whatfoever is beyond theire reach they will feeme to difpife, or make light of, as imperti- nent or curious, and fo IV. 16 1 2. eet 52. wares, but by a darke light; and feeme alwaies to keepe back fomewhat ; and when they know within them- felues, they fpeake of that they doe not well know ; would neuertheleffe feeme to others, to know of that which they may not well fpeake : Some helpe them- felues with countenance and geflure, and are wife by fignes, as Cicero faith of Pifo^ that when he an- fwered him, he fetched one of his brows vp to his forehead, and bent the other downe to his chinne/ Refpondes altera ad fron- tem fublato, altero ad men- tem * depreffo fi/pej'cilio, crudelitatem tibi non pla- cere. Some thinke to beare it by fpeaking a great word, and being peremp- tory, and will goe on and take by admittance that which they cannot make good. Some, whatfoeuer is beyond their reach, they will feeme to defpife or make light of, as imperti- nent or curious ; and fo * A clerical error for luenhitn. * Keepe backe. Viderivoluiit, phis significare, q^tain ioqiii, ' wish to seem to mean more than they say.' XVI. OF SEEMING WISE. 217 V. 1625. get. 65. Wares,biitby adarke Light: Andfeeme ahvaiestokeepe backe'^fomewhatiAndwhen ihey know within them- felues, they fpeake of that they doe not well know, would neuertheleffe feeme to others, to know of that which they may not welF fpeake. Some helpe them- feliies with Countenance, and Gefl-ure, and are wife by Signes ; As Cicero faith of Fifo, that when he an- fwered him, he fetched one of his Browes, vp to his Forehead, and bent the other downe to his Chin : Refpondes, altero ad Fi'on- tem fublato, aliei'O ad Afen- tum deprejfo Siipercilio ; Crt(delitatem tibi no7i pla- cere."- Some thinke to beare it, by Speaking a great Word, and being peremp- tory ; And goe on, and take by admittance that, which they cannot make good. Some, whatfoeuer is beyond their reacli, will feeme to defpife or make light of it, as Imperti- nent or Curious ; And fo * You ansn-ver—with one eyebrcnu lifted to the forehead, and the cthrt loweird to the chin—that cruelty does not J>lease vou. Cicero. In L. L, Pisone. vi. ' Well. Tuto, ' safely.' 2i8 A HARMONY OF THE ESSAYS. III. 1607-12. a3t. 47-52. would have th eire Igfiorance feeme ludgement. Some are never without a differ- ence, and commonly by amuzing Men with a fub- tiltye, blaunch the matter; of whom Gdliiis faieth. Hominem delirum qui ver- borum miniitiis., rei'iim frangit pondera, of which kind alfo Plato in his Pro- tagoras bringeth in Prodi- ciis in fcorne, and maketh him make a fpeach that confifleth of diflin6tions from the begininge to the end; But generally fuch Men in all deliberacions find eafe to be of the Nagative fide, and afifedl a creditt to obiedl, and fore- tell difficultnes ; Fforwhen propoficions are denied, there is an end of them ; but if they be allowed, it requireth a new worke ; which falfe pointe of wife- dome is the bane of Bufi- nes. 1 o conclude there is noe decaying Mer- ( haunt, or inward Begger, hath fo manie trickes to IV. 161 2. aet. 52. would haue their Ignorance feeme iudgement. Some are neuer without a differ- ence, and commonly by amufing men with a fub- tilty, blanch the matter. Of whom Gelius faith ; Hominem delirum., qui ver- borom minutijs renun frangit pondera. Of which kinde alfo, Plato in his Pro- tagoras bringeth in Prodi- ciis in fcorne, and maketli him a fpeech that con- fifleth of diflin6lions from the beginning to the end. Generally, fuch men in all deliberations, finde eafe to be of the Negatiue fide, and affect a credit to obie61 and fore- tell difiiculties. For when propofitions are denied, there is an end of them, but if they bee allowed, it requireth a new worke ; which falfe point of wife- dome, is the bane of bufi- neffe. To conclude, there is no decaying Mar- chant, or inward begger, hath fo many tricks to 8 Would haue. InscHiam siinvt obtendiint, ' conceal their ignorance.' 9 ludgement. Jndicio I'niiato, 'with a show of refined judgment.' 10 Men. 1 1 o»ii/ui}it I ngcnin, 'men's m'mdv..' 11 Blanch the matter. Ron pi-cetenicliiuitnr, 'slip the matter by.' 12 Speech. Sermonoii iiiicgruiii, ' entire speech.' !•■! Finde ease. Libcnter se af>plicniit, ' willingly apply theniselvesto.' X4 Difficulties. Scru/u/is et DiJJicjtltatibiis, ' scruples and difficulties.' XVI. OF SEEM/ N G IV I S E. 219 V. 1625. aet. 65. would haue^ their Ignorance feeme ludgement/-* Some are neuer without a difter- ence, and commonly by Amufmg IMen^'^with a Sub- tilty, blanch the matter •}^ Of whom A. Gcllius" faith; Hojuinan ddit'um, qui Ver- bonim Miniitijs Renim frangit Po?idcra ."■ O f w hich kinde d\io, Plato in his Pro- tagoras bringeth in Prodi- ais, in Scorne, and maketh him make a Speech/^ that confifleth of diflinclions from the Beginning to the End. Generally, Such Men in all Daliberations. finde eafe^^ to be of the Negatiue Side; and aftecl a Credit, to obiecl and fore- tell Difficulties:^"* For when proportions are denied, there is an End of them ; But if they be allowed, it requireth a New Worke : which falfe Point of Wife- dome, is the Bane of Bufi- neffe. To conclude, there is no decaying Mer- chant, or Inward Beggar,^^ hath fo many Tricks, to " [Lit. An insane man 7i'ho breaks the 7veight 0/ things 7vith fineness rf words.] A mistaken quotation as to the Author. It is from Quintillian, who, re- ferring to Seneca, says; Si reritiu pojidcra ininutissiince sentcntis non/regisset, coisensnpotins crnditornvi qunm piteroriiin ainore coinprobaretiir, ' If he had not broken the weight of things with most minute sentences, he would have been honoured rather by the unanimous approval of the learned, than by the ad- miration of boys.' Inst. x. i. i» Inward Beggar. Decoctor Reifirmiiiaris occultns, ' hidden spendthrift of his family property.' 220 A HARMONY OF THE ESS A Y S. III. 1607-12. set. 47-52. vphold the creditt of theire Wealth, as thefe empty peifons have to mainteine the Creditt of theire fuffi- ciencye. IV 1612. cCt. 52. vphold the credit of their wealth, as thefe emptie perfons haue to maintaine the credit of their fuffi-. ciency. 16 Empty. Vera Pnideittia desiituh ' destitute of true wisdom.' 1' Sufficiency. Frudentia, ' wisdom.' XVI. OF SEEMING WISE. 221 V. . 1625. set. 65. vphold the Credit of their wealth, as thefe Empty^* perfons haiie, to maintaine the Credit of their Suffi- ciency.^"^ Seeming JVi/e^^-men may make fhift to get Opinion : But let no Man choofe them for Employ- ment •,'^'^ For certainly, you were better take forBufmeffe, a Man fomewhat Abfurd, then ouer Eormall. 18 Seeming Wise. Hac pricdentia prcediti, ' endowed with this wisdom.' 19 Employment. Ad Negotia gravix iraciatida, ' to manage important business.' 222 A HARMONY OF T HE ESS A Y S. III. 1607-12. set. 47-52. Harleiau MS. 5106. 9. ©f Ambition. Mbition is like Cholei'- which is an humour that maketh men active, earnefl, full of alac- rity, and flirringe, if it be not flopped. But if it be flopped, and cannott have his way, it becometh Adufl, and thereby ma- lign e and venemous. So ambitious Men if they find the way open of the ire ryfmge and fliil gett for- ward, they are rather bufie then daungerous ; but if they be checked in theire defieres, they become fecretly difcontent, and looke vpponn Men and matters with an evill Eye, and are befl pleafed when thinges goe backward ; which is the worfl property that cam bee in a feruante of a Prince, or State. There fore it is good for Princes, if they vfe ambitious Men, to handle it foe, as they be flill progreiTive, and not IV. . 16 1 2. 3et. 52. 22. ©f Ambition. Mbition is like choler; which is an humor that maketh men acfliue, earnefl, full of alac- rity and flirring, if it be not flopped. But if it be flopped, and cannot haue his way, it becommeth a dufl, and thereby ma- ligne and venemous. So ambitious men if theyfinde the way open for their rifing, and flill get for- ward; they are rather bufie then dangerous : but if they be checked in their defires, they become fecretly difcontent, and looke vpon men, and matters with an euill eie, and are befl pleafed when things goe backward .• which is the worfl propertie that can be in a feruant of a Prince^ or S tat e. Th er- fore it is good for Princes^ if they vfe ambitious men to handle it fo, as they be fl-il progreffme, and not 1T2. Uarintt'ons in pos(i}umous ILatin lEtJition of 1638. 1 Adust. Adicsta, 'inflamed.' - Way Open. Rcpiclsas iio)i patiaiitiir, ' do not suffer repulses.* s Rising. Ainbitu et Fetitione, ' rising and desire.' XVII. OF AMBITION. 223 1625. British Museum Copy. 36. 0£ Ambition. set. 65. Mbition is like C/z^'Av; Which is anHumour,that maketh MenAc^ tiue, Eamefl, Full of Alac- ritie, and Stirring, if it be not flopped. But if it be flopped, and cannot haue his Way, it becommeth Adufl,^ and thereby Ma- ligne and Venomous. So A inbitious J/tv/, if they finde the way Open^ for their Rifmg,^ and flill get for- ward, they are rather Bufie then Dangerous ; But if they be check't in their defires,* they become fecretly difcontent,^ and looke vpon Men and matters, with an Euill Eye; And arebeflpleafed,<^when ■ Things goe backward ; Which is the worfl Pro- pertie, in a Seruant of a Prince or State. • There- fore it is good for Princes, if they vfe Ambitions Men., to handle it fo, as they be flill Progreffiue, and not * /iy?t'r desires. Et siibindefriistretifnr, ' and are frequently frustrated.' 5 Become secretly disconietit. Maldolentiafn et Invidiam in Corde /ovent, ' they cherish ill-wiU and envy in their heart.' •» Best pleased. In sinu lietantur, ' pleased in their heart' .X 224 A H A R M O N V O F T H E E SSA Y S. III. 1607-12. set. 47-52. retrograde ; which becaiife it cannott bee without in- convenience, it is good not to vfe fuch Natures at all. Ffor if they rife not with theire fervice, they will take order to make theire fervice fall with them. IV. 161 2. ast. 52. retrograde; which becaufe it cannot bee without in- conuenience ; it is good not to vfe fuch natures at all. For if they rife not with their feruice, they will take order to make their feruice fal with theiu. T Commanders, huperatores et Duces, ' commanders and leaders.' 8 Dispenseth. Cowpensat, ' equalizes.' 9 Pulling downe, &c. Ui prceg7'a7idibus alas amputeni, et eorum poten- tiam labefactent, ' to cut the wings of persons who are too great, and to diminish their power.' ,..,-,,■, 1 ^ • j» 10 Biideled. Fnvnandi et coercendi, 'bridled and restranied. XVII. OF AMBITION. 225 y. 1625. sut. 65. Retrograde: Which becaufe it cannot be without In- conuenience, it is good not to vfe fiich Natures at all. For if they rife not with their Seruice, they will take Order to make their Seruice fall with them. But fnice we haue faid, it w^re good not to vfe . IVIen of Ambitious Natures, except it be vpon necef- fitie, it is fit we fpeake, in what Cafes, they are of neceffitie. Good Commanders' in the Warres, muR be taken, be they neuer fo Ambitious : For the Vfe of their Seruice difpenfeth^ with the reR ; And to take a Soldier without Ambition, is to pull off his Spurres. There is alfo great vfe of Ambitious Mm, in being Skreenes to Princes, in Matters of Danger and Enuie : For no Man will take that Part, except he be like a Seel'd Doue, that mounts and mounts, becaufe he cannot fee about him. There is Vfe alfo of Ambitious Men, in Pulling downe the Greatneffe, of any Subiea that ouer-tops "■? As Tiberius vfed Macro in the Pulling down of Seianus. Since therefore they muft be vfed, in fuch Cafes, there refteth to fpeake, how they are to be brideled,i<^ that they may be leffe dangerous}^ There is leffe danger of them, if they be of Meane Birth, then if thev be Noble : And if they be rather Harflii- ^f Nature, then Gracious and Popular : And if they be rather New Raifed,!^ then growne Cunning, and Forti- fied in their Greatneffe. It is counted by fome, a weakneffe^-^ in Princes, to have Fauorites ;^^ But it is, of 11 Dangerous. Ut minus ab illis iinpendcat Periciili, ' that Ic^danger may impend from them.' ^--^ 13 Harsh. Truciores et aspcriores, ' more stern and harsh. 13 Raised. HoJioribus adiuoti, ' raised to honours.' 1* Weaknesse. Si^man infinui Animi, ' .siyn of a weak mmd. 16 Fauorites. Gratiosos et Intimos, ' favourites and iniuiiates. V 226 A H A R M O N Y OF THE ESS A VS. III. 1607-12. set. 47-52. Of Ambitions it is the leffe harmefull, the ambition to prevaile in great thinges, then that other to appeare in every thinge. For that breed es confufion, and marres bufmeffe. Hee that feeketh to be eminent amongeil able IV. 1612. a^t. 52. Of Ambitions, it is the leffe harmefull, the Ambition to preuaile in great things; then that other to appeare in eiiery thing .• For that breedes confufion, and marres bufmeffe. He that feeketh to be eminent amongfl able 16 Ambitious Great-Ones. Potottiam niininin Procet-nm, aui Ilfagisira- tunm, ' too great power of nobles or magistrates.' 1"^ Any Other. Alius nlignis ex Proccril>7is, ' any other of the nobles.' 18 Proud. A))ibitiosos, ct f>rotcr7.>os, ' ambitious and proud.' 1^ Keep Things stead3^ Qui Partes vicdias tcuentit, ne Factioiies omnia pesswideiit: ' to hold a middle course, lest factions ruin everything.' -^ Hauing of them Oljnoxious to Ruine. Qiiantiiin ad ingencraiidain illain ifiAinhitiosis ppi7iio>ic>ii, ict se rni/ue pro.xivios puteiit, atgue eo modo coniijicantnr ; 'as to creating an opinion in ambitious persons that they are near ruin, and thus restraining them.' XVII. OF AMBITION. 227 V. 1625. OBt. 65. all others, the beR Remedy againfl Ambitious Grcat- O/ics}'^ For when the Way of Pleafuring and Dif- pleafuring, lieth by the Fatwiirite, it is Impoffible, Any Other^" fliould be Ouer-grcat. Another meanes to curbe them, is to Ikxllance tliem by others, as Proud^^ as they. But then, there mufl be fome Middle Coun- felloiirs, to keep Things fleady -y^ For without that Eallafl, the Ship will roule too much. At the leafl, a Prince may animate and inure fome Meaner Perfons, to be, as it were, Scourges to Ambitious Men. As for the hauing of them Obnoxious to Ruine,-*^ if they be of fearefull Natures, it may doe well : But if they bee Stout, and Daring, it may precipitate their Defignes,-^ and proue dangerous. As for the pull- ing of them downe, if the Affaires require it, and that it may not be done with fafety fuddainly, the onely Way is, the Enterchange continually of Fa- uours, and-j^ Difgraces ; whereby they may not know, what to expe6t ;-^ And be,-^ as it were, in a Wood. Oi Ambitions, it is leffe harmefull, the Ambition to preuaile in great Things, then that other, to appeare in euery thing; For that breeds Confufion,-^ and marres Bufmeffe. But yet, it is leffe danger, to haue an Ambitious Man, flirring in Bufmeffe, then Great in Dependances.^'^ He that feeketh to be Eminent amongft Able 21 Designes. Cojiatjts et Mq/!lii}uiiiones, 'endeavours and-designs.' 22 W'hat to expect. Und^ attoiiiti et con/usi heereant, nescientes quid expectciit, ' whereby they may remain astonished and confused, not knowing what to expect.' 23 Be. Ambitlent, 'walk.' 2-t Confusion. Co/i/usioHcm Consiiiomni, 'confusion of councils.' 25 Dcpendances. Gratia et Clientelis, ' favour and following.' 228 A H A R M O N Y OF T HE ESS A Y S. III. 1607-12, £et. 47-52. Men, bathe a great Taske, but that is ever good for the pubHque. But hee that plotteth to be the onely figure amongfl Ciphers, is the decay of an whole age. Honor hath three thinges in it. The Vantage ground to doe good. The Approache to Kinges, and principall per- fons, And the Rayfing of a Mans owne Fortune. Hee that hath the befl. of theis intencions when he afpireth is an honefl Man, and that Prince that can difcerne of theis intencions in another that afpireth is a wife Prince. Generally lett Princes, and States chufe fuch Miniflers, as are more fenfible of dewty, then of Ryfing, and fuch as love bufines rather vponn conicience, then vponn bravery, and lett them difcerne a bufie na- ture, from a willing mind. IV. 1612. 3st. 52. men, hath a great taske : but that is euer good for the publike. Eut he that plots to bee the onely figure amongft Ciphers, is the decay of an whole age. Honour hath three things in it ; The vantage ground to doe good ; The approach to Kings and principall per- fons ; And the raifing of a mans owne Fortunes. He that hath the befl of thefe intentions when hee afpireth, as an honefl man ; and that Prince that can difcerne of thefe intentions in another that afpireth, is a wife Prince. Generally, let Princes and States chufe fuch miniflers, as are more fenfible of duty, then of rifing; and fuch as loue bufineffe rather vpon confcience, then vpon brauery : and let them difcerne a bufie na- ture, from a willing minde. 26 Able Men. Strenuos, et Negotiis fares, ' active men and men fit for business.' 27 Plots. Machitiatur, ut Viros cordatos deprimat, et, ' plots to depress wise men, and.' 28 Decay. Lries ef cn/(r7/i{fas, ' decay and mhfortune.' 29 Kings. Omitted in the Latin. 30 Discerne. Digiwscere ct distutgiiere, ' discern and distinguish.' 81 That aspireth. hi Senas suis, ' in his servants.' XVII. OF AMBITION. 229 1625. aet. 65. Men,-'^ hath a great Taske ; but that is euer good for the Publique. But he that plots,-'' to be the onely Figure amongfl Ciphars, is thedecay-^ of an whole Age. Honour hath three Things in it : The Vantage Ground to doe good : The Approach to Kings, -^ and principall Per- fons : And the Raifing of a Mans owne Fortunes. He that hath the befl of thefe Intentions, when he afpireth, is an Honefl jNIan: And that Prince, that can difcerne'*" ofthefelntentions, in Another that afpireth, ^Ms a wife Prince. Generally, let Princes and States,^^ choofe fuch Miniflers, as are more fenfible of Duty, then of Rifnig ; And fuch as loue"^ Bufineffe rather vpon Confcience,^"* then vpon Brauery : And let them Difcerne"^ aBufie^*^ Na- ture, from a Willing-^" Minde. 32 States. Omitted in the Latin. 83 Loue. A//ip/cciii)iiuri'i ame/i(, ' embrace and ]o\c.' 3* Conscience. Conscicntia bona, ' good con^^cience.' 35 Discerne. Distiuguant Princifes cittnj'udicio, ' let princes discern wirh judgment.' "t5 Busie. QufP sese omnibits Negotiis ingerunt, ' which obtrude theni- selves into every business.' 27 Willing. Froni^tuvi sen alacrem, ' ready or alert.' 2-;o A HARMONY OF THE ASSAYS. IV. 1612. set. 52. 21. @f |lic!)e^. Cannot call Riches better then the bag- gage of Vert lie \ the Romane word is better, Impedimenta ; For as the baggage is to an Armie, fo is riches to ver- tue: It cannot be fpared, nor left behinde; but it hindreth the March, yea and the care of it fome- tirnes lofeth or diflurb- eth the vi6tory. Of great Riches there is no reall vfe, except it bee in the diflribution : the refl is but conceit. So faith Salomon; Where much is, there are ma?iy to confiime it^ and what hath the oimier but the fight of it with his eies ? The per- fonall fruition in any man cannot reach to feele great riches ; there is a cufLody of them ; or a power of Dole and donatiue of them ; or a fame of them ; but no folide vfe to the UE. I'ariations in postljumous ILatin lEtiilipn of 1638. 1 Better. Cognomtne Jfia£is /?v/rio, ' hy a. more proper name.' 2 It cannot . . March, ' Necessaria siqzcideni sunt, sed graves, 'it is necessary but heavy.' III. 1607-12. a3t. 47-52- Harleian MS. 5106. 13. ©i fltclje^. Gannett call Riches better then the bag- gage of Vertue (the Romaine word is better, Impedimenta) For as the Baggage is to an Army,.fo is Riches to ver- tue. It cannott bee fpared, nor left behinde ; but it hindereth the Marche, yea and the care of it fome- tymes leeseth, or diflurb- eth the victorye. Of great Riches there is noe Reall vfe, except it bee in the diflribucion, the reft is but conceipt. So faieth Solomon ; where much is, there are manie to confume it, ajid what hath the owner but the fiight of it with his eyes! The per- fonall good of anie Man cannot reach to feele them. There is a cuftody of great Riches, or a power of Dole, and Donatiue; or a fame of them, but noe foUd vfe to the XVIII. OF RICHES. 231 Y. 1625. set. 65. British Museum Copy. 34. 0f |lid)e^. Cannot call Riches better/ then the Bag- gage of Vertue. The Romati Word is better, Impedimenta. For as the Baggage is to an Army, fo is Riches to Ver- tue. It cannot be fpared, nor left behinde, but it hindreth the jMarch ;- Yea, and the care of it, fome- times, lofeth^ or difturb- eth the Vi6lor>^: Of great Riches., there is no Reall Vfe, except it be in the Diflribution ; The reft is but Conceit. So faith Salomon \ Where much is, there are Many to confiime it ; And what hath the Owfier, bid the Sight of it, with his Eyes P'* The Per- fonall Fruition in any Man, cannot reach to feele Great Riches .•* There is a Cuflody of them ; Or a Power of Dole and Donatiue of them ; OraFame^of them; But no Solid Vfe to the ° Eccles. V. II. 8 Loseth. Omitted in the Latin. * Personall Fruition . . Riches. PossessioDhntiarum nuUavoluf>tnte Dominum fer/itndit, quantum ad Sensu7n : ' the possession of riches does not fill the owner with any pleasure as to sensation.' 5 Fame. Fama, et hijlatio, ' fame and puffing up.' 2\2 A HARMONY OF THE ESSAYS. III. 1607-12. set. 47-52. Owner. Doe you not fee what fayned prices are fett vpponn litle stones, and rarityes, and what workes of oflentacion are vndertaken, becaufe there mought feeme to be fome vfe of great Riches ? But then they may be of vfe to buy Men out of Daungers, or troubles ; as Salomon fayeth ; Riches are as a Jlronge-hoidde^ in the imagijiacion, of the riche Man. But this is excel- lently expreffed, that it is in imaginacion, and not alwaies mfa^. Ffor cer- tainely great Riches have fould more men, then they have bought out. Seeke not proud Riches, but fuch as thou mayefl gett iuflly, vfe foberly, diftribute chearefully and leave con- tentedlye ; yet have no abftradl, nor Frierly con- tempt of them, but difLin- guiflie as Cicero faieth well oiRabiriiis PoJlJnumis ; In Jludio rei amplificanda, ap- parebat non aiiaritioi prcE- daniy fed inflriimentuni IV. 16 12. set. 52. owner. Doe you not fee what fained prifes are fet vpon little ftones, and rarities, and what works of oflentation are vndertaken, becaufe there might feeme to bee fome vfe of great riches? But then they may be of vfe to buy men out of dangers or troubles : as Salomon faith ; Riches are as a flrong hold hi the imagination of the rich man. But this is excel- lently expreffed, that it is in Imagination ; and not alwaies in fadl. For cer- tainly, great riches haue fold more men then they haue bought out. Seeke not proud Riches ; but fuch as thou maiefl get iuflly ; vfe foberlie, diftribute cheerefully, and leaue con- tentedly. Yet haue no abftra6l, nor frierly con- tempt of them. But diflin- guifli, as Cice7'o faith welj oiRahirius Pofl humus : Jn fludio rei amplificandcE, ap- parebat non auariticB pra- dam fed iiflrumentum « Works of Ostentation. Iiiania OJ>era, ad osientationem merani, 'vain works, merely for ostentation.' XVI II. OF RICHES. 233 V. 1625. at. 65. Owner. Doe you not fee, what fained Prices, are fet vpon little Stones, and Rarities ? And what Works of ORentation,^' are vndertaken, becaufe there might feeme to be, fome Vfe of great Riches ? But then you will fay, they may be of vfe, to bay Men out of Dangers or Troubles. As Salomon faith ; Riches are as a Jlrong Hold, in the Imagination of the Rich Man."- But this is excel- lently expreffed, that it is in Imagination, and not alwaies in Fact. For cer- tainly Great Riches, haue fold more Men, than they haue bought out. Seeke not Proud" Riches, but fuch as thou maifl get iuflly, Vfe foberly, DiRribute cheerefully, and leaue con- tentedly. Yet haue no AbRraa^ or Friarly^ Con- tempt of them. But diflin- guifh, as Cicero faith well oiRabirius Pojlhumus', In Jludio ret amplificanda, ap- parehat, non Aiiaritce Prce- dam, fed Inflrumcntum " Prov. xviiii. 11. 7 Proud. Magnas, ' ?.rQ:\r..' , . 8 Abstract. A Seculo abstracti, ' or a man removed from the woria, 9 Friarly. Instar Monachi, 'like a monk." 234 A HARMONY OF THE ESS A VS. III. 1607-12. 9et. 47-52. I IV. bonitati qiiari. 1612. £et. 52. honitati qu(zri. 10 Beware. Ncc inhia, ' nor gape after.* ^^ Vniust Meanes. Iiijustitiain ct Scelera, 'injustice and crimes.' 12 Husbandry. Agricuiihram, ct Luc7-a Rustica, ' husbandry and the profits of the country.' I'* Greatest Audits. Maximi Reditus, e Re Rustica, ' tlie greatest revenues from husbandry.' XVIII. OF RICHES. 235 Y. 1625. set. 65. Boiitati, quccri."' Hearken alfo to Salomon, and beware^'^ of Hafly Gathering oi Riches : Qui fcjlinat ad Diuitias, 71071 c7-it info/isfi The Poets faigne that when Pliitus, (which is Ric/ies,) is fent from Iiipite?', he Hmps, and goes flowly ; But when he is fent from Fliiio, he runnes, and is Swift of Foot. IMeaning, that Riches gotten by Good Meanes, and lufl Labour, pace flowly; But when they come by the death of Others, (As by the Courfe of Inheritance, Teflaments, and the hke,) they come tumbUng vpon a INIan. But it mought be appHed Hkewife to Pluto, taking him for the Deuill. For when Riches come from the Deuill, (as by Fraud, and Op- preffion, and vniufl Meanes,ii) they come vpon Speed. The Waies to e?irich are many, and moft of them Foule. Parfuno7iy is one of the beft, and yet is not Innocent : For it with-holdeth Men, from Workes of Liberality, and Charity. The Improucineiit of the G7-ou7id, is the mofl Naturall Obtaining of Riches ; For it is our Great Mothers Bleffmg, the Earths; But it is flow. And yet, where Men of great wealth, doe floope to hus- bandry,^- it multiplieth i?/^//.?j- exceedingly. I knew a Nobleman in England^ that had the greatefl Audils,^'^ of any Man in my Time : A Great Grafier, A Great .Sheepe-MafLer, AGreat Timber^'* Man, A Great Colliar, A Great Corne-Mafler, A Great Lead-Man. and fe of Iron, and a Number of the Hke Points of Husbandry. So as the Earth feemed a Sea to him, in refpect of the Perpetuall Importation. It was truly obferued by One, that Himfelfe came very hardly to a Little Riches, and very eafily to Great Riches. For when a Mans Stocke is come to that, that he can expect the Prime of ** This is spoken by Cicero of Caius Curius, the father of Rabirius Postu- mus. The passage [Pro C. /?. Poshimo. 2.] nins thus, Ut in angenda re non avaritia pradam, sed i7tstrin>tentinn bonitaii queerer e videtur, 'that he seemed in the increase of his property, not to seek a prey for his avarice but a means of doing good.' & Prov. xxviii. 20. 1* Timber. Silvis, tarn cceduis qnam grandioribjis, ' both underwood and timber.' 236 A HARMONY OF THE £SSAVS. III. 1C07-12. a-t. 47-52. j IV. 1612. set. S2. 15 Prime of Mnrlcets. Ninidinariiui et Mercafuum OPportjtnitaUs . the opportiiniiies of fairs and markets.' 16 Few Mens Money. Quibus . . . perpauci admodtan Homines apti sunt, ' for which few men are ready.' 1" Younger. Qui minus Pecunia abundant, ' who have less money.' 1^ Ordinary Irades and Vocations. Professionibus, ' businesses.' !•' Good and faire dealing. Probitatemin Negoiiando, 'honesty in dealing.' 20 Bargaines. Con iraciibus tnajoribns, ' gTe!iter hcirgVi'ms.' -1 Necessity. Necessitates et A ngustias, ' necessities and straits.' -' Broake by . . to draw them on. In Damnum Dojninorian corriimpat, ' corrupt, to the injury of their masters.' 23 Cunningly. Artijiciose et 7'a/re, ' by artifices and cunning.' 2* Crafty and Naught. Alerito damnandce, ' deservedly to be con- demned.' XVIII. OF RICHES. 237 V. 1625. set. 65. Markets,^^ and ouercome thofe Bargaines, which for their greatneffe are few Mens Money,!*^ and be Partner in the InduRries of Younger^' Men, he cannot but encreafe mainely. The Gaines of Ot'dinary Trades and Vocations}^ are honeft; And furthered by two Things, chiefly : By DiHgence ; And By a good Name, for good and faire deaUng.^^ But the Gaines oi Bar- gaines^-^ are of a more doubtful! Nature ; When Men fhall waite vpon Others Neceffity,-i broake by Seruants and Inftruments to draw them on,^^ Put off Others cun- ningly--^ that would be better Chapmen, and the like Practifes, which are Crafty and Naught.-^ As for the Chopping of Bargaines^^ when a Man Buies, not to Hold, but to Sell ouer againe, that commonly Grindeth double, both vpon the Seller, and vpon the Buyer. Shavings, doe greatly E?irich, if the Hands-*^ be well chofen, that are trufted. Vfury is the certainefL Meanes of Gaine, though one of the worfl ; As that, whereby a Man doth eate his Bread ; Infiidore vultiis alieni:"^ Andbefides, doth Plough-'' vponSundaies.^^ But yet Certaine though it be, it hath Flawes f^ For that the Scriueners and Broakers, doe valew unfound Men, to ferue their owne Turne. The Fortune^^ in being the Firft in an Inuention, or in a Priuiledge, doth caufe fometimes a w^onderfulF^ Ouergrowth^^ in Riches ; As it was with the firft Sugar Man,-^^ in the Canaries : There- fore, if a Man can play the true Logician, to haue as "■ In the sweat of another's brow. 25 Chopping of Bargaines. Emptiones, * purchases.* 26 Hands. Qjiibiisciim Societas initur, * those with whom the partnership is entered into. 27 Plough. Operari nan cessat, ' does not cease to work.' ■-8 Sundaies. Sabbatho, ' the Sabbath.' [This is an early Ci_625) instance of the Sunday being called the ' Sabbath.' Dies Sabbati being our Saturday.] 29 Flawes. Rimis secretis, ' secret flaws.' 30 The Fortune. Omitted in the Latin. 31 Wonderful!. Omitted in the Latin. 32 Ouergrowth. hiundationetn, ' overflow.' 83 Sugar Man. Saccliari excoctori, ' sugar baker.' 238 A HARMONY OF THE ESS A Y S. III. 1607-12. S6t. 47-52. IV. 1612. 98t. 52. Neither tnifl thou much others, that feeme to defpife them, For they defpife them, that defpaire of them, and none worfe when they come to them. Be not penny-wife ; Riches have wiriges, and fome- tymes they fly away of them- felves, fometymes they mufl be fett flying to bring Neither truft thou much others, that feeme to defpife them : For they defpife them that difpaire of them, and none worfe, when they come to them. Be not penny-wife; Riches haue wings ; and fome- times they flyaway of them- fehies ; fometimes they mufl bee fet flying, to bring 3* Often times ; . . Pouerty. VLx Fortjinartwi DlspeJidia vitabit, ' will scarcely avoid the waste of his fortune.' '^^ Not restrained. Lc^f inilla proJiihciitiir, ^forbidden by no law.' ^^ Great Meanes. Viam stertiunt facilem , ' have an easy road.' ^' Seruice. Servitiuni Regum, aut Mag7iatiim, ' services of kings or great persons.' '•^^ Though it be of the best Rise dignity.' Dignitatem qnanda7n habet, ' has some XVIII. OF RICHES. 239 V. 1625. itt. 65. well ludgement, as Iniiention, he may do great Mat- ters ; efpecially if the Times be fit. He that refleth vpon Gaines Certaine^ (hall hardly grow to great Riches : And he that puts all upon Adiientures, doth often times breake, and come to Pouerty :"^^ It is good therefore, to guard Adiientures with Certainties, that may vphold loffes. Monopolies, and Coemption of Wares for Rcfale, where they are not reflrained,^^ are great Meanes'^*^ to enrich ; efpecially, if the Partie haue intelligence, what Things are like to come into Re- quefl, and fo flore Himfelfe before hand. Riches gotten by Seniice,^'^ though it be of the befl Rife,-^^ yet when they are gotten by Flattery, Feeding''^ Humours, and other Seruile Conditions, they may be placed amongfl the Worfl. As for Fifhing for Tejlanients and ExeciitorJJiips (as Tacitus faith of Seneca ; Tejlanienta et Or bos, tanquani Indagine capi f) It is yet worfe ; Ey how much Men fubmit themfelues, to Meaner Perfons, then in Sendee. Beleeue not much them, that feeme to defpife Riches : For they defpife them, that defpaire of them ; And none Worfe,*^ when they come to them.^^ Be not Penny-wife;^- Riches haue Wings, and fometimes they Fly away of them- felues, fometimes they mufl be fet Flying to bring ° He took testatncnts and ivardships as with a net. Tacitus. Annates. xiii. 42. 39 Feeding. SeseJIcctendo, ' bending one's self to.' *^ Worse. Tenaciores, * more grasping.' *i Come to them. Ubi incipient ditescere^ 'when they begin to grow rich.' *'^ Penny-wise. In Minutiis tetiax, ' stingy in small things.' 240 A HARMONY OF THE ESS A YS. guiftes III. 1607-12. iut. 47-52. in more. Men leave tlieire riches, either to tlieir kinred, or to the pub- liqiie, and moderate por- cions profper befl in both. A great State left to an hcire, is as a lure to all the Birdes of pray roimde about, to feize on him, if he bee not the better eRabliflied in yeares and Judgement Likewife glorious and foundacions are but the painted Sepul- cOi res of y^////rj', which foone will jiutrifie, and corrupt. Therefore mea- fure not thie advaunce- mentes by quantity, but frame them by meafure ; and defcrre not Charities till Death ; For certainely if a Man weight it rightly, he that doth foe, is rather liberall of another mans, then of his owne. IV. 161 2. a:>t. 52. in more. Men leaue their riches, either to their kindred, or to the inib- like : and moderate por- tions ])rofper befl in both. A great Hate left to an heire, is as a lure to al the birds of prey round about, to feife on him, if he bee not the better flabliflied in yeeres and iudgement. Likewife glorious gifts, and foundations, are but the painted Sepul- chres of A/ /lies, wh ich foone wil putrifie and corrupt inwardly. Therefore mea- fure not thy aduancc- ments by quantity, but frame them by meafure ; and deferre not charities till death : for certainly, if a man weigh it rightly, he that doth fo is rather liberall of another mans, then of his owne. ^ k *•' Men. Morihiauii, ' men about to die.' ■" Kiiulred. Lil'cris, Co^mifis, cf Atnicis, 'cliildrcn, relatives and friends.' *^ Glorious. G/oriosiP rt s/>ii»(iiii hole. I knew a wife man had it for a bie-word, when hee faw men haflen to a conclufion ; Stay a little that wee may make an end the foo7ier. On the other fide, true difpatch is a rich thing ; For time is the meafure of bufmeffe, as money is of wares : and bufmeffe is bought at a deare hand when there is fmall dif- patch. Giue good hearing to thofe that giue the firR infor- mation in bufmeffe ; and rather dire6t them in the beginning, then interrupt them in the continuance of their fj^eeches ,• For he that is put out of his owne order, will goe forward, and backwards, and be more tedious by parcels, 11 Men hasten to a conclusion. Festinationern nhniain, ' too much haste.' 1" True Dispatch. VcraCcleritas,i7iexpedicndis Negotiis, ' true swiftness in despatching business.' 1"* Small dispatch. Niviia protractio, 'too much time spent.' XIX. OF DESPA TC IT. 245 V. 1625. get. 65. or INIeetings, goeth com- monly backward and forward, in an vnfleady Manner. I knew a Wife Man, that had it for a By-word, when he faw ]\len haflen to a conclufion ;^^ Stay a little, that lue may make an End the fc oner. On the other fide. True Difpatch'^- is a rich Thing. For Time is the meafure of Bufmeffe, as ]\Ioney is of Wares : And Bufmeffe is bought at a deare Hand, where there is fmall dif- patchP The Spartans, and Spaniards, haue been to be noted of Small dif patch '}^ Mi venga la Mncrte de Spagna ; Let my Death come from Spaine ; For then it will be fare to be long in comming. Giuegood Hearing to thofe that giue the firfl Infor- mation in Biifmeffe^'^ ; And rather direct them in the beginning, then interrupt them in the continuance of their Speeches : for he that is put out of his owne^^ Order, will goe forward and backward, and be more tedious while he waits vpon his Memory, then 1* Small dispatch. Tarditatis, ' slowness.' ^5 Those that giue . . . in Businesse. Qiiibtis priniiBinlnfonnntione Negotii, partes deinandatcB sunt : ' to whom the first part in giuing in- formation about business is intrusted.' *'' His owne. Quetn sibi prcestituit, ' which he fixed for himself.' 246 A HARMONY OF THE £SSAyS. III. 1607-12. 93t. 47-52. then he could have bene at once. But fometymes it is feene that the Moder- atour, is more troublefome, then the Actor. Iteracions are commonly loffe of tyme ; but there is no fuch gaine of tyme, as to iterate often the flate of the queflion ; for it chafeth away manie a fri- volous fpeach, as it is Com- meing foorth. Long and curious fpeaches are as fitt for difpatche, as a Robe or Mantell with a long trayne, is for race. Pre- faces and paffages, and excufacions, and other fpeaches of reference to tlie perfon, are great wafles of tyme, and thoughe they feeme to proceede of mo- deflie, they are bravery. Yet beware of being to materiall, when there is any impediment, or ob- {Iruccion in Mens wills ; For preoccupacion ever requireth preface ; like a fomentacion to make the vnguent enter. lY. 1612. set. 52. then he could haue bin at once. But fometimes it is feene, that the modc7'- aior is more troublefome, then the ABor. Iterations are commonly loffe of time ; but there is no fuch gaine of time, as to iterate often the ftate of the queflion : For it chafeth away many a fri- uolous fpeech, as it is com- ming forth. Long and curious fpeeches are as fit for difpatch, as a Robe or Mantle with a long traine, is for race. Pre- faces, and paffages, and excufations, and other fpeeches of reference to the perfon, are great wafles of time, and though they feeme to proceede of mo- defly, they are brauery. Yet beware of being too materiall, when there is any impediment, or ob- flrudlion in mens will. For preoccupation euer requireth preface .• like a fomentation to make the vnguent enter. 1" Actor. Oratorem, ' speaker.' 18 Friuolous. Frorsus abs re, ' altogether away from the subject.' 19 Robe or Mantle, &c. Toga prcelonga, Tcrra7>i vcrrens, ' a robe too long, sweeping the ground.' 20^ Passages. Transitiones bellce, ' pretty transiUons. XIX. OF DESPA TC II. iM V. 1625. ast. 65. he could haiie been, if he had gone on, in his owne courfe. But fometimes it is feene, that the Moder- ator is more troublefome, then the Actor.^" Iterations are commonly loffe of Time : But there is no fuch Gaine of Time, as to iterate often the State of the QueJIion: For it chafeth away many a Fri- uolous^^ Speech,as it is com- ming forth. Long and Curious Speeches, are as fit for Difpatch, as a Robe or Mantle^^ with a long Traine, is for Race. Pre- faces, and Paffages,-*^ and Excufations, and other Speeches of Reference to the Perfon,'-^ are great wafls of Time ; And though they feeme to proceed of jNIo- defly, they are Brauery.^- Yet iDeware of being too IMateriall,-^ when there is any Impediment or Ob- (Iruction in Mens Wils ; For Pre-occupation of Minde. euer requireth preface of Speech ; Like a Fomentation^-* to make the vnguent enter. 21 Person. Personatn loquentis, 'the person of the speaker.' 22 Brauery. Gloriolce captatrices, ' to coitch a. WtiXc gXoTy.' 23 Too materiall. Ne hi rem ipsajn, ab initio, descendas, ' of going too deep into the matter, from the beginning.' 2* Fomentation. Fontentationisante ung^ienUim, ' fomentation before an unguent.' 248 A HARMONY OF THE ESSAYS. III. 1607-12. a3t. 47-52. Above all thinges order, and diflribucion is the life of difpatche, fo as the diflribucion be not too fubtile. Ffor he that doth not devide, will never enter well into bufnieffe ; and he that devideth to much, will never come out of it clearelye. To chiXe tyme is to fj^-ve tyme, and an vnfeafonable mocion is but beating the ayre. There be 3 partes of bufmeffe, the prepara- cion ; the debate, or exa- minacion ; and the per- feccion ; Whereof, yf you look e for difpatche, lett the midle onely be the worke of Many, and the firfl and laft the worke of few. The proceeding vponn fome- what conceived in writing doth for the mofl part faci- litate difpatch ; For thoughe it fhould be whollie re- iecfled, yet that Negative is more pregnant of a di- reccion, then an indefinite, as aflies are more gener- tive then dufl. IV. 1612. aet. 52. Aboue all things, order and diftribution is the life of difpatch : fo as the diflribution bee not too fubtiil : For he that doth not diuide, will neuer enter well into bufmeffe ; and he that diuideth too much will neuer come out of it clearely. To chufe time, is to faue time, and an vnfeafonable motion is but beating the aire. There bee three parts of bufmeffe ; the prepara- tion, the debate, or exa- mination, and the per- fedlion. Whereof if you looke for difpatch, let the midle onely be the worke of many, and the firfl and lafl the worke of few. The proceeding vpon fome- what conceiued in writing, doth for the mofl part faci- litate difpatch : For though it ihould bee wholly re- ie6led, yet that Negatiue is more pregnant of a di- redlion, then an indefinite; as aflies are more gener- atiue then dufl. 25 Neuer . . . clearely. Vix, 'hardly.' 26 After Beating the Ayre. Et tempore abtiti, ' and wasting time. XIX. OF D ES P A T C //. 249 V. 1625. set. 65. Aboue all things, Ordcr^ and Dijlribution, and Singling out of Farts ^ is the life oiDif patch ; So as the Dijlribution be not too fubtill : For he that doth not diuide, will neuer enter well into Bufineffe ; And he that diuideth too much, will neuer come out of it clearely.^^ To choofeTime, is to faue Time ; And an Vnfeafonable !Motion is but Beating the Ayre.-*^ There be three Parts of Bufmeffe : The Prcpai'a- iion ; The Debate^ or Exa- mination ; And the Fer- feclion. Whereof, if you looke for Difpatch, let the Middle onely be the AVorke of Many, and the FirfL and LafttheWorkeof Few. The Proceeding-" vpon fome- what conceiued in "Writing, doth for the moft part faci- litate Difpatch : For though it Ihould be wholly re- iected, yet that Negatiue is more pregnant of Di- rection, -^then an /;/^^;///itia fuit, 'was less favourable to.' XX. OF DEFORMITY. 251 V. 1625. aet. 65, British Museum Copy. 44. ^i pcformitg. \ Eformcd Fcrfons are commonly euen with^ Na- ture : For as Na- ture hath done ill- by them; So doe they by^ Nature : Being for the mofl part, (as the Scripture faith) void of Naturall Affeclion ;^ And fo they haue their Reuenge of Nature.^ Cer- tainly there is a Confent between the Body and the Minde ; And where Na- ture erreth in the One, fhe ventureth in the Other. Vbi pcccai i?i v?io, per id it a- tiir in altero. But becaufe, there is in Man, an Elec- tion touching the Frame of his Minde, and a Ne- ceffity in the Frame of his Body, the Starres of Na- tural! Inclination, are fometimes obfcured, by the Sun of Difcipline, and Vertue. Therefore, it is good to confider of De- formity, not as a Signe, which is more Deceiuable ; " Rom. i. 31. 3 Doe . . by. Adversi, 'are opposed to* * And so they haue their Reuenge of Nature. Omitted in the Latin. 252 A HARMONY OF THE £SSAVS. III. 1607-12. set. 47-52. but as a caiife which fel- dome faileth of th'effe6t. Whofoever hath anie thnig fixed in his perfon, that doth induce contempt, hath alfo a perpetuall fpurre in himfelf to ref- cue, and dehver himfelf from fcorne. Therefore all deformed perfons are extreame bold, Firfl as in theire owne defence, as being expofed to fcorne, but in proceffe of tyme, by a generall habitt. Alfo it flirreth in them In- duflrie, and fpecially of this kind to watch, and obferve the weakeneffes of others, that they may have fomewhat to repay. Againe in their Superiours it quencheth lealoufie to- wardes them, as perfons that they thinke they may at pleafure defpife, and it layeth theire Competi- tours and semulatours af- leepe, as never beleeving they fhould be in poffi- bility of advauncement, till they fee them in poffef- lY. 1612. set. 52. but as a caufe, which fel- dome faileth of the effe6\. Whofoeuer hath any thing fixed in his perfon, that doth induce contempt ; hath alfo a perpetuall fpurre in himfelfe, to ref- cue and deliuer himfelf from fcorne. Therefore all deformed perfons are extreme bold .• firfl, as in their owne defence, as being expofed to fcorne ; but in proceffe of time, by a generall habite. Alfo, it flirreth in them in- duflrie, and fpecially of tliis kinde, to watch and obferue the weakneffe of others, that they may haue fomewhat to repay. Againe in their fuperiours, it quencheth ieloufie to- wards them, as perfons that they thinke they may at pleafure defpife ; and it layeth their competi- tors and emulators af- leepe : as neuer beleeuing they fliould bee in poffi- bility of aduancement, till they fee them in poffef- 5 Rescue. Omitted in the Latin. ^ Generall. Acquisition 'acquired.* ^ Obserue. Omitted in the Latin. XX. OF DEFORMITY. 253 V. 1625. 3et. 6; But as a Caiife, which fel- dome faileth of the Effect. VVhofoeuer hath any Thing fixed in his Perfon, that doth enduce Contempt, hath alfo a perpetuall SpuiTe in himfelfe, to ref- ciie-^ and deliuer himfelfe from Scorne : Therefore all Deformed Perfons are extreme Bold. Firfl, as in their own Defence, as being expofed to Scorn ; But in Proceffe of Time, by a Generall^ Habit. Alfo it flirreth in them In- duRry, and efpecially of this kinde, to watch and obferue" the Weakneffe^ of Others, that they may haue fomewhat to repay. Againe, in their Superiours, it quencheth lealoufie^ to- wards them, as Perfons that they think they may at pleafure defpife : And it layeth their Competi- tours and Emulatours af- leepe;Asneuerbeleeuing,^'^ they fhould be in poffi- bility of aduancement,^^ till they fee them in Poffef- i* Weaknesse. Defechis et Infirtnitates, ' defects and weaknesses.' 9 Ieal')usie. Suspicioncs et Zelotypiam, 'suspicions and jealousy.' 10 Beleeuing. Suspicantes, ' suspecting.' " .4/i!^r aduancement. Adhanores, ' to honours.' 25+ A HARMONY OF THE ESS A VS. III. 1607-12. iut. 47-52. fion. Soe that vponn the whole matter in a great Witt deformitye is an advantage to ryfing. Kinges in aun- cient tymes, and at this prefent in fome Countryes, were wont to putt great trufl in Eiumc/ies, be- caufe they that are en- \'yoiis towardes all, are more obnoxious and of- ficious towardes one. But yet theire truft towardes them hath rather beene as to good fpyalls, and good Whifperers, then good Magiflrates and offi- cers. And much like is the reafon of deformed perfons. Still the grounde is, they will if they be of fpiritt feeke to free them- felves from fkorne, which mufl be either by vertue, or malice ; and therefore they prove either the befl of Men, or the worfl, or flrangely mixed. IV. 16 1 2. aet. 52. fion. So that vpon the wholematter,in agreatwit, deformity is an aduantage to rifing. Kings in an- cient times, and at this prefent in fome Countries were wont to put great truft in Ewmches ; be- caufe they that are en- uious towards all, are more obnoxious and of- ficious towards one. But yet their truft towards them, hath rather beene as to good fpials, and good wliifperers ; then good Magiflrates, and offi- cers. And much like is the reafon of deformed perfons. Still the ground is, they will, if they bee of fpirit, feeke to free them- felues from fcorne : which mufl bee either by vertue, or malice ; and therefore they prooue either the befl of men, or the worfl, or flrangely mixed. 1' After Possession. Hononttii, of honours.' 13 C)bnoxious. Obnoxii, ' submissive.' 1* Ground. Reguln, qiiam atttea posieintus, ' the rule, which we have before laid down.' XX. OF DEFORMITY. • 255 V. 1625. set. 65. fion.^2 So that, vpon the matter, in a great Wit, Deformity is an Aduantage to Rifing. Kings in An- cient Times, (And at this prefent in fome Countries,) were -vvont to put Great TrufL in EumtcJis ; Be- caufe they, that are En- uious towards All, are more Obnoxious ^-^ and Of- ficious towards One. But yet their Trull towards them, hath rather beene as to good Spialls, and good Whifperers ; then good Magiflrates, and Offi- cers. And much like is the Reafon of Defornird Perfons. Still the Ground^'* is, they will, if they be of Spirit, feeke to free them- felues from Scorne ;^-^ Which mufl be, either by Vertue, or MaUce : And therefore, let it not be Maruelled, if fometimes they proue Excellent Perfons; As was Agefilaiis, Zaiigertho. Sonne oi Solvmaji, y£foJ>e, Gajca Prefident of Pent ; And Socrates may goe likewife amongfl them j with Others. W Scome. Derisn et Ignoininia, ' scorn and ignominy.' 2;6 A HARMONY OF THE ESSAYS. III. 1607-12. tet. 47-52- Harlcian MS. 5106. 19. @f 3}oitng pen anb ^ge. Man that is yong in yeares maie be old in howers, if he have loft noe tyme ; but that happeneth rarely. Generally youth is like the firfl Cogitacions not fo wife, as the fecond ; For there is a youth in thoughtes as well as in Ages. Natures that have much heate, and great and violent deiiers, and perturbacions, are not ripe for accion, till they have paffed the Meri- dian of their yeares ; but repofed Natures may doe well in youth, IV. 16 1 2. tet. 52. 23. @f Soung lEcit aitti ^ge. Man that is young in yeeres, may bee old in houres ; if he haue loft no time. But that happeneth rarely. Generally youth is like the firft cogitations, not fo wife as the fecond : For there is a youth in thoughts, af- well as in ages. Natures that haue much heat, and great and violent defn-es and perturbations, are not ripe for adlion, till they haue paffed the meri- dian of their yeeres ,* but repofed natures may doe well in youth : as on thother fide heate as on the other fide heate and vivacity in age is an | and viuacity in age is an U2. Uariations in posH)untou0 ILatin ISUition of 1638. 1 Title. De Iu7r, ' mota advanced age' XXI. OF YOUTH AND AGE. 263 V. 1625. afct. 65. bine, vpon the Text ; Yotir Young Men/liallfce vifions, a?id your Old Men JJiall dreamedreames f Inferreth, that Young Men are ad- mitted nearer to God then Old \ Becaufe Vifion is a clearer^" Reiielation,thena Dreame. And certainly, the more a Man drinketh of the World, the more it intoxicateth ; And^^j,'-^doth profit rather in the Powers of Vndenlanding, then in the Vertues of the Will and Affeclions. There be forae haue an Ouer-early Ripeneffe in their yeares,^^ which fadeth betimes :^^ Thefe are firfl, Such as haue Brittle Wits, the Edge whereof is foone turned ; Such as was HertnogeJies the Rhetorician, whofe Books are exceeding Subtill ; AVho afterwards waxed Stupid. A Second Sort is of thofc, that haue fome natarall difpofitions, which haue better Grace in Youth, then in Age : Such as is a fluent and Luxuriant Speech ; which becomes-*^ Youth well, but not Age: So 7////r faith oi Hortentius \ Idtm manebat, neque idem decehat.^ The third is of fuch, as take too high a Straine at the Firfl ; And are Magnanimous, more then Tract of yeares'-^ can vphold. As was Scipio Affricanus, of whom Liuy^ faith in eftecl ; Vltima primis cedebant.'^ ^^Qfp * Joel. ii. 28. ^ H ereinainedtJic same, but it did not equally become hiiK. Cic. Brutus. gs- ' Livy. xxxviii. 53. <* Tkc last things fell zhort 0/ the Jirst. Ovid. Heroides \x. 23. 24. 264 A HARMONY OF THE £SSA VS. MI. 1607-12. set. 47-52. I IV. Harhian MS. 5106. 22. ^i JHarmge anti jingle %\it. JE that hath wife, and children, hath given hof- tages to fortune ; for they are impedimentes to great enterprizes, either of vertiie, or of mifcheif Certainly the beft workes, and of greateft meritt for the publique, haiie procee- ded from vnmarryed, or childleffe Men which have fought eternity in Memory and not in Pofteritye, and which both in affeccion and meanes have marryed, and endowed the publique. Yet fome there are that leade a fingle life whofe thoughtes doe end with themfelves, l6l2. set. 52. 5. @f JEaiTwge aitti jsingle lite. EE that hath wife and children, hath giuen hof- tages to fortune. For they are impediments to great enterprifes, either of vertue or mifchief Certainly the beft works, and of greateft merit ; for the publike haue procee- ded from the vnmarried,, or childleffe men; which haue fought eternity in memory, and not in pofterity ; and which both in affe(51ion and means, haue married and endowed the publike. Yet fome there are, that lead a fmgle life whofe thoughts doe ende with themfelues, HE. ITarintlons in postljumous Uatin lEUition of 1638. 1 Either of Vertue. Sive ad Virtutem taidat qnis, ' whether a man inclines to virtue.' '•^ Best workes. (Wi alibi diximiis) 'as we have said elsewhere.' [This clause was added to the Latin version in 1625. It probably refers to the passage added in the last English edition of the next Essay, see /. 273. Mr W._ A. Wright quotes also the following like passage from Infeliccni inemoriain Elizabetliw, translated in the Rcsitscitatio, p. 186, Ed. 1657. " Childlesse she was, and left no Issjic behuid Her ; wliich was the Case of many, of the most fortunate Princes ; Alexander the Greats JhHus Ccesar, Trajan, and XXII. OF MARRIAGE AND SINGLE LIFE. 265 V, 1625. British Museum Copy. 8. (©f Ittarriaige ant) jingle %XU, aet. 65. E that hath Wife and C/iildfcn, hath giuen Hof- tagesto Fortune; For they are Impediments. to great Enterprifes, either of Vertue/ or Mifchiefe. Certainly, thebefl. workes,- and of greatefl Merit for the Pubhke, haue procee- ded from the vnmarried^ or Childlejj'e Men ; which. both in Affeclion, and Meanes, haue married and endowed the Pubhke. Yet it were great Reafon, that thofe that haue Chil- dre?i, fhould haue greatefl care of future times ; vnto which, they know, they mufl tranfmit, their dear- efl pledges. Some there are, who though they lead a Single Life,^ yet their Thoughts doe end with themfelues, others. And this is a Case, that hath been often controverted, and argi.ed, on both sides ; Whilest some hold, the ivatit of Children, to be a Diminu- tion, of our Happinesse ; As if it should be an Estate, more then Human, to be happy, both in our own Persons, and in our Descendants: But others, do account, the -wnnt of Children, as an Addition to Earthly Happinesse ; In as much, as that Happinesse, may be said, to be compleat, over which For- tune hath no Power, when we are gone : W^hich, if we ieaue Children, can- not be."] 3 Vnmarried. Omitted in the I^tin. * After Single Life. Tainen Memories sua incuriosi sunt, ' yet are care less of their memory.' 266 A HARMONY OF THE ESSAYS. III. 1607-12. ?et. 47-52. and doe accompt future tymes impertinencyes, Nay there are fome other that eReeme wife, and children but as Bills of Charges ; but the mofl ordinaiy caufe of a fingle life is libertye, fpecially in certaine felf pleafing, and humorous mindes, which are fo fenfible of every reflriccion, as they will goe neere to thinke theire Girdles, and garters to be bondes and fhackles. Vnmarryed Men are befl Frendes, beft Maiflers, beft Seruauntes, not alwaies befl Subie6les, for they are light to run away, and almofl all Fugi- tives are of that condicion. A fingle life is proper for Church Men ; For Charity will hardlie water the grounde where it mufl firfl fill a Poole ; it is indiffer- ent for ludges, and Magif- ly. 161 2. ait. 52. and doe account future times, impertinences. Nay there are fome others, that efleeme wife and children, but as bils of charges. But the mofl ordinarie caufe of a fmgle life, is liberty ; fpecially in certain felf- pleafmg and humorous minds, which are fo fenfible of euery reflri6tion, as they wil go neere to thinke their girdles and garters to be bonds and fliakles. Vnraarried men are befl friends; beft maflers ; befl feruants ; not alwaies befl fubie6ls; for they are light to run away ; and almofl all fugi- tiucs are of that condition. A fingle life is proper for Churchmen. For charity wil hardly water the ground, where it mufl firfl fill a poole. It is indiffer- ent l^or ludges and Magif- 5 Rich couetous. Avari, 'avaricious.' fi Humorous. Phantasticis, ' fantastic' ^ Light. E.xf>cditi, 'unencumbered.' XXII. OF MARRIAGE AND SINGLE LIFE. 267 V. 1625. set. 65. and account future Times, Impertinences. Nay there are fome other, that account Wife and Children, but as Bills of Charges. Nay more, there are fome fooUfh rich couetous^ Men, that take a pride in hauing no Children, be- caufe they may be thought, fo much the richer. For perhaps, they haue heard fome talke; Such an one is a great rich Man ; And another except to it ; Yea, hut he hath a great charge of Children: As if it were an Abatement to his Riches. But the mofl ordinary caufe of a Single Li fe^ is Liberty; efpecially,incertaine Selfe- pleafmg, and humorous^ Mindes, which are fo fenfible of euery refLraint, as they will goe neare, to thinke their Girdles, and Garters, to be Bonds and vShackles. Vnmari'ied Men are befl Friends ; beft Maflers; beflSeruants; but not ahvayes befl Subiedls ; For they are light" to runne away; AndalmoflallFugi- tiues are of that Condition. A Single Life doth well with Church men :^ For Charity^ will hardly water the Ground, where it muR firfl fiUaPoole.io It is indiffer- ent for ludges and Magif- * Churchmen. Ecclcsiasticis, 'clergymen.' * Charity. Qnis, 'anyone.' i** Poole. Si prius Stng7iialiaij)tsReceptactihuntntervtniai, 'if a reser- voir of water is interposed.' 268 A HARMONY OF THE £SSA VS. III. 1607-12. 3et. 47-52. trates ; for if they be facile, and corrupt, you fhall have a Seruaunte five tyme[s w]orfe then a Wife, For Souldiours I finde the [genera] lis commonlye in theire hortatives putt Men in [minde] of theire wives, and Children, and I thinke the [defpifinjg of Marriage amongefl the Turkes mak- eth [the vulgjar Souldior more bafe. Certainely wife, [and chi]ldren are a kind of difcipline of hu- manity [and fi]ngle men are more cruell, and hard hearted [go]od to make feuere Inquifitours. Grave Natures led by Cuf- tome, and therefore con- flant are commonly loving hufbandes, as was faied of Vliffes^ vetidam prce- tulit iminortalitati. Chafle Women are often proud,and fro ward as prefuming vponn the meritt of theire Chafli- tye. It is one of the befl. . bandes both of Chaflitye IV. 161 2. set. 52. trates. For if they be facile and corrupt, you fliall haue a feruant hue times worfe then a wife. For Souldiers, 1 find the Generals commonly in their hortatiues, put men in minde of their wiues, and children : and I thinke the defpifing of marriage, amongft the Turkes, mak- eth the vulgar Souldier more bafe. Certainely, wife and children are a kinde of difcipline of hu- manity.- and fmgle men are more cruell and hard- hearted; good to make feuere inquifitors. Graue natures led by cuf- tome, and therefore con- flant, are commonly louing hufbands : as was faid of Vliffes ; Veiulam prcE- iulit iminortalitati. Chafle women are often proud and froward, as prefuming vpon the merit of their chafli- ty. It is one of the befl bonds both of chaftity 11 Worse. Ad hnjusmodi Lncra captanda, ' at getting gain of this kind.' 12 Wiues and Children. Charitates Vxorum et Liberoruiiiy 'the love of their wives and children.' i:j Charitable. Munijici et chnritativi, ' mnnificent and charitable." 1* Hard hearted. Sine visceribus, ' without bowels.' XXII. OF MARRIAGE AND SINGLE LIFE. 269 V. 1625. aet. 65. trates : Forif they be facile, and corrupt, you (hall haue a Seruant, fiue times worfe^^ than a Wife. For Souldiers, I finde the General Is commonly in their Hortatiues, put Men in minde of their Wines andChildren}- And I thinke the Defpifmg of Marriage^ amongft the Turkes, mak- eth the vulgar fouldier more bafe. Certainly, Wife and Children, are a kinde of Difcipline of Hu- manity .• hx\Afuigle Men, though they be many times more Charitable,^^ becaufe their Meanes are lelfe exhaufl ; yet, on the other fide, they are more cruell, and hard hearted,^* (good to make feuere Inquifitors) becaufe their Tenderneffe,^^ is not fo oft called vpon.^*^ Graue Natures, led by Cuf- tome, and therfore con- flan t, are commonly louing Husbands; As was faid of Vlyffes; VetiilanifuamprcE- tulit InwiOJ'talitati.^ Chafl Women areoftenProud,and froward, as Prefuming vpon the merit of their Chafli- ty. It is one of the beft Bonds, both of ChaRity ° He preferred his little old woman to immortality, [i.e. to Circe.] Cic Dc Oratore. i. 44. 15 Tendernesse. Indulgentia et Teneritiido Affcctuum, 'indulgence and tenderness of the affections.' ic Called vpon. Evocatur, et excitatur, ' called out and roused ud.' 270 A HARMONY OF THE ESSAYS. III. 1607-12. set. 47-52. and obedience in the wife, if fliee thinke her liufband wife, which fhee will never doe, if fliee finde him iealous. Wives are younge rrjens mifLreffes, Companions to men of midle age, and old Mens Nurfes. So as a Man may have a quarrell to marrye when he will, but yet he was reputed one of the Wife Men, that made aunfweare to the queRion IV/ien a ManJJwuld inarrie, A younger Man not yet, an elder Man not at all. IV. 1612. 3et. and obedience in the wife ; if fhee thinke her husband wife ; v/hich fliee will neuer doe, if fliee finde him ielous. Wiues are young mens miflreffes ; companions for middle age ; and old mens nurfes. So as a man may haue a quarrell to marry when, hee will ; but yet hee was reputed one of the wife men, that made anfwere to the queflion ; W/ie?i a manJJioiddmarrie'i A young man not yet, an elder man not at all. ^^ Quarrell. Ansa, 'handle.' 18 When he will. yEtatibns siitgitlis,* tuX cstry ^^^? '3 It rayseth the Price of. Hoc viodo pretiuin addatiir, 'in this manner value is added to.' 20 Choosing. Expetiti et electi fiierini, ' V/Cic desired and chosen.' XXII. OF MARRIAGE AND SINGLE LIFE. 271 V. 1625. set. 65. and Obedience, in the Wife, if She thinke her IIusba7id \W\{q ; which She will neuer doe, if She finde him Jealous. IVii/es are young Mens Miflreffes ; Companions for middle Age ; and old IMens Nurfes. So as a Man may haiie a QuarrelP" to marry, when he will.^^ But yet, he was reputed one of the wife Men, that made Anfwer to the Queflion; When a Man fliould marry ? A yojuig Man not yet, an Elder Man not at all."' It is often feene, that bad Husbands, haue very good Wines \ whether it be, that it rayfeth the Price^^ of their Husbands Kindneffe, when it comes ; Or that the Wiues take a Pride, in their Patience. But this neuer failes,if the hd^AHusbands were of their owne choofmg,^^ againft their Friends confent ; For then, they will be fure,^^ to make good'-- their owne Folly. ° Thales being asked, when a Man should marrie, sayd : Young Men nai yet, old Men not at aU. Lord Bacon's ApoJ>Jith. No. 220. Ed. 1625. 21 Will be sure. Atiimus iis semper adest, 'they will always have a mind.' 22 Make good. Panitere non videantiir, * not to seem to repent.' 272 A HARMONY OF T If E ESSAYS. III. 1607-12. set. 47-52. Harleian MS. 5106. 23. @f Parent*; ant) (Jll)iU tircn. He loyes of Par- entes are secrett, and fo are theire greifes, and feares ; they cannot vtter the one, nor they will not vtter the other. Children fweeten laboures, but they make miffortunes more bitter, they encreafe the Cares of life, but they mitti- gate the remembraunce of death. The perpetuity by generacion is common to b[eafL]es, but memorie, and meritt, and noble workes are [proper] to Men. They that are the rayfers of theire h[oufes a]re moft indulgent to- wardes theire Children, beh[olding th]em, as the contynuance not onely of theire ki[nd, but] of theire worke, and fo both Chil- IV. 1612. set. 52. 6. @f parents; anti OTliiU tJrcn. He ioyes of Pa7'- ents are fecret, and fo are their griefs and feares : they cannot vtter the one, nor they will not vtter the other. Children fweeten labors, but they make misfortunes more bitter : they increafe the cares of life, but they mitti- gate the remembrance of death. The perpetuitie by generation, is common to beafls ; but memorie, merit, and noble works are proper to men. They that are the firft raifers of their houfe, are moft indulgent to- wards their children ; beholding them, as the continuance, not only of their kind, but of their worke ; and fo both chil- US. ITnrintions in poslbu»nous linlin lEDition of 1638. 1 Labours. Laborcs hnmanos, ' human labours.' a Noble. Omitted in the Latin. XXIII. OF PARENTS AND CHILDREN. 273 V. 1625. act. 65. British Museum Copy. 7. ©f Parents anb (Jlljiltircn, He loyes of Par- ents are Secret ; And fo are their Griefes, and Feares : They cannot vtter the one; Nor they will not vtter the other. Cliildren fweeten Labours •} But they make Misfortunes more bitter : They increafe the Cares of Life; but they miti- gate the Remembrance of Death. The Perpetuity by Generation is common to Beads; But Memory, Merit, and Noble^ Avorkes,are proper to Men: And furely a Man Ihall fee, the Noblefl workes, and Foundations, haue proceeded from CJiildleffe Men ; which haue fought to expreffe the Images of their Minds ; where thofe of their Bodies haue failed : So the care of Poflerity, is mofl. in them, that haue no Poflerity. They that are the firfl Raifers of their Houfes,^ are mofl Indulgent to- wards their Children ; Beholding them, as the Continuance, not only of their kinde, but of their Worke f And fo both 67///- 3 First Raisers . . . Houses. Qui Honores in Familiam siiam frimi ijitrodunint, ' those who first bring honour into their faniihes.' * But of their Worke. Sed ut Keruut a se gesiarutn Hceredes : ' but as the heirs of their work.' s 274 A II A U M O N \ O V 111 i: /■:.ss.i )\S\ TIT. 1607-12. ii'i. 47-5 i- then, nnd ('ijc;Uuvi>s]. The (lillorfuro of .\\Xcc- TV. \C)\2. ;vt. 52. ilicMi .ind (Moaturos. 'Vhc iWd'cvvucc o( affcclion tion,in l'-in"ntos,to\\|;n\l('s , lion in p.uxMils towards thcir]r Icvciall rhildivn 1 ihcir iciuMall ( hiklron. is manic tvnu's vnctiuall | is many limes viHM[na [and llonuMN nu^svnworlhic. specially in llie nuuher, as S(i /onion faielli. A wijc fonne rdoycdh the fatlw\ but an 7>n!^r of I he eldell rcfpei5led, and (he yong- rll made wanti^ns. ImiI in tlie midK\ Tiinu' that are as it were torm^ten, who iK^ver- theh's prove the hell. rhi> ilhheiahtvi> ol" Tar- t-nti's \\\ aUowanee to- wardc\s thrill^ ( 'hihhen is an hai nuMiill iMTour. makes them l^de, aecpiaintes and lomtMinus vnwortliy : Ipeeially in the mother ; as Salomon faitli ; A 7c young- ell made wanli>ns ; but in the mitUlle, lome that are as it were t"or;;otliMi; who i\euer- thelelVe protnie the bed. The illiherality o'^ Tar ents in a 1 Iowa nee to- wards their children is an harmel"iill crvoi-: makes them bale; actjuaints them with ihiftes makes | them with ihifts. makes ihcm lorle willi meanc | tluan lorl with nu\me Companic", nnd makes i comi^anic ; an»l makes them rurfctt nuM'e, when them lurlel more, when they come to plcnly ; And lliererore the prooli' is ihev come to jilcnty. And thercfcMV the jinK^le is bell, when Men kccin- ! bell, \\\\c\\ nuai ki-epe tluaic- auihtuilvc towardes their authority towards theiii> Children, but ni>t tlu^r children, but not theire inure. Men have \ their i)urre. Men luiuc f> Hotuo I'lil! .>r('hiMicii. DomofatcHHiiiiy et Lib^iMrum pleHo^ 'aproUfic hon>>r, lull ol cluUiicn.' XXIII. OF PARENTS AND CHILDREN 275 V. 1625. a,-t. 65. drcn and Creatures. The difterence in Affec- tion, of Parents, towards tlieir feiierall Chihiren^ is many times vnequall ; And fometimes vnworthy ; Efpecially in the mother ; As Salomon faith ; A wife foiine reioyceth the Father ; but an vngracious fo?me JJiames the Mother. A Man fliall fee, where there is a Houfe full of Chi/dren,^ one or two, of the P^ldefl, refpecled, and the Young- efl made wantons ; But in the middefl, fome that are, as it were forgotten who, many times, neuer- thclcffe, prone the befl. The Illibcralitie of Par- ents, in allowance to wards their Children, is an harmefullErrour; Makes them bafe ; Acquaints them with Shifts; Makes them fort with meane Company ; And makes them furfet more, when they come to Plenty: And therefore, the Proofe is befl, when Men keepe their Authority towards their Children, but not their Purfe.*^ Men haue " Prov. X. I. * But not their Purse. Cntvicnatn laxant, ' loosen iheir purse* 276 A H A R M O N Y OF T H E .^ ^-^-y^ VS. TIL 1607-12. aet. 47-52. J, fooliflie manner, both Parentes Schoole-Maiflers, and Seruauntes in creating, and breeding an emulacion betweene brothers during Childhood, which manic tymes forteth to difcord when they are Men, and diflurbeth famihes. The Italians make Htle differ- ence betweene Children, and Nephues, or neare Kinffolkes ; but fo they be of the lumpe, they care not, though e they paffe not throug]ie theire o^^Tle body; and to faie Truth in nature it is much a like matter, in fo much that wee fee a Nephewe fome- tymes refembleth an vncle, or a kinfeman more then his owne Parent, as the bloud happens. a IV. 16 1 2. tet. 52. a foolifli manner, both Parents, Schoolemaflers, and feruants, in creating and breeding an emulation betweene brothers during childhood, which many times forteth to difcord when they are men, and diflurbeth families. The Italians make little differ- ence betweene children and nephewes, or neere kinsfolke : But fo they be of the lumpe, they care not, thougli they paffe not through their owne body : and to fay truth, in nature it is much a like matter, in fo much that wee fee a nephewe fome- times refembleth an vncle, or a kinfman, more then his owne Parent, as the blood happens. e^s:^C^3>«s °' Choose the best, habit ivill easily and pleasatitly bring it to pass. A saying of Pythagoras, quoted by Plutarch. IJe Exilio. c. 8. ^ Vocations, and Courses. Cuivita Gejieri, 'what kind of life.' 8 Flexible. Flexibiles, et ccrci, 'flexible and soft ilike wax).' ^ Extraordinary. Erga aliquod Stitdiuin insignis, ' extraordinary to- wards any pursuit.' ^^ Crosse it. Nat7ir(e, aut Tndoli rcpugtiet, ' resist nature or disposition.' ^1 Fortunate. Fortiuue Filii, ' sons of fortune.' ^^ SeldoDie or neuer. Sed raro, ant 7i7inqnain, prospcruvt sortiunttir ExitnjH, ' but rarely or never, do they obtain a happy end.' XXIII. OF PARENTS AND CHILDREN. 277 V. 1625. 3et. 65. afoolifh manner (both Par- ents., and Schoole-maflers, and ScTuants) in creating and breeding an Emulation between Brothers, during Childhood., which many times forteth to Difcord, when they are Men ; And diflurbeth FamiHes. The Italians make Uttle differ- ence betweene Children, and Nephewes, or neere Kinffolkes ; But fo they be of the Lumpe, they care not, though they paffe not through their owne Body. And, to fay Truth, in Nature, it is much a hke matter; In fo much, that we fee a Nephew, fome- times,refemblethan Vncle, or a Kinfman, more then his owne Parent; As the Bloud happens. Let Parents choofe betimes, the Vocations, and Courfes,^ they meane their Children fhould take ; For then they are mofl flexible f And let them not too much apply themfelues, to the Difpo- fition of their Children, as thinking they will take befl to that, which they haue moft Minde to. It is true, that if the Affection or Aptneffe of the Children, be Extraordinary,^ then it is good, not to croffe it -^^ But generally the Precept is good ; Optimum clige, fuave et facile illud faciei Confuetudo.'^ Younger Brothers are commonly Fortunate,^^ but feldome or neuer,^- where the Elder are difmherited. 278 A HARMONY OF THE ESS A VS. III. 1607-12. a3t. 47-52. Harleian HIS. 5106. 24. ©f ^reat plate. En in great place, are thrice ser- iiauntes ; fer- vauntes of the Sovereigne, or State, fer- vauntes of fame, and fer- uauntes of bufineffe; fo as they have noe freedome, neither in theire perfons, nor in theire accions.nor in theire tymes. ItisafLraunge defier to feeke power, and to leefe Hbertye, or to feeke power over others, and to leefe power over a Mans felf. The ryfmg vnto place is laborious, and by paynes Men come to greater paines; and it is fometymes bafe, and by Indignities Men come to Dignityes; the land- ing is flipery, and the regreffe is either a downe- fall, or at leafl an Eclipfc, which is a Melancholic thing. Nay, retire men cannott when they would, Neither will they when it were IV. 16 1 2. set. 52. 8. @f (Igreat flace. ^Va\ in great place, are thrice fer- uants ; fer- uants of the Soueraigne, or flate ; fer- uants of fame, and fer- uants of bufmeffe. So as they haue no freedome, neither in their perfons, nor in their actions, nor in their times. It is a ftrange defire to feeke power, and to lofe liberty : or to feeke power ouer others, and to lofe power ouer a mans felfe. The rifmg vnto place is laborious, and by paines men come to greater paines : and it is fometimes bafe, and by indignities men come to dignities: the fland- ing is Ihppery ; and the regreffe is either a downe- fall, or at leafl an Ecdipfe ; which is a malancholy thing. Nay, retire, men cannot when they would, neither will they when it were yj. Ilariations in postlmmous lILnlin IZtJition of 1638. 1 Title. De Mngistratibns ^ Dignitatibns, 'of magistracies & dignities,' '- Lose. Exiin-e, 'cast off.' 3 Base. Imiignitatibiis iion lutcat ; 'is not \sithout indignities.' XXIV. OF GREAT PLACE. 279 V. 1625. gst. 65. British Museum Copy. 11. ©f (great piace.^ 'n in Great Place., are thrice Ser- iiants : Seruants of the Soiier- aigne or State ; Ser- uants of Fame ; and Ser- uants of Bufnieffe. So as they haue no Freedome ; neither in their Perfons ; nor in their A6lionsj nor in their Times. It is a flrange defire, to feeke Power, and to lofe- Libertie ; Or to ieeke Power ouer others, and to loofe Power ouer a Mans Selfe. The Rifmg vnto Place is Laborious \ And by Paines Men come to greater Paines ; And it is fometimes bafe f And by Indignities, Men come to Dignities. The land- ing* is flippery, and the Regreffe, is either a downe- fall, or at lead an EcHpfe, which is a Melancholy^ Thing. Cum noiifis., quifueris, non ejfe, cur veils viuere.'*' Nay, retire Men cannot, when they would ; neither will they, when it were " WJien thou art no longer what thoit tvnst, "why wishest thou to live. Cicero. EpistolcE Fainiliares. (ad Mariuni) vii. 3. * Standing. Statio in Dignitatibus, 'the standing in dignities.' 5 M elancholy. Triste quiddam, et MeUincliolicum, ' is a sad thing aiul melancholy.' 2So A HARMONY OF THE £SSA VS. III. 1607-12. cct. 47-52. reafon, but are impatient of privatenes, even in age and ficknes which requier the fliaddowe. Certainly great perfons hadneedeto borrowe other Mens opinions to thinke themfeh^es happie; for if they iudge by theire owne feehng, they cannot finde it ; but if they thinke with themfelves, what other Men thinke of them, and that other INIen would faine be as they are, then they are happie as it were by reporte, when perhapps they finde the contrary within ; for they are the firft, that finde theire owne greifes.thoughe they bee the lafl that finde theire owne faultes. Certainely Men in great fortunes are Straungers to themfelves, and while they are in the pufle of bufineffe, they have ijoe tyme to tend th eire health either of body, or minde, //// mors g?-auis maibat, qui notus iiiinis IV. 1612. ?et. 52. reafon ; but are impatient of priuateneffe, euen in age and fickneffe, which require the fliadow. Certainely, great perfons had need to borrow other mens opinions, to thinke themfelues happy : for if they iudge by their owne feeling, they cannot find it ; but if they thinke with themfelues, what other men thinke of them, and that other men would fain be as they are, then they are happy as it were by report, when perhappes they finde the contrarie within ; for they are the firfl that finde their owne griefes, though they bee the lafl that finde their own faults. Certainely men in great fortunes are flrangers to themfelues, and while they are in the pufllc of bufines they haue no time to tend their health, either of body or mind. JUi moi's grains ificubaf, qui notus 7iimis 6 Reason. Cum ratio postulat ui id faccrent, 'when reason demands that they should do it.' " Sicknesse. hifirinitns iugTidt, ' weakness attacks them.' 8 Shadow. Umbram et Otium, 'shadow and ease.' XXIV. OF GREAT PLACE. 281 V. 1625. eet. 65. Reafon:^* Butare impatient of priuateneffe, euen in Age, and SicknelTe,'' which require the Shadow:*^ Like old Townefmen, that will be Rill fitting at their Street doore ; though thereby they offer Age^ to Scorne. Certainly Great^*^ Perfons, had need to borrow other Mens Opinions; to thinke themfelues happy ; For if they iudge by their owne Feeling; they cannot finde it : But if they thinke with themfelues, what other men thinke of them, and that other men would faine be as they are, then they are happy, as it were by report ; When perhaps they finde the Contrary within. For they are the firfl, that finde their owne Griefs ; though they be the lafl, that finde their owne Faults. Certainly, Men in Great Fortunes, are flrangers to themfelues^ and while they are in the pufle of^^ bufineffe, they haue no time to tend their Health, either of Body, or Minde. //// Mors grauis inciibat^ qui notiis nimis 9 Age. Se^ ' themselves.' 10 Great. /« Magistratibus positis, 'placed in offices.' ^^ In the pusle of. Distrahunittr, ' are distracted by.* 282 A HARMONY OF THE ASSAYS. IV. i6t2. III. 1607-12. aet. 47-52. omnibus, ignotus nioritiir fibi. In place, there is licence to doe good, and evill ; Whereof the latter is a Curfe; For in evill, the best condicion is, not to will, the fecond, not to can : But power to doe good, is the true and law- full end of afpiringe. For good thoughtes (thoughe God accept them) yet towardes Men are litle better then good dreames, except they be putt in acl, and that cannott be without power, and place, as the vantage and Com- maunding ground. Meritt is the End of Mans mocion, and Conscience of Merite is the accom- ])lifhement of Mans Reil. plifliment of mans reft. For if a Man can in : For if a man can in anie meafure be par- i any meafure be per- laker of Godes Theater, he ; taker of Gods Theater he fhall likewife be partaker I fhall likewife be pertaker of Godes refl. Et conver- of Gods rejl. Et conuer- fus Deus 7)t afpiceret opera \fus Deus vt afpiceret opera quce fecerunt maniis sucb, i qu(Z feceriint manns siiff vidit quod omnia effent ! vidit quod omnia effent bona nimis, and then the 1 bona nimis, and then the Sabboth. In the difcharge Sabbath. In the difcharge of thie place, fett before of thy place, fet before ^t. 52. , omnibus, ignotus moritur fibi. In place there is licence to do good and euill.- wherof the latter is a curfe .• for in euill the befl condition is, not to will ; the fecond not to can. But power to doe good, is the true and law- full end of afpiring. For good thoughts, (though God accept them) yet towards men are little better then good dreamsV except they be put in Art ; and that cannot be without power and place ; as the vantage and com- manding ground. Merit is the ende of mans motion ; and confcience of merit is the accom- 1- For if a man can be partaker . . God's Rest. Omitted in the Latin. XXIV. OF GREAT PLACE. 283 V. J 625. set. 65. omnibus., igtiofus moriUir Jlbi.^ In Place, There is Licenfe to doe Good, and Euill ; wherof the latter is a Curfe ; For in Euill, the bed condition is, not to will ; The Second, not to Can. But Power to doe good, is the true and law- full End of Afpiring. For good Thoughts (though God accept them,) yet towards men, are little better then good Dreames ; Except they be put in A61 ; And that cannot be without Power, and Place ; As the Vantage, and Com- manding Ground. ]\Ierit, and good Works, is the End of Mans Motion \ And Confcience of the fame, is the Accom- pliflnnent of Mans Reft. For if a jNIan, can be Par- taker of Gods Theater, he fhall likewife be Partaker of Gods Refl.^^ Et coimer- f us Dili s, vt ajpiccret Opera., qua^ feceruiit vianus fucB, vidit quodoi7mia ejjent bona uimis f And then the Sabbath.'^ In theDifcharge of thy Place, fet before " Death lies heavily on the matt, who too well known to all, dies a stranger to himself. Seneca. Thyestes. Act ii. (Chorus). *> Genesis i. 31. * See p. loi. 284 A H A R ^I O N Y OF THE E SSA Y S. III. 1607-12. set. 47-52. thee the best Exemples; For Imitacion is a Globe of Preceptes. And after a tyme, fett before thee thyne owne Example, and ex- amine thiefelfflrictly, Whe- ther thou didfl not befL at firfl. Reforme without braverve, or Scandale of former tymes, and perfons, but yet fett it downe to thie felf, afvvell to create good Prefidentes, as to followe them. Reduce thinges to the firfl Inflitucion, and obferve wherein and how they have degenerate; but yet afke Councell of both tymes; of the auncient tyme what is befl, and of the latter tyme what is fittefl. Seeke to make thie courfes regular, that Men may knowe before hand what they may expect, but be not to pofitive, and exprelTe thie felf IV. 1612. aet. 52. thee the befl examples; for imitation is a globe of precepts. And after a time, fet before thee thine owne example, and ex- amine thy felf flrictly, whe- ther thou diddefl not bell at firfl. Reforme without brauery or fcandall of former -^imes and perfons, but yet fet it downe to thy felfe, afwell to create good prefidents, as to follow them. Reduce things to the firfl inftitution, and obferue wherein and how they haue degenerate ; but yet aske counfell of both times ; of the ancient time what is befl; and of the latter time what is fittefl. Seeke to make thy courfe reguler, that men may know before hand what they may expe6l ; but be not too pofitiue, and expreffe thy felfe '•'5 Best at first. Melius incefcris, qnam perstiicris, ' begin better than you went on.' 14 Make thy Course Regular. Ut qua: agis pro Potestate, tanquain Regtihs XXIV. OF GREAT PLACE. 285 V. 1625. £Ct. 65. thee the befl Examples ; For Imitation, is a Globe of Precepts. And after a time, fet before thee, thine owne Example ; And ex- amine thy felfe flriclly, whe- ther thou didfl not befl at firft.i3 Neglea not alfo the Examples of thofe, that haue carried themfelues ill, in the fame Place : Not to fet off thy felfe, by taxing their Memory; but to direc^t thy felfe, what to auoid. Reforme therfore, without Brauerie, or Scandall, of former Times, and Perfons; but yet fet it downe to thy felfe, as well to create good Prefidents, as to follow them. Reduce things, to the firfl Inflitution, and obferue, wherin, and how, they haue degenerate; but yet aske Counfell of both Times ; Of the Ancient Time, what is befl ; and of the Latter Time, what is fittefl. Seeke to make thy Courfe Regular ;i^ that Men may know before hand,!^ what they may expect : But be not too pofitiue, and peremptorie; And expreffe thy felfe ^^ quibiisdavi cohibcantur, ' that your actions for power, may be restrained by certain rules.' 15 Know before hand. Ut Hoviijiihis tanquavt digito vioyistrcs, * that you may p^ant out to men, as if with your finger.' 1^ Thy seife. Quid sit quod ogas, 'what it is you do.' 286 A HARMONY OF THE £SSAVS. III. 1607-12. cet. 47-52. \v\ill, when thou digreffefl from thie rule ; Preferve the rightes of thie place, but flirre not queflions of lurisdiccion, and rather affume thie right in filence and t^e facfo, then voyce it with claim es and Challenges. Preferve likewife the rightes of inferiour places, and thinke it more honor, to dire^l in cheife, then to be bufie in all. Imbrace, and invite helpes, and in- telligence, touching th[e] execution of thie place; and doe not drive away fuch as bring thee Infor- macion, as Medlers, but accept of them in good part. The vices of Au- thority are cheifly 4. De/azes, ■ Corrtiptio7i, Roug/nies, and Facility e. For Delayes; give eafie acceffe ; keepe tymes ap- ])ointed ; goe through with that which is in hand, and interlace not bufmeffe but of neceffitye. For Corrupcion, doe not only IV. 1612. set. 52. well when thou digreffefl from thy rule. Preferue the rights of thy place, but fiir not queflions of lurifdicflion : and rather affume thy right in filence and de fa^o, then voice it with claimes, and challenges. Preferue likewife the rights of inferiour places ; and thinke it more honour, to dire6t in chiefe, then to be bufie in al. Imbrace and inuite helpes, and in- telligence touching the execution of thy place ; and doe not driue away fuch as bring thee infor- mation, as medlers, but accept of them in good part. The vices of au- thority are chiefly foure. Dclaies, Corruptions^ jRoug/ineffe, and Facility. For Delaies, giue eafie acceffe; keepe times ap- pointed ; go through with that which is in hand, and interlace not bufmes, but of neceflity. For Corruption, do not only 17 Assume. Assuinas et exerceas. 'assume and exercise.' 18 Voice. Cum strepitu suscites, et agites, ' noisily r.iise and move. 19 Preserue. Dffcude, et ne destitite, ' defend and do not desert.' 20 Inferiour. Lifcrionaii ]Shineruin,tibi subordinato7~iiin, ' inferior places subordinate to yourself.' XXIV. OF GREAT PLACE. 2S7 V. 1625. aet 65. well, when thou digreflefl from thy Rule. Preferue the Right of thy Place ; but flirre not queftions of lurifdiclion : And rather afmme^' thy Right, in Silence, and defacio, then voice^* it, with Claimes, and Challenges. Preferue^'-^ likewife, the Rights ot Inferiour-*-^ Piaas ; And thinke it more Honour to direct in chiefe, then to be bufie in all. Embrace, and inuite Helps, and Aduices, touching the Execution of thy Place ; And doe not driue away fuch, as bring thee Infor- mation, as . Fiedlers ; but accept-^ of them in good part. The vices of Au- thoritie— are chiefly foure : Delates -p C(>rrupiion', Roughneffe ; and Faciliiie. For Ddaies : Giue eafie Accefie ; Keepe times ai> pointed ; Goe through with that which is in hand; And interlace notbufmelTe, but of necelTiiie. For Corruption; Doe not onely *^ Accept. AlUciaSy et recipias, ' draw to you and accept.' *2 Authoritie. In A uctcritaU utctidiXy et ejcerctudia, * m using and exer- cising authority.* ^ DeUies. Mora uittria, ' too much delay.' 288 A H A R M O N V OF THE ESS A VS. III. 1607-12. aet. 47-52. bind thine owne handes, or thie Seruauntes handes, that may take, but bind the handes of them that fliould offer. For Integrity vfed doth the one, but Integrity profeffed, and with a manifefl detefta- cion of Bribery doth the other. And avoyd not onely the faulte, but the Sufpicion. Whofoever is found variable, and chaung- eth manifeflly without manifefl caufe, giveth Suf- picion of Corrupcion. A Servaunt, or a Favourite if he bee inward, and noe other apparaunt caufe of efleeme, is commonly thought but a by-way. For roughnes, it is a needles caufe of Difcon- tent. Severity breedeth feare, but roughnes breedeth hate. Even Re- proofes from authoritye, ought to be grave, and IV. 1612. £et. 52. bind ' thine owne hands, or thy feruants hands that may take; but bind the hands of them that fliould offer. For integrity vfed doth the one, but integrity profeffed, and with a manifefl detefla- tion of bribery, doth the other. And auoid not only the fault, but the fiifpition. Whofoeuer is found variable and chang- eth manifeflly, without manifefl caufe, giueth fuf- pition of corruption. A feraunt or a fauourite if he be inward, and no other apparant caufe of efleeme : is commonly thought but a by-way. For roughnes it is a needleffe caufe of difcon- tent. Seueritie breedeth feare, but roughneffe breedeth hate. Euen re- proofes from authoritie, oudit to be crraue and -^ Manifest. Omitted in the Latin. 25 Opinion. Opi7uoiie tua qiiam declarasti, ' the opinion you have de- clared.' -'' Course. Processu qiieiii iiicepisti, ' the course 3'on l^ave begun.' 2V' Declare it. Sedulo declares, et incitlces, ' carefully declare and im- press it.' XXIV. OF GREAl PLACE. 289 V. 1625. set. 65. binde thine owne Hands, or thy Seruants hands, from takmg ; but binde the hands of Sutours alfo fromoftring. Forlntegritie vfed doth the one ; but Integritie profeffed, and with a manifefl-^ detefla- tion of Bribery, doth the other. And auoid not onely the Fault, but the Sufpicion. Whofoeuer is found variable, and chang- eth manifeflly, without manifefl Caufe, giueth Suf- picion of Corruption. Therefore, alwayes, when thou changed thine Opinion,^^ or Courfe,-'^ profeffe it plainly, and declare it,^'' together with the Reafons, that moue thee to change ; And doe not thinke to fleale it. A Seruant, or a Fauorite, if hee be inward,-^ and no other apparent Caufe of Efleeme, is commonly thought but a By-way, to clofe^^ Corruption, For RougJmeffe', It is a needleffe caufe of Difco7i- tent:^^ Smeritie breedeth^^ Feare, but RougJmeffe breedeth Hate. Euen Re- proofes from Authoritie, ought to be Graue, and -8 Inward. Ser-L>iis grntiosus, et apjid Domitnnn potens^ ' a favourite ser- vant having influence with his master.' 29 Close. Omitted in the Latin. 80 Discontent. Imndiain, et Malevolentiain, 'envy and ill-will.' 31- Breedeth. Incut ii, 'inflicts.' T MO N'T OF THE KSSA YS. -r-ir « I!' XXIV. OF GREAT PLACE. 291 V. 1625. ^t. 65. not Taunting. As for Faciliiie ; It is worfe then Bribery. For Bi'ibes come'^- but now and then; But if Importunitie, or Idle Refpedls lead a Man, he fhall neuer be without. As Saiomo?i faith ; To refpeft Ferfo?is, is not good; For fuck a man will traiifgreffe for a pcece of Brcad.'^ It is moil true, that was anciently fpoken ; A place fliewcth the Man : And it flieweth fome to the better and fome to the worfe : Onuiiiun confenfn, capax J/nperiJ, nifi impcrajfet\^ faith Tacitus of Galba : but of Vcfpafian he fiiith ; Solus Inipcrantiuin Vefpa- fiafius mutatus in melius S 'I'hough the one was meant of Suhiciencie,'^-'^ the other of Manners, and Affe(flion. It is an affured Signc, of a worthy and generous Spirit, whom Plonour amends. For Honour is, or (hoiild be, the Place of Vertue : And as in Nature, Tilings moue violently to ihcir riace, and calmely " Prov. xxviii. 21. ^ In the of>inion 0/ aU he was ctt/>al>/e of Empire, had he not ruled. 'riicitiis. II ixtory. i. 49. " l/t's/>(tsian, alone of the Emperors, changed for the better. Tacitus. History, i. 50. 292 A HARMONY OF THE E SSA Y S. III. 1607-12. set. 47-52. in Iheire place, fo vertue in ambition is violent, in authoritye fetled. IV. 1612. set. 52. in their place; fo vertue in ambition is violent, in authority, fetled and calme. ^f tp^ '* Authority. /« Honore adepto, ' when the honour is gained** 85 Calme. Omitted in the Latin. 86 Fairely, and tenderly. Illiesam, 'unhurt.' 37 Paid. A Succcsso?-c tiio, ' by your successor.' 88 Respect. Amicee tracta, ' treat in a friendly manner.* XXV. OF GREAT PLACE. 293 V. 1625. aet. 65. in their Place : So Yertue in Ambition is violent, in Authority^-^ fetled and calme.^^ All Rifing to Great Place, is by a winding Staire : And if there be Fadions, it is good, to fide a Mans felfe, whileft hee is in the Rifing ; and to ballance Himfelfe, when hee is placed. Yfe the Memory of thy Predeceffor fairely, and ten- derly f^ For if thou dofl not, it is a Debt, will fure be paid,^'' when thou art gone. If thou haue Colleagues, re- fpe6l^^ them, and rather call them, when they looke not for it, then exclude them, when they haue reafon to looke to be called. Be not too fenfible, or too re- membring, of thy Place, in Conuerfation, and priuate Anfwers to Suitors -p But let it rather be faid : When he fits in Flace^^^ he is another Man. 39 Conuersation, and private Answers to Suitors. Qiiotidianis sermonibus, nut coiiversatioiie privata, 'in daily. discourse or private conversation.' ^^ Sits in Place. Sedet, et muttus sjtmit exercet^ * sits and exercises his office.' 294 A HARMONY OF THE ESSAYS. III. 1607-12. set. 47-52. IV. Harleia7i MS. 5106. 25. ©f OFmpire. T is a miferable flate of minde to have few thingestodefier, and manie thinges tofeare; and yet that commonly is the Cafe of Kwges who being at the higheft, want matter of defier, which makes theire mindes the more languifliing, and have many repre- fentacions of perilles, and fliadowes, which makes theire mindes the leffe cleare. And this is one reafon alfoe of that effe(51 which the Scripture fpeak- eth of That the Kiiiges Jicart is infcnitahle ; For miiUitude of lealoiifyes, and lacke of fome predom- inant defier, that fliould marlhall, and putt in order all the reft, maketh Mens heartes hard tofinde, or found. Hence comes it likewife, that Princes manie tymes make them- felves Defieres, and fett theireheartesvponn Toyes, 1612. set. 52. 9. @t ([^mptrc. T is a miferable flate of minde, to haue few things to defire, and many things to feare/ and yet, that commonly is the cafe of Kings ; who being at the higheft, want matter of defire ; which makes their mindes the more languifliing, and haue many repre- fentations of perrilles and fliadowes, which makes their minds the leffe cleere. And this is one reafon alfo of that effecft, which the Scripture fpeak- eth of; That the Kings heart is iiifej'utable. For multitudes of iealoufies, and lacke of fome predom- inant defire, that fliould marfliall and put in order all the reft, maketh any mans heart hard to finde, or found. Hence commeth it likewife that Princes many times make them- felues defires, and fet their hearts vpon toies; UI. ITariations in postlnniious ILntin l£l3ition of 1638. 1 Shadowes. Utitl'rnrnjii voUtajitinvt, ' flitting shadows.' 2 Speaketh of. Regibits tribuit, ' attributes to kings.' XXV. OF EMPIRE. 295 V. 1625. British Museum Copy, 19. ©£ empire. set. 6= •^T is a miferable State of Minde, to haiie few Things to defire, and many Things to feare : And yet that commonly is the Cafe of Kings \ Who being at the highefl, want T^Iatter of defire, which makes their INIindes more Languifhing ; And haue many Repre- fentations of Perills and Shadowes,^ which makes their IMindes the leffe cleare. And this is one Reafon alfo of that EfifecSl, which the Scripture speak- eth of;- That the Kings heart is infcrutable."- For Multitude of lealoufies, and Lack of fome predom- inant defire, that fliould marfliall and put in order^ all the refl, maketh any Mans Heart, hard to finde, or found.'* Hence it comes likewife, that Princes^ many times, make them- felues Defires, and fet their Hearts vpon toyes: " Prov. XXV. 3. 3 Marshall and put in order. Imperef, ' coramzsd.'' * Finde, or sound. Exploratu, * examine.' 296 A HARMONY OF THE jESSAVS. III. 1607-12. set. 47-52. fometymes vponn a build- in sr. fometymes vponn the ad- vauncing of a perfon, fome- tymes vponn obtayning ex- cellencie in fome art, or feate of the hand. and fiich thinges which feeme incredible to thofe that knowe not this principle T//at the viiiide of Alan is more cheared, and refrefJicd by profitinge in fmale things^ then byjlanding at aJJay in great. Therefore great, and fortunate Conquerom-s in theire firfL yeares, tourne Melancholic and superflitious in theire later, As d\A Alexander the great, and inourmemorie Charles the fift, and manie others. Ffor he that is vfed to goe forwarde, and findeth a flopp fallcth out of his owne favour. IV. 1612. ast 52. fometimes vpon a build- ing ; fometimes vpon an order; fometimes vpon the ad- uancing of a perfon ; fome- times vpon obtaining ex- cellency in fome Arte, or feate of the hand: and fuch like things, which feeme incredible to thofe that know not the i:)rinciple ; That the minde of maji is more cheered and refrefJicd by profiting in fmall things^ then by standing at a flay in great. Therefore great and fortunate Conquerors in their firfl yeeres, turne melancholy and fuperflitious in their latter. As did Alexander the great, and in our memory diaries the fifth, and many others. For he that is vfed to goe forward, and findeth a Roppe, falleth out of his owne fauour. •"^ Building. Aedificia extrjie^ida,' ^re.Q.\Jmz'^\xMmz^^ , c Order. Ordinem aliquem ant Collegiwn, ' some order or college. XXV. OF EMPIRE. 297 V. 1625, aet. 65. Sometimes vpon a Build- ing f Sometimes vpon Ere6ling of an Order ;^ Sometimes vpon the Ad- iiancing of a Perfon ; Some- times vpon obtaining Ex- cellency in fome Art, or Feat of the Hand ; KsNero for playing on the Harp e,Z>^;;////^;/ for Certainty of Hand with the Arrow, Coinnwdus for playing at Fence, Caracal/a for drilling Chariots, and the like.''' This feemeth incredible vnto thofe, that know not the Principle ; That the Minde of Man is more cheared^ and 7'ef?'eJJicd, by profiting in fniall things, then by Jlanding at a fiay in great. We fee alfo that Kings, that haue beene fortunate Conquerors^ in their firft yeares ; it being not poffible for them to goe forward infinitely, but that they mud haue fome Checke or Arrefl in their Fortunes; turne in their latter yeares, to be Superftitious and Melancholy : As did Alexander the Great; Dioclefian\ And in our memory, Charles the fift ; And others : For he that is vfed to goe forward, and findeth a Stop, falleth out of his owne fauour, and is not the Thing he was. ' And the like. Omitted in the Latin. 8 Fortunate Conquerors, hi Victoriis et provinciis suhjugatidis,tnaxwie /celices, ' very fortunate in victories and in subduing provinces.' 29S A II A R M O N Y OF T II E ESS A Y S. III. 1607-12. cet. 47-52. ! IV. A true i temper of governement is a rare thing; For both Temper, and Dif- temper confill of contra- ryes. But it is one thing to mingle Contraryes, an- otherto interchaunge them. The Siuniweareof Aj^o//om'i(S to Vefpafiaji is full of excellent Instruccion. Vef- pafian afl<:ed him what was Nerocs ouerthrowe he aunfweared Nero could touch and time the Hai-p 1612. set. 52. A true well^ But in gouejiiement fomcfymes he vfed to ivynd the pynnes to highe, and fometynies to let them downe to loiue. And certaine it is, that nothing deflroyeth authoritye fo much as the vnequall and vntymely in- terchaunge of preffmg power and imbafmg Maies- tie. The wifedorae of all theis latter tymes in Princes affaiers is rather fine Deliveryes, and fliiftinges of daungers and mifcheifes when they are neare, then folid and grounded courfes to temper of gouemment is a rare thing.- For both temper and dif- temper confifl of contra- ries. But it is one thing to mingle contraries, an- other to interchange them. The anfwer of Apolonius to Vefpafian is full of excellent infl.ru6lion. Ves- pafian afked him. What was'^Q.YOQSouerthj'oiv: hee anfwered ; JVe?'o could touch and tune the Harpe well] But in gouej-nment fometimes he vfed to zvinde the pinnes to hie, and fometimes to let them doivne too loive. And certaine it is, that nothing deflroieth authority, fo much as the vnequall and vntimely in- terchange of preffmg power and relaxing power. The wifdome of all thefe latter times, in Princes affaires, is rather fine deliueries, and fliiftings of dangers and mifchiefes when they are neere, then folide and grounded courfes to ^ To Vesprxsian. Omitted in the Latin. ^0 Vnequall. In(equaletii,et qnasistibsiilioriam, ' unequal, and as it were, fitful (jumping).' XXV. OF EMPIRE. 299 V. 1625. set. 65. To fpeake now of tlie true Temper of Empire : It is a Thing rare, and hard to keep : For both Temper and Dif- temper confifl of Contra- ries. But it is one thing to mingle Contraries, an- other to enterchange them. The Anfwer of ApoIIonius to Vcfpafian^ is full of Excellent Inftru6lion; Vef- pafian asked him; What uhis Ncroes oue?'thro2u? He anfwered; AWo could touch and tune the Harpe well; But in Gouernnient^ fometimes he vfed to winde the pins too high, fometimes to let them dowfie too low."- And certaine it is, that Nothing deflroieth Authority fo much, as the vnequall^^ and vntimely Enterchange of Power Freffcd too farre, and Relaxed too much. This is true: that the wifdome of all thefe latter Times in Princes Affaires, is rather fine Deliueries, and Shiftin2:s^^ of Dan^^ers and Mifchiefes, when they are neare ; then folid and grounded Courfes^- to " Philostratus. Vita Appolloni Tyanensi. v. 28. Lord Bacon. Apop. 51. 11 Deliueries and Shiftings. Ut coiiqitirantur viao-is et aptctitur Remedia et sitbterfugia, 'rather to seek and apply remedies and subterfuges.' 1- Courses. Ut Pntdcjitia solida et cotistanti,dcpellaniur ct sumtvoz'can- tur, nntcqitam iiiipendeant, ' to dispel and remove them by solid and con- sUtent prudence before they are imminent.' 300 A HARMONY OF THE ESSAYS. III. 1607-12. 3et. 47-52. keepe them aloofe. But lett men bewar*^ how they negledl and fuffer mat- ter of trouble to be pre- pared; For noe Man can forbidd the fparke, nor tell whence it may come. The difficulties in Princes buhneffe are many tymes great, but the greatefl difficultye is often in theire owne minde. Ffor it is Common with Princes, (faieth Tacitus) to will con- tradictories ; Sunt pler- iimque Regitm vohmtates vehementes., et inter fe con- traries. For it is the Solcecisme of power, to thinke to commaunde the end, and yet not to en- duer the meane, IV. 1612. set. 52. keep them aloofe. Uut let men beware how they negledl and fuffer mat- ter of trouble to bee pre- pared : for no man can forbid the fparke, nor tell whence it may come. Thedifficultneffein Princes bufmeffe are many times great, but the greatefl difficulty, is often in their owne minde. For it is common with Princes (faith Tacitus) to will con- tradictories. Sujit plcr- unqice Reguifi vohmtates vekementes, et inter fe con- trarice. For it is the Solocifme of power, to thinke to command the ende, and yet not to en- dure the meane. ^3 Neglect. . . prepared. Ohdorvdscant circa Tnrbaniin Materias priinas, et IncJioamcnta, 'slumber during the first matters and beginnings of troubles.' 1* Sparke. ScintiUavi, Incenduivi paritiiram, ' the spark, which will pro- duce a conflagration.' 1^ Tell. Regiones Metiri, 'judge the place.' 16 Difficulties. Difficnltatcset Impedi/neiita, 'difficulties and hindrances.' 1^ Great. Omitted in the Latin. 18 Minde. Affcctus et mores, ' disposition and manners.' 19 Power. Fotentice nimice, 'too much power.' XXV. OF EMPIRE. 301 y. 1625. set. 65. keepe them aloofe. But this is but to try Mafleries with Fortune : And let men beware, how they negledl:, and fuffer Mat- ter of Trouble, to be pre- pared •P' For no Man can forbid the Sparke,^'^ nor telP^ whence it may come. The difficulties^^ in Princes Bufmeffe, are many and great •}"' But the greatefl difficulty, is often in their owne Minde.^^ For it is common with Princes^ (faitli Tacitus^) to will Con- tradictories. Sinit plcr- uinque Regum voluntates vehementes, et ijiter fe con- traricB. For it is the Solcecifme of Power,^^ to thinke to Command'-'^ the End, and yet not to en- dure-^ the Meane. Kings haue to deale with their Neighbours; their Wines ; their Children ; their Prelates or Clergie ; their Nobles; their Second-Nobles or Gentlemen; their Merchants ; their Commons ; and their Men of Warre; And from all thefe arife Dangers, if Care and Circum- fpedlion be not vfed. Firfl. for their Neighbours; There can no generall Rule- be giuen, (The Occafions are fo variable,) faue " Not Tacitus, but Salhist. Scd plenimqjte regicp yohtuiatcs, itt vehe- ■mentes, sic vwbiles, serpe ipsa sibi advorsce. 'The wills of most kin5;s, as they are violent, so are they fickle and often at variance with themselves.' jfugiirtha. cxiii. 20 Command. Posse . . . pro arhitrio asscqui, ' to be able to attain at his desire.' 21 Endure. Procnrare, ' attend to.' 22 Rule. Regula aliqua certa Cauiionis, ' no certain rule of caution.' -,o2 A HARMONY OF THE ESSAYS. III. 1607-12. ast. 47-52. IV. 1612, set. 52. -'' And this is generally . . . hinder it. This sentence is omitted in the Latin. -•* Eniperonr. ///.?/rt«^, ' of Spain.' 25 Either by confederation, or if need were, by a Warre. Omitted in the Latin. ■'*'' Lawfull. Coj)!f>etens et leg^ititna, * sufficient and lawful.' XXV. OF EMPIRE. 303 V. 1625. DSt. 65. one ; which euer holdeth ; which is, That Princes doe keepe due Centinell, that none oi \\\^\x Neighbours doe ouergrow fo, (by Encreafe of Territory, by Embracing of Trade, by Approaches, or the Hke) as they become more able to annoy them, then they were. And this is, generally, the work of Standing Counfels to forefee, and to hinder it.-^ During that Triuimiirate of Kings^ King Henry the 8. of England^ Francis the i. Kin^ of France, and Charles the 5. Emperoiir^-^ there wa^o- fuch a watch kept, that none of the Three, could win a Palme of Ground, but the other two, would llraight- waies ballance it, either by Confederation, or, if need were, by a Warre:-^ And would not, in any wife, take up Peace at Interefl. And the like was done by that League (which, Giiicciardiiie faith, was the Security of Italy) made betwene Ferdi?iajido King of Naples; Lorenzius Medices, and Liidouicus Sforza, Potentates, the one of Florence, the other of Millaine. Neither is the Opinion, of fome of the Schoole-Men, to be re- ceiued : That a warre cannot iiifdy be made, but vpon a precedent I/iiwy, or Prouocation. For there is no Quef- tion, but a iufl Feare, of an Imminent danger, though there be no Blow giuen, is a lawfuU-'^ Caufe of a Warre. For their Wiucs ; There are Cniell-^ Examples of them. Liuia is infamed for the poyfoning of her hus- band r^ Roxolana, Solymans "\\'ife, was the deflruction, of that renowned Prince, Sultan-^ Mujlapha; And otherwife troubled his"^*^ Houfe, and SuccelTion : Edward the Second of England, his Queen, had the principall hand, in the Depofmg and Murther of her Husband. This kinde of danger, is then to be feared, chieflv, when the Wiues haue Plots, for the Raifing of their owne Children '?^ Or elfe that they be Aduoutreffes. 2' Cruell. Crudelia et atrocia, ' cniel and savage.' 28 Husband. .(4 //^//j^/, ' of Augustus.' 29 Sultan. Omitted in the Latin. ^^ His. Mariti siii, ' her husband's.' 31 Children. Liberos ex priorc Mariio, 'children by a former husband.' 304 A HARMONY OF THE J^SSAVS. III. 1607-12. aet. 47-52. IV. 1612. set. 52. 82 Of dangers. Omitted in the Latin. 33 Tuiks. Sultanornm, ' of the Sultans.' 34 Strange. Omitted in the Latin. 85 'i'ovvardnesse. .S'/r/, 'hope.' ^ 86 H is other Sonne. Qui exfiliis ejus snperstesfiut, his son who survived. 87 Did little better. Omitted in the Latin. 88 Repentance. Mcerore et f'ocnitoitia, ' grief and repentance.' 89 Baiazet. Bajazetem patrcm suHm, ' Bajazet, his father.' XXV. OF EMPIRE. 305 V. 1625. set. 65. For their Children: The Tragedies, likewife, of dangers^'- from them, haue been many. And generally, the Entring of Fathers, into Sufpicion of their Chil- dren, hath been euer vnfortimate. The deflrudlion oi Mujlapha^ (that we named before) was fo fatall to Solyjnans Line, as the Succeffion of the Turlzs^'^ from Solymaji, vntill this day, is fufpedled to be vntrue, and of flrange^^ Bloud ; For that Selymns the Second was thought to be Suppofititious. The deflmction of Crifpiis, a young Prince, of rare Towardneffe,^^ by Conjlantimis the Great, his Father, was in like man- ner fatall to his Houfe ; For both Co7iJIa?iti?ms, and Co?iJlaiice^ his Sonnes, died violent deaths ; And Con- Jlantius his other Sonne,^*^ did little better ;^'' who died, indeed, of Sickneffe, but after that Iidiamis had taken Amies againfL him. The deftruction of De?ne- triiis^ Sonne to Philip the Second, of Maeedon, turned vpon the Father, who died of Repentance.^'^ And many like Examples there are : But few, or none, where the Fathers had good by fuch diflrufl; Except it were, where the Sonnes were vp, in open Armes againfl them; As was Selymns thefirfl SLgSLmdBaiazef-P And the three Sonnes of Henry the Second, King of England. For their Prelates ; when they are proud and great, there is alfo danger from them : As it was, in the times of Ajifebniis, and Thomas Becket, ArchbiHiops of Can- terbiuy ; who with their Crofiars, did almofl^^ try it, with the Kings Sword ; And yet they had to deale with Stout and Haughty Kings ; William Riifus, IJejijy the firfl, and Ben?y the fecond. The danger is not^^ from that Stafe,^- but where it hath a depen- dance of forraine Authority f^ Or where the Church- *o Almost. Omitted in the Latin. *i Is not. Non est viagiwpere J>erti7nescendum, 'is not much to be feared.* *2 That State. Pmlatis, 'prelates.' *3 Forraine authority. Aucto-n.tate et yurisdiciiotu Pri»ciJ>atus extemt, ' authority and jurisdiction of a foreign power.' U -,o6 A HARMONY OF THE ESS A Y S. III. 1607-12. aet. 47-52. IV. 1612. set. 52. ^* Come in. Omitted in the Latin. ■*5 Collation. Omitted in the Latin. ■*6 Particular Patrons. Patronis Ecclesiaritm, 'patrons of churches.' *7 Keep at a distance. Snntilli certe cohiboidi, cttanqunviiiijiistadistan' tin a Solio Regali continciidi, ' they ought assuredly to be restrained, and kept as it were at a proper distance from the King's throne.' ^s Depressed. FcrpetKO dcprtiircbat: ' continually depressed.' •*■' Loyall. In Fide ct Officio, ' in faith and duty.' '"^ Fain to doe. Sitstineret, ' maintained.' XXV. OF EMPIRE. 307 Y. 1625. set. 65. men come in,^ and are ele6led, not by the Collation'*^ of the King, or particular Patrons,"^*^ but by the People. For their Nobles \ To keepe them at a diflance/' it is not amiffe ; But to depreffe them, may make a King more Abfolute, but lefle Safe; And leffe able to perfonne any thing, that he defires. I haue noted it, in my Hiflory of King Henry the Seuenth, of Englaiid, ^\•ho depreffed"*^ his Nobility ; Whereupon, it came to paffe, that his Times were full of Difficulties and Troubles; For the Nobility, though they continued loyall^^ vnto him, yet did they not co-operate with him, in his Bufmeffe. So that in effect, he was faine to doe^*^ all things, himfelfe. For their Second Nobles', There is not much danger from them, being a Body difperfed. They may fome- times difcourfe high, but that doth little Hurt : Be- fides,^^ they are a Counterpoize-^- to the Higher Nobility, that they grow not too Potent : And laftly, being the mofl immediate in Authority,^^ with the Common People, they doe befl temper Popular Commotions. For their Merchants ; They are Ve7ia porta f And if they flourifli not, a Kingdome may haue good Lim- mes, but will haue empty Veines, and nourifli little.^'* Taxes, and Impofls^^ vpon them, doe feldome good to the Kings Reuenew ; For that that he winnes in the Hundred,^*^ he leefeth in the Shire f"^ The parti- cular Rates being increafed,^^ but the totall Bulke of Trading rather decreafed. For their Commons \ There is little danger from ° Tlie Gate-vein. *^ Besides. Quinimo forvendi sunt, ' besides they should be cherished.* *- Counterpoize. Optivie teviperent, ' moderate well.' 63 Authuruy. GuL\-mncitla tractent, ' manage the helm.' *■* Nouri.sh little. Halntinn corporis iiuicnnn, 'l<;3ii habit of body.' 55 Imposts. Portoria iinmodicii, ' e.\cessive imposts. ' 5^ Hundred. Fartilnts, ' in parts.' *" Shire. Siivinia, 'in the total.' s** The particular Kates being increased. Omitted in the Latin. 3oS A HARMONY OF THE £SSA VS. III. 1607-12. ^t. 47-52. IV. 161 2. 32t. 52. * Princes are like the heavenly bodycs which caufe good, or evill tymes, and which have much veneration, but noe reft. All preceptes concernyng kinges are in effecft com- prehended in thofe two Remembrances. Afemcnto quod es Homo and Me- mento quod es Deus. The one to bridle their power and, The other their will. Princes are like to the heauenly bodies, which caufe good or euill times ; and which haue much veneration, but no reft. All precepts concerning Kings are in effecfl com- prehended in thofe two remembrances. Alemento quod es homo, and Ale- meiito quod es Deus or Vice dei: The one to bridle their power, and the other their will. * This passage is inserted in the margin in a different hand. ? Sir F. Bacon's. 59 Great. /'<;/«/rt;r.y, ' popular.' CO Customes. Consuetiui'uiibus antiqnis ; Vcl In Gmvavtiniojis Trihu- torian, ' ancient customs, or grievances of tribute.' 61 Meanes of Life. Vel in aliis qua' victum eoruvt deC7t?-iant, 'or in any- thing which diminishes their means of Hfc.' 62 In a Body. Si in Co)-pus nnum cognntur, vel Excrcitjts, vel prcesi- diorum ; ' if they are collected in a body either as an army or as garrisons.' XXV. OF EMPIRE. 309 V. 1625. set. 65. them, except it be, where they haue Great'^^ and Potent Heads; Or wliere yon meddle, with the Point of Religion ; Or their Cufl.omes,*^'^ or Meanes of Life/^^ For their Men of warre; It is a dangerous State, where they Hue and remaine in a Body,^- and are \fed to Donatiues ; whereof we fee Examples'^^ in the Janizaries, and Pretorian Bands oiRo7ne:^ But Tray- nings of Men, and Arming them in feuerall places, and \-nder feuerall Commanders, and without Dona- tiues, are Things of Defence,^^ and no Danger. Princes are like to Heauenly Bodies, which caufe^*^ good or euill times ; And which haue'^' much Veneration, but no Rf'Jl. All precepts concerning Kin^s, are in effect com- prehended, in thofe two Remembrances : Memento quod es Homo f And Me- mento quod es Deus, or Vice^ Dei: The one bridleth their Power, and the other their WilL^s " Remetnber that tliou art man. ^ Rejiieuiber that t/wu art God, or, in the J>iace of God. *•* Examples. C/rtr/jj/;//rt /i.r^w///fz, ' most clear examples.' 6* Bands of Rome. Oiuitted in the Latin. «o Defence. U tiles, et saliiircs, ' profitable and serviceable.' ^ Cause. Jiijlitjcii sreo producunt, ' produce in their course.* 67 Haue. Gandent, 'enjoy.' «8 Iheir will. Ad Volitntatevi regendam, ' to rule their will. 310 A HARMONY OF THE £SSAyS. III. 1607-12. iEt. 47-52. Harleian MS. 5106. 26. (Of CounccU. He greatefl trufl betweene Man, and man is the tmft of giveing Councell. Ffor in other confidences Men committ the partes of theire Ufe, theire landes,theiregoodes, theire Childe, theire Creditt, fome particular affaier. But to fuch as they make theire Councel- lours, they committ the whole ; by how much the more they are obliged to all faith, and Integrity. The wifefl Princes neede not thinke it anie diminu- tion to theire greatnes, or derogation to theire fufficiency, to relye vponn councell. God himfelf is not without, but hath made it one of the great names of his bleffed Sonne tJie Co in if dl or. Salomon hath pronounced that In Counfdl is Sta- bilitie. Thinges will have theire firfl, or fecond agita- IV. 1612. aet. 52. 10. ©f (Houn^tU. He greatefl trufl betweene man, is the trufl of giuing counfell. For in other confidences men commit the partes of their life, their lands, their goods, their child, their credit ; fome particuler affaire. But to fuch as they make their counfel- lors, they commit the whole ; by how much the more they are obliged to all faith, and integrity. The wifefl Princes need not thinke it any diminu- tion to their greatneffe, or derogation to their fufiiciency, to rely vpon counfell. God himfelfe is not without .• but hath made it one of the great names of his bleffed Son {tJie Counfellor.) Sa/o??ion hath pronounced, that In Counfel is Jla- blUtie. Things will haue their firfl or fecond agita- ITE. Variations in postljumous ILatin ISliition of 1638. 1 They. Qui partes Comiliariorian prcestant, ' those who perform the p.ut of counsellors.' ■i Greatnesse. Attctoritatis, 'authority.* XXVI. OF COUNSEL. 311 V. 1625. 3et. 65. British Museum Copy. 20. ©f Coun^cU. He greateft Triift, betweene Man and Man, is the Trufl of Giu'uig CoMjfelL For in other Confidences, Men commit the parts of hfe; Their Lands, their Goods, their Children, their Credit, fome particular Affaire; But to fuch, as they make their Counfel- lours^ they commit the whole : By how much the more, they^ are obliged to all Faith and integrity. The wifefl Princes^ need not thinke it any diminu- tion to their Greatneffe,^ or derogation to their Sufficiencv,"^ to rely vpon Coii?ifeiL^' God himfelfe is not without :^ But hath made it one of the great Names, of his bleffed Sonne; T/ie Counfelloiir."- Salomon hath pronounced, that In Coiuifell is Sta- bility.^ Things^ will haue their firfl, or fecond Agita- ° Isaiah Ix. 6. '' Prov. xx. i8. 3 Or derogation to their Sufficiency. Omitted in the Latin. ^ * Counsel!. Coiisilio Virorum srlectonnn, ' counsel of chosen men. ■' Without. Coiisilio vncat, ' without counsel.' 6 Things. Res /umiaute, 'human things.* ;i2 A HARMONY OF THE ESSAYS. III. 1607-12. set. 47-52. cion; if they be not toffed vponn the argu- ments of Councell, they wilbe toffed vponn the waves of fortune and be full of inconftancye, doeing, and vndoeing, like the reeling of a drunken Man. Salomons sonnes found the force of Coun- cell, as his father fawe the neceffity of it. For the beloved kingdome of God was firfl rent, and broken by ill counfell, vponn which Councell there are fett for our In- flruccion, the two markes whereby bad Counfell is forever befl difcerned, that it was young Coun- cell for the perfons, and violent Councell for the matter. The auncient tymes doe fett fourth in figure both the incorporacion, and infeparable coniunc- tion of Councell with Kinges, and the wife and politique vfe of Councell by kinges ; the one in that they fay Jupiter did V. 16 1 2. £et. 52. tion ; if they bee not toffed vpon the argu- ments of counfell, they will be toffed vpon the wanes of Fortune ; and bee full of inconflancy, doing, and vndoing, like the reeling of a drunken man. Salomons fonne found the force of coun- fell, as his father faw the neceffitie of it. For the beloued kingdome of God was firfl rent and broken by ill counfell ; vpon which counfel there are fet for our in- flruclion, the two markes, whereby bad counfell is for euer befl difcerned, that it was young coun- fell for the perfons, and violent counfell for the matter. The ancient times doe fet forth in figure both the incorporation, and infeperable coniunc- tion of counfell with Kinges ; and the wife and politike vfe of Counfell by Kings.- the one, in that they fay lupiter did 7 Inconstancy. l7iconsta7iti(B, et Mntationuvt, 'inconstancy and changes 8 Necessity. iVt'Ct'^j/Va/t/w f/ «j?//;/, 'necessity and use.' XXVI. OF COUNSEL. 3^3 V. 1625. set. 65. tion; If they be not tofled vpon the Argu- ments of CoinifeH, they will be toffed vpon the Wanes of Fortinie; And be full of Inconftancy/ doing, and vndoing, like the Reeling of a drunken Man. Salojnons Sonne found the Force of Coun- fell, as his Father faw the Neceffity^ of it. For the Beloued Kingdome of God was firfl rent, and broken by ill Coiuifell -, Vpon which Coimfdl, there are fet,^ for our In- flruclion, the two IMarkes, whereby Bad Coimfdl is, for euer, befl difcerned : That it was young Cotin- fell, for the Perfons; And Violent Coiinfell, for the Matter. The Ancient Times^^ doe fet^^ forth in Figure, both the Incorporation, and infeparable Coniunc- tion of Coinifell with Kings; And the wife and Politique vfe of Coiinfell by Kings: The one, in that they fay, Tiipiter did 9 Set. IiiustiB, 'branded.' 10 Times. Sapientia, 'wisdom.' 11 Set Adu7iibravit, 'shadowed.* 3H A HARMONY OF THE ESS A VS. III. 1607-12. set. 47-52. marrie Metis which figni- fieth Councell ; So as Sover- aignetye, or Authoritie is marryed to Councell ; the other in that which fol- loweth which was thus. They fay after Jupiter was married to Metis, fhe con- ceived by him, and was with childe; But Jupiter fuffred her not to ftay till fhe brought fourth, but eate her vpp, w^hereby he became with childe, and was delivered of Pallas armed out of his head ; which mon- flrous fable conteineth a fecrett of Empire, how kinores are to make vfe of theire Councell of State. That firft they ought to referre matters to them which is the firft begetting, or impregna- cion ; but when they are elaborate, moulded, and fliaped in the wombe of theire Councell. and grow ripe, and ready to be brouglit fourth, then that they fuller not theire Coun- IV. 1612, set. 52. marrie Metis (which figni- fieth Counfell.) So as Souer- aignty or authority is married to counfel. The other in that which fol- loweth ; which was thus, They fay after Jupiter was married to Metis, fliee con- ceiu'd by him, and was with childe, but Jupiter fuftered her not to ftay till fliee brought fourth, but eate her vp ; whereby hee became with child and was deliuered of Pallas, armed out of his head. Which mon- llrous fable containeth a fecret of E?)ipire : How Kings are to make vfe of their Counfell of ftate. That firfl they ought to referre matters to them, which is the firfl begetting or impregna- tion ; but when they are elaborate, moulded, and fliaped in the wombe of their counfell and growe ripe, and ready to be brought fourth ; tliat then they fulfer not their coun- ^'^ Was thus, llujnsmodi Coi/iuiefititni est, ' was a f:ible of this kind.' XXVI. OF COUNSEL. 3»5 V. 1625. set. 65. marry Metis, which figni- fieth Counfdl: ^Vhereby they intend, that Soiicr- aigfify is married to Counfdl : The other, in that which fol- loweth, which was thus : ^- They fay after Iiipite?- was married to Metis, fhe con- ceiued by him, and was with Childe ; but Iiipiter fuffcred her not to flay, till fhe brought forth, but eat her vp ; Wherby he became himfelfe with Child, and was deliuered of Pallas Armed, out of his Head. Which mon- flrous Fable, containeth a Secret of Empire; How Kings are to make vfe of their Councell of State. That firfl, they ought to referre ^^ matters vnto them, which is the firll Begetting or Impregna- tion;^^ But when they are elaborate, moulded, and fhaped, in the Wombe of their Councell, and grow ripe, and ready to be brought forth ; That then, they fuffer not their Couii- ^^ Referre. Delibermidn^ coinmittattt, ' refer for deliberation.' 1* Begetdng or Impregnation. Couceptio, ' conception.' 3i6 A HARMONY OF THE ESSAYS. III. 1607-12. oat. 47-52. cell to goe throughe with the refolucion, and direc- cion, as if it depended vponn them, but take the matters backe into theire owne hand, and make it appeare to the world that the decrees and finall direccions (which be- caufe they come forth with prudence, and power, are refembled to Pallas araied) proceede from themfelves ; and not onely from theire authority, but the more to add re'pu- tacion to themfelves, from their head, and de- vife. The inconveniences that have beene noted in calling, and vfing Councell are three — Ffirft the reveal- ing of affayres whereby they become leffe fecrett. Secondly the weakening of the authoritie of Princes, as if they were leffe of tliemfelves; Thirdly the (launger of being vnfaith- fullie councelled, and more for the good of them that IV. 161 2. a3t. 5: fel to go through, with the refolution and direc- tion, as if it depended vpon them ; but take the matter back into their own hand, and make it appeare to the world, that the decrees and final dire6lions (which be- caufe they come forth with prudence, and power, are refembled to Pallas armed) proceeded from themfelues : and not onely from their authority, but (the more to adde repu- tation to themfelues) from their heade and de- uice. The inconueniences that haue beene noted in calling and vfmg counfell, are three. Firfl, . the reueal- ing of affaires, whereby they become leffe fecret. Secondly, the weakning of the authority of Princes, as if they were leffe of themfelues. Thirdly, the danger of being vnfaith- fully counfelled, and more for the good of them that 15 Resolution and direction. Decretmn, ' resolution." 16 On them, ^x eorunt Aiictoritate, ' upon tlicir authority.' XXVI. OF COUNSEL. 317 V. 1625. set. 65. cell to goe through with the Refohition, and direc- tion/^ as if it depended on them;^^ But take the matter backe into their owne Hands, and make it appeare to the world, that the Decrees, and finall Diredlions, (which, be- caufe they come forth with Prudence^ and Power ^ are refembled to Pallas Armed) proceeded from themfelues : And not onely from their AutJiority^ but (the more to adde Repu- tation to Themfelues) from their Head, and De- iiiceP Let vs now fpeake of the lnco?iueniences of Coun- fell, and of the Pe?nedies. The Incoiiuejiiences, that haue been noted in calling, and vfmg Counfell, are three. Fiifl, the Reueal- ing ^^ of Affaires, whereby they become leffe Secret. Secondly, the Weahning of the Authority of Princes, as if they w^ere leffe -^^ of Themfelues. Thirdly, the Danger of being vnfaith- fully coujifelled, and more for the good of them that ^^ Deuice. Ajictoritate, 'authority.' 18 Reiiealing. Omitted in the Latin. 19 Were Icsse. J\Iinus ex se penderent, ' depended less upon themselves.' 3i8 A HARMONY OF THE ESSAYS. III. 1607-12. ast. 47-52. councell, then of him that is councelled. Ffor which inconveniences the doc- trine oi Italie, and pradize of Fraiince hath introduced Cahanett Councelles, a remedy worfe than the difeafe, which hath tourned Metis the wife, to Metis the Miflreffe, that is the councelles of State to which Princes are'^ solemly marryed, to councells of gracious perfons recom- mended cheifly by-j-flattery and affection. But for fecrecie, Princes are not bound to com- municate all matters with all councellours, but may extra(Sl, and feledl. Neither is it neceffarye, that he that confulteth what he fliould doe, fliould declare what he will doe ; But lett Princes beware that the vnfecreting of theire affaires come not from themfclves ; and as for Cabanett Councell It may be theire Mot plejins rimarum sum ; one IV. 1612. aet. 52. counfel, then of him that is counfelled. For which inconueniences, the doc- trine of Italy ^ and pra6tize of France, hath introduced Cahanet counfels, a remedy worfe then the difeafe. But the fecrecy Princes, are not bound to com- municate all matters with all Councellors, but may extracSl and feledt. Neither is it neceffarie, that hee that confulteth what hee fliould doe; fliould declare what hee will doe. But let Princes beware that the vnfecreting of tlieir affaires come not from themfelues. And as for Cahanet Counfell, it may be their Mot, Plcnus rimarum f urn. One * + The word 'solemly' has been struck out here; and the words 'flattery and' have been inserted below in a different hand ; ?Sir F. Bacon's. 20 Counselled. /'r/«c/5 /y55-/«5, 'the prince himself.' 21 Cabinet. Interiora, qjKP vulgo voca/Uur Cabiuetii, ' inner councils, which are commonly called cabinets.' XXVI. OF COUNSEL. 319 y. 1625. set. 65. coujifell., then of him that is coiuifdlcdr^ For which Ificoiiue/iicnccs, the Doc- trine of Italy, and Praciife of France, in fome Kings times, hath introduced Cabinci-^ Coiinfds \ A Remedy worfe then the Difeafe. As to Secrecy -^ Fri?ices are not bound to com- municate all Matters, with all Coimfellors; but may extract and felect.--^ Neither is it neceffary. that he that confulteth what he fhould doe, fliould declare what he will doe. But let Pi-mces beware, that tlie vnfecreting of their Affaires, comes not from Themfelues. And as for Cabinet Cowifells^ it may be their Motto; Pleimsrhnaruvi sum :"■ One ** I am full of rifts. Terence. Eunuchus. i. a. '^'- Secrecy. Occultationein Cofisilionim, ' secrecy of councils.' 23 After select. Tarn Persoitas, qtutm Negotia, 'as well the persons as tlie business.' -,20 A HARMONY OF THE E SSA Y S. III. 1607-12. ?et. 47-52. futile perfon, that maketh it his glorie to tell, will doe more hurt, tlien manie, that knowe it theire duetie to keepe councell. For weakening of authority, The fable flieweth the remedye Neither was there ever prince bereaved of his dependances by his Councell, except where there hath bene either an over-greatneffe in one, or an over-flrict Combin- acion in diuerfe. Forthelafl inconvenience, IV. 1612. cet. 52. futile perfon, that maketh it his glory to tell, will do more hurt, then manie that know it their dutic to conceale. For weakning of authority, the fable flieweth the remedy ; neither was there euer Prince bereaued of his dependances by his Counfell, except where there hath been either an ouergreatneffe in one, or an ouerftridl combin- ation in diuerfe. For the lafl inconuenience 2* Tell. Arcana nossc ct rctegerc^ ' to know and disclose secrets.' 25 Beyond. Ultra notitiam, "' beyond the knowledge of.' 26 Hand-Mill. I'rpprio Martc vaiidiis, ' strong in his own strength.' 27 Inward. Omitted in the latin. 28 True. Omitted in the Latin. XXVI. OF COUNSEL. 321 V. 1625. aet. 65. futile perfon, that maketh it his glory to tell,-^ will doe more hurt, then many, that know it their duty to conceale. It is true, there be fame Affaires, which require extreme Secrecy^ which will hardly go beyond-^ one or two perfons, befides the King: Neither are thofe Coioifcls vnprofperous : For befides the Secrecy^ they commonly goe on conflantly in one Spirit of Diredlion, without diflra6lion. But then it mufl be a Prudent -King, fuch as is able to Grinde with a Hand- Mill -j"^^ And thofe Iniuard-'^ Counfellours, had need alfo, be Wife Men, and efpecially true^^ and trufly to the Kings Ends ; As it was with King Henry the Seuenth of England, who in his greatefl Bufmeffe,-^ imparted himfelfe to none,^*^ except it were to Alortony and Fox. For Weake7iing of Authoj'ity ; The Fable fheweth the Remedy. Nay the Maiefly of Kings, is rather exalted, then diminifhed, when they are in the Chaire of Counfell : Neither was there euer Prince., bereaued of his Dependances,^^ by his Councell ; Except where there hath beene, either an Ouergreatneffe in one Couiifcllour, Or an Ouerflridl Combin- ation in Diuers ; which are Things ^- foone found, and holpen. For the IsSilncomiejiience, -^ His greatest Businesse. Arcana sua ntajoris momenti, 'his secrets of greater importance.' 30 None. Diwbus tantuvt j/iodo Cousilin7-iis, ' to two councillors alone.' 81 Depenclances. Auctoritate, 'authority.' 82 Things. Mala, ' evils.' X 522 A HARMONY OF THE ESSAYS. III. 1607-12, set. 47-52. that Men will councell with an eye to themfelves, Certainely JVon mvemef /idem super tej'vam^ is meant of the nature of tymes, and not of all par- ticular perfons. There be that are in nature faith- full, and fmcere and plaine, and direct, not craftye, and involved ; lett Princes above all drawe to themfelves fuch natures ; Befides Councelles are not commonly fo vnited, but that one keepeth Sentinell over an- other. But the befl remedy is, if Princes know theire Coun- cellours as well as their Councellours knowe them. Pj'ijicipis ejl virtus maxima nojfe fuos. And on the other fide, Councellours fliould not be to Specula- tive into theire Sovereignes perfon. The true Com- poficion of a Councellour is rather to be flvilfuU in theire Maiflers bufmeffe, then in his nature, for then he is like to advife IV. 1612. aet. 52. ■'•■5 Themselues. Sua rci . . their masters.' 3* After Certainly. ScripUiraJii illam, ' that text.' that men will counfell with an eie to themfelues. Certainlie, JVon imieniet jidem fuper ten-am^ is meant of the nature of times, and not of all par- ticuler perfons. There bee that are in nature faith- full and fmceare, and plaine, and direct, not craftie and inuolued. Let Princes aboue all, draw to themfelues fuch natures. Befides, counfels are not commonly fo vnited, but that one keepeth Sentinell ouer an other. But the befl remedie is, if Princes know their coun- cellors, afwell as their Counfellors know them, Prijicipis ejl virtus maxima noffe fuos. And of the other fide Councellors fliould not be too fpecula- tiue into their Soueraignes perfon. The true com- pofition of a Councellor, is rather to bee skilfull in their Maflers bufmeffe, then in his nature : For then he is like to aduife non Domini, ' their own affairs, not XXVI. OF COUNSEL. 323 V. f 1625. set. 65. that Men will Cowifell ivith ail Eye to thcmfclues ;^^ Certainly,^"* Non inutniet Fidem Juper terra?nf is meant of the Nature of Times, and not of all par- ticular Perfons ; There be, that are in Nature, Faith- full, and Sincere, and Plain e, and Dire6l ; Not Crafty, and Inuolued : Let Princes, aboue all, draw to themfelues fuch Natures. Befides, Coimfelloiirs are not Commonly fo vnited, but that one Counfellour keepeth Centinell ouer An- other ; So that if any do Coimfell out of Fa6lion, or priuate Ends, it commonly comes to the Kings Eare. But the beft Remedy is, if Fri?ices know their Coiin- fellours, as well as their Connfelloiirs know them : Principis ejl virtus maxima noffe fiios.^ And on the other fide, Coiinfellours fhould not be too Specula- tiue, into their Soueraignes Perfon. The true Com- pofition of a Coicnfelloiir., is rather to be skilful in their MaRers Bufmeffe, then in his Nature ; For then he is like to Aduife "■ Luke xviH. 8. * ItistlicgreatestvertueofaPrincetoknowhisown. Martial. Epigr.y\\\.\^. 324 A HARMONY OF THE ESSAYS. III. 1607-12. 3et. 47-52. him, and not to feede his humor. It is of hnguler vfe to Princes, if they take the opinions of theire Councell, both feparately, and togither. For pri- uate opinion is more free; but opinion before others is more reverent. In private, Men are more bold in theire owne hu- mours, and in confort. Men are more obnoxious to others humors. Therefore it is good to take both, and of the inferiour forte rather in priuate, of the greater rather in Com- panie. It is in vaine for Princes to take Councell concerning matters, if they take not Councell likewife con- cerning perfons. Ffor all matters are as dead Im- ages, and the life of the execucion of affayres refleth in the good choife of perfons. Neither is it enough e to confulte con- cerning perfons Sccuiiduni genera^ as in an Idea, or IV. 1612. . get. 52. him, and not to feed his humor. It is of fmguler vfe to Princes, if they take the opinions of their Councell, both feperatly and together. For pri- uate opinion is more free, but opinion before others is more reuerent. In priuate, men are more bold in their own hu- mors ; and in confort, men are more obnoxious to others humors. Therefore it is good to take both, and of the inferiour fort rather in priuate to preferue freedome, of the greater rather in con- fort, to preferue refpe6l. It is in vain for Princes to take counfell concerning matters : if they take no counfell likwife con- cerning perfons. For all matters are as dead im- ages, and the life of the execution of affaires reReth in the good choife of perfons. Neither is it enough to confult concern- ing perfons, fccundum genera^ as in an Idca^ or '•^ Opinions. Opbiiojics et Vota, 'opinions and wishes.' •'0 Are more bold. Plus insc7-7'it, ' serve more.' 37 Obnoxious. Ol>>i In a Tribunitious Manner. More Tribunitio, 'after the manner of a tribune \i.e. in a tumultuous, turbulent manner].' 61 After enforme. Ut decet, ' as is proper.' XXVI. OF COUNSE'L. 329 V. 1625. cet. 65. In choice of Committees, for ripening Bufmeffe, for the Counfdl, it is better to choofe Indifferent ^1 perfons, then to make an Indifferency, by putting in tliofe, that are flrong, on both fides. I commend alfo Jlandijig^'^ Commifsiom ; As^^ for Trade ; for Treafure ; for Warre ; for Suits ;^'^ for fome Prouinces : For where there be diuers particulars^ Counfe/s, and but one Coimfell of Eftate,^'^ (as it is in Spaim) they are in effect no more, then Standing Commifsiotis ; Saue that they haue greater Authority. Let-^*" fuch, as are to informe Counfe/s, out of their particular Profeffions,^^ (as Lawyers, Sea-men, jMint-men,^^ and the like) be firfl heard, before Com- mittees ; And then, as Occafion femes, before the CoiinfelL And let them not come in Multitudes, or in a Tribunitious Planner f^ For that is, to clamour Coiinfels, not to enforme*^^ them. A long Table, and a fquare Table, or Seats about the Walls, 6- feeme Things of Forme, but are Things of Subftance ; For at a long Table, a few at the upper end, in effecl, fway all the Bufmeffe ; But in the other Forme, there is more vfe of the Counfelloins Opinions, that fit lower. A King, when he prefides in Counfell, let him beware how he Opens his owne IncHnation too much, in that which he propoundeth :*^^ For elfe Coufifellours will but take the Winde of him ; And in flead of giuing Free Counfell, fing him a Song of Placebo. iciai, 'atheism, if one truly consider the matter.' 332 A HARMONY OF THE ESSAYS. III. 1607-12. set. 47-52. IV. 1612. the Schoole of Leiicippus, and Democritiis, and Epi- curus ; ffor it is a thow- fand tymes more credible that Fower mutable Ele- mentes and one immutable 5 th effence duely and eternally placed neede noe God; then that an Armie of infinite fmale porcions, vnplac'd fliould have produc'd this order, and beautye without a divine Marfliall. The Scripture faith T/ie foole hath faied m his heai't there is noe God. It is not faied The foole hath thought ill his heai't^ so as hee rather faieth it by rote to himfelf, as that he would have, then that he can throughlie beleeve it, or be perfuaded of it. For none denie there is a God, but thofe for whom it makeththat there were noe God. set. 52. the Schoole of Leucippus, J and Democj'itks, and £pi- ! curus. For it is a thou- fand times more credible, that foure mutable Ele- ments, and one immutable I fifth Effence, duly and i eternally placed, neede no I God : then that an Army ! of infinite fmall portions j or feeds vnplaced, fliould j haue produced this order, j and beauty, without a diuine Marfliall. The Scripture faith, The foole hath faid in his hearty there is 7J0 God, It is not faid, The foole hath thought in his heart. So as he rather faith it by rote to himfelfe, as that he would haue : then that hee can throughly beleeue it, or bee perfwaded of it. For none denie there is a God, but thofe for whom it maketh, that there were no God. 5 Vnplaced. Si7ie Ordine /ortiiito vagantuim, 'wanderins without order.' ^ Marshall. yS"^///, 'superintendent.' ' By rote. Omitted in the Latin. by chance XXVII. OF ATHEISM. 333 V. 1625. set. 65. the Sell 00k of Leucippus, and Dtiuocritus^ and Epi- curus. For it is a thou- fand times more Credible, that foure INIutablc Ele- ments, and one Immutable Fift ElTence, duly and Eternally placed, need no God ; then that an Army, of Infinite fmall Portions, orSeedesvnplacedj^Oiould haue produced this Order, and Beauty, without a Diuine Marfliall.^^ The Scripture faith ; The Foole hath /aid in his Heart, there is no God :^ It is not faid; The Foole hath thought in his Heart : So as, he rather faith it by rote^ to himfelfe, as that he would haue, then that he can throughly beleeue it, or be perfwaded of it. For none deny^ there is a God, but thofe, for whom it maketh^ that there were no God. It appeareth in nothing more, that Atheifme is rather in the Lip, then in the Heart of Man, then by this; That Atheifts will euer be talking i*^ of that dieir Opinion, as if they fainted in it, within themfelues, and would be glad to be Hrengthned, by the Confent of others : Nay more, you fliall haue Atheijls flriue to " Ps. xiv. I. 8 Deny. Deos non esse credit, ' believe there are no gods.' 9 It maketh. .£^/£'^/:V, ' it is advantageous,' 10 Talking. Prcedicent et defendant, ' preaching and defending.' 334 A HARMONY OF THE ESSAYS. III. 1607-12. aet. 47-52. Epicurus is charged that lie did but diffemble for his Creditt fake, when he affirmed there were bleffed natures, but fuch as enioyed themfelves with- out having refpecl to the governement of the world ; wherein they fay he did temporize, thoughe in fecrett, he thought there was noe God. But cer- tainely, he is traduced. For his Wordes are noble, and divine No7i deos vidgi 7iegare profanum, fed vidgi opinio7ies Diis applicare profanum Plato could have faied noe more. And althoughe he had the confidence to denie the adminiftracion, he had not the power to denie that nature. The Iiidia7is of the Wefl have names for theire particuler Codes, thoughe they have noe one IV. 161 2. 3et. 52. Epicin'us is charged that he did but diffemble for his credits fake, when he affirmed there were bleffed natures, but fuch as enioyed themfelues,vv^ith- out hauing refpe6l to the goueniment of the world. Wherein they fay, he did temporife, though in fecret, hee thought, there was no God. But cer- tainly hee is traduced ; for his words are noble and diuine. No7i Deos vidgi 7iegare profa7iu77i, fed vidgi opi7iio7ies Dijs applica7'e p7'of a 1111711. Plato could haue faid no more. And although he had the confidence to denie the adminiflration ; he had not the power to den}^ the nature. The I7idia7is of the Wefl., haue names for their particuler gods, though they haue no 11 Suffer. Mortem et Crjiciatus subie-nmt, ' have undergone death and tortures.' 12 And not recant. Potius qiiain Opinionevi sttatn retractare stistinerenty ' rather than bear to retract their opinion.' XXVII. OF A THEISM. 335 V. 1625. aet. 65. get Diftiplcs, as it fareth with other Se6ls : And, which is mod of all, you fliall haue of them, that will fuffer^^ for At/ieifme, and not recant ;i'^ Wheras, if they did truly thinke, that there were no fuch Thing as God, why fliould they trouble themfelues ? Epictirus is charged, that he did but diffemble, for his credits fake, when he affirmed ; There were Bleffcd Nahires, but fuch asenioyed themfelues, with- out hauing refpedl to the Gouemment of the World. Wherein, they fay, he did temporize j though in fecret, he thought, there was no God}^ But cer- tainly, he is traduced ; For his Words are Noble and Diuine : No7i Deos vidgi negare profaiium ; fed vidgi Opmiones Dijs applicare profamim."- Plato could haue faid no more.^* And although, he had the Confidence, to deny the Ad7?ti?iiJIration}^ he had not the Power to deny the JVature. The Indians of the Wejl^ haue Names for their particular Gods, though they haue no * It is not profane to deny the gods of the f>eople : but it is profane to attribute to the gods, the beliefs of the people. Diog. Laert. x. 123. "God. Z)^^5-, 'gods.' !■* More. iT/r/n/j, ' better.' 1* Administration. Divinant rerum Administrationem, ' admini.-^tra- tion of divine things.' -,-,6 A HARMONY OF THE ESSAYS. OJ III. 1607-12. get. 47-52. IV name for God, as if the Heathens fliould have had the names Iiipiter., Appollo, Mais, Etc., but not the word, Dcus ; which fhewes they have the notion, though not the full extent. So that againft AthiefLes the mofl barbarous Savages take part with the fubtileft Philofophers. 1612. set. 52. name for God : as if the heathens fhould haue had the names, Jupiter, Apollo, Mars, etc., but not the word Dens : which fliewes yet they haue the notion though not the full extent. So that againfl Atheifls, the moft barbarous take part with the fubtilleft Philofophers. Sauages, [Expanded and tranfpofed here i?t the 1625 Edition, from the Effay Of Superflition of the - '16 1 2 Edition; seep. 346.] They that denie a God, They that deny a God, 16 Ex-tent. Omitted in the Latin. 1^ Receiued Religion. Religionevi nliquam, ' any religion.' 18 Name. Nomcn et Nota, ' name and mark.' 19 Maine. Omitted in the Latin. •^ Scoffing. Zz/rt't'Wfj'zV/' yVrrtwrt'/', ' playing and joking.' XXVII. OF ATHEISM. 337 V. 1625. ^t. 65. name for God : As if the Hcathois, fliould haiie had the Names IiipUcr, Apollo, Mars., &c. Eut not the Word Dcus : which fliewes, that euen thofe Barbarous People, haue the Notion, though they haue not the Latitude, and Extent 1^ of it. So that againfl AthciJIs, the very Sauages take part, with the very fubtillefl Philofophers. The Contemplatiue Atheijl is rare ; A Diagoras, a Bion., a Lucian perhaps, and fome others ; And yet they feeme to be more then they are'; For that, all that Impugne a receiued Religion}'^' or Siipcr/Iilion, are by the aduerfe Part, branded with the Name^^ of Athnjls. But the great Atheijls, indeed, are Hypocrites ; which are euer Handling Holy Things, but without Feeling. So as they muft needs be cau- terized in the End. The Caiifts oi 'Atheifuie are; Dinifiofis in Rcligio??, if they be many ; For any one maine^^ Diuifion, addeth Zeale to both Sides ; But many Diuifions introduce Athcifme. Another is, Scandall of Pricjls ; When it is come to that, which S. Bernard faith ; Noil ejl iam dicere, vt Populns, fie Sacerdos: quia nee fie popiiliis., vt Saeerdos. A third is, Cuflome of Frofiine Seofiin^-^ in Holy Matters ; which doth, by little and little, deface the Reuerence of Religion. And laflly, Learned Tiffies, fpecially with Peace, and Profperity : For Troubles and Aduerfities doe more bow ]\Iens ]\Iindes to Religion. They that deny a God^-^ " It cannot ncnv he said, as are tJte people, so is the priest ; because the people are not so bad as the priest. St. Bernard. Sermones ad Pastores. Opera, p. 1752. Ed. 1640. '^ God. Deos, ' Gods.' Y 538 AHA R M O N Y OF THE ESS A Y S. III. 1607-12. aet. 47-52. deflroy mans nobilitye ; Ffor certainlie Man is of kin to the beaftes by his body, and if he be not of kin to God by his fpiritt, he is a bafe and ignoble Creature. It de- flroyes hkewife Magnani- mitie, and the rayfing of humaine nature. For take an Example of a dogg, and marke what a gener- ofitye, and courage he will putt on, when he findes himfelf mainteyned by a Man, which to him is in- flead of a God, or melior natiira ; which courage is manifefllie fuch, as that Creature without that Confidence of a better nature then his owne, could never attaine. So man when he refleth and affureth himfelfe vponn divine proteccion, and favour, gathereth a force, and faith, which humaine nature in it felf could not obtayne. Therefore as Atheifine is in all re- fpe6ts hatefull. So in this, that it depriveth humaine nature, of the meanes to exalte it felf above hu- IV. 16 1 2. fet. 52. deflroy mans nobility. For certainely man is of kinne to the beafls by his body ; and if he bee not of kin to God by his fpirit, he is a bafe and ignoble creature. It de- ftroies likewife magnani- mity, and the raifing of humane nature. For, take an example of a dog, and marke what a gener- ofity and courage he will put on, when hee findes himfelfe maintained by a man, which to him is in- flead of a god, or Melior natiira : Which courage is manifeRly fuch, as that creature, without that confidence of a better nature then his owne, could neuer attaine. So man when he refleth and affureth himfelfe vpon Diuine prote6tion and fauour; gathereth a force, and faith, which humane nature in it felfe could not obtaine. Therefore as Athcif)?ie is in all re- fpe6ls hatefull : So in this, that it depriueth humane nature of the meanes to exalt it felfe, aboue hu- XXVII. OF A THEISM. 339 V. ^ 1625. aet. 65. deflroy Mans Nobility : For certainly, Man is of Kinne to the Beads, by his Body ; And if, he be not of Kinne to God^ by his Spirit, he is a Bafe and Ignoble Creature. It de- flroies likewife Magnani- mity, and the Raifmg of Humane Nature : For take an Example of a Dog; And mark what a Gener- ofity, and Courage he will put on, when he findes himfelfe maintained, by a Man ; who to him is in flead of a God, or Melior Natura:^ which courage is manifeflly fuch, as that Creature, without that Confidence, of a better Nature, than his owne, could neuer attaine. So Man, when he refleth and affureth himfelfe, vpon diuine Protection, and Fauour, gathereth a Force and Faith ; which Humane Nature, in it felfe, could not obtaine. Therefore, as Atheifme is in all re- fpecls hatefull, fo in this, that it depriueth humane Nature, of the Meanes, to exalt it felfe, aboue Hu- " A Better Nature. Ovid. Mctaiiicrp/ioses. i. 2t. 340 A HARMONY OF THE £SSAVS. III. 1607-12. ?et. 47-52. maine frailtye. As it is in particular perfons, fo it is in Nacions. Never was there fiich a State for Magnanimitye, as Rome; of this State heare what Cicero faieth, Qtiam volu- miis licet Patres Confcripti^ nos amemus ; iamen nee mimero Ilifpanos, nee robo7'e Galhs, nee eallidi- tate Poenos, nee artibiis GrcEcos, nee denique hoc ipfo hiiius gent is et ten-ce, domejlico, natitwque fenfu Italos ipfos et Latinos ; fed pietate, ac I'eligioiie^ atqne hac V7ia Sapientia, quod Deoriim immo7'taliiim nii- mine omnia regi, guher- narique perfpeximiis^ onnies gejites, Nationefqiie fiiper- aiiimus. IV. 1612. ffit. 52. mane frailty. As it is in particuler perfons ; fo it is in Nations. Neuer was there fuch a flate for magnanimity as Rome. Of this flate, heare what Cicero faith ; Qiiam volu- mus licet, P. Conf. nos ame7nus, tame7i nee 7iit7)iero JPifpanos, nee I'obore Gallos, 7iec eallidi- tate Po27ios, 7iec a7'tibus G7-cecos, 7iee de7iique Jwc ipfo huiiis ge/itis et term do)7ieJtico, 7iatiuoque fe7ifu Italos ipfos et Latinos : fed pietate, ac religione, atque hac V7id fapie7itia quod Deorufn i7ni7W7ialium 7iu- 7nine omnia 7'egi, giiber- 7ia7'ique pe7fpexi?7ius, 077mes gentes, Nationefqiie fiipe7'- auimus. 22 Neuer was there. Nunqnam Gens aiiqua aquavit, ' never any State equalled.' XXVII. OF A THEISM. 34^ V. 1625. set. 65. mane Frailty. As it is in particular Perfons, fo it is in Nations : Neuer was there -^ fuch a State, for Magnanimity, as Rome : Of this State heare what Cicero faith ; Quam volu- mus, licet, patns confcripti^ 710S amemus, taine?i 7iec nwnero Hifpanos, iiec robore GaHos, nee callidi- tate Poenos, nee artibus GrcECOs, nee deniqiie hoc ipfo Jmius Gentis et Terrce domejlico natiuoque fenfu Italos ipfos et Latinos ; fed Fietate, ac Religione, atque hac V7id Sapientid, quod Deoriim Immoi'taliiun Nu- jnine, omnia regi, giiber- Tiarique perfpeximus, ojnnes Gentes Nationefqtie fiiper- auimusJ^ " Let us applaud our stives as much as ive please, O conscript fathers : yet it is not because ive have surpassed the Spaniards in number, or the Gauls in strength, or the Carthaginians i)t cunning, or the Grecian in arts, or lastly the Italians and Latins themselves in that native inl'orn sense peculiar to this race and land ; but that in piety and religion, and, in this especial wisdom, that ive perceive that all things are goverfied by the divine power 0/ the immortal gods, it is, that ive have overcome ail races atid nations. Cicero. De Hamspician Responsis. ix. 342 A HARMONY OF THE ESSAYS. III. 1607-12. set. 47-52. Harleian MS. 5106. 28. ©f Superstition. T were better to have noe opinion of God at all, then such an opinion as is vnworthie of him ; For the one is Vnbeieife, the other is Contumelie; and certainlye fuperflicion is the reproach of the Deytie. IV. 1612. set. 52. Atheifme leaves a Man to fence, to Philofophie, to naturall piety, to Lawes, to reputacion, all which may be guides vnto Vertue thoughe Religion were not, but Superfliciondifmountes all theis, and ere6teth an ab- folute Tyranny in the minde of Men. There- 15. ©f ^upcrsJtitiott. r were better to haue no opinion of God at all ; then fuch an opinion as is vnworthy of him ; For the one is vnbeliefe, the other is Contmnely; and certainely fuperftition is the reproch of Deitie. Atheifme leaues a Man to fenfe, to Philofophy, to naturall piety, to lawes, to reputation, all which may bee guides vnto vertue, though Religion were not : but fuperftition difmounts all thefe, and eredleth an ab- folute Tyranny in the minde of men. There- !F5. ITariations in postfjumoug Eati'n lEUition of 1638. 1 No. Nullam aut incertam, ' none, or an uncertain.' 2 Vnworthy. Co>ttu))ielioscnn, et iiidignam, 'ignominious and unworthy.' ^ Contumely. Intpietatis et Opprobrii, ' impiety and contumely." * Eat. Comedere et devorare, ' eat and devour.' XXVIII. OF SUr i: RSTITION. 343 V. 1625. British Museum Copy. 17. ©f Superstition. ait. 65. T were better to haueno^ Opinion of God at all ; then fuch an Opinion, as is vnworthy^ of him : For the one is Vnbeleefe, the other is Contumely^ : And certainly Super/lit ion is the Reproach of the Deify. Plutarch faith well to that purpofe : Surely (faith he) / had rather, a great deale, Me?i JJwu/d fay, there was no fuch Man, at all, as Plutarch ; then that they Jliould fay, that there 7vas o?ie Plutarch, that would eat^ his Children, as foon as they were borne,"- as the Poets fpeake of Saturne. And, as the Contumely^ is greater towards God^ fo the Danger is greater towards Men. Atheifnie leaues^ a Man to Senfe ; to Philofophy ; to Naturall Piety; to Lawes; to Reputation;" All which may be Guides to an out- ward Morallvertue, though Religio?i were not; But Superflition difmounts all thefe, and ere6leth an ab- folute Monarchy, in the Mindes of Men. There- " Plutarch. De Superstitione, x. 5 Contumely. Coftt^nnelia Sitperstiiionis, ' contumely of superstition.' * Leaues. Noii prorsits conveUit Dictamina Sensus, ' does not entirely take away the dictates of sense.' '" Reputation. Bona Fantce Desiu^riu?n ; ' desire ot good reputation.' 344 A HARMONY OF THE £SSAVS. III. 1607-12. Kt. 47-52. I IV. fore Athcifmc did never perturbe States, for it makes Men warie of them- felves, as lookeing noe further. And wee fee the tymes inclyned to Atheifme, as the tyme of Augujlus Ccsfar, and our owne tymes in fome Countryes were and are civill tymes. But Superftition hath bene the Confufion, and defolacion of manie flates, and bringes in a new prijiium mobile that ravy- fheth all the Spheres of governement. The Mafler of SuperfLicion is the Peo- ple, and in all SuperfLicion, wife Men followe Fooles, and Arguments are Fitted to practize, in a reverfed order. 1612. set. 52. fore Atheifme did neuer perturbe flates ; for it makes men wary of them- felues, as looking no further.- and we fee the times inclined to Atheifme^ as the time of Augujlus CcBfa?', and our owne times in fome Countries, were, and are, ciuill times. But Superflition, hath beene the confufion and diffolation of many flates ; and bringeth in a new Priimun Mobile that rau- ifheth al the fpheres of gouernment. The mafter of Superflition is the peo- ple: and in al fuperflition, wife men follow fooles ; and arguments are fitted to pradlife, in a reuerfed order. 8 Neuer. Raro, 'rarely.' 9 As looking no further. Et securitati stuB consulenies, 'and regardful of their safety.' XX VI 1 1. O F S U P E R S TI 71 ,V. 345 V. 1625. aet. 65. fore Athcifme did neuer^ perturbe States ; For it makes Men wary of them- felues, as looking no further •? And we fee the times encHned to Athcifme (as the Time of Augujlus Ccefar) were ciuiP^ Times. But Superjiition, hath beene the Confufion of many States ;^i And bringeth in a new Primicin Mobile, that rau- ilheth all the Spheares of Gouernment. The INIafter oiSiipefJiitioTivs, the People; And in all Superftition, Wife Men follow Fooles ; And Arguments are fitted to Pra(flife, in a reuerfed Order. It was grauely faid, by fome of the Prelates, in the Coimcell of Trent, where the do(ftrine of the Schoolemen bare great Sway; That the Schoolemen were like Aflronomers, which did faigiie Eccent ricks a?id Epicycles, a?idftich E7igi?ies of Orbs, to fane the Phcno- me?ia ; though they knew, there we?'e no fuch Things ;« And, in like manner, that the Schoolmen, had framed a Number of fubtile and intricate Axiomes, and Theorems, to faue the praclife of the Church. " p. Sarpi. Historia del Concilio Tridentitto. Bk. ii. /. 222. Ed. 1619. The passage is thus translated by N. Brent, " Some pleasant wits said, that if the Astrulogers, not knowing the true causes of the celestiall motions, to salue the appearances, haue inuented Ecceiitriques, and E/>icicics, it was no wonder if the Councel, desiring to salue the appearances of the super- celestiall motions, did fall into excentricitie of opinions." /. 227. Ed. 1620. l<> Ciuil. Tranquilla, ' quiet.' 11 States. Kegnis et Rebus-publicis, ' Kingdoms and States.' 546 A HARMONY OF THE ASSAYS. III. 1607-12. £et. 47-52. There is noe fuch Atheifl, as an Hypocrite, or Im- poilor, and it is not poffible, but where the generahtyeis Siiperflitious, manie of the Leaders are Hypocrites. Thecaufesof Af/iei/me a.Te; divifions in Religion ; fcandall of Preilles; and learned tymes; fpecially if profperous ; thoughe for devifions, anie one mayne divifion addeth zeale to both fides, but manie divifions introduce Atheifme. The caufes of Superflicion are ; the pleafing of Ceremonyes, the exceffe of outward holyneffe, the Reverence of Traditions, the stratagems of Prelates for theire owne ambicion, and lucre, IV. 161 2. ast. 52. There is no fuch Atheifl, as an Hipocrite, or Im- pofler: and it is not poffible, but where the generality is fuperflitious. many of the leaders are Hipocrits. The caufes of Atheifme are, diuifions in Religion ; fcandall of Priefts ; and learned times; fpecially if profperous ; though for diuifions, any one maine diuifion addeth zeale to both fides, but many diuifions introduce Atheifme, The caufes of Superflition are, the pleafing of Ceremonies ; the exceffe of outward holineffe ; the reuerence of traditions ; the flratagems of Prelats for their owne ambition and lucre. and barbarous tymes ; i and barbarous times. fpecially with calamities and difaflers. Superflicion without his vaile is a deformed thins. fpecially with calamities, and difaflers. Superflition without his vaile is a deformed thing, 12 Taking an Aime ... by Human. Exeiitplormn importiina et inepta ietitio ab liumanis, qiicr in Di^'ina traiisferantiir, ' the inopportune and fool- ish taking of examples from human things to transfer them to divine things.' XXVIII. OF SUPERSTITION. 347 V. 1625. aet 65. [Tranfferred in a?i expanded form to the Ejfjfay, Of Atheifm : seep. 337.] The Caufes of SuperJIifion are : Pleafmg and fenfuall Rites and Ceremonies : ExcefTe of Outward and Pharifaicall Holinefle ; Ouer-great Reuerence of Traditions, which cannot but load the The Stratagems of Prelates [Church ; for their owne Ambition and Lucre : The Fauouring too much of good Inten- tions, which openeth the Gate to Conceits and Nouel- ties; The taking an Aime^- at diuine Matters by Human, which cannot but breed mixture of Imaginations ;^^ And laflly, Barbarous Times, Efi)ecially ioyned with Calamities and Difaflers. Snpcrjlition., without a vaile, is a deformed Thing ; 13 Imn^inations. Fantasiarum Ttiale cohixrentinavt, ' disconnected imaginauons.' A HARMONY OF THE £SSA VS. III. 1607-12. set. 47-52. ffor as it addes deformity to an Ape to be fo like a Man, fo the Similitude of Superflicion to Religion makes it the more de- formed ; And as whole- fome meate corrupteth to litle wormes ; fo good formes, and orders, corrupt into a number of pettie obfervances. lY. 161 2. ast. 52. for as it addeth deformity to an Ape, to be fo like a man .• So the fimilitude of fuperftition to Religion, makes it the more de- formed. And as whole- fome meate corrupteth to little wormes ; fo good formes and orders, corrupt into a number of pettie obferuances. 1* Good. Boficp et sance, 'good and sound.* 15 Petty. Piisillas et sjipet-JIuas, 'petty and superfluous.' ^•j Doe best. Saniorcvi et piiriorem viaui inire, ' enter a sounder and purer way.' 17 After ■vov^di. be had. In Religiojie rcjonnanda, 'in reforming religion.' XXVIII. OF SUPERSTITION. 349 V. 1625. aet 65. For, as it addeth deformity to an Ape, to be fo like a a Man ; So the Similitude of Superjliiion to Religion^ makes it the more de- formed. And as whole- fome Meat corrupteth to little Wormes ; So good^* Formes and Orders, corrupt into a Number of petty ^^ Obferuances. There is a Superjlition, in auoiding Supe7'Jlitio?i ; when men thinke to doe befl,^^ if they goe furthefl from the Superjlition formerly receiued : Therefore, Care would be hadj^"" that, (as it fareth in ill Purgings^^) the Good be not taken away, with the Bad ;^^ which commonly is done, when the People is the Reformer.-*^ 18 111 Purgings, /« Corpore pnrgando, 'in purging.' 19 Bad. Comiptis, ' corrupt.' 20 Reformer. Ke/orfttatio regitur a Populo, ' reformation is directed by the people.' 350 A HARMONY OF THE £SSAVS. III. 1607-12. set. 47-52- Harleian MS. 5106. 29. ©t Praise. Raife is the Re- flexion of ver- tiie, but it is as the glaffe, or body, is which giveth the reflexion ; if it be from the Common People it is commonly falfe, and naught, and rather fol- loweth vayne perfons, then vertuous. For the Com- mon People vnderfland not manie excellent ver- tues; The lowefl vertues drawe praife from them, the middell vertues worke in them aflonifhement, or admiracion, but of the highefl vertues they have noe fence, or perceiving att all. But fli ewes, and 6))i" virtutlbus ftmiks, feRie bed with them. Certainly, Fame is like a Riuer, that bear- eth vp Things Light and Swolne, And Drownes Things waighty andSolide: But if perfons of Qualitie and Judgement concurre,^ " Qualities resemhliitg virtues. Tacitus. Atmnles. xv. 48. 2 Vaine. Vitfios et tiunidos, 'vain and pompous.' 8 Concurre. Ctiin vtilgo concurnmt, ' concur with the common people.' 352 A HARMONY OF THE ESSAYS. III. 1607-12. eet. 47-52. then it is as the Scripture faieth) No men hoinim iujlar VJigncjiti f7'ag?'a7itis, it filleth all round about, and will not eafily away. For the odours of Oyntementes, are more durable then thofe of Flowers. There be fo manie falfe pointes of praife, that a Man may iufLly hold it fufpedl. Some praifes proceede meerly of flattery, and if hee be an ordinary Flatterer, he will have cer- tain e Common Attributes which may ferve every Man ; If he be a Cunning Flatterer he will followe the Archflatterer which is a Mans felf, and wherein a Man tliinketh befl of him- felf therein the Flatterer will vphold him mofl; But if he be an impudent Flatterer, looke wherein a Man is confcient to him- felf, that he is mofl de- fective, and is moft out of countenance in himfelf, that will the flatterer in- IV. 1612. set. 52. then it is as the Scripture faith, Nomcn bomnn instar vnguejiti fragrant is ; It filleth all round about, and will not eafily away. For the odor of ointments are more durable then thofe of flov.'ers. There bee fo many falfe pointes of praife, that a man may iullly hold it fufpecSl. Some praifes proceeds meerely of flattery : and if he bee an ordinary flatterer, he will haue cer- taine common atributes, which may ferue euery man : if he bee a cunning flatterer hee will follow the Archflatterer, which is a mans felfe, and wherein a man thinketh befl of him- felfe, therein the flatterer will vphold him moft. ; But if hee bee an impudent flatterer, looke wherein a man is confcient to him- felfe, that he is mofl de- fectiue, and is mofl out of countenance in himfelfe, that wil the flatterer en- * Common. Co7nmunihnx . . . 7wn Quccsitis aut appositis, ' common . . . not studied or appropriate.' ^ 5 A Man thinketli best. Tibi places, aut teipsum exccllere putas, please vourself, or think that you excel.' XXIX. OF PRAISE. 353 V. 1625. aet. 65. then it is, (as the Scripture faith) No men boiium iujlar vngiieiiii fragrantis.^ . It filleth all round about, and will not eafily away. For the Odours of Oyntments, are more Durable, then thofe of Flowers. There be fo many Falfe Points of Praife, that a Man may iuflly hold it a Sufpect. Some Praifcs proceed meerely of Flattery ; And if hee be an Ordinary Flatterer, he will haue cer- taine Common'* Attributes, which may ferue euery Man; If he be a Cunning Flatterer, he will follow the Arch-flatterer, which is a Mans felfe; and wherein a Man thinketh befl^ of him- felfe, therein the Flatterer will vphold*^ him mod : But if he be an Impudent'' Flatterer, look wherin a Man is Confcious toTiim- felfe, that he is moft De- fec^tiue, and is mofl out of Countenance in himfelfe, that will the Flatterer En- " Eccles. vii. i. 8 Vphold. lis inhcerebit, 'will keep to those.' 7 Impudent. Impudetis, et perfrictce Frontis, ' impudent and of a shame- less forehead.' 354 A HARMONY OF THE £SSAVS. IIL 1607-12. set. 47-52. i IV title him to perforce Spreta Confcientia. Some praifes come of good wiflies and refpedles, which is a foiirme due in CiviUty to Kings and great perfons ; laudando prcecipei'e ; when by telhng Men what they are, they reprefent to them what they fliould bee. Some Men are praifed mah- cioufly totheire hurt, there- by to flirre envy and lealoufie towardes them ; pefflimun genus iiiinii- corum laiidantium. 1612. aet. 52. title him to perforce ; Spreta confcientia. Some praifes come of good wiflies and refpects, which is a forme due in ciuility to Kings and great perfons, Laudando pracipe7'e\ when by telling men what they are, they reprefent to them what they fliould bee. Some men are praifed mali- cioufly to their hurt, ther- by to ftirre enuie and ieloufie towards them ; 'FeJJinntni genns ininii- coriwi laudantium. Certain ely moderate praife vfed with oportunitye, and not vul- gar, but appropriate, is that which doth the good Salomon faieth He that praifeth his freind alowde, fifing early, itJJialhc to him noe better then a Curfe. To much magnifying of Man, or matter, doth irri- Certainly moderate praife vfed with opportunity, and not vul- gar, but appropriate, is that which doth the good. Salomon faitli, Hee that praifeth his friend aloud, rifing early, it JJiall bee to him ?iO better then a curfe. Too much magnifying of man or matter, doth irri- 8 Entitle. Impiitahit, ct ajffigct, ' impute and attribute.' 8 Reprebcnt. HmitiUtcr inonens, 'humbly warn.' lo Nose. Ann, ' nostril.' " Is that which doth the Good. Honori vcl jna.viine esse, ' is a very great honour. ' XXIX. OF PRAISE. 355 V. 1625. 3et. 65. title^ him, to perforce, Spreid Confdaitid.'^ Some Fraifcs come of good Wiflies, and Refpecls, ^ which is a Forme due in CiuiUtie to Kings, and - Great Perfons, Laudandgr prceciperef WhenbytelHng Men, what they are, they reprefent^ to them, what they fliould be. Some Men are Praifcd j\IaU- cioufly to their Hurt, ther- by to flirre Enuie and lealoufie towards them ; Pefsimum genus I?iimi- corum laudantium ;^ In lo much as it was a Prouerb, amongft the Grecians \ that, He that was praifed to his Hurt, JJiould haue a PuJJi rife vpon his Noje-}^ As we fay ; That a Blister will rife vpon ones Tongue, that telVs a lye. Certainly Moderate Fraife, vfed with Opportunity, and not Vul- gar is thatwhich doth the Good.^^ Salojnofi faith. He that praifeth his Trend aloud, Fifing Early, it fliall be to him, no better then a Ciufe.'^ Too much Magnifying of Man or Matter, doth irri- " In disdain of conscience. ^ To tench in praising. ^ The -vorst kind 0/ enemies, eulogists. Tacitus. Agn'rr^f. t r <* Prov. xxvii. 14. 356 A HARMONY OF THE ESS A YS. III. 1607-12. aet. 47-50 tate Contradiccion, and procure, Envy e and fkorne. lY. 1612. aet. 52. tate contradiction, and procure enuie and fcorne. 12 Enuie. Omitted in the Latin. 13 After Profession. Aut studia quihis se addixit, 'or the studies to which he is given.' 1* Sbirrerie. Hispanico Vocabiilo, Sbirrarias, ' by the Spanish word, Sbirrerie.' i» Which is Vnder-Sheriffries. Omitted in the Latin.' 16 Though many times . . . Speculations. Ac si Artes illtB memoratce, magis ejusnwdi Homities, quatn in Fastigio Cardinalattis positos, decerent; XXIX. OF PRAISE. 357 "V. 1625. aet. 65. tate Contradicflion, and j^rocureEnuie^-andScorne. To Praife a Mans felfe, cannot be Decent, except it be in rare Cafes : But to Praife 2i Mans Office or Pro- feflion/3 he may doe it with Good Grace, and with a Kinde of Magnanimitie. The Cardinals of Pome, which are Theologues, and Friars, and Schoole-men, haue a phrafe of Notable Contempt and Scorne, to- wards Ciuill Bufmeffe: For they call all Temporall Bnfineffe, of Warres, Embaffages, Judicature, and other Emploiments, Sbirrerit^-}^ which is, Vnder ^>heriffries -^'^ As if they were but matters for Vnder-Sheriffes and Catchpoles ; Though many times, ^^ thofe ViidcrJJicrif- feries doe more good, then their High Speculations. S^ Paul, when he boafts of himfelfe, he doth oft enter- lace ; I fpeake like a Poole f But fpeaking of his Calling, he faith ;^'' Magnificabo Apostolatum meumj^ ° 'Sbirro' in Italian, means a bailiff, catckpole, constable, ^ 2 Cor. xi. 23. * Rom. xi. 13. Et tamen (si Res rite potideretur,) Speculativa cutn Ci^'ilibus nan malt misce7itiir, ' as if the above-mentioned arts are more fitted for men of that kind than for those placed on the pinnacle of the Cardinalate ; and yet (if it is rightly considered, speculation is not ill mixed with civil matters.' ^" Saith. Nihil veretur dicere, ' is not afraid to say.' 358 A HARMONY OF THE ASSAYS. III. 1607-12. £et. 47-52. I/ar/eiau MS. 5106. 30. ©t Mature, in mert. Ature is often hid- den, fometymes overcome, fel- dome extin- guiflied. Fforce maketh nature more violent in the retourne. Doctrine, and difcourfe maketh nature leffe importune. But Cuflome onely doth alter nature. Hee that feeketh victorie over his nature, lett him not fett himfelf to great nor to fmale Tafkes ; For the Firft will make him deiedled by often failes, and the fecond will make him a fmale proceeder thoughe by often prevaylinges. And at the firft lett him pracflife with helpes, as Swymmers doe with bladders, or Ruflies, but after a tyme, lett him pra6lize with difadvanta- ges, as dancers doe with thick flioes. Ffor it breeds great perfedlion if the pradlize be harder then the vfe. Where IV. 1612. clit. 52. 26. (Bt fi^inxt itt JEen, Ature is often hid- den, fometimes ouercome ; fel- dom extin- guiflied. Force maketh nature more violent in the returne .• doc^trine and difcourfe maketh nature leffe importune ; but cuflome onely doth alter and fubdue nature. Hee that feeketh victorie ouer his nature, let him not fet himfelfe to great, nor to fmall taskes. For the firfl will make him deiecled by often failes ; and the fecond will make him a fmall proceeder, though by often preuailings. And at the firft let him pra6life with helps as Swimmers doe with bladders, or ruflies.- but after a time let him pra6tife with difaduanta- ges, as dauncers do with thicke fliooes. For it breeds great perfedlion, if the PracSlife bee harder then the vfe. Wher us. Uariations in postljumous Eatin ISliitujn of 1638. 1 TiTi.R. De Naturn, et hidole Natnrall in Honmiibus, ' of nature and natural disposition in men." XXX. OF NATURE IN MEN. 359 V. 1625. set. 65. British Museum Copy. 38. (9f ^ature in |!tcn.^ V-^///;r is Often Hid- den ; Sometimes Ouercome; Sel- dom e Extin- guiilied. Force maketh Nature more violent in the Returne : Doctrine and Difcoiirfe maketh Katiwe- leffe Importune:^ But Cuflome onely doth alter and fubdue Nature. Hee that feeketh Victory ouer his Nature., let him not fet Himfelfe too great, nor too fmall Tasks : For the firft, will make him deiecled by often Fayl- ings ; And the Second will make him a fmall Proceeder, though by often Preuailings. And at the firfl, let him practife with Helps, as Swimmers^ doe with Bladders, or Rufhes : But after a Time, let him praclife with difaduanta- ges, as Dancers doe with thick Shooes. For it breeds great Perfection, if the Practife be harder then the vfe. Where 2 Nature. Affcctus Natnrales, ' the natural dispositions.' _ 3 A/Ur Importune. Sgd tio?i tollunt, ' but do not remove them [t.f. the natural dispositions], _ ^ •* Swimmers. Natatores recentes. ' new swimmers. 36o A HARMONY OF THE ESSAYS. III. 1607-12. £61.47-52. nature is mightie, and therefore the viciorie hard, the degrees had neede be firjfl to flay and arreft nature in tyme, then to goe leffe in quantitie -iltogither. md laflHe to difcontynue But if a Man fortitude and to infranchife once, that IS liave the refolucion himfelf at the befl Optimus ilk animi vin- dex Icedentia pe^iis Vmada qui rtipit de- dohiitqiie femel. Neither is it amiffe to bend na- ture to a con- trarye extreame, where it is noe vice. Lett not a man force a habitt vponn IV. 1612. aet. 52. nature is mighty, and therefore the viciorie hard; the degrees had need bee, firft to flay and arrefl nature in time .• hke to him that would fay ouer the foure and twenty letters when he was an- gry, then to go leffe in quantitie; as if one fliould in forbearing wine come from drinking healthes, to a draught a meale ; and lafllie to difcontinue altogether. But if a man haue the fortitude and refolution to infranchife himfelfe at once that is the befl; Optimus ilk aiiimi vin- dex lcsde?dia pefius Vincula qui rupif, de- doluitque femel. Neither is the ancient rule amiffe, to bend na- ture as a wand, to a con- trary extreame, whereby to fet it right ; vnderflanding it, where the contrary ex- treme is no vice. Let not a man force a habite vpon 5 Arrest. Omitted in the Latin. ® Foure and Twenty. Alphabeti, ' of the Alphabet.* 7 ^y?<,';' Letters. Priiisqitain quicquamfaceret, 'before he did anything.' * Befo7-e to Goe lesse. Naturain moderari, et, ' to moderate nature and.' 8 Drinking Healths. Majoribus Haiistib^is, ' greater draughts.' 10 A Draught at a Meale. Ad mitiores, ' to less draughts.' XXX. OF NA TUR E IN MEN. 361 V. 1625. set. 65. Nature is Mighty, and therefore the V it lory hard, the Degrees had need be ; Firfl to Stay and Arrefl^ Nature in Time ; Like to Him, that would fay oner the Foure and Twenty^ Letters," when he was An- gry : Then ^to Goe leffe in Quantity ; As if one fliould, in forbearing Wine, come from Drinking Healths,^ to a Draught at a Meale -^^ AndlafLly,to Difcontinue^^ altosrether. But if a Man O haue the Fortitude, and Resolution, to enfranchife^^ Himfelfe at once, that is the beft ; Optimics illi A?iimi Vin- dex, lcede7itia pedlus \Vi71cula qui rupitj de- dal uitque femel. ^ Neither is the Ancient Rule amiffe, to bend Na- ture as a Wand, to a Con- trary Extreme, whereby to fet it right : VnderRanding it, where the Contrary Ex- treme is no Vice.^^ Let not a man force a Habit vpon " He is the best vindicator of his tnind who breaks the chains that afflict his breast and ceases to grieve once for aU. Ovid. Reviedia Avioris. i. 293,4. 11 Discontinue. Natnrani peiiitiis siib juginn vtittere, et dotnare, * to put nature altogether under the yoke, and tame it.' 1' Enfranchise. Exiinere et vindicare. ' free and deliver.' 1- Is no Vice. In Vitiuin non ducat. ' does not lead to vice.' 562 A HARMONY OF THE £SSAVS. III. 1607-12. 3et. 47-52. himfelf with a perpetuall contynuance, but with fome intermiffion : For both the pawfe reinforceth the new Onfett ; and if a Man that is not perfitt be ever in pradlife, he fhall afwell practize his er- rours, as his abiHtyes, and induce one habitt of both, and there is noe meanes to helpe this, but by feafonable intermif- fions. Mans nature is beft per- ceiued in priuateneffe, For there is noe affectacion, in paffion for that putteth a Man out of his preceptes, and in a new Cafe, or ex- periment, for there cuf- tome leaveth him. They are hnppie Men whofe natures fort with theire vo- IV. 161 2. aet. 52. himfelfe with a perpetual continuance, but with fome intermiffion. For both the paufe reinforceth the new onfet ; and if a man that is not perfect be euer in pradtife, he fhall afwell practife his er- rors, as his abilities, and induce one habite of both: and there is no meanes to help this, but by fefonable intermif- fions. mans nature is bed per- ceiued in priuatneffe, for there is no affectation ; in paffion for that putteth a man out of his precepts ; and in a new cafe, or ex- periment, for there cnf- tome leueth him. They are happy men, whofe natures fort with their vo- 14 Reinforceth. Redintegrat, et adanget, ' reinforceth and increaseth.' 15 That is not perfect. j:>7tvi Tyroncm agit, ' while he is a pupil.' 16 Practise. Ivibibat, 'drinking.' 17 And induce one Habite of both. Omitted in the Lat»n. 18 Trust. r77«OT///«;«.<4c««aj, 'sing a triumph.' XXX. OF NATURE IN MEN 363 V. 1625. ^t. 65. himfelfe, with a Perpetuall Continuance, but with fome Intermiffion. For both thePaufe,reinforceth^* the new Onfet ; And if a Man, that is not perfecl,!^ be euer in Pradife, he fliall as well pradife^*^ his Er- rours, as his Abilities ; And induce one Habite of both:^" And there is no Meanes to helpe this, but by Seafonable Intermif- fions. But let not a Man trufl^^ his Vi6lorie ouer his Nature too farre •}'^ For Nature will lay buried a great Time, and yet reuiue, vpon the Occafion or Tempta- tion.^*^ Like as it was with ^fopes Dainofell, turned from a Catt to a Woman ; who fate very demurely, at the Boards End, till a Moufe ranne before her. Therefore let a INIan, either auoid the Occafion alto- gether ; Or put Himfelfe often to it, that hee may be little moued with it. A Mans Nature is bed per- ceiued in Priuateneffe, for there is no Affectation ; In Paffion, for that putteth a Man out of his Precepts f^ And in a new Cafe or Ex- periment,-- for there Cuf- tome leaueth him. They are happie INI en, whofe Natures fort with their Vo- 19 Farre. Cito, * soon.' 20 Temptation. Omitted in the Latin. 21 Precepts. Prcecepta et Regulas, ' precepts and rules.' 22 Experiment, lusoliio, 'unaccustomed.' 364 A HARMONY OF THE ASSAYS. III. 1607-12. ?et. 47-52. cacions, otherwife they may fay Afidtiim incola fuit aninia mea; when they converfe in thofe thinges they doe not affe6l. In Studies whatfoever a man commaundeth vponn him- felf, lett him fett howers for it : But whatfoever is agreable to his nature, lett him take noe care for anie • fett tymes, For his thoughtes will flye to it of themfelves, fo as the fpaces of other bufmeffe, or fludies will fufficc. IV. 16 1 2. iBt. 52. cations, otherwife they may fay, Midhim incola fuit aniina mea, when they conuerfe in thofe things they doe not affedl. In fludies whatfoeuer a man commandeth vpon him- felfe, let him fet houres for it. But whatfoeuer is agreeable to his nature, let him take no care for any fet times : For his thoughts will flye to it of themfelues ; fo as the fpafes of other bufmeffe or fludies will fuftice. 23 Vocations. Vitts qiice Genere, 'kind of life.' ^■i When they coiiuerse . . . Aftect. Omitted in the Latin. 25 Commandeth vpon himselfe. A Nahira tua alienmn repereris, ' find foreign to your nature.' -^ Houres for it. Statu tetii/>ora nd ej7(sdem Exercitatioties et Medita- tiones, 'set times for exercise and meditation upon it.' XXX. OF NATURE IN MEN 3^>5 V. 1625. cet. 65. cations;-^ Otbenvife they may fay, JMuItiini Incola fuitAfiima mea.-^ when they conuerfe in thofe Things, they doe not AffeCl.--^ In Studies, whatfoeuer a Man commandeth vpon him- felfe,-^ let him fet Houres for it -^-^ But whatfoeuer is agreeable to his Nature, let him take no Care, for any fet Times : For his Thoughts, will flie to it of Themfelues; So as the Spaces of other Bufmeffe, or Studies, will fuffice.'^^ A Mans Nature mnnes-^ either to Herbes, or Weeds ; Therefore let him feafon- ably29 Water the One, and Deilroy the Other. ^p * Ps. cxix. 6. 'Vulgate). In the Douay version of 1609 this vfirs&ls translated My soul hath been lofig a sojourner: and in the Authorized Version, it stands. My soul hath long dwelt with him that hateth peace. ^ So as the Spaces . . . suffice. Prout Negotia et Stiidia ccetera per- mittefit, * as other business and studies will allow.' 28 Runnes. JZx vi innata, producit, ' produces from its inborn force.' 29 Seasonably. Sedulo et tempestive, ' carefully and seasonably.' -,66 A HARMONY OF THE ESS A Y S. III. 1607-12. a?t. 47-52. Harleian MS. 5106. 27. ©f (ilu^tomc antJ (!5i)ucatiott. Ens thoughtes are much according to theirenaturall inclinacion, theire fpeaches according to theire learninges and infufed opinions, But theire deedes are after astliey have beene accuflomed. And there- fore as AfacdauellwQll not- eth(thoughe in an Evill fav- oured inflance), there is noe trufling to the force of Nature nor to the bravery of wordes, except it be corroborate by CufLonie. . His inflance is, that for tlie atchieving of a def- perate Confpiracye a Man fliould not refl vponn the fiercenes of any Mans nature, or his refohite Vndertakeinges, but take fuch a one as hath had his handes formerly in bloud. T)Ut AlacdaueU knewe not of a Fryer Cle- ment^ nor a Rav iliac ^ nor IV. 1612. set. 52. 31. ©f CTu^tome anb (!Jtiucattoit. Ens thoughts are much according to their inchnation ; tlieir difcourfe and fpeeches according to their learning, and infufed opinions; But their deedes are after as they haue beene accuflomed. And there- fore as Macciaue.l wel not- eth, (though in an euil fau- oured indance) there is no trufling to the force of Nature ; nor to the brauery of words; except it be corroborate by cuflome. His inftance is, that for the atchieuing of a def- perate confpiracie a man fliould not reft vpon the fiercenes of any mans nature, or his refolute vndertakings, but take fuch a one as hath had his hands formerly in blood. But Macciaucl knew not of a Frier Cle- ment^ nor a Hanillac, nor U2. rariations in postljumous ILnlin lEbition of 1638. 1 As they hnve beene Accustomed. Ferine aniiqintm oht'nient, 'mostly take the old course.' , ■. < 2 Desperate Conspiracie. Facinore aiiqtto audaci et crudeli, some bold and cruel deed.' XXXI. OF CUSTOM AND EDUCATION. 367 V. 1625. set. 65. Biltish Museum Copy. 39. Of £u^tome ant) (Dtiucation. [jEns Thoughts are much according to their Inclination: Their Difcourfe and Speeches according to their Learning, and Infufed Opinions; But their Deeds are after as theyhaue beene Accujlomed} And there- fore, as Macciaudw^W not- eth (though in an euill fau- oured Inflance) There is no Trufling to the Force of Nature, nor to the Brauery of Words; Except it be Corroborate by Cujlome. His Inflance is, that for the Atchieuing of a def- perate Confpiracie,- a Man fhould not refl vpon the Fierceneffe of any mans Nature, or his Refolute Vndertakings;^ But take fuch an one, as hath had his Hands formerly in Bloud.'*^ But Macciauel knew not of a Friar Cle- ment., nor a Rauillac^ nor " Machiavelli. Discorsi sopra la prima Deca di Tito Livio. iii. 6. 3 Vndertakings. Froviissis, nednm yitratnentis, ' promises, nor even oaths.' * Hath had his Hands formerly in Bloud. Sanguiiioleiitis, et jamdiidutn ccedibus as'iueiis, ' bloody and long accustomed to slaughter.' 368 A HARMONY OF THE £SSAVS. III. 1607-12. tft. 47-52. , IV. 1612. aet. 52. a laiireguy, nor a * , yet his rule holdeth Hill, that Nature, nor the ingagement of word, are not fo forcible as Cuftome. Onely Super- fticion is now fo well ad- vaunced that Men of the firft bloud, are as firme as Butchers by occupacion, and votarie refolucion is made equipollent to Cuf- tome in matter of bloud. In other thinges the predominancye of Cuf- tome is every where vifi- ble, in foe much as a Man would wonder to heare Men profeffe, protefl, in- gage, give great wordes, and then doe iufl, as they have done before, as if they were dead Images, and Ingines moved onely by cuflome. a Iau7'egity, nor a Baltazar Gerard. Yet his rule holdeth flill, that nature, nor the ingagement of words are not fo forcible as cuftome. Onelie Super- ftition is now fo well ad- uanced, that men of the firft bloud, are as firme, as butchers by occupation : and votarie refolution is made equipollent to cuf- tome, even in matter of blood. In other things the predominancy of cuf- tome is euery where vifi- ble ; in fo much as a man would wonder, to heare men profeffe, proteft, in- gage, giue great words, and then doe iufl, as they haue done before : as ii they were dead Images and Engins moued only by the wheeles of cuflome. * Blank in manuscript. 6 After Gerard. Aid Gnidone Fanlxio, ' or Guy Fawkes.* 6 After\^oxA9: Etferocintn, ' and ferocity.' 7 As they haue Done before. Istis oiiuiibiis posthahitis, pro more coiisiieto agere, ' putting all these on one side, do according to their usual habit.' XXXI. OF CUSTOM AND EDUCATION, 369 V. 1625. get. 65. a latireguy, nor a Baltazar Gerard:'-^ yet his Rule holdeth (lill, that Nature, nor the Engagement of Words,® are not fo forcible, as Cujlome. Onely Super- flition is now fo well ad- uanced, that Men of the firft Bloud, are as Firme, as Butchers by Occupation: And votary Refolution is made Pvquipollent to Ciif- tome, euen in matter of Bloud. In other Things, the Predominancy of Cuf- to7?ie is euery where Viii- ble ; In fo much, as a Man ■would wonder, to heare Men Profeffe, Proteft, En- gage, Giue Great ^^^ords, and then Doe iuR as they haue Done before :" As if they were Dead Images, and Engines moued^ onely by the wheeles of Ciijlojue. We fee alfo the Raigne^ or Tyrannie of Custome, what it is. The Indians (I meane the Sect of their Wife Men)^^ lay Themfelues quietly vpon a Stacke of Wood, and fo Sacrifice themfelues by fire. Nay the Wiues flriue to be burned ^^ with the Corpfes of^- their Hus- bands. The. Lads of Sparta, of Ancient Time, were wont to be Scourged vpon the Altar of Diana, without 8 Moued. ImpjihcB et acice, ' impelled and driven.' ® Raigne. Omitted in the Latin. ^*> Sect of their Wise Men. Gytnnosophistis, et Veteribus et Modemis, ' Gymnosophist':, both ancient and modem.' !>• Burned. In Rogu7n ivnititti, ' put on the funeral pile.' 12 The Corpses of. Omitted in the Latin. 2 A 370 A HARMONY OF THE ESSAYS. III. 1607-12. set. 47-52. Therefore fmce Cuflome is the principall Magis- trate of IMans Hfe, lett Men by all meanes en- deavour to obteyne good Cuflomes. Certainely Cuf- tome is moil perfite when it beginneth in yong yeares. This wee call Education^ which is nothing but an early Cuflome, For it is true that late termes cannott fo well take the ply, except it be in fome mindes, that have not fuffered them- felves to fix, but have IV. 161 2. set. 52. Therefore fince cuflome, is the principal Magis- trate of mans life / let men by all meanes en- deauour to obtaine good cuflomes. Certainly cuf- I tome is mofl perfect i when it beginneth in I young yeeres This wee I call Education : which is nothing but an early cuflome. For it is true that late learners cannot fo well take the phe; except it be in fome mindes, that haue not fuffered them- felues to fixe, but haue 13 Queching. Vix ejulatu, met gemitic itllo cmisso, ' scarcely uttering cry or groan.' 1* Of England. Omitted in the Latin. 15 Penance. Ad Pceiiiteniiain complendam, ' to perforrn penance.' 16 Will sit. Non reciisabiint scdcrc, ' will not refuse to sit.' 17 Night. Node hyevtali, ' winter's night.' 1* Hard. Omitted in the Latin. 19 Force. Plane sUtpetidas vires, ' truly astounding force.' XXXT. OF CUSTOM AND EDUCATION. 371 V. 1625. set. 65. fo much as Queching.^^ I remember in the beginning of Qiieene Elizabeths time of England^^ an TriJJi Rebel/ Condemned, put vp a Petition to the Depiitie, that he might be hanged in a With, and not in a Haher, be- caufe it had beene fo vfed, with former Rebels. There be Monkes in Riifsia, for Penance,!'^ that will fit^*^ a whole Night,!' in a Veffell of Water, till they be Ingag- ed with hard^^ Ice. Many Examples may be put, of the Force ^'^ of Cujlome, both vpon I^Iinde, and Body. Therefore, fmce CufLome is the Principall Magif- trate^o of Mans life; Let IMen by all Meanes en- deuour, to obtaine good Cnjlomes. Certainly, Cuf- tome is mofl perfedl,^^ when it beginneth in Young Yeares: This we call Education ; which is, in effect, but an Early^^ Cuftome. So we fee, in Languages -^ the Tongue is "more Pliant to all Expreflions and Sounds, the loints are more Supple-^ to all Feats of Adliuitie,^^ and Motions, in Youth ^^^ then afterwards. For it is true, that late Learners, cannot fo well take the Plie;-" Except it be in fome IMindes, that haue not fuffered them- felues to fixe, but haue 20 Magistrate. Moderator et MagistraUts, ' governor and magistrate.' 21 Perfect. Oalidissuna, ' strongest.' 22 Early. A teneris annis inibibita, ' imbibed from tender years. ' 23 Languages. Linguis ediscendis, ' learning languages.' 24 Supple. Agiles etjlexilcs, ' agile and fle.xible.' 25 Feats of Actiuitie. /'^.yzV?^rrt5, ' postures.' 26 Youth. Pjieritia, ant Adolescentia, ' boyhood or youth.' 27 Pile. Novain ^licam, 'new ply.' ;72 A H A R xM O N Y OF THE ESS A YS. III. 1607-12. set. 47-52. kept themfelves open, and prepared to receive contynuall amendement ; which is exceeding rare. But if the force of Cuflome fimple, and feparate be greate; the force of Cuf- tome copulate, and con- ioyn'd and in troupe is farre greater. For theire example teacheth, Com- panie Comforteth, semula- cion quickneth, Glorie rayfeth ; fo as in fucli places the force of Cuf- tome is in his exaltacion. Certainly the great multi- plicacion of vertues vponn humaine nature refL- eth vponn Societyes well ordayn'd, and difciplin- ed. For Common wealthes, and good gov- ernementes doe nourifhe vertue growne, but doe not mend the Seedes. But the miferie is, that the mofL effe6luall meanes are no we apply ed to the endes left to be defiered. — F3»— - IV. I6I2. a3t. 52. kept themfelues open and prepared to receiue continuall amendment ; which is exceeding rare. But if the force of cuftome hmple, and feparate be great; the force of cuf- tome copulate and con- ioind, and in troupe, is far greater. For thear example teacheth ; com- panie comforteth ; asmula- tion quickeneth ; glory raifeth ; fo as in fuch places the force of cuf- tome is in his exaltation. Certainelie the great multi- plication of vertues vpon humane nature, reft- eth vpon focieties well ordained, and difciplin- ed. For Common wealthes, and good gou- ernments, doe nourifli vertue grown, but doe not mende the feeds. But the miferie is, that the moft effuclual meanes are now applied to the ends leaft to be defired. — ^fJC^— 28 Prepared. Omitted in the Latin. 23 To receiue. A ci ovinia Prceccpta, qiio recipereni, ' to all instruction, so as to receive.' 30 Raiseth. Animos extollit, ' raiseth the spirits.' 31 Force. Vires et inJJuxns, ' force and flow.' 3- Multiplication. Miiltiplicatio et [nt Chyinicoriini Vocabulo utar) Pro- jectio, ' the muliipiication and (to use a chemist's word) the projection.' XXXI. OF CUSTOM AND EDUCATION. 373 V. 1625. set. 65. kept themfelues open and prei)ai-ed,-^ to receiue ^^ continuall Amendment, which is exceeding Rare. But if the Force of Cujlome Simple and Separate, be Great ; the Force of Cuf- toine Copulate, and Con- ioyned, and Collegiate, is far Greater. For there Example teacheth ; Com- pany comforteth ; Emula- tion quickeneth ; Glory raifethi^*^ So as in fuch Places the Force ^^ of Ciif- tome is in his Exaltation. Certainly, the great Multi- plication ^^ Qf Vertues^^ vpon Humane Nature, refl- eth upon Societies well Ordained, and Difciplin- ed.^^ For Common- wealths,^^ and Good Gou- ernments,^*^ doe nourifh Vertue Grown e,^^ but doe not much mend the feeds. But tlie ]Mifery is,^^ that themoflEffecluallMeanes, are now applied, to the Ends, lead to be defired. 83 OfVertues. Omitted in the Latin. 34 Disciplined. Disciplina sahibriinfonuatis, 'fashioned by wholesome discipline.' , •. . ,^ , , 35 Commonwealths. Respubhcce rede adnnnistratce, Lommonwealths well administered.' 30 Gouernments. Z^^ And the mofl Frequent of Ex- ternall Caufes is, that the Folly of one Man, is the i^c?;-/^/;?^ of Another. For no Man profpers fo fud- denly, as by Others Er- rours. Sej'pens nifi Ser- penteni conicd£7'it non fit DracoJ" Ouert, and Appar- ent vertues bring forth Praife ; But there be Secret and Hidden Yertues, that bring Forth Fortune. Cer- taine Deliueries'^ of a Mans Selfe, which haueno Name. The Spanifh Name, Defeni- " Every one the architect of his ow7t fortune. ^ A serpent, icnless it has eaten a serpent, does not become a dragon. 3 Fauour. Gratia alicujics ex Magnatibus, ' favour of some great men.' 4 Poet. Comiciis, 'comic poet.' 5 Is the Fortune. Fortiitiani proniovere, 'promotes the fortune.' 6 Deliueries. Facilitates nonnuiice se expcdiendi, ' c^rizin means of de- livering oneseh'.' 376 A HARMONY OF THE ESSAYS. III. 1607-12. set. 47-52. boltiira flieweth them befl; when there be noe stondes, nor refliueneffe in a Mans nature ; For fo faieth Liitye well after he had defcribed Cato Maior in theis wordes /;/ illo viro taiitum rohir corporis^ et animi fuif, vt qiiocunqiLe loco naiiis effet fortiuiam fibi faflurus viderdur, he falleth vponn that, that he had, verfa- tile ingeniuin. Certainly if a Man looke fliarply and accentively hee fhall fee Fortune ; for thoughe flie be blinde, yet flie is not invifible. The way of Fortune is like the Milken way in the Sky, which is a meeting or knott of a number of fmale Starres ; so are there a number of litle and fcarce difcerned vertues, or rather facultyes, and Cuflomes, that make Men fortunate. The Italians have found out one of IV. 1612. set. 52. boltura partlie expreffeth them, when there be no flonds nor refliueneffe in a mans nature. For fo faith Linie well, after he had defcribed Cato Maior in thefe words. In illo viro tantiun rohiir corporis et animi fuit, vt qiwcunque loco natus ejfet fortuuam fibi fafturus videretur. He falleth vpon that, that he had V^erfa- tile ingcnium. Therefore if a man looke fliarpely and accentiuely, hee fhall fee fortune ; for though fliee be blinde, yet fhee is not inuifible. The way of fortune is like the milken way in tlie skie, which is a meeting, or knot of a number of fmall ftarres; not feene afunder, but giuing light together. So are there a number of little and fcarfe difcerned vertues, or rather faculties and cuflomes, that make men fortunate. The Jtalians fome of them, fuch as ^ Rcstiuenesse. Iiitpcdinicnta, ' hindrances,' ^ Sharply. Liinis Octclis,^ z.'^z.wa.'' XXXII. OF FORTUNE. 377 V. 1625. set. 65. boltura,'^ partly expreffeth them : When there be not Stonds, nor Reftiueneffe'' in a :Mans Nature. But that the wheeles of his Minde keepe way, with the wheeles of his Fortune. For fo L'niie ( after he had defcribed Cato Maior^ in thefe words ; In illo vi?'0, tantum Robiir Corporis et Aninii fidt, vt quociinqiie loco natus effet, Fortunam fibi facliinis videretur \f falleth vpon that, that he had, Vcrfa- tile lugeniiim. Therfore, if a Man looke Sharply,^ and Attentiuely, he fliall fee Fo7'tune : For though fhee be Blinde, yet fhee is not Inuifible. The Way of Fortune, is like the Mi/kcn JVay in the Skie ; Which is a Meeting or Knot, of a Number of Small Stars; Not Seene afunder, but Giuing Light together. So are there, a Number of Little, and fcarfe difcerned Yertues, or rather Faculties and Cudomes, that make Men Fortunate. The Italians note fome of them, fuch as " Deseinholt7ira in Spanish means,' airiness, impudence, confidence. 6 In that man there was such strength of body and mind, that in 7vhat- ezier place he 7)tight hai'c been born, it would seem that he would liave made Fortune his own. Livy. xxxix. 40. ;78 A HARMONY OF THE ESSAYS. III. 1607-12. £et. 47-52. them; jPoco di Matto ', when tliey fpeake of one that cannott doe amiffe. And certainely there be not two more fortunate pro- perties, then to have a litle of the foole, and not to much of the hon- eft. Therefore extreame Lovers of theire Countrye, or Maiflers, were never fortunate, neither can they be ; For when a Man placeth his thoughtes with- out himfelf, he goeth not his owne way. An haftye Forhine maketh an Enter- prifer, and Remover (the French hath it better Enircprenant, or Remnant,) but the exercifed fortune maketh the Able man ; Fortune is to be honoured and refpe6led and it be but for her daughters, Confidence and reputation, for thofe two foeHcitye breedeth, the firfl in a Mans felf, the later in IV. 1612. aet. 52. a man would little thinke, when they fpeake of one that cannot doe amiffe, they will throw in into his other conditions, that he hath Poco di matto. And certainly, there beenot two more fortunate pro- perties, then to haue a little [of the foole, and not too much of the hon- eft. Therefore extreme louers of their Country, or Mafters, w^ere neuer fortunate, neither can they bee. For when a man placeth his thoughts with- out himfelfe, hee goeth not his owne way. An hafly fortune maketh an enter- prifer and remouer ; (the French hath it better Enterprenant, or Remnant) but the exercifed fortune maketh the able man. Fortune is to bee honoured and refpe(fted, and it be but for her daughters. Confidence and Reputatioii ; for thofe two felicity breedeth .• the firfl, within a mans felfe ; the latter, "^ Cannot doe amisse. Ciii prosJ>era7n Fortunam spondcjit, they expect prosperous fortune.' 1" Masters. Prhicipcs, ' princes.' *i Remouer. Nonnihil turbtile7itoSf ' somewhat restless.' 12 The French. . . . Reniuant. Omitted in the Latin. 'for whom XXXII. OF FORTUNE. 379 V. 1625. aet. 65. a Man would little thinke. When they fpeake of one, that cannot doe amiffe,-^ they will throw in, into his other Conditions, that he hath, Poco di Matto.^ And certainly, there be not two more Fortunate Pro- perties ; Then to haue a Little of the Foole\ And not Too Much of the Hon- est. I'herefore, Extreme Louers of their Countrey, or Maflers,^^ were neuer Fortunate, neither can they be. For when a Man placeth his Thoughts with- out Himfelfe, he goeth not his owne Way. An haflie Fortune maketh an Enter- prifer, and Remouer,^! (The French hath it better: Entrep7'enant,oxRemuajitY'^ But the Exercifed Fortune maketh the Able^^ Man. Fortu7ie is to be Honoured, and Refpecled,^-* and it bee but for her Daughters, Confidence, and Reputation. For thofe two Felicitie^^ breedeth : The firfl within a Mans Selfe; the Latter, " Poco di Mntto in Italian means, a little out of his senses, a little mad. 13 Able. Prndenics et Cordaios, ' wise and judicious.' 1* Honoured and Respected. Hoiiorem iiierctur, ' deserves honour.' 15 Felicitie. Fortuiia prospera, ' favourable fortune.' ?8o A HARMONY OF THE ESSAYS. III. 1607-12. oet. 47-52. others. All wife Men to declyne the envy of theire owne vertiies vfe to afcribe them to providence,and 1^'ortune, for fo they may the better affume them, and befides it is greatnes in a Man to be the Care of the higher powers. IV. 1612. set 5: m others towards him. All wife men to decline the Enuie of their owne vertueSjVfe to afcribe them to prouidence,and fortune, For fo they may the better affume them. And befides, it is greatneffe in a man to bee the care of the higher powers. And it hath beene noted, that thofe that afcribe openly to much to their owne wifedom and poli- cy, end infortunate. It it written, that Timothciis the Athenian .,sS\.QX hee had in the account he gaue to the ftate of his go- uernment, often interlaced this fpeach. And in this, fortune had no part \ neuer profpered in any thing he vndertooke after- wards. 16 .-i//<'r Towards Him. Etrque vicisshn f'arinntAnimos et Auctoritatem, ' and these in turn produce courage and influence.' ^ 1" Better Deceiitiiis et libcriits, ' more littmgly and freely. 18 Greatnesse. MajexiatciN qitandmn addit, ' adds a sort of greatness. 19 Ke the Care. Si vidcrctur C?i7'a' esse, ' if he seems to be the care.' 20 'J'o the State. Omitted in the Latin. 21 Often. ^rtfm7'/w//iY/7/^, 'to hoarseness.' 22 Slide, and Easinesse. Majore ciaii facilitate JJjmnt, flow with more easiness.' XXXII. OF FO R T UN E. 38 r V. 1625. set. 65. in Others towards Him.^^ All Wife Men, to decline the Enuy of their owne vertues,vfe to afcribe them toProuidence d^xi^ Fortune \ For fo they may the better^" aflume them : And befides, it is GreatneflV^ in a ]\ran, to be the Care,^^ of the Higher Powers. So C(cfa7- faid to the Pilot in the Tempefl, CccJ'ai'em portas, et Fortunam euis."^ So Sy/la chofe the Name of Felix, and not of Magnus,^ And it hath beene noted, that thofe, that afcribe openly too much to their owne A\'ifdome, and Poli- cie, end Infortiunite. It is written,^ that Tiuwtheus the AtJienian, after he had, in the Account he gaue to the State,-^ of his "Go- uernment, often-^ inter- laced this Speech ; And in this Fortune had no Part, neuer profpered in any Thing he vndertooke after- wards. Certainly, there be, whofe Fortunes are like Homers Verfcs, tliat haue a Slide, and Eafmeffe,^^ more then the A^erfes of other Poets : As Plutarch faith '^ of Timoleons Fortune, in refpedl of that of Agefdaus, or Epaminondas. And that this fhould be, no doubt it is much, in a Mans Selfe. " TJuru carriest Ccesnr atid his fori laics. Plutarch. Cessar. xxxviii. * Plutarch. SyUa. x.xxiv. * Pluurch. SyUa. vi. 5. * Plutarch. Tintolcon. xx.w. i. j82 a harmony of the £SSAYS. III. 1607-12. set. 47-52. IV. Harlcian MS. 5106. 33. ©i |3catl). En feare death as Children feare to goe m the darke ; and as that naturall feare in Children is encreafed with Tales, fo is the other. Certainely the feare of death in contempla- cion of the caufe of it, and the yffue of it is religious, but the feare of it for it felf is weake. Yet in religious medita- cions there is mixture of vanitye and of SuperfLition. You fhall reade in fome of the Ffryers Bookes of INIortifi- cacion, that a Man fhould thinke with himfelf what the payne is, if he have but his fingers end preffed, or tortured, and thereby imagine what the paynes of death are, when the whole body is corrupted, and diffolved; when manie tymes death paffeth with leffe payne then the tor- 1612. set. 52. 2. Of peatl). En feare death, as Children feare to goe in the darke : and as that naturall feare in Children is encreafed with tales ; fo is the other. Certainely the feare of death in contempla- tion of the caufe of it, and the iffue of it, is religious : but the fear of it, for it felfe, is weake. Yet in religious medita- tions there is mixture of vanitie, and of fuperflition. You fliall reade in fome of the Friers Bookes of INIortifi- cation, that a man fliould thinke with himfelfe, what the paine -is, if he haue but his fingers end preffed, or tortured; and thereby imagine what the paines of Death are, when the whole body is corrupted and diffolued : when many times. Death paffeth with leffe paine, then the tor- l^C. Variations in postljumous Hatin Etiition of 1638. 1 Tales. Fabidosis quibusdam Terriculaineiitis, ' by fictitious terrors.' XXXIII. OF DEATH. 383 V. 1625. set. 65. British Museum Copy. 2. ©f pcatlj. I En feare Death, as Children feare to goe in the darke : And as that Naturall Feare in Children, is increafed with Tales,^ fo is the other. Certainly, the Contempla- tion of Death, as the luages of finne, and Paffage to another world, is Holy, and Religious ; But the Feare of it, as a Tribute due vnto Nature, is weake.^ Yet in Religious Medita- tions, there is fometimes, Mixture of Vanitie, and of Superflition. You fhal reade, in fome of the Friars Books of Mortifi- cation, that a man fliould think e with himfelfe, what the Paine is, if he haue but his Fingers end Preffed, or Tortured; And thereby imagine, what the Paines of Death are, when the whole Body, is corrupted and diffolued; when many times. Death paffeth with leffe paine, then the Tor- 2 Weake. Infinna et inanis, ' weak and empty.' 584 A HARMONY OF THE ESSAYS. III. 1607-12. set. 47-52. tiire of a ly mm e. Ffor th e mofl vitall partes are not the quickefl of fence. And to fpeake as a Philofopher, or naturall Man it was well faied Pompa Mortis^ magis itTj'ct, qitam mors ipfa; Grones, and convulfions, and a difcolored face, and frendes weeping, and Blackes, and obfequies, and the like fliewe death terrible. It is worthie the obferving that theare is noe paffion in the minde of Man fo w^eake, but mafters the feare of death; and there- fore death is noe fuch enimye when a Man hath fo manie follow- ers about him, that cann Wynne the Combate of it. Revenge triumphes over death, love elleemes it not. Honour aspireth to it, delivery from ignominie chufeth it, greif flyeth to it, feare preoccu- pateth it, Nay wee fee after Otho had flaine himfelf, pittie which is the tender- IV. 1612. set. 52. ture of a limme. For the mofL vitall parts are not the quickefl of fence. And to fpeake as a Philofopher or naturall man, it was well faid, Pompa mortis magis terrd^ quam mors ipfa. Grones, and Conuulfions, and a difcoloured face, and friends weeping, and Blackes and obfequies, and the like, fhew death terrible. It is worthie the obferuing, that there is no paffion in the minde of man fo weake, but maflers the feare of death ; and there- fore death is no fuch enemy, when a man hath fo many follow- ers about him, that can winne the combat of him, Rcucnge triumphes ouer death, Lone efleemes it not, Honour afpireth to it, deliuery from Ignominy chufeth it, Gricfe flieth to it : Feare preocu- pateth it; nay we fee after Otho had flain himfelfe, pitty (which is the tendr- 5 Groanes. Geinitus et Smsiiltus, ' groans and sighs.' XXXIII. OF DEA TIL 385 V. 1625. aet. 65. ture of a Limme / For the mofl. vitall parts, are not thequickeflof Senfe. And by him, that fpake onely as a Philofopher, and Naturall j\Ian, it was well faid ; Pompa Alortis magls terref, quam Mors ipfa.^^ Groanes'^ and Conuulfions, and a difcoloured Face,* and Friends weeping, and Blackes, and Obfequies, and the hke, fhew Death Terrible. It is worthy the obferuing, that there is no paffion in the minde of man, fo weake, but it Mates, and Maflers, the Feare of Death : An d there- fore Death, is no fuch terrible Enemie, when a man hath fo many Atten- dants, about him, that can winne the combat of him. Reuejige triumphs ouer Death\ Lone flights it; Ho7iour afpireth to it ; Griefe flieth to it; Feare pre-occu- pateth it ; Nay we reade, after Otho the Emper- our had flaine himfelfe, Pitty (which is the tender- * The pomps of death frighten more than Death itself, * Discoloured Face. Oris pallor, ' paleness of the face.' 2 B :S6 A HARMONY OF THE ESSAYS. III. 1607-12. Rit. 47-52. refl of affections provoked manie to dye. Seneca fpeaketh of niceneffe. Cogita quant dm eadeni feceris, Mori vclle non tantiini fortis aid mifer, fed etiani fajlidiofus poteji. It is no leffe worthie to obferve how litle altera- cion in good fpirittes the approaches of death make, but they are the fame till the lafl. Augiipis Ccefa?' dyed in a Comple- ment, Tiberius in difhmulacion, IV. 1612. a left. Vefpafian in cet. 52 efl of affedlions) prouoked many to die. Seneca fpeaketh of niceneffe : Cogita qiiam diu eadeni feceris; Mori velle non t ant am fortis^ ant niifer, fed etiam fajlidiofus potefl. It is no leffe worthy to obferue how little altera- tion in good fpirits the approaches of death make : but they are the fame till the lafl. Aiigufius Ccefar died in a comple- ment, Tiberius in diffimulation. Galba with a fentence. a left, Vefpafian in Galba with a fentence, Septimus Seuerus in dif- patch ; 5 Good Spirits. Aniino j^encroso etforti, 'a. noble and brave mind.' 6 The same Men. Kindeiii etiim genmt Honiiiies illi Spirittcs, ' for those in»*n bear the same spirits.' XXXllI. OF DEATH. 38? V. 1625. act. 65. eft of Affections) prouoked many to die, out of meere compaffion to their Soiier- aigne, and as the trueft fort of Followers. Nay Seneca addes Niccncjj'e and Saciety ; Cogita qjtam diU eadem fece?'is ; Mori velle, 7wn iantiim Fortis^ ant Mifer.fed etiavi Fajlidiofiis potejl."- A man would die, though he were neither valiant, nor miierable, onely vpon a wearineffe to doe the fame thing, fo oft ouer and ouer. It is no leffe worthy to obferue, how little Altera- tion, in good Spirits,^ the Approaches of Death make; For they appeare, to be the fame Men,*^ till the laft Inftant. Augujliis CcEfar died in a Comple- ment ; Liuia, Co7iiu(^ij 7iop'i memor, vine et valeJ> Tiberius in diffmiulation ; As Tacitus faith of him ; lam Tiberium Vires, et Co?'pus, iion Difsimulatio, deferebants Vefpafian in a left ; Sitting vpon the Stoole, Vt puto DeusfioA Galba with a Sentence ; Feri, fi ex re fit populi Romani ;' Holding forth his Necke. Scptimius Seuerus in dif- patch ; ^Adejle.fi quid viihirejlat agendum/ ° Cofisider how often thou dost the same thing. Not only a strong matt or an avaricious man, but also a fastidious man is able to -wish for death. Seneca. Epistles, x. i. (6). ., ,. , , r, c . ■ b Livia, mindfil of our marriage life, live and farewell, buetonius. " ^^At'leii^h!^strength and his body failed Tiberius, not his dissimulation. Tacitus, Annals, vi. 50. , , ^ . 7 a 4 d As / think [The play is on the double sense o\ Puto: to cleanse, and to think\, I ain becoming a God. Sucton'ms. Vespasian, c. 2:^. ^ Strike, if it be for the benefit of the Roman People. 1 aciius. History. '' / Come here, if anything remains for me to do. Dion Cassius. Ixxvi. 17. 3S8 A H A R M O N Y OF THE ES S A Y S. III. 1607-12. cet. 47-52. and the like. Certainly the Stoikes bellowed too mil ch C oil vp n n d eath , an d bytheiregreatpreparacions made it appeare more fearefull. Better faieth he Qui fiiiein vitce. cxtre?mwi inter mimera ponat^ na- turce. It is as naturall to dye, as to be borne, and to a litle Infant perhaps, the one as painefull, as the other. *i* lY. 1612. get. 52. and the like. Certainely the Stoikes bellowed too much cofL vpon death, and by their great preparations made it appeare more fearefull. Better faith he. Qui finem vitce extixmiim inter mimera p07iat na- tures. It is as naturall to die, as to bee borne ; and to a little Infant perhaps, the one as painefull, as the other. 7 Cost vpon Death. Itt Solatia Mortis, * on the consolations of death.' XXXIII. OF DEATH. 389 V. 1625. 3et. 65. And the like. Certainly, the Stoikes beflowed too much coil vpon Death,'' and by their great preparations, made it appeare more fearefull. Better faith he, Qui Fincm Vitce extj'cmum inter Miincra ponat Na- iiiroe.^ It is as Naturall to die, as to be borne ; And to a little Infant, perhaps, the one, is as painfull, as the other. He that dies in an earnefl Purfuit, is hke one that is wounded in hot Bloud; who, for the time, fcarce feeles the Hurt ; And therefore, a Minde fixt, and bent vpon fomewhat, that is good, doth auert the Dolors of Death : But aboue all, beleeue it, the fweetefl Canticle is, A^une diviittis f when a Man hath obtained worthy Ends, and P2xpeclations. Death hath this alfo ; That it openeth the Gate, to good Fame, and extinguiflieth Enuie. Extiii^us amabitur idem.'' "' Or rather ; Qui spatinin zntce extreimnn ititcr jniivern f>onii Natures. Juvenal, Satires, x. 357. ' Who lays down the last end of life among the Offices of Nature ;' or, as Dryden has put it; A soul that can securely death defy, And count it Nature s priz'i lege to die.' Dacon writes: "And it seemeth to me, that most of the doctrines of the I'hilosophers are more fearefull and cautionary' then the Nature of things requireth. So haue they encrcased the feare of death, in offering to cure it. For, when they would haue a mans whole life, to be but a discipline or pre- jiaration to dye : they must needes make men thinke, that it is a terrible Enemy, against whom there is no end of preparing. Better saith the Poet, Quijineni, cy'c." Adv. 0/ Learning. Bk. \\.Jol. 75. Ed. 1605. " Luke ii. 29. ^ Fhe satne {i.e. the envied one] being dead "will be loved. Horace. Epistles, ii. i. 15. 390 A HARMONY OF THE £SSAVS. III. 34, 1607-12. ret. 47-52. Harleia7i MS. 5106. in State monlye \This Effay does ?iot occur iti the 16 12 Edition.^ Heapardes of peo- ple had neede knowe the Kalen- ders of Tempefles , which are com- greatefl when thinges growe to equaUtie, as naturall Tempefles are greateft about the ceqiii- noBia; And as there are certaine hollowe blaftes, and fecrett fwell- inges of Seas before Tem- pefles, fo are therein States. ccecos in- Jlare ticnmltiis Scepe viojiet, fraudefqiie, et operta tuniefcere hella. Certainly, Libells and licentious difcourfes are amongst the fignes of troubles, Virgile giveinge the pedegreeof fame, faieth fliee was fifler to the Gyantes. ITC. ITnriations in postfjumous Uatin lEtjitton of 1638. 1 After Winde. Et veluti e lo7t!^inqno, ' and as if from afnr off.' 2 In States. Ingrnentibns Proccllis pollticis, ' when political storms an approaching.' 3 Licentious Discourses. Licetitiosi et mordaces Scrmo)ies in Status Sca7idahan, 'licentious and calumnious discourses to the scandal of the State.' IV. 16 1 2. agt. 52. ©f ^cbitiottiS aitb S^rottble^. XXXIV. OF SEDITIONS AND TROUBLES. 391 V. 1625. a?t. 65. British Museum Copy. 15. ©f ^ciJitioii^ aui) STroubU^. \HcpJicards oi Peo- ple, had need know the Kalen- ders of Tempejls in Siaie \ which are com- monly greatefl, when Things grow to EquaUty; As Naturall Tempefls are greateft about the ^(jiii- no^ia. And as there are certaine hollow Blafls of Winde/ and fecret SweU- ings of Seas, before a Tem- ped, fo are there in States : "^ Ilk ctiam cceeos in- Jlare TiumUtiis Scepe vionef, Ffaiidefque, et operta tumefcere Bella J^ Libels, and licentious Difcourfes"^ againd the State, when they are frequent and open ; And in like fort, falfe Newes, often running vp and downe,^ to the difaduantage of the State,^ and haflily embraced \^ are amongfl the Signes of Troubles. Virgil giuing the Pedegre of Fa?Jie^ faith She icas fijler to the Giants. * He [i.e. The Sun] also ofteri ivarfis of threatening hidden tumults; and treacheries, and of secret wars swelling to a head. Virgil. Georgics. i. 465. * Often running vp and downe. Omitted in the Latin. 5 After State. Undique jaciati, ' cast about everywhere.' 6 After Embraced. A Fopulo, ' by the people.' 392 A HARMONY OF THE ESSAYS. III. 1607-12. a3t. 47-52. I//am terra parens ira irritata dcorum Extremam vt perhibe?it Cceo Enceladoqiie foro- re??i Frogenuif. As if fames and Rumours were the Reliques of Se- ditions paft, but they are no leffe the pre- ludes of Seditions to come. But he notes it right, that feditions, tum- ultes, and feditious fames, differ noe more, but as Mafcu- line, and feminine. Alfo that kinde of obedi- ence (which Tacit us diQicnh- eth in an Army) is to be IV. 1612. jet. 52. \^T/ns Effay does not occur in the 161 2 Editiofi.^ ' If it come. Ifigrat/ zv/w//", ' wished to be received into.' ^ 16 Possession. Possessiotie Aitctoritatis, 'possession of authority. 396 A HARMONY OF THE ESSAYS. III. 1607-12. cet. 47-52. the reverence of governe- ment is lofl. And reverence is that wherewith Princes are girt from God, who threatn- eth the diffolving thereof, as one of his great ludge- mentes. Soliiam cingida Reguin. So when anie of the fower Pillars of governe- ment aremainelyfliakened, or weakened, which are Religion, luflice, Councell and Treafure, Men had neede to pray for faier weather. But let vs leave the part of predic- tions, IV. t6i2. set. 52. and fpeake the Materialls, of. \TJds Effay does not ocatr ill the 16 1 2 Edition.'] 17 Gouernment. Ef-gn rrindpein, ' toward the sovereign.* _ IS Highest Motion. Motum privii Mobilis, the motion of the frwium " 19 Great Ones. Viri Priiiiores et Nobiles, ' chiefs and noble men.' XXXIV. OP SEDITIONS AiVD l^ROUBLES. 397 V. 1625. set. 65. the Reuerence of Gouern- menti" is loft. For the Motions of the greateft per- fons, in a Gouernment, ought to be, as the Motions of the Planets, under Primum Mobile ; (according to the old Opinion : which is, That Euery of them, is carried fwiftly, by the Higlieft Motion,!^ and foftly in their owne Motion. And therfore, when great Ones, ^^ in their owne particular Motion, moue violently, and, as Tacitus expreffeth it well, Liberius.qiiam vt Imperantiiim nmniniffait ;'' It is a Signe, the Orbs are out of Frame. For Reuerence is that, wherwith Princes are girt from God ; Who threaten- eth the diffoluing thereof; Solua7?i cingula Regum} So when any of the foure Pillars of Gouern- ment, are mainly fliaken, or weakned (which are Religion, lujlice, Coimfcll, and Treafure^ Men had need to pray for Faire Weather. But let vs paffe from this Part of Predic- tions,2o Concerning which,-i neuertheleffe, more light may be taken, from that which followeth ;) And let vs fpeake firft of the Materials of Seditions \ " More freely than -was grateful to the ntlers. Incorrectly quoted from Tacitus. Aniials. iii. 4. ^ Is. xlv, I. 20 Predictions. Prog?iosiica Seditiotnc/n, 'predictions of sedition.' 21 Concerning which. Circa quce*nihilo>iniiiis iiitert'cnient tionnitlla, quae iis tractandis vtnjoret)i Litcctn prcebere possirit, ' concerning which, nevertheless, several things will occur which will afford greater light in treat- in 2: of them.' 598 A H A R M O N Y OF THE ESSAYS. III. 1607-12. XL 47-52- and the canfes, and the remedyes. IV. 1612. vet. S2. [T/iis Effay does not occur in the 1 6 1 2 Edition.'] The matter of feditions is of two kindes, Much pov- ertye and much discontent Certainely, fo manie overthrown e eftates, fo manie votes for troubles; Lucan, noteth well the flateof the tymesbeforethe Civill Warre, Hinc vfura vorax, Rapid- unique in tempore foenus, Hi?ic co7icuffa - jides^ et mult is vtile beiluni. This fame Multis vtile helium, is an affured, and infaUible figne of a State difpofed to troubles, and feditions. For difcontentes, they are the verie humours 22 Motiues. Caussis et FlabeUis, ' causes and motives : i.lit. fans.)' 2^ 4//t'r Prepared. Flaviina-, 'for the flame. 2* Come. Einicare possint,'c7m%\(\\\^.'' ^ j ^ r? *. ..^ 25 Overthrowne Estltes. Hominnm res attritce, et dccoctce Fortuva. •impaired estates of men, and bankrupt fortunes. XXXIV. OF SEDITIONS AND TROUBLES. 399 V. 1625. aet. 65. Then of the Motiucs 2- of them ; And thirdly of the Remedies. Concerning the ^faferiaHs of Seditions. It is a I'hing well to be confidered : For the furefl way to preuent Seditiofis, (if the Times doe beare it,) is to take away the Matter of them. For if there be Fuel) pre- pared,-^ it is hard to tell, whence the Spark Ihall come,-* that fliall fet it on Fire. The Matte?' of Seditions is of two kindes ; ATiich Pou- ert}\ and Afuch Difcontent- ment. Itiscertaine,fomany Ouerthrowne EJiates,-'^ fo many Votes for Troubles. Liecan noteth well the State of Rome, before the Ciuill Warre. Hinc Vfura vorax, rapid- unique in tempore Feenus, Hinc conciiffa Fides, et multis vtile Belluni. This fame Multis vtile Bellum, is an affured and infallible-'^ Signe, of a State, difpofed to Seditions, and Troubles. And if this Poueiiy, and Broken Eflate, in the better Sort, be ioyned with a Want and Xeceffity, in the meane People, the danger is imminent and great. For the Rebellions of the Belly-' are the worfl. As for Difco7itentments^'^ they are " Hence devouring usury, and interest greedy of time j Hence credit shaken, and -uiar profitable to many. Lucaii. P/iarsaiia. i. i8i, 2. 26 Infallible. Omitted in the Latin. 2' Of the Belly. Qua a Fentre ortum habcnt, ' which ri:;e from the belly.' -3 Discontentments. Aiifnationes Aniniorum,et Tcediitnt Kemm prcesen- tiiiin; ' the alienation of minds, and discontent with the present state.' 40O A HARMONY OF THE ESS A VS. III. 1607-12. iL't. 47-52. in the politique body apt to gather a preternaturall heate, and to inflame; And let not Princes meafure the danger of them by this whether they are iuft, or vniufl, For that were to imagine people to reafonable ; nor yet by this, w^hether the greifes Wherevponn they arrife be in true proporcion great, or fmale; for they are the mofl dangerous kindes of discontentes, where the feare is greater, then the feelinge. IV. 1612. set. 52. [T/iis EJfay does not- occur in the 16 12 Edition?^ 29 Humours. //7imor7tm Mai^i£-m'cf'!(m,'ma.\\gn7mthurno\irs.' 30 Them. ///« ^u^ Afiimos FoJ>ult alienant, ' what alienates the minds of the people.' !5i Be secure. 7I//«?«/^«f/(?z", 'consider of less account.' 32 Concerning Discontentments. Alieiiationejit Aiiunortivi, et Invidiam grassantem, ' the alienation of minds and the increase of envy.' XXXIV. OF SEDITIONS AND TROUBLES, ^o\ V. 1625. set. 65. in the Politique Body, like to Humours ^^ in the Naturall, which are apt to gather a preternatural! Heat, and to Enflame. And let no Prince meafure the Danger of them,-^^ by this ; whether they be lufl, or Vniufl ? For that were to imagine People to be too reafonable ; who doe often fpurne at their owne Good : Nor yet by this : whether the Griefes, wherupon they rife, be in fa6t, great or fmall : For they are the mofl dangerous Difcontentments^ where the Feare is greater then the Feeling. Dolendi Modus ^ Timendi noii item. Befides, in great Oppreffions, the fame Things, that prouoke the Patience, doe withall mate the Courage : But in Feares it is not fo. Neither let any Prince, or State, be fecure^^ concerning Difcoiitentmeids^'''- becaufe they''^ haue been often, or haue been long and yet no Periir^"* hath enfued ; For as it is true, that euery Vapor, or Fume,-^^ doth not turne into a Storme ; So it is, neuertheleffe, true, that Stormes, though they blow ouer diuers times, yet may fall-^*^ at lafl; And as the 83 They. IllafastidiaAnimorum, 'these dislikes.' 3* Penll. Detrivienti Respublica cepit, ' the State has received no damage.' 35 Or Fume. Omitted in the Latin. 86 Fall. Clomerantur et 7nu7it, ' collect and fall.* 2 C 402 A II A R U O N Y OF THE £SSA VS. III. 1607-12. xt 47-52. IV The caufes and mot- ives of Sedition, are Religion, Taxes, alteracions of lawes and Cuflomes, breakeing priuiledges, generall opprefiion, Ad- vauncement of vnworthie perfons, Straimgers, Dearthes. And whatfoever in offend- ing people ioyneth them in a Com- mon Caufe. for the remedyes there maie be fome generall prefervatives, the Cure mufl aunfweare to the particuler difeafe. 1612. set. 52. [T/iis Effay does not occur in the 16 12 Edition?^ 31^ And Motiues. Omitted in the Latin. 38 Taxes. 7V//'?e qtio loquitur poeta, ' of which the poet speaks.' 4o6 .A HARMONY OF THE ESSAYS. ^11. 1607-12. set. 47-52. IV. 1612. 3et. 52. \_T/iis Effay does not occur in the 161 2 Edition?^ To give moderate liber- tye for greifes fi'J Mines. Fodinas, non snbtcrrancas illas, ' mines not underground.' <>* Good Policie . . . vsed. A'lVi/i antcm prhis debet esse ant consjilthis quam nt videat Ma^istratman Prudefitia, ' nothing, moreover, ought to be sooner or more thought of tlian that the foresight of the magistrates should see. 65 In a State. Omitted in the Latin. 65 Spread. Per Terrain dispei-gatiir, ' spread on the earth.' XXXIV. OF SEDITIONS AND TROUBLES. 407 V. 1625. 3et. 65. the Materiall, and enricheth a State more ; As is notably feene in the Loic- Count rey-Meji, who haue the befl Mines,^^ aboue ground, in the World. Aboue all things, good Policie is to be vfed,^^ that the Treafure and Moneyes, in a State,^^ be not gathered into few Hands. For otherwife, a State may haue a great Stock, and yet flarue. And Money is like Muck, not good except it be fpread.*^^ This is done, chiefly, by fuppreffmg, or at the leafl, keeping a flrait Hand, vpon the Deuouring Trades of Vfurie, y^Jig^ofshig, great Pajliwages^^'' and the like. For^ Remouing Difcoiitentments^ or at leaft, the danger of them;*^^ There is in euery State (as we know) two Portions of Siibiecls ; The Nobleffe, and the Com- 7nonaltie. When one of thefe is Difcontejit, the danger is not great ; For Common People, are of flow ]\Io- tion, if they be not excited, by the Greater Sort ; And the Greater Sort are of fmall flrength, except the Multitude, be apt and ready, to moue of them- felues. Then is*^^ the danger, when the Greater Sort doe but wait for the Troubling of the Waters, amongfl the Meaner, that then they may declare themfelues.'^^ The Poets faigne, that the reft of the Gods, would haue'^ bound lupiter ; which he hearing of, by the Counfell of Pallas^ fent for Briareus^ with his hundred Hands, to come in to his Aid. An Embleme, no doubt, to fhew, how fafe"^ it is for ]Monarchs, to make fure"'^ of the good Will of Common People. Togiue moderate Liber- ty, for Griefes, and Difcon- ^' Great Pasturages. Latifundiorum in Pascua conversorum, ' changing farms into pasturages.' ** Of them. Quce ab Us provenijoit, 'which come from them.' *3 Is. Revera ingntit, ' truly approaches.' "<* Themselues. Anivtos exulceratos, ' their wounded minds.* ^1 Would haue. Conjurasse, 'conspired.' '- Safe. Tutufft et sahitare, ' safe and wholesome.' '3 Make sure. Coficiiiare et retinere, ' gain and keep.' 4o8 A HARMONY OF THE i:SSA VS. III. 1607-12. ast. 47-52. i IV. i to evaporate, fo it be without bravery or importunitye, is a fafe way, fFor hee that tourneth the humour , or makes the wound bleede inwardes, endaun- gereth maHgne vlcers and pernicious impofluma- cions ; Alfo the part ef Epime- theus may become Pi'OJiietheus in this Cafe; 1612. set. 52. Hee when greifes andevills liewe abroade, yet kept hope in the bottome of the Veffell. The pohtike, and artificiall nourifhing of fome degree of hopes, is one of the befl Antidotes againft the poyfon of difcontentes ; and it is a cer- tain e figne of a Wife go- vernement, if it can hold by hope, where it \This Effay does not occiw m the 1 6 1 2 Edition.'] 7* Discontentments. Animis gravnte affectis et inalevolis, indnlgerc, ui ebnlliant co7-iim Dolores, et iiifuinos aheajit, ' to indulge ill affected and male- volent minds, that their griefs may evaporate and go off in smoke.' l^ Safe Way. l/ti/e, ' useful.' "^ Inwards. lu viscera, ' into the bowels.' XXXIV. OF SEDITIONS AND TROUBLES. 409 ^' 1625. ast. 65. t ait in ait s"'^ to euaporate, (fo it be without too great Infolency or Brauery) is a fafe Way.''^ For he that tiirneth the Humors backe, and maketh the Wound bleed inwards/'^ endanger- eth maligne ^" Vlcers, and pernicious Impofluma- tions. The Part of Epime- theiis, mought well become Promethais, in the cafe of Difcontaiimcnts ;''^ For there is not a better prouifion againft them. Epi?nctheus, when Griefes and Euils flew abroad, at lafL"^ fhut the lid, and kept Hope in the Bottome of the Veffell. Certainly, the Politique and Artificiall Nourifhing, and Entertaining of Hopes, and Carrying men from Hopes to Hopes ; is one of the befl Antidotes, againft the Poyfon of Difcontent- vients. And it is a cer- taine Signe, of a wife Go- uernment, and Proceeding, when it can hold ]Mens hearts ^^ by Hopes, when it '" Maligne. Mortifera, ' deadly.' '8 In the case of Discontentments. Ad tnolUendos exncoh.itos et maU- volos Aniinos, 'to soothe embittered and evil-disposed mind?.' "9 At last. Fesiinus, ' in haste.' 8' Hearts. Omitted in the Latin. 4IO A H A R M O N Y OF THE £SSA VS. III. 1607-12. ast. 47-52. j IV. cannott by Satiffaccion. 1612. aet. c;2. Alfo the forefight and prevencion, that there be noe likely or fitt head wherevnto difcontentes may refort, and vnder whom they may ioyne, is a knowne, but an excellent pointe of caution. I vnderftand a iitt head to be one that hath greatneffe and re- putacion, that hath Con- fidence with the difcon- tented partie, and vponn whom they tourne theire eyes, and that is thought (lifcontent in his par- ticular. [T/iis Effay does not occur- in the 161 2 Edition^ 81 Also, the foresight . . . Preuention. Trita sane est, sed prcpcelletts Pericnlot'iim, qnce Malevolentice viinntitur, Cantio, nt prcevideatnr, ' it is known but un excellent caution against the dangers threatened by discontent to take care.' 8- Likely or fit. Omitted in the Latin. , , • j i 83 Discontented. I nscnsns ct exacerbates, ' ho.stile and embittered. 8-t Vnder whom. S7d> ciijiis prcrsidio, ' under whose protection.' »5 Ioyne. J n Corpus aliqitod coire, 'join into a body.' 36 Head. Caput . . . et Ducem idotieutii,''^-"'^ ' head and suitable leader.' XXXIV. OF SEDITIONS AND TROUBLES. 411 V. 1625. a3t. 65. cannot by Satisfaction : And when it can handle things, in fuch manner, as no Eiiill fhall appeare fo peremptory, but that it hath fome Out-let of Hope: Which is the leffe hard to doe, becaufe both particu- lar Perfons, and Fa6tions, are apt enough to flatter themfelues, or at leafl to braue that, which they be- leeue not. Alfo, the Forefight,^! and Preuention, that there be no likely or fit^- Head, whereunto DifcojiteJited^^ Perfons may refort, and vnder whom*"'^ they may ioyne,^^ is a knowne, but an excellent Point of Caution. I vnderfland a fit Head,^^ to be one, that hath Greatneffe, and Re- putation ; That hath^'^ Con- fidence^^ with the Difcon- tented Party; and vpon whom they tume their Eyes;^^ And that is thought difcontented in his own par- ticular; which kinde of Perfons, are either to be wonne,®'' and reconciled to the State, and that in a fad and true^^ manner ; Or to be fronted, with fome other, of the fame Party, that may oppofe them, and 87 Hath. Celebraitir, 'is known for.' ^3 Confidence. Acceptus est et gratiosus, ' is acceptable and influential with.' 89 Eyes. Ora et Oculos, ' faces and eyes.' *> Wonne. Omitted in the Latin. 91 Fast and true. N071. perfimctorie, sed solide; ' not sUghtly, but firmly.' 412 A HARMONY OF THE ESSAYS. III. 1607-12. xt. 47-52. I IV. 1612. £et. 52. Alfo the deviding and breaking of anie Conibinacion, that adverfe to the State IS is none of the worfl Remedies. For it is a def- perate cafe if the true parte of the State be full of difcord and faction, and the falfe, entyer and vnyted. [ T/iis Effay does not occur in the 1612 Edit ion ?\ 3- Diuide. hi divcrsn trnhnt et secet, ' divide and cut.' ^'' Reputation. Gratiam popiclarcm, ' popular favour.' s* (Generally. Ubiqiie hoc obtinef, 'wherever this obtains.' '■'^ lireaking. Omitted in the Latin. 8<» Factions. Faciiosas Potcutias, ' factious powers.' 9" Aduerse to the State. Q7ue coiitf-a Gjibernationcjn Imperii Frontem contrnhuiit, ' whicii frown at the government of the State.' ''8 Setting them at distance. Omitted in the Latin. !'9 Distrust. Dissidciitiani seviinnre, ' sow discord.' luo Worst. Hand coniemneiidiim, ' not to be despised.' XXXIV. OF SEDITIONS AND TROUBLES. 413 V. 1625. aet. 65. fo diuide ^-the reputation. ^^ Generally,-'^ the Diuiding and Breaking^^ of all Faclions,^^ and Combinations that are aduerfe to the State/-*" and fettingthem at diflance, or^^ at leafl diflrufl amongfl themfelues,®^ is not one of the worfl^*^^ Remedies. For it is a def- perate Cafe, if thofe, that hold with the Proceeding of the State, be full of Difcord and Fa6lion;i^^ And thofe that are againfl^°- it, be entire and vnited.^*^-^ I haue noted, that fome witty and fharpe Speeches, which haue fallen^*^* from Princes., haue giuen fire to Seditions. Ccsfar did himfelfe infinite Hurt, in that Speech ; Sylla nefciiiit Liter as ^ non potuit diclare :°- For it did, vtterly, cut off that Hope., which Men had en- tertained, that he would, at one time or other, giue ouer his Di6tatorfhip. Galba vndid himfelfe by that Speech; Legi a fe Mil it em., noji emi:^ For it put the Souldiers, out of Hope, of the Donatiue. Probiis likewife,^^^ by that Speech ; Si vixero, non opus erit amplius Romano Imperio militibus.'^ A Speech of great Defpaire, for the Souldiers : And many the like. Surely, Princes had need, in tender Matters, and Ticklifh Times, to beware what they fay ; Efpecially in thefe * Sylla kiieiv not letters, lie was not able to dictate. Suetonius. Juliiis Ccesar. 77. " Csesar would say of Sylla, for that hee did resigne his Dictatorship : That hee was ignorant of letters, he could not dictate." Lord Bacon s Apofihth. No. T35. Ed. 1625. *> The soldiery was li-:'ied by hirn, not bought. Tacitus. History, i. 5. " J/ 1 liz>e, there shall be no longer need/or soldiers to the Roman Empire. Fla\nus Vopiscus. Probus. 20. ^0^ Faction. Omitted in the Latin. 102 Against. In/ensi, et tnnligni, ' hostile and evil disposed.' 103 Entire and vnited. Arete conjioigantur, ' be strictly united.' IW After Fallen. Improviso, ' at random. ^^^ Likewise. Item interiit, ' likewise perished.* 414 A HARMONY OF THE ESSAYS. III. 1607-12. a3t. 47-52. Lafllie lett Princes againfl all eventes not be without fome great perfon of Militarye valew neare vnto them for the repref- fniGT of seditions in theire begininges. For without that, there vfeth to be more trepidacion in Courtes vponn the breaking out of troubles then were fitt, and the State runneth the daunger of that which Tad- ius faieth Atqtie is habitus animonim fuit vt peffimwn /acinus audercnt pauci, plures 7.>el/cut, omnes pat- erentur. I)Ut lett fuch one, be an affured one, and not popular, and holding good CoiTefpondence with the gowne Men ; orels the remedy is worfe then the difeafe. lY. 1612. set. 52, \This Effay does not occur in the 161 2 Edition?^ if'6 Large. Longiores ct productiores, 'longer and more protracted.' 107 Military Valour. Militia et Fortituditie si>ectatas, ' tried in war and valour.' i<^'8 Court. A ulis Principuin, ' the courts of princes.' XXXIV. OF SEDITIONS AND TROUBIES. 415 V. 1625. aet 65. fliort Speeches, which (lie abroad Hke Darts, and are thought to be Ihot out of their fecret Intentions. For as forlarge^^'^ Difcourfes, they are flat Things, and not fo much noted. Laflly,letPrinces,again(l all Euents, not be without fome Great Perfon, one, or rather more^ of Military Valour^^" neere vnto them, for the Repref- fmg of Seditions, in their beginnings. For without that, there vfethto be more trepidation in Court,!^^ vpon the firfl Breaking out of Troubles, then were fit. And the State runneth the danger of that, which Taci- tus faith ; Atque is Habitus animorum fuit,vt pefsivium facinus auderent Paicci^ Plures vellent, Onuies pat- ereutur.'' But let fuch Military Perfons, be Affured, and well reputed of, rather then Factious, and Popular ; Holding alfo good Correfpondence, with the other Great Men in the State; Or elfe the Remedie, is worfe then the Difeafe. " And this was tite disposition of their minds, that afe^u dared to ai tempt the greatest viUnny, that more desired it, and tluit all tolerated in it. Tacitus. History, i. 28. 4i6 A HARMONY OF THE Third Group OF Six E S S A VS. 35. Of Religion. T^ie title was afterwards changed to Of Unity in Religion. 36. Of Cunning. 37. Of Love. 38. Of Judicature. 39. Of Vain-Glory. 40. Of the True Great- ness OF Kingdoms. First PzLblishcd in 1 6 1 2. Collated with subsequent editions. 2 D . TiOTT'Ot ■* C^T'» t^-: {. r): i ki |(t afi, af THE ESSAIES OF S' Francis Bacon Knight, the Kings Solliciter General!. Sm^WW^^^^-^^^- ^^ i Imprinted at London by lOHN Be ALE, T 6 T 2 The Epiftle Dedicatorie. TO MY LOVING BROTHER, S' loHN Constable Knight. Y lajl EJfaies I dedicated to my deare brother Mafler Anthony Bacon, who is with God. Looking amongji my papers this vacatio?i, I found others of the fame Nature : which if I my felfe fJiall not fiiffer to be lofl, it fee met h the J J 'or id ici/l not ; by the often printing of the former. Mifsing my Brother^ y found you next ; /;/ refpeH: of bojid of neare alliance^ and of flraight friendfJiip and focietie, and particularly of communica- tion in flu dies. Wherein I mufl ack?wwledge my felfe beholding to you. For as my bufineffe found refl i?i my contemplations ; fo my contemplations euer found refl in your louing conference ind iudgement. So will- ing you all good, 1 7'emaine Your louing brother and friend, Fra. Bacon. The Table. I ^ 2 3 5 6 7 Of Religion. Of Death. Of Good tit s and goodues of nature. Of Cunning. Of Marriage and fingle life. Of Parents and Chilircn. Of Nobilitic. Of Great place. Of Empire. Of Counfdl. Of D if patch. Of Loue. Of FriendfJiippe. Of Atheifme. Of Superflition. Of IVifdonie for a Mans f elf e. Of Regiment of Health. Of Expences. Of Difcourfe. Of Seeming wife. Of Riches. Of Ambition. Of Young men and age. Of Beautie. Of Deformitie. Of nature in Men. Of Cuflome and Education. Of Fortune. Of Studies. Of Ceremonies and rcspeiniomivi Ditnicationes, ' dispute-, and contests of opinion.' 1" Morris daunce. Saltationes Florales et Gcsticitlaiioites, 'floral dances and gestures.' IS Diuers Posture. Peculiareiu qiiendain inottan Corporis ridiculu7n, ' some peculiar ridiculous motion of the body.' XXXIX. OF UNITY IN RELIGION. 425 V. 1625. set. 65. whenfoeuer it commeth to that paffe, tliat one faith, Ecce in Deferto\^ Another faith, Ecce in pcnctralibus;'' That is, when fome Men feeke Chrifl, in the Conuen- ticles of Heretikes, and others, in an Outward Face of a Church, that voice had need continually to found in Mens Eares, Nolite exire, Goe not out.^ The Do6lor of the Gentiles (the Propriety of whofe Vocation,^* drew him to haue a fpeciall care of thofe wit/wicty^ faith; If an Heathen come in., and heare you fpeake with feuerall Tongues, Will he not fay that you are madl^ And certainly, it is little better, when Atheifls, and prophane Perfons, do heare of fo many Difcordant, and Contrary Opinions ^^ in Religion ; It doth auert them from the Church, andmaketh them. To fit downe in the chair e of the Scorners.'^ It is but a light Thing, to be Vouched in fo Serious a Matter, but yet it ex- preffeth well the Deformity. There is a Mafler of Scoffing ; that in his Catalogue of Books, of a faigned Library, fets Downe this Title of a Booke ; The morris daunce^'^ of Heretikes.'^ For '.indeed, euery Se61 of them, hath a Diuers Poflure,^^ or Cringe ^'-^ by them- felues, which cannot but Moue Derifion, in Worldlings, and Depraued Politickes, who are apt to contemne Holy Things. As for the Fruit -^ towards thofe-^ that are ^aithin ; It is Peace; which containeth infinite Bleffings : It eflablifheth Faith ; It kindleth Charity ; The outward Peaceof the Church, DifLilleth intoPeaceof Confcience; And it- turneth the Labours, of Writing, and Reading of Controuerfies, into Treaties of Mortification, and Deuotion. " Matthew xx^i. 26. (Vulgate). ^ I Cor. xiv. 23. " Ps. i. I. «* I,a Morisqne des hereticqiies. Rabelais. Patttagntel. u. 7. 19 Cringe. Gestus Dcforiiiitatej7i, ' deformity of carriage.' 20 Fruit. Fructus Vnitatis, 'fruit of unity." • 21 Towards those. Qui ad cos . . . redtindat, ' which abounds to- wards those.' 426 A HARMONY OF THE ESS A Y S. IV. 1612. aet. 52. 22 Bounds. Terviinos et Liinites, 'honni^?' :md\\TCi\i?,.* _ ' 23 True. Vera procnldiibio etjiista, 'doubtless the true and right.' 24 Iniporteth. Ad omnia in Religione, ' to every thing connected with religion.' ^ . . 1 j • c 2o Extremes. In iis siatiicndis videntitrjicri, seem to be made in nx- ins them.' ,. . , 26 After Luke-warme. In causis Rcligionts, m matters of religion. 27 The two crosse Clauses. Clansnlis Hits, qtia />riino intniiu, inter se opponi vidcntiir, ' those clauses, which at firat sight, seem to be opposed. XXX V. OF UNITY IN R E L I G 1 O N. 427 V. 1625. act. 65. Concerning tlie Bounds-^ of Vnify ; The true^' Placing of them, importeth-"^ exceedingly. There appeare to be two extremes.-^ For to certaine Zc/ants all Speech of Pacification is odious. Is it peace, le/iu? W/iat hajl thou to doe with peace ? tiirne thee behinde jue.'^ Peace is not the Matter, but Following and Party. Contrariwife, certaine Laodiccans, and Luke-warme^*^ Perfons, thinke they may accommodate Points of Re- ligiofi, by Middle Wales, and taking part of both ; And witty Reconcilements ; As if they would make an Arbitrement, betweene God and Man. Both thefe Extremes are to be auoyded; which will be done, if the League of ChriRians, penned by our Sauiour him- felfe, were in the two croffe Claufes-" thereof, foundly and plainly expounded; He that is 7iot with vs, is agaijijl vs :^ And again e ; He that is not agai?i/i vs, is with z's:^ That is, if the Points Fundamental! and of Subflance in Religion, were truly difcerned and dif- tinguiflied, from Points not meerely of Faith, but of Opinion, Order, or good Intention.-^ This is a Thing, may feeme to many, a Matter triuiall, and done already -r^ But if it were done leffe partially/'*^ it would be embraced more generally. Of this I may giue onely this Aduice, according to my fmall Modell. Men ought to take heede, of rend- ing Gods Church, by two kinds of Controuerfies. The one is, when the Matter of the Point contro- uerted, is too fmall and light, not worth the Heat,^^ and Strife about it, kindled onely by Contradiction. For, as it is noted^^ by one of the Fathers ; Chrijh ° 2 Kings ix. 18. '' Malt. xii. 30. '^ Mark ix. 40. 28 Points . . . good Intention. QitcBnonsunt ex Fide,sedexOpin^onfpro- bab^li, et Intetttione sane in, propter ordinc7n, et Ecclcsiie politiam, saiicittt, ' which are not of faith, but of probable opinion, aud ratified by a holy inten- tion, for the sake of order and the government of the church.' 2'^ And done already. In quo quis actum agat: ' in which to act.* 30 Partially. Minore partium studio, ' with less party zeal. 31 Heat. Omitted in the Latin. *2 Noted. Acute, et elegantcYy 'acutely and elegantly.' 428 A HARMONY OF THE ESSAYS. IV. i6i2. set. 52. 83 Of Iiidgement. Doctits, 'learned.' 8* Differ. De aliqjia Qjioestione, inter selitigantes, ' disputing about .some question.' . • . n :*5 Meane one thing. Idem re ipsa sentire, et tn laumt conveiiire, really think the .same, and meet in one point.' . . , a« Distance. Exisiia ilia Judicii disparitate, ' \\\ that httle disparity of judgment.' , '^'> Knowes. Scrntatnr et novit, searches and knows. 38 Nature. Natiira et Character, ' nature and character.' 39 Put. Effingunt et citdunt, ' fashion and stamp.' In rnivient let there be variety, but not rents. St. Bernard. Ad Cuillc- luvi Atbateii) Apologia, pp. 983, 4. Ed. 1640. •^ I lim. vi. 20. <2 Peaces, or. Omitted in the Latin. <3 Vnities. Vnitatis Species, ' kinds of unity.' ** Peeced ^^). Cousuta et sarciia, 'sewn together and patched* ■♦5 Admission of Contraries JT.t j>o.i7twn:t-riS f.': di-irnrin/ mUf ae con trnnrs, •troui posuions unectly contradictory.' 430 A HARMONY OF T H E ESSA Y S. IV. 1612. set 52. Lucre- tiiis the Poet, when hee beheld the a6l of Agamemnon, induring and affifling at the facrifice of his daughter, concludes with this verfe ; Tantum relligio potnit fuadere maloi'um. But what would hee haue done, if he had knowne the maffacre of France, or the powder treafon of E?ig/ajid? Certainly he would haue beene feuen times more Epicure and Atheifl then he was. Nay, hee would rather haue chofen to be one of the Mad men of *^ Be. Rccipijininr, 'are received.' *'' In the maintenance of Religion. In Religione Christiana proptig- nanda, et p7-otcgetida, ' in defending and protecting the christian religion.' ^^ Ouert. Aperti, ct i>isole?ttis ; ' overt and insolent.' ^^ Intermixture. Omitted in the Latin. 60 Subuersion of all Gouernment. Ad Majestatevi ImpcTii mitniejidain, et Aiictoritatevt Alngistratuum lahefactandam, 'to dimiiiish the majesty of government, and subvert the authority of magistrates.* XXXY. OF UNITY IN RELIGION. 431 V. 1625. set. 65. and, Clay, in tjie iocs of Nabiuadnczars Image f They may Cleaue, but they will not Incorporate. Concerning the Mcancs of procuring Vnify ; Men mull beware, that in the Procuring, or Muniting, of Religious Vnity, they doe not Diflblue and Deface the Lawes of Charity, and of humane Society. There be^^ two Swords amongfl Chriflians ; the Spiritual!, and Temporall ; And both haue their due Office, and place, in the maintenance of Religion.^'' But we may not take vp the Third fword, which is Mahomets Sword, or like vnto it ; That is, to propagate Religion, by Warrs, or by Sanguinary Perfecutions, to force Con- fciences ; except it be in the cafes of Ouerf*^ Scandall, Blafphemy, or Intermixture^^ of Pradlize, againfl the State ; Much leffe to Nourifh Seditions ; To Authorize Confpiracies and Rebellions ; To put the Sword into the Peoples Hands ; And the like ; Tending to the Subuerfion of all Gouernment,''^ which is the Ordi- nance of God.^^ For this is, but to dafh the firfl Table,^- againfl the Second \^ And fo to confider Men as ChriRians, as we forget that they are Men. Lucre- tius the Poet, when he beheld the Acl of Aga7nemnon, that could endure-^^ the Sacrificing of his owne Daughter, exclaimed ; Tantum Relligio potuit fuadere malorum.^ What would he haue faid, if he had knowne of the Maffacre in France, or the Powder Treafon of Eng- land? He would haue beene, Seuen times more Epicure and Atheifl, then he was. For as the tem- porall Sword, is to bee drawne,^"* with great circum- ** Daniel, ii. 33. ^ Exodus, xxxii. 19. " To such a decree is Religion capable 0/ occasioning^ evils. Lucretius. De rerum Natura. i. 102. 51 Ordinance of God. Cuvt tamen ouinis Lcgitiina J>oicsias sit a Deo orditintn, ' since all lawful power is ordained by God.' »- Table. Tabulis legis, ' tables of the law.' 53 Endure. Omitted in the Latin. 5* After Drawne. Non tcinere, sed, * not rashly, but ' 432 A HARMONY OF THE £SSAVS. IV. 1612. eet. 52. Munjlcr, then to haue beene a partaker of thofe Coun- fels. For it is better that Religion fliould deface mens vnderftanding, then their piety and charitie; retaining reafon onely but as an Engine, and Cliarriot driiLcr of cruelty, and malice. It was a great blafphemie, when the Diuell faid ; / will afcend, and be like the highejl: but it is a greater blaf- phemie, if they make God to fay; / will defcend, and bee like the Frinceof Dai'kneffe: and it is no better, when they make thecaufe oi Religion defcend, to the execrable accions of mur- thering of Princes, butchery of people, and firing of States. Neither is there fuch a finne againfl the perfon of the holy Ghofl, (if one fhould take it literally) as in flead of the likenes of a Done, to bring him downe in the liken effe of a Vulture, or Rauen\ nor fuch a fcandall to their Church, as out of the Barke of Saint Peter, to fet forth the flagge of a Barge of Pirats and Affafjins. Therefore fmce thefe things are the common enemies of humane fociety ; Princes by their power: C7/?/;r//^x by their Decrees; and all learning, Chriflian, morall, of what foeuer fe6l, or opinion, by their M er curie xod.\ ought to ioyne in the damning to Hell for euer, thefe fa6ls, and their fup- ports : and in all Counfels concerning Re- ligion, that Counfell of the Apoftle, would be prefixed, J7'a honiinis non implet iujlitiani Dei. 55 Personate. Omitted in the Latin. 66 Descend. Descctuiai, et prcccipitetiir, ' descend and be cast down.' 6" States. Omitted in the Latin. 68 Most necessary. Jnstian est, et idi/isuvt necessitas TemportunJJagitat, ' it is just, and the necessity of the times demands it.' 59 Christian. Keiigiosce, ' religious.' 60 Prefi.ved. Ante ocnlos Hoviinnvi, 'before the eyes of men.' 61 And it was. Ut vere dicnmus, ' to speak the truth.' 62 Notable Obseruation. Optune, et prudentissiine observatiii7t, 'verv well and wisely ohservid ' _ . • «u fi* A Ai.^e /atner. Ao nno ex ratribus, profuiidcB sapientice viro; by one of the Fathers, a man of deep wisdom.' XXXV. OF UNITY IN RELIGION 433 V. 1625. ast. 65. fpe(flion,in Cafes oi Rtiigio?r, So it is a thing monflrous, to put it into the hands of the Common People. Let that bee left vnto the Anabaptifls, and other Furies. It was great Blafphemy, when the Deuill faid ; / will afcend, and be like the Highcjl\'^ But it is greater Blaf- phemy, to perfonate^^ God, and bring him in faying ; / ivill defceiid^ and be like the Prince of Darkneffe ; And what is it better, to make the caufe of Religion, to defcend,^*^ to the cruell and execrable Actions, of Mur- thering Princes, Butchery of People, and Subuerfion of States,^'^ and Gouernments ? Surely, this is to bring Downe the Holy Ghofl, in flead of the Likneffe of a Doue, in the Shape of a Vulture, or Rauen : And to fet, out of the Barke of a Chriilian Church, a Flagge of a Barque of Pirats, and AJfafsins. Therefore it is moft ne- ceffary,^*^ that the Church by Doctrine and Decree; Princes by their Sword; And all Learnings, both Chriflian^^ and Morall, as by their Mercury Rod ; Doe Damne and fend to Hell, for euer, thofe Fa6\s and Opinions, tend- ing to the Support of the fame ; As hath beene already in good part done. Surely in Counfels, Concerning Re- ligion, that Counfel of the Apoflle would be prefixed j*^^ Ira hominis non implct lujliciani Dei.^ And it was^^ a notable Obferuation,^- of a wife Father,*^^ And no lefle ingenuoufly'^^ confeffed f'^ That thofe, which held and pcrf'ii'aded, preffur'e of Co?ifciences, were commonly in- ter effed t her in, themf clues, for their oivne ends.^^ — t:n-.^— " Isaiah xiv. 14. 6 James i. 20. 6* Ingenuously. Ingenue, et sincere, ' ingenuously and sincerely.* 65 Confessed. Prolatitm, et evulgatum, ' uttered and published.' 66 Interessed therin . . . owne ends. Sub illo Dogmate, Cupiditates suas subtexere, illntnque rem sua interesse, putare, 'cover their dcbires with this doctrine, and consider themselves interested therein.' 2 £ 434 A HARMONY OF THE £SSA VS. IV. 1612. aet. 52. 4. ©f (Uttttninig. EE take Cunning for a fmifler or crooked Wifdonie : and certainely there is a great difference betweene a cunning man, and a wife man : not onely in point of honefty, but in point of ability. There be that can pack the cards and yet cannot play well. So there are fome, that are good in canuaffes and facSlions, that are otherwife weake men. Againe, it is one thing to vnderfland perfons, and another thing to vnderfland matters : for many are perfecSl in mens humors, that are not greatly capable of the reall part of bufi- neffe ; which is the conflitution of one, that hath fludied men more then bookes. Such men are fitter for pra(Slife, then for counfell, and they are good but in their owne Alley; turne them to new men, and they haue loft their aime. So as the old rule to know a foole from a wife man ; Mitte ambos nudos ad ignoios et videbis ; doth fcarce hold for them. yni. Uariations in poglbumntig Eatin lEtiftion of 1638. 1 Factions. J^ach'om'dus re^'eridzs, ' ruVin^ {a.ctions.' "^ Persons. Persotiarian Naturas et Mores, ' the natures and manners of persons.' "* Humours. Aditibus, et Teviporibics, "accessibilities and time.' * Alley. Viis, quas soepe contriverunt, ' the ways which they have often trod.' XXXVI. OF CUNNING. 435 V. 1625. 8tt. 65. British Museum Copy. 22. Of Cunning. E take Ciovi'nig for a Sinifler or Crooked Wifedome. And certainly, there is great difference, between a Cinining Man, and a Wife Man ; Not onely in Point of Honefly, but in point of Ability. There be that can packe the Cards, and yet cannot play well ; So there are fome, that are good in Canuaffes, and Faclions,^ that are otherwife Weake Men. Againe, it is one thing to vnderfland Perfons,"^ and another thing to vnderfland Matters ; For many are perfect in Mens Humours,'^ that are not greatly Capable of the Reall Part of Bufi- neffe ; Which is the Conflitution of one, that hath fludied Men, more then Bookes. Such Men are fitter for Pracftife, then for Counfell ; And they are good but in their own Alley :^ Turne them to New Men, and they haue loft their Ayme f So as the old Rule, to know a Foole from a Wife Man ; Mitte ambos ?mdos^ adig/iotos, et videbis ;'' doth fcarce hold for them. And becaufe thefe Cunning Men, are like HaberdaOiers of Small Wares, it is not amiffe to fet forth their Shop. It is a point of Cunning) to wait vpon him, with whom you fpeake, with your eye; As the lefuites giue it in precept : For there be many Wife Men, that haue Secret Hearts, and Tranfparant Countenances. Yet this would be done, with a demure Abafmg of your Eye fometimes, as the lefuites alfo doe vfe. Another is, that when you haue any thing to obtaine ° A saying of Aristippus. Place both naked before unk7iown persons, and you ivili see. Diog. Laertes, ii. 73. " One of the Philosophers was askt ; IVkat a tvise Man differed from a Foole ? He answered ; Send them both naked, to t/iose that know them not, ayid you luill perceiiie." Lord hdiCon' s Apophth. No. 255. Ed. 1625. 5 Ayme. Artibus. 'skill.' * Kudos. Omitted in the Latin. 436 A HARMONY OF THE ESSAYS, IV, i6i2. aet. 52. 'Dispatch. Aliqtiid proJ>e7-e, et facile obtinere et expedire cupias, 'you desire to obtain and despatch any thing speedily and easily.' 8 Obiections. Objectiones et Scrupulos, ' objections and scruples.' ^ Estate. Rebus Status gravioribus, ' about weightier matters of state.' ^o One was about to say. Sennonis, ' talk.' ^1 Tooke himselfe vp. Deprehenderet, et cotitineret, ' took himself up and restrained himself XXXVI. OF CUNNING. 437 V. 1625. set. 65. of prefent difpatch/ you entertaine, and amiife the party, with whom you deale, with fome other Difcourfe; That he be not too much awake, to make ObiecSlions.'^ I knew a Coinifdlor and Secretary^ that neuer came to Qiieene Elizabeth of England., with Bills to figne, but he would alwaies firfl put her into fome difcourfe of Eflate,^ that fhe mought the leffe mind the Bills. The like Surprize, may be made, by Mouing things, when the Party is in hade, and cannot flay, to confi- der aduifedly, of that is moued. If a man would croffe a Bufmeffe, that he doubts fome other would handfomely and effeclually moue, let him pretend to wifh it well, and moue it himfelfe, in fuch fort, as may foile it. The breaking off, in the midft of that, one was about to fay,^^ as if he tooke himfelfe vp,^^ breeds a greater Appetite in him, with whom you conferre, to know more. And becaufe it workes better, when any thing feemeth^- to be gotten from you by Queflion, then if you offer it of your felfe, you may lay a Bait for a Queflion, by fhewing another Vifage and Countenance, then you are wont ; To the end, to giue Occafion, for the party to aske, what the Matter is of the Change ?^^ As Nehemias did ; And I had not before that time been fad before the Kiug.^ In Things, that are tender and vnpleafmg, it is good to breake the Ice,^^ by fome whole Words are of leffe weight, and to referue^^ the more weighty Voice, to come in, as by chance, fo that he may be asked the ° Nehemiah. ii. l. ^2 Seemeth. Omitted in the Latin. ^3 Change. Oris mutntio, ' change of [your] face.' ^* Breake the Ice. Initia,deiis Sermonem infcrtndi,alictti alitri dfptt- tare, ' to entrust the beginning of the talk about them to some other.' ^* Reserue. In SubsidiU reservare, ' reserve as a support.* 458 A HARMONY OF THE £SSAVS. IV. 1612. aet. 52. 16 Others. Qtii ab altero i?ijecius est, ' which was thrown out bv the other. ^ ^' Seen in, himselfe. Quas a se amoliri quis citpiat, ' which a person wishes to be removed from him.' 18 A point of Cunning. AW itiutile, ' not.useless.' 19 Point. Species satis vnfra, 'subtle enough kind.' 20 Take Aduantage. Alterum irretiat et subruat, 'ensnare and under- mine the other.' ^1 Good Quarter betweene. Imncejn amice, ' friendlj' together.' 22 It. ///?<«' 6>««j //(?;/^r/j, ' that kind of honour.' 33 Caught vp. Bofiajide arripuit, ' caught up in good faith.' XXXVI. OF CUNNING. 439 V. 1625. set. 65. Queflion vpon the others^^ Speech. As Narciffus did, in relating to Claudius^ the Marriage of Mcffaiina and Silius.^ In things, that a Man would not be feen in, him- felfe ■}~ It is a Point of Ciuining,^^ to borrow the Name of the World; As to fay; The World f ayes, Or, There is a fpcech abroad. I knew one, that when he wrote a Letter, he would put that which was mofl Materiall, in the Pojt-fcript, as if it had been a By-matter. I knew another, that when he came to haue Speech, he would paffe ouer that, that he intended mofl, and goe forth, and come backe againe, and fpeake of it, as of a Thing, that he had almofl forgot. Some procure themfelues, to be furprized, at fuch times, as it is like, the party that they work vpon, will fuddenly come vpon them : And to be found with a Letter in their hand, or doing fomewhat which they are not accuflomed ; To the end, they may be appofed of thofe things, which of themfelues they are defirous to vtter. It is a Point^^ of Cimiwi^, to let fall thofe Words, in a Mans owne Name, which he would haue another Man learne, and vfe,*and thereupon take Aduantage.^^ I knew two, that were Competitors, for the Secretaries Place, in Qiieene Elizabeths time, and yet kept good Quarter betweene-^ themfelues ; And would conferre, one with another, vpon the Bufmeffe ; And the one of them faid, That to be a Secretary, in the Declination of a Monarchy, was a Ticklifh Thing, and that he did not affecl: it:-- The other, Rraight caught vp-'^ thofe " By first employing the Emperor's two chief mistresses, "Calpurnia, there- fore, for that was the name of the courtesan, upon the first occasion of privacy, falling at the emperor's feet, exclaimed ' that Messalina had married Silius ; ' and at the same time asked Cleopatra [the other rnistress], who purposely attended to attest it, ' whether she had not found it to be tnie ?' Claudius, upon a confirmation fiom Cleopatra, ordered Narcissus to be called," &*c. Tacitus. Annais. xi. 30. 440 A HARMONY OF THE ESSAYS. IV. i6i2. aet. 52. 21 Those Words. Ferl-a ilia, callide proiata, 'those words, craftily uttered.' t -r i_ ^5 After the Queene. Tanqttam scilicet ab altera prolata, as if they had been vttered by the other.' 26 4/?^r Monarchy. Cum ipsa se vigetitem repiitaret, ' sinc& she consi- dered herself flourishing.' 27 Cunning. Astutice Gefnis, 'Mmd oi cnnmng.'' 28 Call. Satis absurde diciticr, ' is called, absurdly enough.' 29 Cat (cate). /<>/(?;«, 'cat.' , 80 Make It appeare. Probare et verificare,'-^rQv^zx^Aye.r\l^. 8^ A way. Artijiciic7n i?i usu, ' an artifice in use.' XXXVI. OF CUNNING. 441 V. 1625. set. 65. Words,^* and difcoiirfed with diners of his Friends, that he had no reafon to defire to be Secretary, in the Dc- difiation of a Monarchy. The firfl Man tooke hold of it, and found ^leanes, it was told the Quccney^ Who hearing of a Deciifiatio?i of a Monarchy ^^^ tooke it fo ill, as file would neuer after heare of the others Suit. There is a Cunning^'^ which we in Eng/and call,^^ The Turning of the Cat~^ i?i the Pan ; which is, when that which a Man fayes to another, he laies it, as if Another had faid it to him. And to fay Truth, it is not eafie, when fuch a Matter paffed between two, to make it appeare,^^ from which of them, it firfl moued and began. It is a way,^^ that fome men haue, to glaunce and dart at Others, by luflifying themfelues, by Negatiues; As to fay, This I doe not : As Tigilliims did towards Bnrrhus ;^'^ Se nan diuerfas fpes, fed Incohuiiitateni hiiperatoris funpliciter fpedare. ^ Some haue in readineffe, fo many Tales and Stories, as there is Nothing, they would infmuate, but they can wrap it into a Tale ; which ferueth both to keepe themfelues more in Guard,^^ and to make others carry it,^"* with more Pleafure. It is a good Point of Cnnjiing, for a Man, to fhape the Anfwer he would haue, in his owne Words, and Propofitions f^ For it makes the other Party flicke the leffe. It is flrange, how long fome Men will lie in wait, to fpeake fomewhat, they defire to fay ; And how farre about they will fetch ; And how many other Matters '^ He entertained not di^erent hopes [Ynniinz^^^i Biirrhus did] but simply consulted the safety 0/ the Emperor. Tacitus. Annals, xiv. 57. 82 After Burrhus. Sugillando, 'suggesting.' 83 y}/?fr Guard. Quasi nihil diserte affirmantes, * as saying nothing ex- pressly.' 8* Carry it. Rem ipsntn majore cum voluptate spar^, ' make the thing be spread with more pleasure.' 35 Words, and Propositions, Conceptis verbis, ' in words conceived by himself.' 442 A HARMONY OF THE ESSAYS. IV. i6i2. set. 52. \See funilar paragraph below^ Euen in bufmeffe there are fome that know the reforts and fals of bufmes, that cannot fmke into the maine of it : like a houfe that hath conuenient flaires and entries, but neuer a faire roome. There- fore you fhall fee them finde out pretty loofes in the conclufion, but are no waies able to examine or debate matters : and yet commonly they take ad- uantage of their inability, and would be thought wits of dire6lion. Some build rather vpon abufmg others, and as wee now fay, putting trickes vpon them, then vpon foundneffe of their owne proceed- ings. But Salomoji faith, Prudens aduertit ad greffus fuos : Jlidtus dmertit ad dolos. Very many are the differences betweene cunning and wifdome : and it were a good deed to fet them downe : for that nothing doth more hurte in flate then that cunning men paffe for wife. 36 Vnexpected. Omitted in the Latin. 3^ List. Uberioreni Catalog7tvi, ' fuller list.' 38 Maine. Viscera, et mteriora, ' body and interior.' 39 Conclusion. Coficlusionibits Deliberationuiii, ' conclusions of delibera- tions." XXXVI. OF CUNNING. 443 V. 1625. aet. 65. they will beat oner, to come neare it. It is a Thing of great Patience, but yet of much Vfe. A fudden, bold, and vnexpe6ted^'' Queflion, doth many times furprife a Man, and lay him open. Like to him, that hauing changed his Name, and walking in Pauls, Another fuddenly came behind him, and called him by his true Name, whereat flraightwaies he looked backe. But thefe Small Wares, and Petty Points of Cu?ming, are infinite : And it were a good deed, to make a Lifl^" of them: For that nothing doth more hurt in a State, then that Cunfiitig Mm paffe for Wife. But certainly, fome there are, that know the Reforts and Falls of Bufineffe, that cannot fmke into the Maine^^ of it: Like a Houfe, that hath conuenient Staires, and Entries, but neuer a faire Roome. Ther- fore, you fhall fee them finde out pretty Loofes in the Conclufion,^^ but are no waies able to Examine, or debate Matters. And yet commonly they take ad- uantage of their Inability, and would be thought Wits of direction.'*^ Some build rather vpon the Abufmg of others, and (as we now fay ;) Piitibig Ti'icks vpou them ;"*^ Then vpon Soundneffe of their own proceed- ings.*^ But Salomo7i faith : Prudetis adiiertit ad Grejfus fuos : Stidtus d inert it ad Dolos.^ •* Prov. xiv. 15. «> After Direction. Potuis quam DisputaHdum, ' rather than of dis- cussion.' Hot Jrte/ids hut parasites of the Court. 22 Purpnse. Omitted in the Latin. 23 Poling. Lucris inhiatttiiivi, ' gapingr for gain.* 2* Nimble and sinister. (Jniitted in the Latin. 25 Plaine and Direct. Lcgitinios, 'lawful.' 45S A HARMONY OF THE ESSAYS. IV. 1612. set. 52. bring iufLice into oblike lines and labirinthes. And the fourth is the Poler and exacter of fees, which iuftifies the common refemblance of the Courts of luftice, to the bufli, wherunto while the fheepe flies for defence in weather, hee is fure to lofe part of his fleece. On the other fide an ancient Clearke, skilfull in prefidents, wary in proceeding, and vnderftanding in the buflneffe of the Court, is an excellent finger of a Court, and doth many times point the way to the ludge himfelfe. Lallly, Judges ought aboue al to remember the conclufion of the Roman twelue Tables; Saliis poptdi fiiprcma lex, and to know that Lawes, except they bee in order to that ende are but things captious, and Oracles not well infpired. Therefore it is an happy thing in a State, when Kings and States doe often confult with ludges ; and againe, when Judges doe often confult with the King and State; the one, when there is matter of Law interuenient in bufmeffe of State; the other when there is fome confideration of State interuenient in matter of Lawe. For many times the thing deduced to Judgement, may bee wcuni et tiiwn, when the reafon and confequence thereof may trench to point of eflate; I call matter of eflate not only the parts of Soueraignty, but whatfoeuer introduceth any great alteration or dangerous prefident or concerneth manifeftly any great portion of people. And let no man weakely conceiue that iufl lawes, and true pollicy, haue any antipathy. For they are like the fpirits, and finewes 2* Parts of Souereignty. Quid ad yura Regalia impetenda sfectel, ' what tends to attack royal rights.' XXXVfll. OF JUDICATURE. 459 V. 1625. set. 65. bring lujl'ue into Oblique Lines and Labyrinths. And the Fourth is, the Poler and Exacter of Fees ; which iullifies the Common Refemblance of the Courts of lufticc, to the Biis/i, whereunto while the Sheepe flies for defence in Wether, hee is fure to loofe Part of his Fleece. On the other fide, an Ancient Gierke, skilfull in Prefidents, Wary in Proceeding, and Vnderllanding in the Buftucffe of the Court, is an excellent Finger of a Court ; And doth many times point the way to the Iud<^e himfelfe. Fourthly, for that which may concerne the Soueraigne and Estate, fudges ought aboue all to remember the Conclufion of the Roman Tu>elue Tables ; Salus Populi Suprema Lex f And to know, that Lawes, except they bee in Order to that End, are but Things Captious, and Oracles not well Infpired. Therefore it is an Happie Thing in a State, when Kings and States doe often Confult with Judges; And againe, when Judges doe often Confult with the A7;/^and State: The one, when there is Matter of Law, interuenient in Bufnieffe of State ; The other, when there is fome Confideration of State, interuenient in Matter of Law. For many times, the Things Deduced to Judgement, may bee Meum and Tuujh, when the Reafon and Confequence thereof, may Trench to Point of Eflate : I call Matter of Eflate, not onely the parts of Soueraigntie^-'^ but whatfoeuer introduceth any Great-' Alteration, or Dangerous prefident ; Or Concerneth manifeflly any great Portion of People. And let no Man weakly conceiue, that lufl Laws, and True Policie, haue any Antipatkie: For they are like the Spirits, and Sinewes, " Not the laws of the Twelve Tables, but Cicero. De Lcglbus. iii. 3. The welfare of the people is tlie higlust law. 27 Great. Minus tutatn, 'unsafe.' 46o A HARMONY OF THE £SSAVS, IV. 1 612 aet. 52. that one moues with the other. Neither ought Judges to be fo ignorant of their owne right, as to thinke there is not left to them as a principall part of their office, a wife vfe and appHca- tion of Lawes. For they may remember what the Apoflle faith of a greater law then theirs, jVos fciinus^ quia lex bona eji, mo do quis ea vtatur legitime. 28 Right, yuris et Prcros;atk'(P, 'right and prerogative,' 23 Theirs. Unniiuiis legibus, ' human laws.' XXXVIII. OF JUDICATURE. 461 Y. 1625. aet. 65. that One moues with the Other. Let Judges alfo remember, that Salomons Throne, was fupported by Lions, on both Sides f Let them be Lions, but yet Lions vnder the Throne ; Being circumfpe6t, that they doe not checke, or oppofe any Points of Soueraig7itie. Let not Judges alfo, be fo Ignorant of tlieir owne Right,-^ as to thinke, there is not left to them, as a Principall Part of their Office, a Wife Vfe, and appli- cation of Lawes. For they may remember, what the Apostle faith, of a Greater La^c, then theirs ;-''^ JVos fcimus quia Lex bona ejl, modo quis ea vtatur Legitime.^ n'^s^J^^ /^ ^% ^^ " I Kings, X. 20. 6 I Tim. i. 8 (Vulgate . 462 A HARMONY OF THE ^SSAVS. IV. 1612. set. 52. 37. Gt 13ainc=iglorji. 'T was pretily deuifed of y^fop, The Flie fate Tpon the Axktree of the Chariot ivheeie, and faid^ What a dufl doe I raife ? So there are fome vaine perfons, that whatfoeuer goeth alone, or moues vpon greater meanes, they thinke it is they that cany it. They that are glorious muft needs be fadtioLis ; for all brauery flands vpon comparifon?. They muft needes be violent to make good their owne vaunts. Neither can they bee fecret, and therefore not effecluall ; but according 10 the French prouerb, Bcaucoup de bniit et pen de fruity Much bruit, little fruit. Yet certainely there is vfe of this quality in ciuill affaires. Where there is an opinion and fame to bee created, either of Vertue or Greatneffe : thefe men are good Trumpeters. Again, as Titus Linius noteth in the cafe of Antiochus and the yEtolians, There are foindiines greate effects of croffe lies ; as if a man that fliould interpofe himfelfe to negotiate between two, fhould to either of them feuerally pretend, more interefl then he hath in the other. And in this and the like kind, it often fals out, that fomewhat is produced of nothing. For lies are fufhcient to breed opinion, and opinion brings on I'L Variations in postiiumous ILattn lEtJilion of 1638. 1 Vaine. Futi/es ct Vani, ' worthless and vnin.' - C:irry it. JSlachinnvi totniii vcrtcre, ' turn the whole machine.' 3 Created. Fama excitaitda sit, vcl OJ>ifiio late sj>a>geuda, ' fame to be raised or opinion to be widely spread.' XXXIX. OF VAIN-GLORY. 463 V. 1625. ast. 65. Btllish Museum Copy. 54. ©f Dainc-(!r>lor2. T was prettily Dcuifed of jEfope ; The Fly fate vpon the Axle-tree of the Chariot wheele, and faid, What a Dust doe I raife'i So there are fome Vaine^ Peffons, tliat whatfoeiier goeth alone, or moueth vpon greater Means, if they haue neuer fo little Hand in it, they thinke it is they that carry it.- They that are Glorious, mufl needs be Faflious; For all Eraiiery flands vpon Comparifons. They mufl needs be Violent, to make good their owne Vaunts. Neither can they be Secret, and therefore not Effe6luall; but according to the Freiich Prouerb; Beau CO up de Bruit, peu de Fruit : Much Bruit, little Fruit. Yet certainly there is Vfe of this Qualitie, in Ciuill Affaires. Where there is an Opinion, and Fame to be created,^ either of Vertue, or Greatneffe, thefe Men are good Trumpetters. Againe, as Titus Liuiics noteth, in the Cafe of Antiochus, and the yFtoliajts ; There are fonietinies great Efje^s of Crofjfl^ Lies -."^ As if a Man, that Negotiates between Two Princes, to draw them to ioyne in a Warre againfl the Third, doth extoll the Forces of either of them, aboue Meafure,^ the One to the Other: And fometimes, he that deales between Man and Man, raifeth his owne Credit, with Both, by l)retending greater Interefl, then he hath in Either. And iri thefe, and the like Kindes, it often falls out, that Somewhat is produced of Nothing: For Lies are fufficient to breed OjMnion, and Opinion brings on ° Livy. xxxvii. 48. ♦ Crosse. Rec'procn, et ex ittraqiie parte, 'reciprocal and on both sides.' 5 Measure. Modnin, et Veritatcin, ' measure and truth.' 464 A HARMONY OF T HE ESSAYS. IV. 161 2, set. 52. fubflance. But principally cafes of great enterprife,vpon charge and aduenture fuch compofition of glorious natures doth put life into bufmes, and thofe that are of folid and fober natures haue more of the ballafl, then of the fade. Certainely Vaine-glory helpeth to perpetuate a mans memory, and Vertue was neuer fo beholding to humane nature, as it re- ceiued his due at the fecond hand. Neither had the fame of Cicero., Se?ieea, Pliniiis Secundiis, borne her age fo well, if it had not beene ioined with fome vanity in themfelues ; like vnto varnifli, that makes feelings not onely fliine, but lad. But all this while, when I fpeake of Vaine-glory, I meane not of that property that Tacitus doth attribute to Miicianus, Omimim (]ua. dixerat feceratqiie arte quadavi osten- tator. For that proceedes not of vanity, but of a na- tural magnanimity and difcretion; and in fome perfons is not onely comely, but gracious. For exufations, ceffions, modefLy it felfe well go- ^ Substance. Rem et Sjibsta7itia7n, * matter and substance.* 7 Sharpeneth. Acjumtiir, et excitantiir, ' sharpen and stir up.' 8 Learning. Doctriiice et Litej-arjiiu, ' learning and literature.' " The Flight will be slow. Non voUtabit Favia illius per Ora Virum, neque bene A lata erit, ' the fame thereof will not fly through the mouths of men, nor will it be well winged.' 10 A/ter Galan. [Magna A'(W««(7,) '( great names.)* 11 Perpetuate. Propagandain ctperpetiiandain, 'spread and perpetuate.' 12 And Vertue . . . Second Hand. Neque Virtus ipsa, tafitum Hujna7ice Naturce debet, propter Nominis S7(i Celebratione77i, quantum sibiipsi, ' nor does virtue itself owe as much to human nature for the cele- bration of its name as to itself.' 13 Borne her Age. Ad himc risque die^n vix d7irasset, aut saltei7t non tarn vegeta, ' would not have lasted till this time, or at least, not so fresh.' XXXIX. OF VAIN- GLORY. 465 V. 1625. aet. 65. Subflance.^ In i\Iilitar[y] Commanders and Soldiers, Vaiiic-GIory is an ElTential Point; For as Iron fharpens Iron, fo by Glory one Courage fliarpneth'^ another. In Cafes of great Enterprife, vpon Charge and Aduenture, a Compofition of Glorious Natures, doth put life into Bufmeffe ; And thofe that are of Solide and Sober Natures, haue more of the Ballafl, then of the Saile. In Fame of Learning,^ the Flight will be llow^, without fome Feathers of OJleniatioji. Qui de coiitemjienda Gloria Libros fcrihunt, Nonien fiiiun iufcribiint.'^ Socrates^ AriJIoile, Galen, ^^ were Men full of OJlentation. Certainely Vaiiie-Glory helpeth to Perpetuated^ a Mans jNIemory; And Yertue was neuer so Beholding to Humane Nature, as it re- ceiued his due at the Second Hand.^^ Neither had the Fame of Cicero, Seneca, Plinius Seciindus, borne her Age^"'" fo well, if it had not been ioyned, with fome Vafiity^'^ in themfelues : Like vnto Varnifh, that makes Seelings^^ not onely Shine, but Laft. But all this while, when I fpeake of Vaine-Glofy, I meane not of that Property, that Tacitus doth attribute to Mucianus\ Omnium, quoe dixe?'at, feceratque, Arte qua dam OJlin- tator:^ For that proceeds not of Vanity, but of Na- turalP^ Magnanimity, and difcretion.^^And in fome Perfons,^^ is not onely Comely, but Gracious. For ExcufationSji'^ Ceffions,-*^ Modefly it felfe well Go- * TJwse who write books in contetnpt of glory, "wrote their own najnes. Cicero. Tusctilajimn Difputatioties. i. 15. * TJie manifestor, by a certain art, 0/ all things tJiat he had said and done. Tacitus. History, ii. 80. 1* Vanity. Vanitate etjactantia, 'vanity and boastfulness.' ^5 Seelings. Ligna, ' wood-work.' ifi Naturall. Omitted in the Latin. ^'^ Discretion. Arte et prudcntia, ' art and wi.sdom.' 18 After Pcrson.s. Qui natura veluti couiparati ad earn sjint, ' who are fitted for this by nature.' 19 E.xcusations. Excusationes decone, ' comely excusations,' -*' Cessions. Concessiones tempestiva, ' timely cessions.' 2 G 466 A HARMONY OF THE i:SSA VS. IV. 1612. cTt. 52. uerned are but arts of oflentation : and amongft thofe Arts there is none better, then that which PUnins Smindus fpeaketh of, which is to be hberall of praife and commendation to others, in that wherein a mans felfe hath any perfection. For faith Plinie very wittily ; /// commending another, you do your felfe right ; for hee that you commend, is either fupcrior to you in that you commend, or inferiour. If he be inferiour if he be to be commended ; you much more : if he be fuperiour if hee be not commended \ you much leffe. 2^ Liberall. Liheraliter et copiose, ' Hberall}- and abundanUy.* " Commendation. Omitted in the Latin. -3 In that you Commend. Omitted in the Latin. -* Idols. PracUe et Escce, ' booty and baits.' XXXIX. OF rAJX- GLORY, 467 V. u .25. an. 65. uenicd, are but Arts of 0:.r::f.i/;<-/t. And aniongll thote Arts, there is none better, then that which Piinius Secttmius fpeakeih of; which is to be Liberall-* of Pmife and Commendation*'- to others, in that, wherein a Mans Selfe hath ajiy Perfection. For faith Pliny ven* Wittily ; /// wmmcniihig Atwther^ you doe yo' '.'' ; For he that you Commend, is either Str 7/. in that you Commendr^ or Jnferiour. If he be Inferiour^ if he he to be Commended^ you ntueh more: If he be Su/srriour, if he be not to be eom mended, you much letfe. G/orious Men are the Scome of Wife A[en ; the Admiration of Fooles; The Idols-* of Para- fites ; And the Slaues of their own Vaunts.^ • Pliny. E/istia. vi. 17 '*^ Their own Vaunts. Sifii^'s ft Gtorkt vtaut, ' thetnselre? .wd their vain glorj-.' 468 A H A R M O N Y OF THE ASSAYS. IV. 1612. 93t. 52. 38. Ot i\)t igrtatnc^^c ot l^ittQbome^. He fpeech of TheniiJIocIes^ which was arrogant in challenge, is profitable in cenfure. Defired at a banquet to touch a Lute, hee faid, He could not fiddle ; but he could make a fviall Towne to become a great Citie. This fpeech at a time of folace, and not ferious, was vnciuill, and at no time could be decent of a mans felfe. But it may haue a pretie application : For to fpeake truly of poHtikes and Statefmen, there are fometimes, though rarely, thofe that can make a fmall eflate great, and cannot fiddell. And there bee many that can fiddell very cunningly, and yet the procedure of their Art is to make a flourifliing eflate ruinous and diilreffed. For certainly thofe degenerate Arts, whereby diuers politikes and Gouernors doe gaine both fatisfa6tion with their Maflers, and admiration with the vulgar, deferue no better name then fidling ; if they adde nothing to the fafetie, flrength, and amplitude of the States they goueme. l^E. Uariations in postljitmous ILattn lEliition of 1638. 1 Title. De Proferendis Fi7iilms Imperii, ' of extending the bounds of empire.' ,- • , '■^ Metaphore. Ad Soisinn politicnm translata, transferred to apolitical meaning.' ,,,,■, . •> Expresse. Optime describuni, et distingiiuni, well describe and define.' . , * Estate. RcrT.m C7uber7incnln trnctnnt, 'who manage the helm of affairs. XT,, or THE GREATNESS OF KINGDOMS, &-c. yg V. 1625. ?et. 65. British Museum Copy. 29. ©f tl)c true (Gi'catncjj^c of Jiinsbomc^ anb (!3$tatc^.^ He Speech of Themijlodes the Athenian, which was Haughtie and Arrogant, in taking fo much to Himfelfe, had been a Graue and Wife Obferuation and Cenfure, apphed at large to others. Defired at a Feafl to touch a Lute, he faid ; He could not fiddle, hut yet he could make a fmall Towne, a great Citty.^ Thefe Words (holpen a Httle wuth a Metaphore)'- may expreffe-^ two differing Abihries, in thofe that deale in Bufineffe of Eflate."* For if a true Suruey be taken, of Counfellours^ and Statefmen, there may be found (though rarely) thofe, w4iich can make an Small State^ Great, and yet cannot Fiddle : As on the other fide, there -will be found a great many, that can fiddle very cunningly,"^ but yet are fo farre from being able, to make a Small State Great, as their Gift lieth the other way; To bring a Great and Flourifliing Eflate fo Ruine and Decay. And certainly, thofe Degenerate Arts and Shifts, whereby many Counfellours and Gouernours, gaine both Fauour with their Maflers, and Eflimation with the Vulgar, deferue no better Name then Fidling; Being Things, rather pleahng for the time, and graceful! to themfelues onely, then tending^ to the Weale and Aduancement of the State, which they feme. There are alfo (no doubt) Counfellours and Gouernours, which may be held fufficient, {Ncgotijs pares ^ Able to mannage Affaires, and to keepe them from Precipices, " Plutarch. Theiiiistocles. ii. Cimon. 7. 5 Counsellours. Regjmt Consiliarios, Senatores, aliosqite ad Ne^^oiia f>nb- lica adniotos, qui iisqiiain /iiermit, ' councillors of kings, senators, and others applied to public business, who have lived anywhere.' <» State. Regnnju n7ct Civitntein, ''kingdQy.n OT st:xiz.' 7 Cunningly. In Cythara, aid Lyra {hoc est Aitlicis tricis] miri Arti- fices. ' wonderful players on the lute or Ij-re ^that is, in court tricks,'. * Tending. Utiles, ant Accoinmodce, ' profitable or fit.' 470 A HARMONY OF THE ESSAYS. IV. 1612. set. 52. The greatnes of a State in bnlke or territory, doth fall vncler meafure ; and the greatnes of fin- ances and reiienew, doth fall vnder computation ; the poj^ulation may appeare by Mufters, and the number and greatneffe of Cities and Towns by Carts and Mappes : but yet there is nothing among ciuill affaires more fubiedl to error, then tlie right valuacion and true iudgement concerning the greatnes of an eflate. Certainly there is a kind of re- femblance betweene the Kingdome of heauen, and the Kingdomes vpon the earth. The Kingdome of heauen is compared not to any great kernell, or nut ; but to a grain e of Muflerd ; which is one of the leaft of graines, but hath in it a propertie and fpirit haflily to get vp and fpread. So are there States that are great in Terri- tory, and yet not apt to conquer or inlarge .• and others that haue but a fmall dimention or ftemme, and yet apt to be the foundation of great Monarchies. ^ Power, Mcanes, and Fortune. Omitted in the Latin. I'J Meanes. Quibns A7-tibiis obtitieri possit, ' by what means it can be obtained.' 11 Great and Mightie. Omitted in the Latin. ^- After Hand. Et diligentey- nieditoitii}', ' and carefully to consider.' ^•' Leese. hnpHcent, ^\nvo\\r&.' ^^ Vaine. Vaiiis ct nimis Arduis, ' vain and too difficult.' '•'' F"iiiances. Omitted in the Latin. !•' lud.^mcnt. Omitted in the Latin. 1' Nut. N'/tcinlicuii^rn>idio>-i,'&ny\'\vz 27 Weake Courage. Ivibelles, et ignavi, ' unwarlike and slothful. 28 Sea of People. Oculis Maccdouuni, tmiqiinin vastnni Hoiinnuin Pela- gus, szibjicicbatur, ' lay before the eyes of the Macedonians like a vast sea of people.' , 2y Easie. Opinionefacilior, ' easier than he thought. XL. OF THE GREATNESS OF KINGDOMS, 6-r. 473 V. 1625. set. 65. Walled Townes, Stored Arcenalls and Armouries,-'' Goodly Races of Horfe, Chariots of Warre, Elephants, Ordnance, Artillery,-*^ and the like : All this is but a Sheep in a Lions Skin, except the Breed and difpofition of the People, be flout and warlike. Nay Number (it felfe) in Armies, importeth not much, where the People is of weake Courage i^*" For (as F/r^// faith) // neuer troubles a JVo/fe, how ifiany theJJieepe be."- The Armie of the Perfians^ in the Plaines of Arbela, was fuch a vaR Sea of People,-^ as it did fomewhat aflonifh the Commanders in A/exajiders KnwiQ ; Who came to him therefore, and wiflit him, to fet vpon them by Night ; But hee anfwered, He would not pilfer the Victory.^ And the Defeat was Eafie."^^ When Tigranes the Armeuia?i, being incamped vpon a Hill, with 400000. Men, difcouered the Armie of the Romans^ being not aboue 14000. Marching towards him, he made himfelfe Merry with it, and faid ; Yonder Men, are too AIa?iy for an Ambaffage, and too Feiv for a Fight. But before the Sunne fett, he found them enough, to giue him the Chace, with infinite Slaughter. Many are the Examples, of the great oddes between Number and Courage : So that a Man may truly make a Judgement ;'^^ That the Principal Point of Greatiieffe'^^ in any State, is to haue a Race of Military Men.^^ Neither is Money the Sinewes of Warre, (as it is triuially faid)'^^ where the Sinewes of Mens Armes, in Bafe and Effeminate People, are failing. For Solon faid well to Crafus (when in Oflentation he (hewed him his Gold) Sir, if " Virgil. Bucolics, vii. 52. * Plutarch. Alexander, xxxi. 30 So that a Man .... aludgement. Pro re certissitna, et e.v/>loratissima decertiatitr, et statiiatur; ' it may be determined and set down as a most certain and ascertained fact.' •*^ Of Greatiiesse. Omnium, qucs ad Mngnitndinem Regni aut status spectent, ' of all things which belong to the greatness of a kingdom or state.' 32 Race of Military Men. Ut popnlns ipse sit stirpe et In-^enio bcUicosus, ' that the people themselves should be warlike in race and disposition.' "^- Neither is . . . (as it is triuially said;. Atqtie illud iiuigis tritum, gitam verum, 'and that is more trite than true.' 474 A H A R M O N Y O F T HE £SSA VS. 'IV. l6i2. set. 52. The helpe is mercenary aides. But a Prince or State that refleth vpon waged Companies of forraine Amies, and not of his owne Natiues, may fpread his feathers for a time, but he will mew them foone after. The bleffmg of I 11 da h and Iffachar will neuer meet, to be both the Lions whelpe,and the Affe laid betweene burthens : Neither will a people ouer charged with tributes, bee euer fit for Empire. Nobilitie and Gentlemen multiplying in too great a proportion, maketh the common fubiecl grow to bee a 3* Except his Militia of Natiues. Cajns suhditi Nativi et hidigeucp, HOii S7t>it, 'whose natural and native subjects are not.' •*5 In this Case. Cii/ii Copicc Nativa: dcsint, ' when native forces fail.' ■ifi Or Prince. Omitted in the Latin. 37 Feathers. Pennns, Nido iitajores, ' wings beyond his nest.' 38 Abate. Dcjicere, etdcpritnei-e, qitnincjjia' ex Impet-io inero indicuntiir, "casL down and depress less than those which are imposed by a mere command. XL. OF THE GREATNESS OF A7A uDOMS, cr-r. 475 V. 1625. aet. 65. (7;/y Other come, that hath better Iron then you, he will he Majler of all this Gold.'' llierfore let any Prince or State, thinke foberly of his Forces, except his Militia'^^ of Natiues, be of good and Valiant Soldiers. And let Princes, on the other fide, that haue Subiecls of Maniall difpofition, know their owne Strength ; vn- leffe they be otherwife wanting vnto Themfelues. As ioT Mercenary Forces, (which is the Helpe in this Cafe)-^^ all Examples fliew; That whatfoeiier Eflate or Prince^*^ doth reft vpon them ; Hee may fpread his Feathers^'^ for a time, bnt he "u^ill mew them foone after. The Blefsifigoi ludah and Iffachar will neuer meet; That the fa me Feople or Nation, fJiould be both The Lions whelpe, and the Affe betiveene Burthens :^ Neither will it be, that a People ouer-laid with Taxes, fhould euer become Valiant, and Martiall. It is true, that Taxes leuied by Confent of the Eflate, doe abaters :Mens Courage leffe ; As it hafh beene feene notably, in the Excifes of the Lo7u Countries ; And in feme degree, in the Suhfidies of England. For you muR note, that we fpeake now, of the Heart, and not of the Pmfe. So that, although the fame Tribute and T^lv,-'^ laid by Confent, or by Impofmg, be all one to the Purfe,-^*^ yet it workes diuerfly vpon the Courage.-*^ So that you may conclude ; That no People, ouer-charged with Tribute, is fit for Ejupire, Let .States-^- that aime at Greatneffe, take heed how their Nobility^'^ and Gentlemen, doe multiply too fafl. For that maketh the Common Subiecl, grow to be a " Lucian. Chnrci. ^ Gen. xlix. 9, 74. 39 The same Tribute and Tax. Tribnta, ' tributes.' ■l" To the Purse. Quoad Opes exhauriendas, ' as to the exhaustion of wealth.' *' Courage. .i4«/w^j .S'z/^rt'/Vi'r?//;/, 'courage of the subjects.' ■*- States. Rcgiiis et Stntibns, ' kingdoms and states.' ■*3 Nobility. Nohilcs et Patricii, ati]ue [quos vocamus) Getierosi, ' nobles and patricians, and those we call gentlemen.' 476 A HARMONY OF THE £SSAVS. IV. 1612. jet, 52. pefant and bafe fwaine driuen out of heart, and but the Gentlemans laborer : like as it is in copices, where if you leaue your fladdels too thick, you flial neuer haue cleane vnderwood, but flirubbes and buflies. And take away the middle people, and you take away the infantery, which is the nerue of an Armie : and you bring it to this, that not the hundreth pole will be fit for a helmet, and fo great population and Httle ftrength. Certainely Virgil coupled Armes and the Plough to- gether well in the conftitution of ancient Italy \ Terra potens arniis atque vbcre glebcB : For it IS the Plough that yeeldeth the befl fouldier ; ** A Peasant and base Swaine. Hnviilis et ahjecta, ' low and base.' ^5 Driuen out of Heart. Omitted in the Latin. *'' Labourer. Nobiliuvi Mancipia et Operai-ii, ' tlie nobles' slaves and labourers.' *' Staddles. Cmidicuin, sive A rboruvi umjornm, ' trunks or greater trees.' *^ Cleane. Sinccrn et picra, ' sound and clean.' *3 But Shrubs and pjiishes. Scd major pars in Vepres et Duinos degerie- rabit, ' but the .<;reater part will degenerate into shrubs and bushes.' *" Base. Vilis and is^nnva, ' base and sluggish.' 51 Poll. Caput, 'head.' 82 Nerue. Kobnr pr.vcipunm, ' chief strength.' 53 After Ouerniatch. Fere semper hi Bellis, 'almost always in war.' 5* Middle People. Coloni, ct ii//er:oris Qrdines Hojuines, ' farmers and men of the lower order.' XL. OF THE GREA TNESS OF KINGDOMS, d-r. 477 V. 1625. ajt. 65. Peafant, and Bafe Swaine,-*-* driuen out of Heart,'*-^ and in eftect but the GcnilcuiansL^xhowx^x}'' Euen as you may fee in Coppice Woods; If yoii ieaiie your Jladdles^' too thick, you JJiall iieucr haue clcane^^ Vndericood, but S/i?'ubs and Bujhcs.'^^ So in Countries, if the Gentlc- 7JienhQ too many, the Coifunojis \\'\\\ he bafe;^^ And you will bring it to that, that not the hundred poll,^^ will be fit for an Helmet : Efpecially as to the Itifantery, which is the Nerue^- of an Army: And fo there will be Great Population, and Little Strength. This, which I fpeake of, hath been no where better feen, then by comparing of England and France ; whereof Englajid^ though farre l^iie in Territor\- and Population, hiith been (neuertheleffe) an Ouermatch ;^^ In regard, the Middle People'^^ o{Engla7id, make good Souldiers, which the Pea/ants of France doe not. And herein, the de- uice of King Hemy the Seuenth, (whereof I haue fpoken largely in the Hijlory of his Life) was Profound,^-^ and Admirable ; In making Farmes,^*^ and houfes of Husbandry, of a Standard; That is, maintained with fuch a Proportion of Land vnto them, as may breed a Subiecl, to liue in Conuenient Plenty, and no Seruile Condition ;^" And to keepe the Plough in the Hands of the Owners, and not meere Hirelings.^^ And thus indeed, you fliall attaine to Virgils Chara6ler, which he giues to Ancient Italy. — Terra pot ens Arviis atque vhere Glebce.'^ Neither is that State (which for any thing I know, is "^ laiid powerful in artns and fruii/ul 0/ soil. ^ field, i. 531. 55 Profound. Profunda pntdentia excogitatiim, ' devised with profound wisdom.' 5® Farmes. Prcedia vtinora, ' smaller farms.' *' Standard. . . . .Seruile Condition. Quee habcant certiun, euinquf Medlocrem Agri Modut/i anncxuiu, qui distrain non possit ; Kcfne, ut ad Victutn liberaliorcm suf/lciat, ' which i.hould have a certain and moderate amount of land annexed to them, which might not be divided, that it might suffice for liberal iivmg.' 58 And to keepe .... Hirelings. Utque Agricultura ab its exerceretnr, qui Doviifiifuerint Fundi, ant saltern Usnfructuarii, non Conductitii, aut Atercetutrii, ' so that husbandry might be exercised by the owners, or at least holders of the farm, and not by hired or paid men.' 478 A HARMONY OF THE ESS A Y S. IV. 1612. set. 52. but how? maintained in plentie and in the hand of owners, and not of meere laborers. \_The germ of the entire paragraph on the oppofite page^ —from By all meanes down to publilhed, appeareth. on p. 481 — will be found on p. 492.] ^' Free Seniants . . . Noblemen and Gentlemen. Fa7mili scilicet Nolnliiiiii, ' 1 mean the servants of noblemen.' <'0 Armcs. Peditatum, 'infantry.' ^1 --4y?t'r Hospitality. Atgue Famulitia, ' and household servants.' ^2 Close. Obsc7irn, ct vtagis prizinta, ' obscure and more private.' ^^ Liberall of. Facile ct libcnter largiiintur, 'easily and freely bestow.' ^■* Empire. Imperii Mngnitiidiiietit, ' greatness of empire.' 65 Embrace. I»iJ>erii Jugo cohibere atid franare, 'hold and govern by the yoke of empire.' ^'^ It will faile suddainly. Diuturnitatem Jubc res non assequitur, 'this will not have long duration.' XL. OF THE GREA TNESS OF KINGDOMS, ^c. 479 V. 1625. ret. 65. almofl peculiar to E/h^Iaiid, and hardly to be found any where elfe, except it be perhaps in Poland) to be palled ouer ; I meane the State of Free Seniants and Attendants \T^ox\ Noblenieji and Gentlemen -J-^"^ which are no waies inferioLir, vnto the Yeomanry^ for Armes.^^ And therefore, out of all Queflion, the Splendour, and Magnificence, and great Retinues, and Hofpitality^^ of Noblemen, and Gentlemen, receiued into Cuftome, doth much conduce, vnto Martiall Greatneffe. Wh ereas, contrariwife, the Clofe*^- and Referued liuing, oi Noble- me?i, and Gentlemen^ caufeth a Penury of Military Forces. By all meanes, it is to be procured, that the Triinck oi Nebuchadnezzars Tree oi Monarchy, be great enough, to beare the Branches, and the Boughes; That is. That the JVatin-all Subiecls of the Crowne or State, beare a fufificient Proportion, to the Stranger Subiecls, that they gouerne. Therfore all States, that are liberall of^^ Naturalization towards Strangers, are fit for Empire.^"^ For to thinke, that an Handfull of People, can, with the greatefl Courage, and Policy in the World, embrace *^^ too large Extent of Dominion, it may hold for a time, but it will faile fuddainly.*^*^ The Spartans were a nice *^'' People, in Point of Naturaliza- tion ;'^^ whereby, while they kept their Compaffe,^^ they flood firme;'^ But when they did fpread, and their Boughs were becommen too great, for their Stem, they became a Windfall vpon the fuddaine."^ Neuer *^ Nice. Parci and difficilcs, ' sparing and difficult.' 68 Naturalization. hicooptandis7iovisCivibus, ' in receiving new citizens.' ®9 Conipasse. Intra parvos Liiniies do7ni>iaii sufii, ' ruled within small boundaries.' "0 Firme. Res eorumJirjneB /uentnt, et stabiles, 'their affairs were firm and stable.' ^1 But when they did spread . . . .suddaine. At postquaut Liinites stws ccepissent pro/err e, et latins domiiiari, qiiani iit Stirps Spartanorinn, Turbatn Exterorum, Iiiipcrio comiiiodc coercerc posset, Potciitia eorimt corrmt, 'but when they began to extend their bouiid.s, and to rule so widely, that the Spartan race could not easily govern the crowd of foreigners, their power fell to pieces.' 48o A II A R M O N Y O F T M E E SSA Y S. IV. 1612. set. 52. \TJie germ of the paffage on the oppofite page will he Jowid at p. 492.] Sedentary and wldiin-doores ?2 Romanf?. ResfyjihUca Romania, ' the E.oman Republic. '3 It sorted with ihem accordingly. Par crat, InstitiUo tarn prudenti, Forttifia, ' their fortune sorted with this wise ordinance.' "* Greatest. Toto Orbc aiitplissunwii, ' greatest in the whole world.' ?5 Honoruin. Petitionis sive Ilonoriim, ' right of holding office.' ^•^ Nations, /ft^gj^rts Nad'cnid/ts, ' entire nationa.' f' Clrcntnesse. /Vr7/^n'«rt'z' /w/^r//, ' extending empire.' "** Dominions. Regnn et Provincias, ' kingdoms and provinces.* 7" Whole Compasse of Spaine. HispanUi' ipsr/rtr?^rt?<(/c'«/, ' enjoy being idle.' 8" They. .r-/w/w<7.y />>wr«;«, 'their spirits.' ^ 88 Slaues. No7i hi^cfuios, sed Servos, ' not freeborn but slaves. 89 Did rid. Qnoricm Laboribus . . . expediebantur, by whose toil were despatched.' , 90 That. Maiicipioriiin nsus, ' the use of slaves. . 91 By the Christian Law. Post legem Christianam receptam, since the Christian law has been received.' , ^ , 1 9^ For that purpose. Propterea allicietidi, aut, for that purpose to be invited, or.' XL. OF THE GREATNESS OF KINGDOMS, &^c. 48J V. 1625. set. 65. Arts,^'-" and delicate jManufaclures (that require rather the Finger, then the Arme) haue, in their Nature, a Contrariety, to a MiHtary difpofition. And generally, all Warlike People, are a little idle f^ And loue Danger better then Trauaile ; Neither mufl they be too much broken of it, if they^'^ fliall be preferued in vigour. Therefore, it was great Aduantage, in the Ancient States of Sparta, Athens, Rome, and others, that they had the vfe of Slaues,^^ which commonly did rid**^ thofe Manufactures. But that^^ is abolifhed, in greateft part, by the Chrijlian Law^^ That which commeth neareft to it, is, to leaue thofe Arts chiefly to Strangers, (which for that purpofe^^ are the more eafily to be receiued) and to contame, the principall Bulke^^ of the vulgar Natiues, within thofe three kinds, Tillers of the Ground ; Free Seruants ; and Handy- Crafts- Men, of Strong, and Manly Arts,^^ as Smiths, Mafons, Carpenters, &c ; Not reckoning Profeffed Souldiers. But aboue all, for Empire and Greatneffe,^"" it im- porteth moft ; That a Nation doe profeffe Armes, as their principall Honour, Study, and Occupation.^^ For the Things, which we formerly haue f]3oken of, are but Habilitations towards Armes : And Vvhat is Ilabilitation without Intention and Act I Romulus, after his death (as they report, or faigne) fent a Prefent to the Romans ; That, aboue all, they fliould intend Armes ; And then, they fliould proue the greatefl Empire^'^ of the World. The Fabrick^s ^f t^^ State 93 Principall Bulke. Plebs, ' commonalty.' 9* Manly Arts. Quorum Opera Robur et Lacertos viriles postulant, ' whose work demands strength and manly arms.' ss Empire and Greatnesse. Ivipcrii inagnitudineni, ' greatness of Empire.' '**' Study and Occupation. Itistitiituvi Vitce priviariuvt, et in prcecipuo Honore habiium, ' their principal mode of life and held in the highest honour.' s" Greatest Empire, /n Cap7it Orbis Tcrrarjtm Urbs eorum insurgerei, ' their city should rise to the head of the world.' 5"* Fabrick. Fabrica universa, ' the whole fabric' 484 A HARMONY OF THE ESSAYS. IV. 161 2, ^t. 52. 99 A/;(er End. Ui Cives S7ii Belligeratores essent, ' that their citizens should be warriors.' 100 Flesh. Ide/n crat htstitiitmn, sed 71071 ta7Ji co7ista7is ant di7it7irn7ivz, 'had the same custom, but not so constantly nor so long.' 101 Turks. Lcgcs7ta pmilitlii7tiexti7/mlati, 'urged on a little by their law.' 102 Haue it. Jlliid adliuc rctmet at p7-ofitctu7-, ' still retain and profess it.' 103 Plaine. Lu^uida, et 7ita7iifesta, ' clear and plain.' 104 Intendeth. In quo plurimujit ij>ij>e7idit Studii, 'in the study which he most considers.' lOo It needeth not to be Stood v^ow. Vei-bis 7ion i7idigcat, ' does not need words.' XL. OF THE GREATNESS OF KINGDOMS, ^c. 485 V. 1625. jet. 65. of S/arfa, was wholly (though not wifely) framed, and compofed, to that Scope and End.^^ The Ferftaiis and Macedonians, had it for a flafli.ioo The Galls, Germans, GotJis, Saxons, N'or7nans, and others, had it for a Time. The Tiirks^^^ haue it, at this day, though in great Declination. Of ChriRian Europe, diey that haue it,i^- are, in effecft, onely the Spaniards. But it is fo plaine,'^^^ That euery Man profiteth in that hee mojl intendeth}^^ that it needeth not to be flood vpon.^^^ It is enough to point at it ; That no Nation, which doth not directly profeffe Armes,i°'^ may looke to haue Greatneffe fall into their Mouths. ^^^ And, on the other fide, it is a mofl Certaine Oracle of Time ; That thofe States, that continue long in that Profeffioni^? (as the Romans and Turks principally haue done) do wonders.i°^ And thofe, that haue profeffed Armes^i^* but ^ for an Age, haue notwithflanding, commonly, attained that Greatneffe in that Age, which main- tained them long after, when their Profeffion and Exercife^ii of Armes hath growen to decay. Incident to this Point is ; For a State, to haue thofe Lawes or Cuflomes, which may reach forth vTito them, iuft Occafions (as may be pretended) of Warre. For there is that luflice^^- imprinted, in the Nature of Men, that they enter not vpon Wars (whereof fo many Calamities doe enfue) but vpon fome, at the leafl Specious,ii3 Grounds and Quarells. The Turke, hath ^ 106 Amies. Artna et Militiam, Usque prcecipue stttdeat et incumbat, arms and warfare, and principally studies and pays attention thereto.' 107 Greatnesse fall into their Mouths. Insignem aliqtim Iviperii Mag- nitndiJievi, 'any remarkable greatness of empire.' 108 Profession. ProfessioHc et studiis, ' profession and study.' 109 Wonders. Miros in Imperio atnpUJicando facere Progressus, 'make wonderful progress in increasing their empire.' "0 Professed Armes. Bellica Gloria Jlontere, ' flourished by waHike glory. Ill Profession and Exercise. Discip/ina, ' train'mg.' 11- Justice. JustiticB Apprehensio, ' understanding of justice.' 113 At the least Specious. Gravem ob Caussam, saltern speciosain, ' for a serious ground or at least a specious one.' 4S6 A HARMONY OF THE jESSAVS. IV. 1612. ^t. 52. No body can be healthfull without exercife, neither naturall body, nor politikey and to the pohtike body of a Kingdome or eflate, a ciiiill warre is as the heate of a feuer; but an honourable forraine warre is hke 11* Sit. Torpeat, aid ta^'det, ' be sluggish or slow.' 11^ Aids. Omitted in the Latin. XL. OF THE GREATNESS OF KINGDOMS, &-c. 4S7 V. 1625. oet. 65. at hand, for Caufe of Warre, the Propagation of his Law or Se6l; A Quarell that he may ahvaies Com- mand. The Romans, though they efleemed, the Ex- tending the Limits of their Empire, to be Great Honour to their Generalls, when it was done, yet they neuer refled vpon that alone, to begin a Warre. Firft therefore, let Nations, that pretend to Greatnejfe, haue this ; That they be fenfible of Wrongs, either vpon Borderers, Merchants, or Politique Miniflers ; And that they fit^^"* not too long vpon a Prouocation. Secondly, let them be prefl, and ready, to giue Aids^^-^ and Succours, to their Confederates : As it euer was with the Romans: In fo much, as if the Confederate, had Leagues Defenfiue with diuers other States, and vpon Inuafion offered, did implore their Aides feuer- ally, yet the Romaiis \vould euer bee the formofl, and leaue it to none Other to haue the Honour. As for the Warres, which were anciently made, on the be- halfe, of a kinde of Partie, or tacite Conformite of Eflate, I doe not fee how they may be well iuflified : As when the Romans made a Warre for the Libertie of Grecia : Or when the Lacedemonians^ and Atheniaiis, made Warres, to fet vp or pull downe Democracies, and Oligarchies: Or when Warres were made by For- rainers,^^*^ vnder the pretence of Iuflice,ii'^ or Pro- tecftion, to deliuerthe Subiects of others, from Tyrannie, and Oppreffion ; And the like.iis Let it fuffice. That no Eflate expect to be Gi-eat, that is not awake, vpon any iuft Occafion of Arming. No Body can be healthfuU without Exercife, neither Naturall Body, nor Politique : And certainly, to a Kingdome or Eflate, a luR and Honourable Warre, is the true Exercife. A Ciuill Warre, indeed, is like the Heat of a Feauer ; But a Forraine Warre, is like 1^6 Forrainers. Rcbitspiiblicis aiit Principibus, 'states or princes.' 117 lustice. Omitted in the Lutiii. 118 Oppression ; And the like. Omitted in the Latin. 488 A HARMONY OF THE J^SSAYS. IV. 1612. ast. 52. the heate of exercife. At leafl, difcoueries, nauiga- tions, honourable fuccours of other States may keepe health : For in a flothfuU peace, both courages will effeminate, and maners corrupt "9 Slothfull. Deside atqiie tor/ente, ' Slothful and torpid.* 1-^ Tired out. Dclassnssct, ct attrivissct, ' tired and worn out.' 121 See. Ex tiiultis ExempUs patet, ' is clear from many exarnples.' 1'-- Arrested the greatnesse of the Turke. possuit, ' put a ring ni the nose of the Turk.' 1-3 Princes or States. Omitted in the Latin. Circuluvi ill ISiaribjis Turca XL. OF THE GREATNESS OF KINGDOMS, 6-r. 4S9 V, i<325. aet. 65. the Heat of Excrcife^ and ferueth to keepe the Body in Health: For in a Slothfull^i^ Peace, both Courages will efteminate, and Planners Corrupt. But howfoeuer it be for Happinelfe, without all Queflion, for Great- fieffe^ it maketh, to bee flill, for the mod Part, in Amies : And the Strength of a Veteran Armie, (though it be a chargeable Bufineffe) ahvaies on Foot, is that, which commonly giueth the Law; Or at leafl the Reputation amongfl all Neighbour States ; As may well bee feenein Spaiiie; which hath had, in one Part or other, a Veteran Armie, almofl continually, now by the fpace of Six-fcore yeeres. To be Mafler of the Sea, is an Abridgement of a Monarchy. Cicero writing to Atticus, of Pompey his Preparation againft Ccefar, faith ; Cojifdium Pompeij plane Thcmistocleum est ; Put at enim, qui Mari potitiir, eiim Reriim potiri.'^ And, without doubt, Pompey had tired out^-*^ Ccefar, if vpon vaine Confidence, he had not left that Way. We fee^-^ the great Effects of Battailes by Sea. The Battaile of Acliiiin decided the Empire of the World. The Battaile of Lepa?ito arrefled the Greatneffe of the Tiirke}-- There be many Examples, where Sea-Fights haue beene Finall to the warre j, But this is, when Princes or States,i--^ haue fet vp their Refl, vpon the Battailes.^-^ But thus much is certaine ; That hee that Commands the Sea, is at great liberty, and may take as much, and as little of the Warre, as he will. Whereas thofe, that be flrongefl by land, are many times neuertheleffe in great Straights. Surely, at this Day, with vs of Europe, the Vantage of Strength at Sea (which is one " T/ie counsel of Pompey is evidently tJiat of Themistocles : for he thinks that Ju wJio is master oj the sea will rule all things. Cicero. Ad A tticunt. X. 8. 124 Set vp their Rest, vpon the Battailes. Alece hujusmodi Prceliomm, totius Belli Fortiina coniinissa est, ' the whole fortune of war is set upon battles of this kind.' 490 A HARMONY OF THE ESS A Y S. IV. i6i2. set. 52. ^-5 Great. Snmwi, nJ Rc7-2nn Fasti^ia, mo7Jtenti, 'of great importance for attainiiT^ the highest place.' i-'j Wealth. TJicsaiiri et Opes, * treasures and wealth.' 1-" Martiall Encouragement. Ad Atiiinos facieudos, * to give courage.' ^-* Some Degrees, and Orders of Cliiualry. Oniines grcosdain Honorificos Militia;, ' some honourable orders of knighthood.' ^^'•^ Conferred promiscuously. Coniimines, ' common to.' 130 Soldiers, and no Soldiers. Arinis et Togce, ' arms and the gown.' ^''1 Maimed. Eincritis ct Mutilatis, ' worn out and maimed.' 132 Monuments. JMotiiiineiifa niag7iifica, ' magnificent monuments.' 133 Crowns and Garlands Personal. Coro7ia Civicce, JSIilitai-es, singulis concessce, ' civic croTcns ; military crowns conferred on individuals.' XL. OF THE GREATNESS OF KINGDOMS, &'c. ^91 V. T625. ait. 65. of the Principall Dowries of this Kingdome of Grcal Brittainc) is Great -y^ Eoth becaufe, Moft of the King- domes of Europe, are not meerely Inland, but girt with the Sea, moft part of their Compaffe; And be- caufe, the Wealthi-'^ of both Indies, feemes in great Part, but ^n Acceffary, to the Command of the Seas. The Warres of Latter Ages, feeme to be made in the Darke, in Refpea of the Glory and Honour, which refleraed vpon Men, from the IVarres in Aiicient Time. There be now, for :\Iartiall Encour- agement,^-' fome Degrees and Orders of Chiualry f-^ which neuertheleffe, are conferred promifcuoully,i-'^ vpon Soldiers, and no Soldiers f'^ And fome Remem- brance perhaps vpon the Scutchion ; And fome Hofpitals for Maimed^^i Soldiers; And fuch like Things. But in Ancient Times; The Trophies ereded vpon the Place of the Vidory ; The Funerall Laudatiues and Monuments^^^ for thofe that died in the Wars; The Crowns and Garlands Perfonal ;^3-^ The Stile of Emperour, which the Great Kings of the World after borrowed •}'^^ The Triumphes^^^ of the Generalls vpon their Retume f'^ The great Donatiues and LargeiTes vpon the Disbanding of the Armies ; were Things able to enflame all Mens Courages. i"^' But aboue ali. That of the Triumph, amongfl the Romans, was not Pageants or Gauderie, but one of the WifefL and Noblefl Inftitutions, that euer was. For it contained three Things ; Honour^"^ to the Generall ; Riches to the Treafury out of the Spoiles ; ^3* After Borrowed. A Belli Dncibiis, ' from commanders in war.' 135 Triumphes. Celebres Triumphi, ' crowded triumphs.' 1"6 Of Generalls vpon their Retume. Kedeuntiutn Ducum, BclUs pros- pere coufcctis, ' of generals returning after successfully finishing a war.' 137 Enflame all Mens Courages. Hwc {inqnavi) tot et tantn Jiwrunt, et tatn insigni sple7tdore coniscantia, ut Pectoribus Mortalimn etiam ntaxime conglaciatis, Igniculos subdere, eaquc ad Bflliim injlatnare potiierint. ' these, I say, were so many and so great, and shone with so much splen- dour, that they could set fire to the minds of mortals, however frozen, and inflnme them to war.' 1^8 Honour. Decus et gloriam, 'honour znd g\oTy.' 492 A HARMONY OF THE E SSA Y S. V. i6i2. set. 52. States liberall of naturalization, are capable of great- neffe ; and the iealous flates that refl vpon the firfl tribe and ftirpe, quickly want body to carrie the boughes and branches. Many are the ingredients into the receit for great- neffe. No man can by care taking adde a cubit to his flature, in the little modell of a mans body. But certainly in the great frame of Kingdomes and Com- monwealths, it is in the power of Princes or Eftatesby ordinances and confLitutions, and manners which they may introduce, to fowe greatneffe to their pofteritie and fucceffion. But thefe things are commonly left to chance. 139 Actuall Triumphs. Honorem ipsius TrinvtpJii, ' the honour of an actual triumph.' FINIS. XL. OF THE GREATNESS OF KINGDOMS, o-r. 493 V. 1625. cet. 65. And Donatiues to the Army. But that Honour, per- haps, were not fit for Monarchies; Except it be in the Perfon of the Monarch himfelfe, or his Sonnes ; As it came to paffe, in the Times of the Roman Enipcronrs^ who did impropriate the Acluall Triumphs ^^^ to Them- felues, and their Sonnes, for fuch Wars, as they did atchieue in Perfon : And left onely, for Wars atchieued by Subiecls, fome Triumphall Garments, and Enfignes, to the Generall. \Expanded in 1625 Edition^ and tranfpofed to pp. 479, 481.] To conclude; No Man can, by Care taking (as the Scripture faith) adde a Cubite to his Stature; in this little ]\[odell of a Mans Body : But in the Great Frame of Kingdonies, and Common Wealths^ it is in the Power of Princes, or Eflates, to adde Amplitude and Great- neffe to their Kingdomes. For by introducing fuch Ordinances, Conflitutions, and Cuflomes, as we haue now touched, they may fow Grcatnejfe, to their Pofteritie, and Succeffion. But thefe Things are com- monly not Obferued,^^*^ but left to take their Chance. "^^^ After Obicrued. A/>i(d Priticipes, ' by princes.' 494 A HARMONY OF THE Fourth Group OF Eighteen E S S A vs. 41. Of Truth. 42. Of Revenge. 43. Of Adversity. 44. Of Simulation Dissimulation. 45. Of Envy. 46. Of Boldness. 47. Of Travel. 48. Of Delays. 49. Of Innovations. 50. Of Suspicion. and 51- Of Plantations. 52. Of Prophecies. 53- Of Masques and Triumphs. 54- Of Usury. 55- Of Building. 56. Of Gardens. 57- Of Anger. 58. Of Vicissitudes Things, OF Firsi published in 1625. Collated with the posthumous Latin Edition of 163S. To which is added A Fragment of an Essay, Of Fame. First pnbUshcd ill Resuscilatio, in 1 65 7. THE ESSAYES OR COVNSELS, CIVILE AND MORALL, o F FRANCIS LO. VERVLAM, VISCOVNT S'. A LEAN. Newly written. I LONDON, Printed by I o ii n Haviland for H A X N A Barret. 1625. 2 I V. 1625. cet. 65. The Epistle Dedicatorie. T O THE RIGHT HONORABLE MY VERY GOOD Lo. THE DVKE of Btickinghani his Grace, Lo. High Admirall of Efigland. Excellent Lo. Alomon faies; A good Name is as a precious oynt7nent\ And I affure my felfe, fuch wil your Graces Name bee, with Poileiitie. For your Fortune, and Merit both, haue beene Eminent. And you haue planted Things, that are Hke to lall. I doe now pubUfli my Eff ayes', which, of all my other workes, haue beene moll Cur- rant: For that, as it feemes, they come home, to Mens Bufmeffe, and Bofomes. I haue enlarged them, both in Number, and Weight ; So that they are indeed a New AVorke. I thought it therefore agreeable, to my Affedlion, and Obligation to your Grace, to prefix your Name before them, both in Englifli, and in Latine. For I doe conceiue, that the Latine Volume of them, (being in the Vniuerfall Language) may laft, as long as Lookes lafl. INfy J njlauration, 1 dedicated to the King: My Historic of Henry i/w Setient/i, (which I haue now alfo tranflated into Latine) and my Portions of Naturall History, to the Irince: And thefe I dedicate to your Grace; lieing of the befl Fruits, that by the good Encreafe, which God giues to my Pen and Labours, I could yeeld. GW leade your (Jrace by the Hand. Your G?'aces inojl obliged and faith full Seruajit, F R. St. A LB AN. XLI. OF TRUTH. 499 V. 1625. aet. 65. British Museum Copy. 1. ©f (Tnitl). ^"^Hat is Truth) faid ]^'^\Vig Pilate;'^ And would not flay for an Anfwer. Certainly there be, that delight in Giddineffe ; And count it a Bondage, to fix^ a Beleefe ; Affecting Free- will in Thinking, as well as in Acting. And though the Seels of Philofophers of that Kinde be gone, yet there remaine certaine difcourfmg- Wits, which are of the fame veines, though there be not fo much Bloud in them, as was in thofe of the Ancients. But it is not onely the Difficultie, and Labour, which Men take in finding out of Truth ; Nor againe, that when it is found, it impofeth^ vpon mens Thoughts; that doth bring Lies in fauour: But a naturall, though corrupt Loue, of the Lie it felfe. One of the later Schoole of the Grecians, examineth the matter, and is at a (land, to thinke what fhould be in it, that men fhould loue Lies; Where neither they make for Pleaiure, as with Poets ; Nor for Aduantage, as with the Merchant ; but for the Lies fake. But I cannot tell : This Hime Truth, is a Naked, and Open day light, that doth not fhew, the Mafques, and Mummeries, and Triumphs'* of the world, halfe fo Stately, and daintily, as Candlelights.-' Truth may perhaps come to the price of a Pearle, that fheweth bed by day : But it will not rife, to the price of a Dia- mond, or Carbuncle, that flieweth beft in varied lights. A mixture of a Lie doth euer adde Pleafure. Doth " John xviii. 38. I'L I'ariattons in posthumous Untin Etiition of 1638. 1 Fix. Fide Jixa ant Axioinatibus Consta/itidus, coiistringj, ' to be re- strained by a fixed faith or constant axioms.' 2 Discoursinij. i'entosa ct Discttrsnntia., ' windy and discoursing.' 3 Imposeth. Q/ue. iinposiitur Captivitas, 'the captivay that it imposeth.' ■* Triumphs. Omitted in the Latin. 5 Candlelights TtBtUe, Lucermeque Xocturtue, ' torches and nocturnal lamps.' 500 A HARMONY OF THE ESSAYS. V. 1625. Kt. 65. any man doubt, that if there were taken out of Mens Mindes, Vaine Opinions, Flattering Hopes, Falfe valua- tions. Imaginations as one would, and the like ; but it would leaue the Mindes, of a Number of Men, poore fnrunken Things ; full of IMelancholy, and Indifpolition, and vnpleafmg to themfelues? One of the Fathers, in great Seuerity, called Poefie, Vinum DiJimomim ;" becaufe it filleth the Imagination, and yet it is, but with the fliadow of a Lie. But it is not the Lie, that paffeth through the Minde, but the Lie that fmketh \\\^^ and fetleth in it, that doth the hurt, fuch as we fpake of before. . But howfoeuer thefe things are thus, in mens depraued ludgements, and AffecSlions, yet Truth, which onely doth iudge it felfe, teacheth, that the Inquirie of Truth, which is the Loue-making, or Wooing of it; The knowledge of Truth, which is the Prefence of it ; and the Beleefe^ of Truth, which is the Enioying^ of it ; is the Soueraigne Good of humane Nature. The firfl Creature of God, in the workes of the Daves, was the Light of the Senfe ; The lafl, was the Light of Reafon ; And his Sabbath Worke, euer fmce, is the Illumination of his Spirit. Firfl he breathed Light, vpon the Face, of the Matter or Chaos ; Then he breathed Light, into the Face of Man ; and flill he breatheth and infpireth Light, into the Face of his Chofen. Tlie Poet, that beautified the Se6l, that was otherwife inferiour to the rell, faith yet excellently well : 9// is a picafure to Jlaiid vpon tJie JJiore, and tofceJJiips tojl vpon the Sea :■ A pleafure to Jland in the wiiuiow of a Cajlle, and to fee a Battaile, and the Aduentures thereof below : But no pleafwe is comparable, to the flanding, vpon the vantage ground of Truth : (A hill not to be " It is not certain to whom Bacon alludes ; probably either Jerome, Letters to DamasHs, 146 ; or Augustine, Con/essio, i. 16. — See ]\Ir. W. A. Wright's note at length at p. 289 o\ his edition. 6 Sinketh in. Quod a Mente imbibittir^ ' wliich is drunk in by the mind.' 7Be- " ■■ ■ " ■ ' ' ' . . . ., •., 8F.1 i), tion from Lucretius, De ;v;-/<;« Natura, ii. i. XLI. OF TRUTH. 501 V. 1625. ast. 65. commanded, and where tlie Ayre is ahvaies cleare and ferene ;) And to fee the Errours^ and ll'andrhr^s, and Mijh, and Tcmpejh, in the vale below : So ahvaies, that this profpecl, be with Pitty, and not with Swelling, or Pride. Certainly, it is Heauen vpon Earth, to haue a Mans Minde Moue in Charitie, Reft in Proudience, and Turne vpon the Poles of Truth. To paffe from Theologicall, and Philofophicall Truth, to the Truth'^'^ of ci-^iU Bufmeffe ; It will be acknow- ledged, euen by thofe, that practize it not, that cleare and Roundel dealing, is the Honour^- of ^Mans Nature ; And that Mixture of Falfliood, is like Allay ^^ in- Coyne of Gold and Siluer;^-^ which may make the Metall worke the better, but it embafeth it. For thefe winding, and crooked courfes, are the Goings of the Serpent ; which goeth bafely^^ vpon the belly, and not vpon the Feet. "There is no Vice, that doth fo couer a Man with Shame, as to be found falfe, and perfidious. And therefore Mountai,^ny faith prettily,i^ when he enquired the reafon, why the word of the Lie, fliould be fuch a Difgrace, and fuch an Odious Charge ? Saith he, If it be well weighed, To fay that a man lieth, is as much to fay, as that he is braue towards God, and a Coward towards men.^ For a Lie faces God, and flirinkes from Man. Surely the Wickedneffe of Falfliood, and Breach of Faith, cannot poffibly be fo highly expreffed, as in that it fliall be the lafl Peale, to call the Judgements of God, vpon the Generations of Men, It being foretold that when Chrifl. commeth, He fliall not findc Faith vpon the Earth.^ » Montaigne, Essais, ii. i8. p. . * Luke xviii. 8. 1'^ Truth of ciuil business). Veritatem, autpotuis V'eracitatem, 'truth, or rntlier truthfuhiess.' 11 Round. Mhiimefucatnm, ' not painted (counterfeit).' 1- H nour. Prcecif>ittin Dccits. ' chief honour.' 13 Allay. Plnmbcie Materice, ' kadcn matter.' 1-* Coin of Gold and Siluer. Omitted in the Latin. 15 p.asely. Omitted in the Latin 16 Prettily. Acntissinte, ' most acutely.' 502 A HARMONY OF THE ESS A Y S, V. 1625. set 65. British Museum Copy. 4. ©f Jlcuencje. Eucnge is a kinde of Wilde I u (lice ; which die more Mans Nature runs lo, die more ought Law^ to weed it out. For as for the fira Wrong, it doth but offend the Law ; but tlie Reueiige of that wrong, putteth the Law out of Office.2 Certainly, in taking Reuenge, A Man is but euen with his Enemy; But in paffmg it ouer, he is Superiour : For it is a Princes part to Pardon. And Salomon, I am fure, faith, It is the glory of a Man to paffe by an offence.'' That which is paR, is gone, and Ip-euocable ;^ And wife Men haue Enough to doe, with things prefent, and to come : Therefore, they doe but trifle with themfelues,^ that labour in pafL matters. I'here is no man, doth a wrong, for the wrongs fake ; But therby to purchafe himfelfe. Profit, or Pleafure, or Honour, or the like.^ Therfore why lliould I be angry with a Man, for louing himfelfe better then niee ? And if any Man fliould doe wrong, meerely out of ill nature, why? yet it is but like the Thorn, or Bryar, which prick, and fcratch, becaufe they can doe no other. *^ The moft Tolerable Sort of Reiienge, is for thofe wrongs Avhich there is no Law to remedy : But then, let a man take heed, the Reucnge be fuch, as there is no law to " Prov. xix. II. JPE. Uariations in postijumotis Eatin Edition of 1638. 1 Law. Lcgibits severis, ' severe laws.' 2 Putteth out of Office. A uctorltate sjia plane spoliat, ' clearly strips it of its aiithoritv. , i (;one and irreuocable. /« intcgriun 7-estitni non potest, cannot be restored entirely.' ■1 'I'hercforc, they doe . . . with thcmselnes. Nui^antiir igttur.et sejrustra coiiturbaut 'they trifle therefore, and disturb themselves to no purpose.' 5 Or the like. Omitted in the Latin. « Because they can do no other. Quia natura sua ntiintitr, because they act according to their nature.' XLII. OF REVENGE. 503 V. 1625. get. 65. lainifli : Elfe, a Mans Enemy, is flill before hand, And it is two for one." Some, when they take Rcuengc, are I )efirous the party fliould know, whence it commeth : 'i'his^ is the more Generous. For the Delight feemeth lo be, not fo much in doing the Hurt, as in Making the Party repent : Biit Bafe and Crafty Cowards, are Hke the Arrow, that flyeth in the Darke. Cofimis Duke of Florence., had a Defperate Saying,^ againfl Perfidious or Neglecting Friends, as if thofe wrongs were vnpardonable :^^ YouJJialh-eade (faith he) that we are coniDiaiided to forgiue our Enemies ; But you neuer read., that wee are conwianded^ to forgiue our Friends. But yet the Spirit of /^^, was in a better tune •,^^ Shall wee (faith he) take good at Gods Hands ^ and not be content to takeeuill alfol^ And fo of Friends in a proportion. Tliis is certaine ; That a Man that fludieth Rcuenge., keepes his owne Wounds greene,^- which otherwife would heale, and doe well. Publique Reuenges., are, for the mofl part, Fortunate ; As that for the Death of Ccefar; For the Death oi Pcrtinax; for the Death oi Henry the Third ^^ of France ; And many more. But in pri- uate Reuenges it is not fo. Nay rather, Vindictiue Perfons liue the Life of Witches ; who as they are Mifchieuous, So end ^^ they Infortunate. * Job ii. 10. 7 Two for one. ipse sibi Paetiam condupUcat, ' he doubles the punishment for himself.' ^ This, fsfe affect7ts, 'this disposition.' !* Had a Desperate Saying. Acutissitnum ielum vibravit, 'brandished a very sharp weapon.' 10 As if those wrongs were vnpardonable. Omitted in Latin. 11 Was in a better tune. Lpqititur tneliora, ' says what is better.' 12 Keep green. Re/ricare, ' nib open .again.' 13 Henry the Third. Qttarti, ' fourth.' 1 ' After End. Pletumque, ' gcnerallv.' 504 A HARMONY OF THE ESSAYS. V. 1625. set. 65. British INIuseum Copy. 5. Qi ^Dutr^itie. ^jT was an high fpeech^ of Seneca^ (after the manner of the Stoickes) That the good things, which belong to Profperity, are to he wijiied; but the s,ood things, that belong to Adiierfity, are to be admired. Bona Rerum Secimdaruin, Optabilia; Adiicrfarum, Mirabilia.^ Certainly if Miracles, be the Command ouer Nature, they appeare mofl in Adiier- fity. It is yet a higher fpeech of his, then the other, (much too high for a Heathen) // is true greatneffe, to haue in one, the Frailty of a Man, and the Security of a God. Vere magnum, habere Fragilitateni Hominis, Securiiatem Dei.^ This would haue done better in Poefy; where Tranfcendences are more allowed. And the Poets indeed, haue beene bufy with it;^ For it is, in effect, the thing, which is figured in that Strange Fiction, of the Ancient Poets, which feemeth not to be without myflery ; Nay, and to haue fome approach, to^ the State of a Chrillian : That Hercules, whe/i hee lucnt to vnbinde Prometheus, (by whom Human Nature is reprefented)y^//^^///^ length of the great Ocean, in an Earthen Pot, or Pitcher: Liuely defcribing Chriflian Refolution; that faileth, in the fraile Barke of the Flefli, thorow the Wanes'* of the World. But to fpeake in a Meane.^ The Vertue of Profperitie, is Temper- " Seneca, Epistles, Ixvi. ^ Seneca, Epistles, liii. U2. ITariations in postljumaiis ILatin lEUition of 1633. 1 High speech. Grande prorsits !>onabat . . . ciim diceret, 'struck a high note . . . wlicn he said.' '^ Becne busy with it. Intactinn iion rcliquemnt, ' have not left tliis un- touched.' ^ Approach, to. Non obscit7-e re/erre, 'refers to not oljscurely.' •i Waves. Fluciiis, iiiidiqne circumfusos, ' waves surrounding it on every side.' 8 Speake in a Meane. l/t n Grnnditate verhorniii, ad Mediocritatein de- iceiidannis, ' to descend from grandeur of words to a mean.' XLIII. OF ADVERSITY 505 V. 1625. get. 65. ance ; The Vertiie of Aditcrfit}\ is Fortitude : which in Morals is the more Hcroicall Vertue. rrofpcrity is the Bleffing*^ of the Old Teflament ; Aduerfity is the Blef- ling of the New -^ which carrieth the greater Benedic- tion,^ and the Clearer Reuelation of Gods Fauour. Yet, eiien in the old Teflament, if you Liflen to Daiiids Harpe, you fliall heare as many Herfelike Ayres, as^ Carols : And the Pencill of the holy GhoR, hath laboured more, in defcribing, the Affli(Slions of lob, than the Felicities of Salomon. Frofperiiy is not without many Feares and DiflafLes ; And Aduerfity is not without Comforts and Hopes. Wee fee in Nee'dle- workes, and Imbroideries,^*^ It is more pleafmg, to haue a Liuely Worke, vpon a Sad and Solemne^^ Grounde;^^ then to haue a Darke and Melancholy Worke,^'^ vpon a Lightfome Ground : Judge therfore, of the Pleafure of the Heart, by the Pleafure of the Eye. Certainly, Vertue is like pretious Odours, mofl fragrant, when they are incenfed, or cruflied : For Profpcrity doth befl difcouer Vice; But Aduerfity doth beft difcouer Vertue. 6 Is the Blessing. Ad Bencdictuvtcs pertinent, ' belongs to the blessings.' 7 Blessings of the New. NoTt bentitudines, ' beatitudes of the New.' 8 Which carrieth the greater Benediction. Qme, et reipsa ntajores sunt, ' which [the beatitudes] are in themselves greater. 9 As many Hersclike ayers, as. J'iures invenias Threnos, qnam, ' you will find more dirges than' It* Imbroideries. Omitted in the Latin. '^ Sad and Solemne. Coloris vingis opnci, ' of a darker colour.' 12 Ground. S tauten telie, ' the warp of the web.' •^ \Vorke. Imagines, ' figiires.' 5o6 A H A R M O N Y OF THE ESS A VS. V. 1625. set. 65. British Museum Copy. 6. <&i Simulation anti pi^^imitlatioit. Tf simulation is but a faint kincP of Policy, or Wifdome ;^ For it asketh a ftrong Wit, and a flrong Heart, to know, when to tell Truth, and to doe it.^ Therfore it is the weaker Sort of Politicks, that are the great Diffemblers. Tacitus ^ faith ; Liuia foj'tcd wdl^ with the Arts of her Husband, and Difsiniuhition of her Sonne :'^ Attri- buting Arts or Policy'^ to A uguflus, anADifsiniuIatioji to Tiberius.^ And againe, when Mucianus encourageth*^ Vefpafian, to take Arms again fl Vitei/ius, he faith; We rife not, agaiufl the Piercing Judgment of Auguftus, nor the Extreme Caution or Chfcneffe' of Tiberius} Thefe Properties of Arts or Policy,^ and Difsimulation or Clofeneffe,^ are indeed Habits and Faculties, feuerall,!*- and to be diflinguilbed. For if a Man, haue tha^ Penetration of ludgment,!^ as he can difcerne, wha^ Things are to be laid open, and what to be fecretted? and what to be fliewed at Halfe lights, and to whom> " Tacitus. Annals, v. i. * Tacitus. History, ii. 76. yC. Variations m posH)umous ILatin EOition of 1638. 1 Faint kind. Compendium quoddain, et Pars itijinnior, " a kind of short- ening and weaker part of.' 2 Policy or Wisdome. Ariiitin Ciznlium, 'of political arts.' •^ Doe it. Id face re nrcdcat, ' to dare to do it.' 4 Tacitus. Quod Discrinien^ bene apud Tacitutn, Co'sarem Ati^tstuin inter, et Tiberiuni, adnotatum est. Etrnini de Lizna sic ait, ' The differ- ence between Caisar Augustus, and Tiberius is well marked in Tacitus, for he says thus of Livia.' •'' Arts or Policy. Artes imperii, 'arts of government.' •> Wiien Mucianus encourageth. Mucianum inducit .... hortantem, 'he brin;;s in Muci.anus, encouraging.' " E.xtremc Caution or Closenesse. Cautissima»t sencctutetn, 'e.xtremeiy cautious old age.' 8 Arts or Policy. Artium Civiliuni, 'political arts.' ^ Dissimulation or Closenesse. Simulation7 And in this Part. 1 lliid addendum est, 'it must be added.' 27 Mans Selfe. Aniiiii, 'mind.' 28 Tracts of his Countenance. Ex Vitltn, ant desiti *by his countenance or gesture.' X L I \'. OF SIMULA TION 6- DISSIMULA TION: 509 V. 1625. set. 65. that will be Secret, mufl be-^ a Diffetnhler, in fomt- degree. For Men are too cunning, to fuffer a Man, to keepe an indifferent carriage, betweene both, and to be Secret?"^ without Swaying the Ballance,^^ on either fide. They will fo befet a man with Queflions,^" and draw him on, and picke it out of him, that without an abfurd^^ Silence, he mufl fliew an Inclination,-^^ one way ; Or if he doe not, they will gather as much by his Silence, as by his Speech. As for Equiuocations, or Oraculous Speeches, they cannot hold out long. So that no man can be fecret, except he giue himfelfe a little Scope oi Dif simulation) which is, as it were, but the Skirts or Traine of Secrecy. But for the third Degree, which is Simulation, and falfe Profeffion ; That I hold more culpable, and leffe politicke; except it be in great and rare Matters."'^ And therefore a generall CufLome of Simulation (which is this lad Degree) ^^ is a Vice, rifmg either of a naturall Falfeneffe, or Fearfulneffe ; Or of a ]SIinde, that hath fome maine Faults y~' which becaufe a man mufl needs difguife, it maketh him practife^^ Simulation, in other things, left his Hand fliould be out of vre.^^ The great Aduaiitages of Simulation and Dif simula- tion are three. Firfl to lay afleepe'^^' Oppofition, and to Surprize. For where a Mans Intentions, are pub- liflied, it is an Alarum, to call vp, all that are againfl 29 After Must be. Vel nolens, ' even if unwilling.* 3" And to Le .Secret. Omitted in the Latin. 31 Swaying the Hallance. Inciinationis suce declaratiofu, ' any declara- tion of his inclining.' 3'- Questions. Qncestionibns suhtUibits, 'subtle questions.' 33 Absurd Oljfirninto et absiirdo, ' obstinate and absurd' 34 Shewan Inclination, oneway. .SV«fl//;///t////'o (Which is this last Degree ) Omitted in the Latin. 3" iliiide, . . . maine Faults Anind Constitutionc,qiup V'itio nUijno inag- iu> iinhtita est, 'constittion of mind, which is tainted with some groat fault.' 3^ Practise. Aiilubcre ct cxcrcere, 'apply and practise.' ^^ Hand should be out of vre. Habitus ipse intercidat, ' lest the habit be lost' •*" Liy asleewe. Amolialur, ' remove.* 5IO A HARMONY OF THE ASSAYS. V. i'J25. set. 65. them. The fecond is, to referue to a Mans Selfe, a faire Retreat :'*^ For if a man engage himfelfe, by a manifefl Ueclaration,'^^ he mufL goe through, or take a Fall.^"^ The third is, the better to"** difcouer the Minde of another. For to him that opens himfelfe, Men will hardly fhew themfelues aduerfe ; but will (faire) let him goe on, and turne th^ir Freedome of Speech, to Free- dome of thought. And therefore, it is a good flirewd Prouerbe of the Sp^.niard ; Te//a lye, andfindea Troth. As if there were no way of Difcouery, but^^ by Simida- fion. There be alfo three Difaduaufages, to fet it euen. The firR, That Simulation and Difsimiilation, com- monly carry with them, a Shew of Fearfulneffe, which in any Bufmeffe, doth fpoile the Feathers, of round Hying vp to the Man^.'^'^ The fecond, that it pufleth and perplexeth the Conceits of many ;'^'^ that perhaps would otherwife co-operate with him ;'^^ and makes a Man walke, almoft aloi;^ to his owne Ends. The third, and greatefl is, that it depriueth a Man, of one, of the mofl principall Inflruments for Action; which is Trujl and Bclecfe.^^ The befl. Compofition, and Temperature is, to haue Openucffe in Fame and Opinion ;^^ Secrecy in Habit ; Difsiniulation in feafonable vfe ; And a Power to faigne, if there be no Remedy. ^^'^■S5^i?a?SX- -71 41 Faire Retreat. Ut pedevi referat, et se absque Existimationis suep jactiira de Negotio subducot, ' to retreat and retire from the business without loss of reputation.' ■^ A/ier Manifest Declaration. Is ciateis quasi i»i/>actis iiiclitdiiur, 'he is shut in, as if by wedges driven home.' 43 'J'ake a F'all. Tnrfiiter desistetidiim, 'leave off with disgrace.' ^" 44 The better to. Qitod vimn a/>criat, ' because it opens the way to.' 45 No way of Discouery, but. Clavis ad Secreta reseranda, ' a key to unlock secrets.' 46 Round. Perniciter, ' swiftly.' 47 Pusleth and pcrple.xeth . . . many. In anripiies Cogitationes Am'- mos coujiciant, ' casts minds into doubtful thought.' 48 ^{/A'r Co-operate with him. Et studio sito ronprovtottiri, ' and promote the matter by their zeal.' 49 Alone. Sine socia et arnica opera . . . solus, 'without the help of companions and friends — alone.' 50 Trust and Beleefe Eide, ' faith.' 61 Opinion. Omitted in the Latin. XLIV. OF EXVY. 511 V. 1625. aet 65. Here, be none of the Ajffiflums, which h:iae beene noted to fafdnate, or bewitch,'' but LauCj and Enuy. They both haue* vehement wiflies; They firame themfelues readily into Imaginations, and Suggeftions ; And they come eafily into the Eye ; efpecially upon the piefence of the Obiects ; which axe the Points, that conduce to Fafdnationy if any fuch Thing there be. We fee like- wife, the Scripture calleth £/nij. An MuiU Eye : And the Aflrologers, call the euiil Ini3uences of the Starrs, Euill AfpeHs-j So that ftill, there feemeth to be acknow- ledged, in the Act of Envy, an Ejaculation, or Iiradia- tion of the Eye. Nay fome haue beene fo curious, as to note, that the Times, when the Stroke, or PercuP fion of an Eniatms Eye doth mod hurt, are, when the Party muied is beheld in Glory, or Triumph ; For that fets an Edge vpon Enuy ; And belides, at fuch times, the Spirits of the f erf an EnumL, doe come forth, moll into die outward Parts, and fo meet the Blow. But lea\Tng thefe Curiofities, (though not vnworthy, to be thought on, in fit place), wee wiU handle,' what Pa-Jims are api la Enuy others ; What perfons are mojl Subiecl ta be Enukd themfdres; And, Wluit is the Difference between Publique, and private Enuy. A man, that hath no vertue in himfelfe. ever enuieth Vertue in others^ For Mens Mindes, will either feed vpon* their owne Good, or vpon others Euill; And who 1:1. Y"arial£wB5 ia yJHwws ^jJImi Sfcitiwi »f IOSl ^ Bewiscli. Oodtted in the LatiB. * Uaoc Prs^gmii, ' produce.* * W<3e via handle. TmcAatimua imc irm, * we shall handle these dnee * Feed Tptm. Sr/turmmi, et deircimmttrr, ' feed opoa and drljghl in.* 512 A HARMONY OF T li E E SSA Y S. V. 1625. set. 65. waiiteth the one/'' wil prey vpon the other ; And who fo is ont of Hope to attaine to anothers Vertue, will feeke to come at euen hand, by Deprefhng an others Fortune. A man that is Bufy, and Inquifitiiie, is commonly Enuious : For to know much of other Mens Matters, cannot be, becaufe all that Adoe may concerne his owne Eflate : Therfore it mufl needs be, that he taketh a kinde of plaie-pleafure, in looking vpon the Fortunes of others ; Neither can he, that mindeth but his own Bufmeffe, finde much matter for Enuy.^ For Enuy is a Gadding Pafiion, and walketh the Streets, and doth not keepe home ; JVon e/l airiofiis, qiiin idem fit male- uolus. Men of Noble birth, are noted, to be amioiis towards New Men, when they rife. For the diflance is altered ; And it is like a deceipt of the Eye, that when others come on, they thinke themfelues goe backe. Deformed Perfons, and Eunuches, and Old Men, and Baftards, are Enuious : For he that cannot poffibly mend his owne cafe, will doe what he can to impaire anothers; Except thefe Defects light, vpon a verybi'aue, and Heroicall Nature ; which thinketh to make his Naturall Wants, part of his Honour : In that it fliould be faid, that an Eunuch, or a Lame Man, did fuch great Matters ; Affedling the Honour of a Miracle ; as it was in Narfcs the Eunuch, and Agefdaus, and Tam- be?'lancs, that were Lame men. The fame, is the Cafe of Men, that rife after Calami- ties, and Misfortunes ; For they are, as Men follen out with the times ; And thinke other Mens Harmes, a Redemption, of their owne Sufferings. They, that deftre to excell in too many Matters, out ' The one. Priiiio AliineJito, ' the former nourishment.' *> Mailer for Enuy. Hcgctem Invidice, ' crop of envy.' XLV. OF ENVY. 513 V. 1625. set. 65. of Lenity, and Vaine glory, are euer Enuious ; For they cannot want worke ; '^ It being impoffible, but many, in fome one of thofe Things, fliould furpaffe them. Which was the CharacSler of Adrian the Kmperoiir, that mortally Emiicd Poets, and Painters, and Artificers, in Works, wherein he had a veine to excell, LafLly, neare Kinsfolks, and Fellowes in Office, and thofe that haue beene bred together, are more apt to Enuy their Equals, when they are raifed. For it doth vpbraid vnto them, their owne Fortunes ; And pointeth at them, and commeth oftner into their remembrance, and incurreth likewife more into the note of others : And Emiy euer redoubleth ^ from Speech and Fame. Caijis E?itiy, was the more vile, and ]VIalignant, towards his brother Abel; Becaufe, when his Sacrifice was better accepted, there was no Body to looke on. Thus much for t/iofe that are apt to Enuy, Concerning thofe that are more or Icfi'e fiibiecl to Emiy : Firfl, Perfons of eminent Vertue, when they are aduanced, are leffe enuied. For their Fortune feemeth but due vnto them \ and no man Emiieth the Payment of a Debt, but Rewards, and Liberality^ rather. Againe, Enuy is euer ioyned, with the Comparing of a Mans Selfe \ ^^ And where there is no Comparifon, no Enuy; And therfore Kings, are not enuied, but by Kings. Neuertheleffe. it is to be noted, that vnworthy Perfons, are mofl enuied, at their firfl comming in, and afterwards ouercome it better ; ^^ wheras contranwife, Perfons of Worth, and Merit, are moft. enuied, when their Fortune continueth long. For by that time, though their Vertue be the fame, yet it hath not the 7 For they cannot want worke. Uhique enim occumtnt Ohjecta Invidue, *fur objects of envy everywhere meet them.' * Redoubleth .KeJJectitur, et conduplicatur, ' is reflected and redoubled.' 8 Rewards, and Liberality. Largitioni supra Meritum, ' liberality above desert.' 10 Of a Mans Selfe. Omitted in the Latin. 11 Ouercome it better. Postea vero mintts, ' but afterguards less.* 2 K 514 A HARMONY OF THE ASSAYS. V. 1625. ?eL 65. the fame Zi/JIre ; For frelh Men grow vp, that darken it. Perfons of Noble Bloud, are leffe enuied, in their Rifmg:^- For it feemeth, but Right, done to their Birth. ^^ Befides, there feemeth not much added to their Fortune ; And Eiiuy is as the Sunne Beames, that beat hotter, vpon a Bank or fleepe rihng Ground;^'* then \-pon a Flat.** And for the fame reafon, thofe that are aduanced by degrees, are leffe enuied^ then thofe that are aduanced fuddainly,^^ d^nd. per fait urn. ^ Thofe that haue ioyned with their Honour, great Trauels, Cares, or Perills, are leffe fubie6l to Enuy. For Men thinke, that they earne their Honours liardly, and pitty them fometimes ; And Pitty^ euer healeth Rjuiy: Wherefore, you fhall obferue that the more deepe, and fober fort of Politique perfons, in their Greatneffe, are euer bemoaning themfelues, what a Life they lead ; Chanting a Quanta patimurS' Not that they feele it fo, but onely to abate the Edge of Emiy. But this is to be vnderflood, of Buhneffe, that is laid vpon Men, and not fuch as they call vnto them- felues. For Nothing increafeth Emiy more, then an vnneceffary, and Ambitious Ingroffmg of Bufmeffe. And nothing doth extinguifli Emiy more, then for a great Perfon, to preferue all other inferiour Officers, in their full Rights, and Preheminences, of their Places. ^*5 For by that meanes, there be fo many^'' Skreenes betweene hhii, and Enuy. " This passage is transferred from tJie Essay Of Nobility z"« tJie 1612 edition. — See pp. 190, 191, 194. ^ At a bound. " How great things do we suffer. 12 Rising. Cum Honoribus cumulantur, ' when they are laden with honours.' 1^ Birth. JlTaj'oribjts S7tis, ' Xo iheiT (orc(:\.l\\ers.^ !■* Steepe rising Ground. Omitted in the Latin. 1^ Suddainly. Omitted in the Latin. 16 Prescrue ... in their full Rights, and Preheminences, of their Places. Nihil detrahat, ' detract nothing from.' 17 So many. Quot illi J\Iijiistri sufit, tot, 'as many as there are officers, so many.' XLV. OF ENVY. 515 V. 1625. aet. 65. Aboue all, thofe are mofl fubiect to^^ Eniiy^ which carry the Greatneffe of their Fortunes, in an infolent and proud Manner: Being neuerwell,^^ but while they are Ihewing, how great they are. Either by outward Pompe, or by Triumphing ouer all Oppofition, or Com- petition ; whereas Wife men will rather doe facrifice to Enuy\ in fuffering themfelues, fometimes of purpofe to be crofl, and ouerborne-^ in things, that doe not much concerne them. Notwithflanding, fo much is true ; That the Carriage of Greatneffe, in a plaine and open manner (fo it be without Arrogancy, and Vaine glory) doth draw leffe Enuy\ then if it be -^ in a more crafty, and cunning fafliion. For in that courfe, a Man doth but difauow Fortune ; And feemeth to be confcious, of his owne want in worth ; And doth but teach ^^ others to Enuy him. Laflly, to conclude this Part ; As we faid in the beginning, that the Act of Enuy, had fomewhat in it, of Witchcraft ; fo there is no other Cure of Enuy, but the cure of Witchcraft : ^^ And that is, to remoue the Lot (as they call it) and to lay it vpon another. For which purpofe, the wifer Sort of great Perfons, bring in euer vpon the Stage, fome Body, vpon whom to deriue-* the Emiie, that would come vpon themfelues ; Sometimes ^^ vpon Miniflers and Seruants ; Sometimes vpon Colleagues and Affociates ; and the like ; And for that turne, there are neuer wanting, fome Perfons of violent and vndertaking Natures, who fo they may haue Power, and Bufmeffe, will take it at any Cofl.-^ 18 Subiect to. In se concitani, 'excite against themselves.' 19 Well. Sibi placcntes, ' pleasing to themselves.' 20 Crost, ard ouerborne. Viyici, ' overcome.' -1 Then if it be. Quavi si se nota: subtrnhat, ' than if it withdraws itself from notice.' 2- Teach. Stintulat, 'provoke.' 23 Cure of Witchcraft. Venejlcii, et Incatitationis, ' witchcraft and charming.' --* Deriue. Derivent, ' tunv off.' 2a Sometimes. Qua7tdoque . . . earn reiicientes, ' sometimes casting it off.' ' . ^ -<» Take it at any cost. Quovis periculo mcrcari, ' buy it for any danger.' 5i6 A HARMONY OF THE £SSA VS. V. 1625. aet. 65. Now tc fpeake of Publique Emiy. There is yet fome good in Publique E?iuy ; whereas in Priuate, there is none. For Publique E7iuy is as an Ostracifme^'^ that ecHpfeth jNIen, when they grow too great. And therefore it is a Bridle alfo to Great Ones, to keepe them within Bounds. This Enuy^ being in the Latine word Piuidia, goeth in the Moderne languages, by the name of Dif content- ment : Of which we fliall fpeake in handling Sedition. It is a difeafe, in a State,-^ like to Infe6lion. For as Infection, fpreadeth vpon that, which is found, and tainteth it ; So when Enuy^ is gotten once into a State, it traduceth euen the befl Actions ^^ thereof, and turneth them into an ill Odour. And therefore, there is little won by intermingling of plaufible ^^ Actions. For that doth argue, but a Weakneffe, and Feare of Enuy^ which hurteth fo much the more, as it is like- wife vfuall in Inf colons \ which if you feare them, you call them vpon you.'^^ This publique Enuy, feemeth to beat ^^ chiefly, vpon principall Officers, or Miniflers, rather then vj^on Kings, and Eflates ^^ themfelues. But this is a fure Rule, that if the Ejiuy vpon the Minifler, be great, when the caufe of it, hi him, is fmal ; or if the Enuy be generall, in a manner, vpon all the Minifters of an Eftate ; then the Enuy (though hidden) is truly vpon the State it felfe.^^ And fo much oi publike enuy or difcontcntment, and the difterence therof from Priuate Enuy ,\^\\\qX\ was handled in the firfl place. 2" Ostracisme. Salnhris Otrncis7ni, ' a salutary ostracism.* 28 State. Kcg^nis ct RehuspubUcis, ' kinj;doms and states.' 29 Actions. I\!a>iiiata et Instituta, ' laws and ordinances.' 30 Plausible. Actionesg7-atns et poptilares,odiosis, ' pleasing and popular actions with disagreeable ones.' !^i Call them vpon you. Facilius imtunt, ' they attack you more easily.' 32 Secmeth to beat. Involat, ' flies at.' 83 And Estates. Omitted in the Latin. ^ State it selfe. Rcgem, a7it Statum ipsian, ' the king or state itself.' XLV. OF ENVY. 517 V. 1625. ret. 65. We will adde this, in generall, touching the Affection oi Euuy; that of all other Afteclions, it is the mofl importune, and continuall. For of other Aj^cHioJis,^'^ there is occafion giuen, but now and then : And there- fore, it was well faid, Inuidia festos dies 710J1 agit.^ For it is euer working vpon fome, or other. ^^ And it is alfo noted, that Loiee and Eiiuy, doe make a man pine, which other Affections doe not ; becaufe they are not fo continuall. It is alfo the vilefl Affection, and the mofl depraued ; For which caufe, it is the proper Attribute, of the Devill, who is called ; T/ie Emiious Man, that fowcth tares amongst the wheat by 7iight} As it alwayes commeth to paffe, that E?iny worketh fub- tilly, and in the darke ; And to the preiudice of good things, fuch as is the Wheat. ,4k ^1 "« i^- ° Jealousy keeps net holidays. ^ Matt. xiii. 25. 35 For of other Affections. Aliis Affectihus exciiandis, ' of exciting oiiif r affections.' ^t) For it is euer working \-pon some or other. Qin'a setnpcr Materium se exercettdi reperit, ' for it always finds material on which to work.' 5i8 A HARMONY OF THE ESSAYS. V. 1625. set. 65. British Museum Copy. 12. ©t 5?olt)ite^^c. T is a triuiall Grammar Schoole Text, but yet worthy a wife Mans Confideration. Qiief- tion was asked of Dcmojlheiics \ What was the Chicfe Part of an Oratour'^ He an- fwered, AHion; what next? A^ion-, what next again? ABioii.^ He faid it, that knew it beft ; And had by nature, himfelfe. no Aduantage, in that he commended. A flrange thing, that that Part of an Oratour, which is but fuperficiall, and rather the vertue of a Player; fliould be placed fo high, aboue thofe other Noble Parts, oi Liucntioii^ Elocution^ and the reft : Nay almoft alone, as if it were All in All. But the Reafon is plaine. There is in Humane Nature, generall}^, more of the Foole, then of the Wife ; And therfore thofe faculties, by which the Foolifli part of Mens Mindes is taken, are moft potent. Wonderfull like is the Cafe^ of Boldneffe, in Ciuill Bufmeffe ; What firft ? Boldneffe ; What Second, and Third ? Boldneffe. And yet Bold- nejfe is a Childe of Ignorance, and Bafeneffe, farre inferiour to other Parts.^ But neuertheleffe, it doth fafcinate, and binde hand and foot, thofe, that are either fliallow^ in Judgment; or weake^^ in Courage, which are the greateft Part ; Yea and preuaileth with wife men, at weake times.^ Therfore, we fee it hath done wonders,^ ni Popular States ; but with Senates " Cicero, Briittcs, xxxviii. HI. Uariations in pos(i)umaus Hatin Etiitt'on of 1638. ^ Wonderfull like is the Case. JSIirc coiiveiiit, et quasi parnllela est, 'agrees wonderfully, and is as it were parallel.' - Other parts. Cknlis Sciciituc Partibus, ' parts of political science.' 3 Shallow. Itifiriiii, ' weak.' * Weake. Tiinidiores, ' more timid.' s At weake times. Cnvi Aniiiiis vacilleni, 'when they waver in their minds.' *> Done wonders. Plurimum vahiisse, ' has been most strong.' XLVI. OF BOLDXESS. 519 V. 1625. cct. 65. and Princes leffe ; And more euer vpon the firfl en- trance of Bold Fcrfous into Aclion, then foone after ; For Boldjieffe is an ill keeper of promife. Surely, as there are Moiintcbanqtics for the Naturall Body:^ So are there MountdnDujues for the Politique Body : Men that vndertake great Cures ; And perhaps have been Lucky, in two or three Experiments, but want the Grounds of Science ; And therfore cannot hold out.^ Nay you fhall fee a Bold Fellow, many times, doe Mahotnets Miracle. Mahomet made the People beleeue, that he would call an Hill to him ; And from the Top of it, offer vp his Praiers, for the Obferuers of his Law. The People aflembled ; Mahomet cald the Hill to come to him, againe, and againe ; And when the Hill flood Hill, he was neuer a whit abafhed, but faid ; If the Hill will not co77ie to Mahomet, Mahomet wil go to the hil. So thefe ]\len, when they haue promifed great Matters, and failed mod fhamefuUy, (yet if they haue the per- feclion of Boldneffe) they will but flight it ouer, and make a turne, and no more adoe. Certainly, to Men of great Judgment, Bold Perfons, are a Sport to be- hold ; Nay and to the Vulgar alfo, Boldneffe hath fomewhat of the Ridiculous. For if Abfurdity be the Subiecl of Laughter, doubt you not, but great Bold- neffe is feldome ^^ithout fome Abfurdity. Efpecially, it is a Sport to fee, when a Bold Fellow is out of Countenance; For that puts his Face, into a moll Shruncken, and woodden Poflure ;^ As needes it mufl. ; For in Baflifulneffe, the Spirits doe a Httle goe and come ; but with Bold Men, vpon like occafion, they fland at a flay \^^ Like a Stale at Cheffe, where 7 For the Naturall Body. Qui Corpori Naturali jticderi profitentur, "who profess to heal the natural body.' 8 Cannot hold out. Scppiits excidunt, ' often fail.' 9 Shruncken and woodden Posture. In se reductum, sed de/omtiier, ' drawn back into it.self, but ill-favouredly.' 10 Sund at a stay. Aitoniti fuereni, ' they stick, astounded.' 520 A HARMONY OF THE ESSAYS. V. 1625. set. 65. it is no ]\Iate, but yet the Game cannot flirre. But this lafl, were fitter for a Satyre, then for a ferious Obferuation. This is well to be weighed ; That BoM- nejfe is euer bUnde : For it feeth not dangers, and In- conueniences. Therfore, it is ill in Counfell, good in Execution : So that the right Vfe of Bold perfons is, that they neuer Command in Chiefe, but be Seconds, and vnder the Dire6lion of others. For in Counfell, it is good to fee dangers ; And in Execution, not to fee them, except they be very great. XLVII. OF TRAVEL. 521 V. 1625. Kt. 65. British Museum Copy. 18. ©£ eTrariallc.i \RauaiIe, in the younger Sort, is a Part of Education ; In the Elder, a Part of Experi- ence. He that trauaikth into a Country,- before he hath fome Entrance into the Lan- guage, goeth to Schoole, and not to Traiiaile. That Young Men trauaile vnder fome Tutor, or graue •' Ser- uant, I allow well ; So that he be fuch a one, that hath the Language, and hath been in the Country before ; whereby he may be able to tell them, what Things are worthy to be feene^ in the Country where they goe ; what Acquaintances^ they are to feeke ; What Exer- cifes or difcipline the Place yeeldeth. For elfe young Men fhall goe hooded, and looke abroad little. It is a flrange Thing, that in Sea voyages, where there is nothing to be feene, but Sky and Sea, Men fliould make Diaries; but in Lmid-Trauaile., wherin fo much is to be obferued, for the mofl part, they omit it ; As if Chance, were fitter to be regiftred, then Obferuation. Let Diaries, therefore, be brought in vfe. The Xhings to be feene and obferued are : The Courts of Princes, fpecially when they giue Audience*^ to Ambaffadours.'^ The Courts of luflice, while they fit^ and heare Caufes; And fo of Confiftories Ecclefiaflicke : The Churches, and Monafleries, with the Monuments which are there- in. Variations in posthumous ILatin lECttion of 1638. 1 Title. De Peregriiiatione in Partes F.xteras, ' of travel into foreign parts.' 2 Country. Partes Exteras, ' foreign parts.' 3 Graue. Expcrto, 'experienced.' * Seene. Spectatit et cognitii, ' seen and noticed.' 6 Acquaintances. Aviicitite et Familiaritates , 'friendships and ac- quaintances.'- 6 Giue Audience. Admittiint, 'admit.' ' Ambassadours. Legatos Exteros, ' foreign ambassadors.' 8 While they sit. Omitted in the Latin. 522 A HARMONY OF THE E SSA Y S. V. 1625. aet. 65. in extant : The Wals and Fortifications of Cities and Townes ; And fo the Hauens and Harbours : Antiqui- ties, and Ruines : Libraries ; CoUedges, Difputations, and Le6lures, where any are : Shipping and Nauies : Houfes, and Gardens of State, and Pleafure, neare great Cities : Armories : Arfenals : Magazens :^ Ex- chancres : Burfes : Ware-houfes : Exercifes of Horfe- man-fliip ; Fencing; Trayning^^ of Souldiers; and the Hke : Comedies; Such wherunto the better Sort of perfons doe refort ; Treafuries of Jewels, and Robes ; Cabin ets,^^ and Rarities : And to conckide, whatfoeuer is memorable ^^ in the Places; where they goe. After all which, the Tutors or Seruants, ought to make dili- gent Enquirie. As for Triumphs ; Mafques ; Feafts , Weddings ; Funeralls ; Capitall Execu[ti]ons ; and fuch Shewes ; Men need not to be put in minde of them ; Yet are they not to be neglected. If you will haue a Young Man, to put his Traiiaile^'^ into a little Roome, and in fliort time, to gather much, this you mufl doe. Firfl, as was faid, he muft haue fome Entrance into the Language, before he goeth. Then he mufl haue fuch a Seruant, or Tutor, as knoweth the Country, as was likewife faid. Let him carry with him alfo fome Card "or Booke defcribing the Country, where he tra- uelleth; which will be a good Key to his Enquiry. Let him keepe alfo a Diary. Let him not flay long in one Citty, or Towne ; More or leffe as the place de- ferueth, but not long : Nay, when he flayeth in one City or Towne, let him change ^^ his Lodging, from one End^^ and Part of the Towne, to another; which 8 Magazens. Cellce et Horrea pjiblica, ' public stores and granaries.' ^" Trayning. Delectus et Instriictio, ' levying and training.' ^^ Cabinets. Cicriositatcs, ' curiosities.' 1- Memorable. Celebrc ant viemorabile, ' remarkable or memorable.' l-^ Trauaile. Fructmn PeregHnationis, ' the fruit of his travel.' ^* Change. Af?(tet scppiiis, ' change often.' 15 End. Omitted in the Latin. X L V I I. OF TRA VE L. V. 1625. £Ct. 65. is a great Adamant ^"^ of Acquaintance. Let him fequefler himfelfe from the Company of his Country men, and diet in fuch Places, where there is good Company of the Nation, where he trauaileth. Let him vpon his Remoues, from one place to another, procure Recommendation, to fome perfon of Qualit}% refiding in the Place, whither he remoueth ; that he may vfe his Fauour,^'' in thofe things, he defireth to fee or know. Thus he may abridge ^'^ his T?'anaile, with much profit. As for the acquaintance,^^ which is to be fought in Traiiaik; That which is mofl of all profit- able, is Acquaintance with the Secretaries, and Employd ]\Ien of Ambaffadours ; For fo in Traiiailing in one Country he fliall fucke-^ the Experienced^ of many. Let him alfo fee and vifit. Eminent Perfons, in all Kindes, which are of great Name abroad ; That he may be able to tell, how the Life-- agreeth with the Fame. For Quarels,-^ they are with Care and Dif- cretion to be auoided : They are, commonly, for .MiRrefTes ;24 Healths ;25 Place; and Word s. --^ ' And let a Man beware, how he keepeth Company, with Cholerick and Quarelfome-'' Perfons; for they will engage him into their owne Quarels. When a Tra- iiailcr returneth home, let him not leaue the Countries, where he hath Traiiailed^ altogether behinde him ; ^* A/ierAdamax\t. Attraliendi Fatniuaritates, et Consuetudines Hommuni compiiiriiim, ' for attracting acquair.tances and friendships with many men.' 1'' Fauour. Fn7>ore et opera, ' favour and help.' 1* Abridge. Vtilitate7?i accelerare, ' hasten the profit.' '' Acquaintance. Familiaritateset Ajtiicitias, ' acquaintances and friend- ships. ' ■-'■' Sucke. Ad se attraJut, et siiget, ' draw to himself and suck.' 21 E.\perience. Notitiain et Experientiain, ' knowledge and experience.' -- Life. Os, zniltiis, et Corporis Litienvtetttn et Motus, ' face, counten- ance, and lineaments and movements of the body.' '-■'• Quarels. Rixas et Sivtnltates, ' quarrels and disputes.' 2* Mistresses. Amores, 'loves.' 25 Healths. Compotaiiones, ' drinking bouts.* 26 Words. Verba cotitumeliosa, ' insulting words.' -' Quarelsome. Qtii facile Inimicitias snscipiuni, ' who easily take up enmities.' 524 A HARMONY OF THE ESSAYS. V. 1625. set. 65. But maintain e 2^ a Correfpondence, by letters, with thofe of his Acquaintance, which are of mofl Worth. And let his Trauaiie appeare rather in his Difcourfe, then in his Apparrell, or Geflure : And in his Difcourfe, let him be rather aduifed in his Anfwers, then forwards-^ to tell Stories ; And let it appeare, that he doth not change his Country Manners, for thofe of Forraigne Parts ; But onely, prick in fome Flowers, of that he hath Learned abroad, into the Cuflomes of his owne Country. e^ 28 Maintaine. Conservet. et colat, ' maintain and cultivate.' 29 Forwards. F'aci/is ei promts, ' ezsy and disposed,' V. 1625. set. 65. British Museum Copy. 21. @f Pelage^.i Ortune is like the Market ; Where many times, if you can flay a little, the Price will fall. And againe, it is fometimes like Sybillas Offer ; which at firft oftereth the Commo- dity at full, then confumeth part and part, and flill U5. Uartationg in postljumous Eatin lEtiition of 1638. 1 Title. De Mora, ' of delay.' XLVIII. OF DELAYS. 525 V. 1625. 3et. 65. holdeth vp the Price. For Occafton (as it is in the Common verfe) titnuih a Bald Noddle, after JJie haih prefentcd her locks in Front, ajid 110 hold taken: Or at lead tumeth the Handle of the Bottle, firil to be receiued, and after the Belly, which is hard to clafpe. There is furely no greater Wifedome, then well to time the Beginnings, and Onfets of Things. Dangers are no more light, if they once feeme light : And more dangers haue deceiued Men, then forced them. Nay, it were better, to meet fome Dangers halfe way, though they come nothing neare,^ then to keepe too long a watch,^ vpon their Approaches f For if a Man watch too long, it is odds he will fall afleepe. On the other fide, to be deceiued, with too long Shadowes, (As fome haue beene, when the Moone was low, and fhone on their Enemies backe) And fo to flioot off before the time ; Or to teach dangers to come on, by ouer early Buckling towards them, is another Extreme. The Ripeneffe, or Vnripeneffe, of the Occafion (as we faid) muft euer be well weighed ; And generally, it is good, to commit the Beginnings of all great Adlions, to Argos with his hundred Eyes; And the Ends to Briareus with his hundred Hands : Firfl to Watch, and then to Speed. For the Helmet of Pinto, which maketh the Politicke Man goe Inuifible, is, Secrecy in the Counfell, and Celerity in the Execution. For when Thingsare once come to the Execution, there is woSccrecy comparable to Celerity; Like the Motion of a Bullet in the Ayre, which flyeth fo fwift, as it out-runs the Eye. - Though they come nothing neare. Omitted in the Latin. 8 Watch. Perpctuo iiiquircre, et obscrvare, ' coniinunlly to seek out and watch. ' ■* Approaches. Motus^et Appropittquatiotum, ' movements and approach.' 526 A HARMONY OF THE ESS A Y S. V. 1625. set. 65. British Museum Copy. 24. ©f Innouatxonjf. S the Births of Liuing Creatures,^ at firfl, are ill fliapen : So are all In?iotiatio?is, which are the Births of Time. Yet notwithfland- ing, as Thofe that firfl bring Honour into their Family, are commonly more worthy, then moft that fucceed : So the firft Prefident ^ (if it be good) is feldome attained ^ by Imitation.^ For 111, to Mans Nature, as it flands peruerted,^ hath a Naturall Motion, flrongefl in Continuance : But Good, as ^ a Forced Motion, flrongefl at firft. Surely euery Medicine is an Innouation ; And he that will not apply New Remedies, muft expe6l New Euils : For Time is the greatefl. Innouatour : And if Time, of courfe, alter Things to the worfe, and Wifedome, and Counfell fliall not alter them to the better, what fhall be the End ? ^ It is true,^ that what is fetled by CufLome, though it be not good, yet at leafl it is fit.^ And thofe Things, which haue long gone together,i^ are as it were confederate within themfelues : Whereas New Things peece ^^ not fo well ; But though they helpe by their vtiUty, yet irj. Uarfations in postf)umous Hatin lEtjttion of 1638. 1 Births of Liuing Creatures. Parhis recens editi, ' recent births.' 2 First President. Exc7npla7-ia,et Primordia, 'precedents and beginnings.' 3 Seldome attained. Phir'ninun, stiperant, ' mostly surpass.' 4 Imitation. Ijnitationejii ^Etatis seqiientis, ' imitation of the succeeding age.' 5 As it stands peruerted. Omitted in the Latin. , 6 As. Ut fieri n7iiat, ' as is usually done.' I End. Finis Mali, ' end of the evil.' 8 True. Co7icedi prorsus debet, ' must be granted.* 9 Fit. Aptiiin . . . Teiiiporihis. ' fit for the times.' 10 Cone together. Uno quasi Alveo Jluxenint, ' have flowed as it were in one bed.' II Peece. Veteribus . . . cohtzreant, ' cohere with the old.' 12 Inconformity. Novitate tamen et Inconforvtitate, ' by their newness and inconformity.' XLIX. OF INNOVATIONS. 527 V. 1625. set. 65. they trouble, by their Inconformity.^- Befides, they^^ are X-^^ Strangers -^^ more Admired, and leffe Fauoured. All this is true, if Time flood Hill ; which contrariwife moueth fo round, that a Froward ^^ Retention of Cuf- tome, is as turbulent a Thing, as an Innoiiatmi : And they that Reverence too much Old Times, are but a Scorne to the New. It were good therefore, that Men in their Imiouaiio?is^ would follow the Example of Time it felfe; which indeed Innoitateth greatly, Ijut quietly, and by degrees, fcarce to be perceiued : ^'^ For other- wife, whatfoeuer is New, is vnlooked for;i^ And euer it mends Some, and paires^^ Other: And he that is holpen, takes it for a Fortune, and thanks the Time ; And he that is hurt, for a wrong, and imputeth it to the Author. It is good alfo, not to try Experiments ^^ in States;-^ Except the Neceffity be Vrgent, or the vtility Euident: And well to beware, that it be the Reformation,^! that draweth on the Change; And not the defire of Change, that pretendeth the Reformation. And laflly, that the Nouelty,^'^ though it be not reiecled, yet be held for a Sufpecl; And, as the Scripture faith; T/iat we make ajland Tpon the Ancient Way, and then looke about us, and difcoiier, what is the Jlraight, and right way, andfo to ivalke in it.^ ^1^ " Jer. vi. 16. ^3 They. Noviiates, ' novelties.' 1* Strangers. Advence aid pcrcgrini, ' newcomers or foreigners.* 1^ Froward. hitportmia et Morosa, ' unsuitable and frdward.' 1^ After Perceiued. Illnd enim f>ro ccrto habeas, ' be assured of this.' 17 Vnlooked for. Prcpter Spetn et Expeciationetn accedere, 'comes, con- trary to hope and expectation.' 18 Paire.s. Eri/>ere, ' takes away from.' 1^ E.xperiments. Experiinentis Novis, ' new experiments.' 20 States. In Cofporibus Poiiticis viedendis, 'in reforming political bodies.' -1 Reformation. Eeforvtationis stud'nim, ' desire of reformation.' '■^2 The Nouelty. Omnis Nm'itas, ' every novelty.' 528 A HARMONY OF THE ESSJVS. V. 1625. set. 65. British Museum Copy. 31. (Bt ^^ttisjpidott. Vfpicions amongfl Thoughts, are Hke Bats amongft Birds, they euer fly by Twi- hght. Certainly, they are to be repreffed, or, at the lead, well guarded: For they cloud the Minde; theyleefe Frends; and they checke with Buhneffe, whereby Buhneffe cannot goe on, cur- rantly, and conilantly. They difpofe Kings to Tyranny, Husbands to lealoufie, Wife Men to Trrefolution and Melancholy. They are Defects, not in rhe Heart, but in the Braine; For they take Place in the Stoutefl Natures : As in the Example of Hcfii-y the Seuenth of England: There was not a more Sufpicmis Man, nor a more Stout. And in fuch a Compofition, they doe fmall Hurt. For commonly they are not admitted, but with Examination, whether they be likely or no ? But in fearefull Natures, they gaine Ground too fafl. There is Nothing makes a Man SiifpcH: much, more then to Know little : And therefore Men fliould remedy Sufpidcvi, by procuring to know more,^ and not to keep their Sufpicions in Smother.^ What would Men haue ? Doe they thinke, thofe they employ and deale with, are Saints ? ^ Doe they not thinke, they will haue their owne Ends, and be truer to Themfelues, then to them ? Therefore, there is no better Way to moderate Sufpicions, then to account vpon^ fuch Sufpicions as true, and yet to bridle them, as falfe. For fo farre, a U5. Variations in posthumous Uattn lEtiition of 1638. 1 Procuring to know more. Ut quis Inqulsitionem urgeat, ' to press inquiry.' ... , ^ ■ ^ n^ i • '^ And not to keep their Suspicions in smother. Fiaiio enim et 1 enebns aluntur Siispiciones, ' for suspicions are nourished by smoke and darkness. 3 Saints. Angelas esse, ant Safictos ? ' are angels or saints ?' * Account vpon. Remedia parare, 'prepare remedies.' L. OF SUSPICION. 529 V. 1625. aet. 65. Man ought to make vfe of Sufpicmis, as to prouide, as if that fliould be true, that he Siifpccls, yet ic may doe him no Hurt. Sufpicious, that the Minde, of it felfe, gathers, are but Buzzes;^ But Siijpicions, that are arti- ficially nouriflied, and put into :Mens Heads, •^ by the Tales, and Whifprings of others," haue Stings. Cer- tainly, the befl ^leane, to cleare the Way, in this fame Wood^ oi Siifpicioiis, is franckly to communicate them,^ with the Partie, that he Sufpccls : For thereby, he fliall be fure, to know more of the Truth of them, then he did before ; And withall, fliall make that Party, more circumfpect,^^ not to giue further Caufe of Sufpicion. But this would not be done to Men of bafe^^ Natures: For they, if they finde themfelues once fufpected, will neuer be true. The Italian faies: Soj petto Iiccntia fede.^ As if Sufpicion did giue a Pafport to Faith: But it ought rather to kindle it, to difcharge it felie. " Suspicion gives a passport to trust. 5 Buzzes. I unites Bombi, ' empty buzzes.* * Heads. Anijuis, 'minds.' f Others. Famigeratorum, ' talebearers.' 8 Same Wood. Ivtpedita Sylva, ' tangled wood.' 9 Franckly to communicate them. Lil'crn qicadam et aperta illarum Declnrntio, ' a free and open declaration of them.' 10 Circumspect. Cautum magis et circumspection, ' more careful and circumspect.' 11 Base. Pravce, et Degenerist 'bad and base.' 2 L 530 A II A R M O X Y OF THE ESS A Y S. V. 1625. set. 65. British Museum Copy. 33. ©i plantations;.! Lantaiions'^ are^ anion gfl Ancient, Primi- tiue,* and Heroicall Workes. When the World was young, it begate more Chil- "^ dren ; But now it is old, it begets fewer : For I may iuflly account new Plantations, to be the Children of former Kingdomes. I like a Plantation in a Pure Soile ; that is, where People are not Dif- planicd^^ to the end, to Plant in Others. For elfe, it is rather an Extirpation, then a Plantation. Planting of Countries, is like Planting of Woods ; For you mufl make account, to leefe almofl^ Twenty yeeres Profit, and expect your Recompence,'^ in the end. For the Principall Thing, that hath beene the Deflruction of mofl Plantations^ hath beene the (Bafe, and Haftie drawing of Profit, in the firfL Yeeres. It is true, Speedie Profit ^ is not to be neglected, as farre as may (land, with the Good of the Plantation, but no further. It is a Shamefull and Vnbleffed Thing, to take the Scumme of People, and Wicked Condemned ^^ Men, to be the People with whom you Plant : And not only fo, but it fpoileth ^^ the Plantation ; For they will euer Hue like Rogues, and not fiill to worke, but be Lazie, and doe re. i'artations in postljumous ILatin ISnitton of 163S. I Title. De Plantationibtis Popidortiiii, et Coloniis, 'of plantations of peoples and colonies.' - Plantations. Colonicp, 'colonies.' 3 Are. Etiiinoit, ' are prominent.' * Primitiuc. Omitted in the Latin. 5 Displanted. Destrniiiir, ' destroyed.' 6 Make account to leese almost .... Profit De Utilitate caf'ienda nihil cpgitafidian ante. ' there must be no thought of geitins profit before.' 7 Recompence. Fructus nber et locnples, ' abundant and rich fruit.' 8 Plantations. Colouias, alias bene succcssnras, ' plantations, which otherwise would have succeeded well.' ^ Profit. Litcri Sei;ete7n, ' crop of profit.' ^0 Wicked Condcnnied. Exulcs,ctDa)iniati, 'exiles and condemned men.' II Spoilcth. Corriii7ipit et />erdit, ' spoils and destroys.' L. OF PLANTATIONS. 531 V. 1625. ?et. 65. Mifchiefe, and fpend Vi6luals, and be quickly wean,^- and dien Certifie ^"'^ ouer to their Country, to the Dif- credit^'* of the Plaritation. The People wherewith you Plant, ought to be Gardners,^' Ploughmen, Labourers, Smiths, Carpenters, loyners, Fiflier-men, Fowlers, with fome few ^^ Apothecaries, Surgeons, Cookes, and Bakers.^" In a Country of Plantation., firR looke about, what kinde of ViclualV*^ the Countrie yeelds of it felfe, to Hand : ^^ As Cheflnuts, Wall-nuts, Pine-Apples, Oliues, Dates, Plummes, Cherries, Wilde-Hony, and the like : and make vfe of them. Then confider, what Victuail or Efculent Things there are, which grow fpeedily, and Avithin the yeere; As Parfnips, Carrets, Turnips, Onions, Radilli,-'^ Artichokes of Hierufalem, ]\Iaiz, and the like. For Wheat,-^ Early, and Oats, they aske too much Labour: But with Peafe, and Beanes, you may begin ; Both becaufe they aske leffe Labour, and becaufe they feme for Meat, as well as for Bread. And of Rice like wife commeth a great Encreafe, and it is a kinde of Meat. Aboue all, there ought to be brought Store of Bisket, Oat-meale, Flower, Meale, and the like, in the beginning, till Bread may be had. For Beafls, or Birds, take chiefly fuch, as are leafl, Subiecl to Difeafes, and Multiply faflefl : As Swine, Goats, Cockes, Hennes, Turkies, Geefe, Houfe doues,^^ and the like. The Vidluall in Plantations., ought to be expended, almofl as in a Belieged Towne; 'Fhat is, with certaine Allow- ance. And let the ]\Iaine Part of the Ground employed 12 Wenry. Colonioe Fnstidio, 'weary of the colony.' 1^ Ccnilie. Nuncios et Literc.s juitlcnt, ' will send messengers and letters." l-* Discredit. Frcpjiidiciiini et dcdccvs, ' prejudice and di>cr(.dit.' 15 Before Gardners. FrcrciJ'ue Artijiccs gcy.crutn sequoitiuiii, 'chiefly ariisan.s of the following kinds.' '•» With some few. Omitted in the Latin. 1" After Bakers. Cere7'isiarii\ et hiijnsiuodi, 'brewers and the like.' 18 Victuail. Esculetitorittn et I'oculetttoruin, ' eatables and' drinkables.' ^' To Hand. Hine atitiira, 'without liiliii;.;.' ■■'0 After Radish. Meiones, Pefones, Cucui:teres, ' melons, pumpkins, cucumbers.* *i After Wheat. Siliqiiam, 'pulse.' 2- After Hoube-doues. Cu/iicitU, " rabbits.' 532 A HARMONY OF THE ESS A VS. V. 1625. cet. 65. to Gardens or Corne, bee to a Common Stocke ; -^ And to be Laid in, and Stored vp,^* and then Deliuered out in Proportion ; Befides fome Spots of Ground, that any Particular Perfon, Avill Manure, for his owne Priuate.-^ Confider Hkewife, what Commodities the Soile, where the Plantation is,-*^ doth naturally yeeld, that they may fome way helpe to defray the Charge of the Plantation:-"^ So it be not, as was faid, to the vntimely Preiudice, of the maine Bufmeffe:-^ As it hath fared with Tobacco in Virginia."' "W^ood -'-' commonly aboundeth but too much ; And therefore, Timber ^^ is fit to be one.^^ If there be Iron Vre, and Streames whereupon to fet the Milles ; Iron is a braue ^- Com- moditie, where AVood aboundeth. Making ^^ of Bay Salt, if the Climate be proper for it, would be put in Experience. Growing Silke '^^ likewife, if any be, is a likely ^^ Commodilie. Pitch and Tarre,^*^ where ftore of Firres and Pines are, will not faile. So Drugs, and Sweet Woods, where they are, cannot but yeeld great Profit. Soape A flies ^^ likewife, and other Hiings, that " In the Latin this clause precedes the one before it in the text, and reads thus : — 'Charge of the Plantation, As it hath fared with Tobacco in Virginia, So it be not, as was said, to the vntimely Preiudice of the maine Businesse. Wood, commonly,' S:c. 23 Common Stocke. Hor7-cis fiuhlicis, ' public granaries.' 2-* Stored vp. Omitted in the Latin. 25 That any Particular Person . . . ownepriuate. Inqtiibns Indiistria siiigulorimt se cxerceat, 'on which the industry of individuals may be 2'« Soile, where the Plantation is. /^e^/^^ zY/rt, ' that district.' [exercised.' 27 That they may .... Plantation. I'i Ex/>07-tntio enrinn, in loca 7ihi mnxiine in />n'tio sunt, sn7nptus iez'ct, ' that their exportation to places where they are of most value, may lessen tlie expense.' 28 Maine Businesse. Colonice i/istJis, ' the plantation itself.' 29 After Wood. In Rei;iohi/>7is descrtis, 'in uninhabited countries.^ "0 'limber. Ligna, ad Jlidijicia, Naves, ant cjnsinodi iisjis apta, ' timber, fit for building houses and .ships or .similar purpo.ses.' ^1 To be one. Inter pnccipuas JSIcrces jnii;iC7-anda, 'to be counted among the chief articles of traffic' =^2 Braue. Qiucstnosix, 'profitable.' 33 Making. Con/ectio per Calorcni Solis, ' making by the heat of the sun.' 34 Silke. ^ S'ericnin vegetabile, ' vegetable silk.' 35 Likely. Lncrosa, ' profitable.' 36 Pitch and 'J'ai re. Fix cnjnscnnquc generis, ' pitch of all kinds.' 37 Soape Ashes. Cineres.qicibitsadSapain ntnntnr,non nicdicnvi Utilitatis afferc}ii, ' ashes, which are used for soap, will bring no little advantage.' L. OF PL A N TA TI O N S. 533 V. 1625. cet. 65. may be thought of. But moile not too much vnder Ground :"^ For the Hope''-^ of Mines is very Vncertaine,^^ and vfeth to make the Planters^^ Lazie, in other Things. For Gouernment, let it be in the Hands of one, affifled with fome Counfell : And let them haue Gommiffion, to exercife Martiall Lawes, with fome limitation. And aboue all, let Men make that Profit of being in the Wilderneffe, as they haue God alwaies, and his Seruice before their Eyes. Let not the Gouernment of the Plantation^ depend vpon too many Counfellours, and Vndertakers, in the Countrie that Platitct/i, but vpon a temperate Number ;^2 And let thofe be, rather Noble- men, and Gentlemen, then Merchants : For they looke euer to the prefent Gaine. Let there be Freedomes from Cuftome,"*^ till the Plantatioii be of Strength : And not only Freedome from CuRome,"*^ but Free- dome to Carrie their Commodities, where they may make their Beft of them, except there be fome fpeciall Caufe of Caution. Gramme ^^ not in People, by fend- ing too fafl. Company, after Company ; But rather hearken how they wafle,^*^ and fend Supplies propor- tionably ; But fo, as the Number may hue well, in the 38 Moile nnt . . . ^ound. Venanfodiiiis ne coitfidns niiiiium prceser- titn a p7-incipio, ' but trust not too much to mines, especially in the beginning.' 39 Hope. Omitted in the Latin. ^® Vncertaine. Failaces ct sicj)i/>t7tosce, ' deceiving and expensive.' *i Vseth to make tlie Planters. Spe pulclira lactaiites, Colotws reddutit, 'and alluring the planters with fair hopes, make them.' *- Let not the Gouernment . . . Number. Rtiistis, Colonia, a nu- merosioreConcilio' Intelligo in Rcgioiie. fllatfc Colo/tice, rcsidoite) no n pot- dent ; Ncc ob Contribtitioites exiguas Miiltitudinitiijtiice sttl'jiciatur; Sed sit NitvicrKS eomim, qui Ncgotin Coloitite procurnni et ordiutiitt, moderatus : 'again let not the colony depend on a too numerous council, residing in the mother country, nor let it be subject to too great a multitude on account of small contributions, but let the nusnber of those who manage and order the business of the colony be moderate.' ■*" Custome. Vectignlil'its ct Portoriis, ' ta.xcs and customes.' ■*"' Custome. Sohttionibus Pecnniarinn, ' payment of money.' ■*5 Gramme. Farcins n7it srcperofietvs, ' cram or overload.' <6 Waste. Qnot Capita de tempore in teinpiis tninnantur, ' how the num- ber is diminished from time to time.' 534 A HARMONY OF THE ESSAYS. V. 1625. 3et. 65. Plantaiion, and not by Surcharge ^^ be in Penury. It hath beene a great Endangering, to the Health of fome Plantations, that they haue built along the Sea, and Riuers, in MariOi and vnwholefome*^ Grounds There- fore, though you begin there, to auoid Carriage, and other like Difcommodities, yet build ftill, rather upwards, from the Streames, then along.*'^ It concerneth like- wife, the Health of the Plantation, that they haue good Store of Salt with them, that they may vfe it, in their Victualls, when it fliall be neceffary.^" If you Plant, where Sauages are, doe not onely entertaine them with Trifles, and Gingles ; But vfe them iuflly, and gratioufly, with fufficient Guard neuertheleffe : And doe not winne their fauour, by helping them to inuade their Enemies, but for their Defence ^^ it is not amiffe. And fend oft of them, ouer to the Country, that Plants, that they may fee a better Condition ^- then their owne, and commend ^'^ it when they returne. When the Planta- tion grows to Strength, then it is time, to Plant with Women,^^ as well as with Men ; That the Plantation may fpread into Generations, and not be euer peeced^-^ from A\ithout It is the fmfullefL Thing in the world, to forfake or defLitute a Plantation,^ once in Forward- neffe: For befides the Diflionour, it is the Guiltineffe of Bloud,'^*^ of many Commiferable Perfons. *" Surcharge. Omitted in the Latin. *8 Vnwholesome. Aqtiosis, 'watery.' 49 Then along. Oniiited in the Latin. 50 Necessary. Qnos ^•crisiinile est />7ttHdos aliier sape fntjiros, ' which (the victuals) will probably otherwi.-e be often putrid.' 51 Defence. Sed Aiixiliis De/etisivis noii inconniiodum crit subvenire, ' but to help them by aid for their defence will not be amiss.' 5- Condition. Cotiditiones hoiiii/nnn, ' condition of men.' 53 Commend. Divulgent, 'publish.' 5-1 Plant with Women .... Men. Mtdieres siivunittere, ' send women also.' 65 Be . . . peeced. Pendent, 'depend.' 50 Guiliinesse of Bloud. Proditio mera Pro/usioqtte Satiguinis, 'simple betrayal and shedding of blood.' LII. OF PROPHECIES. 535 V. 1625. set. 65. British Museum Copy. 35. 0f |)ropl)ccic^. ^Vlcane not to fpeake of Diiiine Prophecies \ Xor of Heathen Oracles ; Nor of Naturall Prediclions ; But only of Prophecies, that haue beeiie of certaine Memory, and from Hklden Caufes. Saith the Pythoniffa to Saul; To Morro'iL' thou and thy fonne JJiall he luith me."- Mojjier hath thefe Verfes. At Domiis ^n€a3 cimflis domi?mbititr Oris, Et Nati Nat or inn, et qui nafceiitur ab illis:^ A Prophecie, as it feemes, of the Roman Empire. Seneca the Tragedian hath thefe Verfes. Venient Annis Secula fe?-is, quibus Oceamcs Vincuhi Rcruni laxet, et ingens Patcat Tellus, Typhifque nouos Detegat Orbes ; nee jit Terris Vltima Thule :'^ A Prophecie of the Difcouery of America. The Daughter of Poly crates dreamed, that lupittr bathed her Father, and Apollo annointed him : And it came to paffe, that he was crucified in an Open Place, where the Sunne made his Bodie runne with Sweat, and the Raine waflied it.'^ Philip oiMacedon dreamed, He fealed vp his Wiues Belly: Whereby he did ex- pound it, that his Wife fliould be barren : But Aris- " I Sam. xxviii. 19. *> But the fauiily of j^neas shall rule oz>er all lafids. A iid his children's children and those that shall be I'oru of them. Virgil. yEneid. iii. 97. which are adapted from Homer. Iliad, xx. 307, 8. ^ There shall come a titne in the series of years, in 'which the Ocean shall unloose the I'ounds of things and a vast earth shall appear; also ancther Typhys shall disclose 7tew worlds, neither shall Thule be the farthest land. Seneca. Medea, ii. 375-380. <* Herodotjis. iii. Cljis dcssag is not inclutirt in tijc poslbumous ILatin Euition of 1638. 536 A HARMONY OF THE ESSAYS. V. 1625. Det. 65. tander the Soothfa3'er, told him, his Wife was with Childe, becaufe Men doe not vfe to Seale Veffells that are emptie.^ A Phantafme, that appeared to M. B?'jdiis in his Tent, faid to him; Philippis iteriim me viikbis.^ llbcrms faid to Galba. Til quoqiie Galba degujiabis Impej'iumS In VefpafiansT'wno.., there went a Prophecic in the Eafl ; That tliofe that flioiild come forth of ludea, Ihould reigne oner the World: which though it may be was meant of our Sauioiir, yet Tacitus expounds it of Vefpafian.'^ Doniitian dreamed, the Night before he was flaine, that a Golden Head was growing out of the Nape of his Necke :^ And in- deed, the Succeffion that followed him, for many yeares, made Golden Times. Henry the Sixt oi Eng- land, faid oi Henj-y the Seuenth, when he was a Lad, and gaue him Water ; This is the Lad, that JJiall enioy the Crowne, for ivhich me Jlriiie/ AMien I was in Fi'ance, I heard from one Di\ Pena, that the Q. Mother, who was giuen to Cm-ious Arts, caufed the King her Hufbands Natiuitie, to be Calculated, under a falfe Name ; And the Aflrologer gaue a Judgement, that he fliould be killed in a Duell ; At which the Queene laughed, thinkmgher Husband, to be aboue Challenges and Duels : but he was flaine, vpon a Courfe at Tilt, the Splinters of the Staffe of Mongomcry, going in at his Beuer. The triuiall PropJiecie, which I heard, when I was a Childe, and Queene Elizabeth was in the Flower of her Yeares, was ; When Honpe is fponne; Enghind's done. "' Plutarch. Alexa7tdcr. ii. ^ Thozi shalt see me again at Philippi. Appian. De Bellis Civilibus. iv. 134. '^ Thoii also ivilt taste of Empire. Suetonius. Galba. iv. tells it of Augustus. <* Tacitus. History, v. 13. * Suetonius. Domitian. xxiii. / Holinshed. iii. 678. b. Ed. 1587. LII. OF FROPIIECIES. S37 V. 1625. cet. 65. Whereby, it was generally conceined, that after the Pri/urs had Rci.!j;ned, which had the Principiall Letters, of that \\'ord Hcmpe, (which were Henry, Edward, Mary, FJiilip, Elizabeth) England fliovild come to vtter Confufion .• Which, thankes be to God, is verified only, in the Change of the Name : For that tlie Kings Stile, is now no more of En'^land, but of Britaine. There was alfo another Fropheeie, before the year of 88. which I doe not well vnderfland. There JJi all he feene vpon a day, Betiveene the Baugh, and the May, The B la eke Fleet of Korivay. When that that is come and gone, England build Houfes of Lime and Stone For after Warres Jfliall you haue None. It was generally conceiued, to be meant of the Spanifh Fleet, that came in 88. For that the A7;/<; of Spaines Surname, as they fay, is N'orway. The Prediction of Regiomontanus ; Oflogefsimus oflauus mi rah His Annus ^^ Was thought likewife accompliflied, in the Sending of that great Fleet, being the greateft in Strength, though not in Number, of all that euer fwamme vpon the Sea. As for Cleons Ureame, I thinke it was a left. It was, that he was deuoured of a long Dragon; And it was expounded of a Maker of Saufages, that troubled him exceedingly.'^ There are Numbers of the like kinde ; Efpecially if you include Dreames, and Predictions of Aftrologie. But I haue fet downe thefe few onely of certaine Credit, for Example. My ludgement is, that they ought all to be Defpifed \ And ought to ferue, but for Winter Talke, by the Fire fide. Ihough when I fay Defpifed, I meane it as for Beleefe : For other- " Eighty Eight, a year of wonders. ^ Aristophanes. Knights. 195. 53S A II A R M O N Y OF THE ESS A Y S. V. 1625. set. 65. wife, the Spreading or Publifhing of them, is in no fort to be Defpifed. For they haue done much Mif- chiefe : And 1 fee many feuere Lawes made to fuppreffe them. That, that hath giuen them Grace, and fome Credit, confifleth in tliree Things. Firfl, that Men marke, when they hit, and neuer marke, when they miffe : As tliey doe, generally, alfo of Drcames. The fecond is, that Probable Coniedlures, or obfcure Traditions, many times,, turne themfelues into Pro- phecies : AMiile the Nature of Man, which coueteth Diumation, thinkes it no Perill to foretell that, which indeed they doe but colle6l. As that of Seneca's Verfe. For fo much was then fubiecSl to Demonflra- tion, that the Globe of the Earth, had great Parts beyond the Atlanticke; which raought be Probably conceiued, not to be all Sea : And adding thereto, the Tradition in Plato's Timeus, and his Atlaiiticus, it mought en- courage One, to turne it to a Prediclioii. The third, and LafL (which is the Great one) is, that almoft all of them, being infinite in Number, haue beene Impof- tures, and by Idle and cra^tie Braines, meerely con- triued and faigned, after the Euent Pad. i^' ;-^ LI II. OF MASQUES AND TRIUMPHS. 539 V. 1625. aet. 65. I British Museum Copy. 37. Of flita^quc^ anti (Tvumipl)^. Hefe Things are but Toycs, to come amongft fuch Serious Obferuations. But yet, fince Princes will haue fuch Things, it is better, they fliould be Graced with Elegancy, then Daubed with Cofl. Dancing to Song, is a Thing of great State, and Pleafure. I vndeifland it, that the Song be in Quire, placed aloft, and accompanied with fome broken Muficke : And the Ditty fitted to the Deuice. Acling in Song, efpecially in Dialogues, hath an extreme Good Grace : I fay A^ing, not Dancing, (For that is a Meane and Vulgar Thing;) And the Voices of the Dialogue, would be Strong and Manly, (A Bafe, and a Tenour ; No Treble ;) And the Ditty High and Tragicall; Not nice or Dainty. Seuerall Quires, placed one ouer againfl another, and taking the Voice by Catches, Ant heme wife, giue great Plea- fure. Turning Dances into Figure, is a childifh Curiofity. And generally, let it be noted, that thofe Things, which I here fet downe, are luch, as doe na- turally take the Senfe, and not refpecl Petty Wonder- ments. It is true, the Altei-ations of Scenes, fo it be quietly, and without Noife, are Things of great Beauty, and Pleafure: For they feed and relieue the Eye, before it be full of the fame Obie6t. Let the Scenes abound with Light, fpccially Coloured and Varied : And let the Mafquers, or any other, that are to come down from the Scene, haue fome jMotions, vpon the Scene it felfe, before their Comming down : For it drawes the Eye flrangely, and makes it with great pleafure, to defire to fee that, it cannot perfe6lly difcerne. Let the Songs be Loud, and Cheerefull, and Cijis lissag is not induticti in tfje posthumous ILatin IZUition of 1638. 540 A HARMONY OF THE E SSA Y S. V. 1625. aet. 65. not Chirpings^ or Pidings. Let the ATiiftcke likewife, be Sharpe, and Loud, and Well Placed. The Colours, that fhew befl by Candlelight, are ; White, Carnation, and a Kinde of Sea- Water-Greene ; And Oes, or Spa Jigs, as they are of no great Coft, fo they are of moft (ilory. As for Rich Embroidery, it is lofl, and not Difcerned. Let the Butes of the Mafqucrs, be Gracefull, and fiich as become the Perfon, when the Vizars are oif : Not after Examples of Knowne Attires; Turks, Soldiers, Mariners, and the like. Let Anti- mafques not be long : They haue been commonly of Fooles, Satyres, Baboones, Wilde-Men, Antiques, Beafts, Sprites, Witches, Ethiopes, Pigmies, Turquets, Nimphs, Ruflicks, Cupids, Statua's Mouing, and the like. As for Angels, it is not Comicall enough, to put them in A?iti-AIafques ; And any Thing that is hideous, as Deuils, Giants, is on the other fide as vnfit. But chiefly, let the Mufuke of them, be Recreatiue, and with fome flrange Changes. Some Siveet Odours, fuddenly comming forth, without any drops falling, are, in fuch a Company, as there is Steame and Heate, Things of great Pleafure ; and Refrefliment. Double Mafques, one of Men, another of Ladies, addeth State, and Variety. But All is Nothing, except the Roome be kept Cleare, and Neat. For lujls, and Tourneys, and Barriers ; The Glories of them, are chiefly in the Chariots, wherein the Challengers make their Entry ; Efpecially if they be drawne with Strange Beafls ; As Lions, Beares, Cam- mels, and the like : Or in the Deuices of their En- trance ; Or in the Brauery of their Liueries ; Or in the Goodly Furniture of their Horfes, and Armour. But enough of thef6 Toyes. LIV. OF USURY. 541 V. 1625. set. 65. British Museum Copy. 41. Of Dsitric.^ jl \ny haue made Wittie Inue6\iues againfl Vfuricr- They fay, that it is Pitie, the Deuill fhould haue Gods part, which is the Tithe. That the Vfwer is the greatefl Sabbath Breaker, becaufe his Plough goeth euery Sunday.'^ That the Vfurcr is the Droane, that Virgil fpeaketh of : Ignauum Fiicos Peats a prcefepibus arcent.^^ That the Vfiirer breaketh the Firft Law, that was made for Alankinde, after the Fall ; which was, In Judo7'c Viiltus till eomedes Paiiem tinim ', 1>\0\., Pi fudo?'e Vidtus a/iejii.^ That Vfiirers fhould haue Orange- tawney Bonnets, becaufe they doe hidaize. That it is againfl Nature, for Money to beget Money ; And the like. I fay this onely, that Vfiiry is a Conceffiim propter Duritieni Cordis f For lince there mufl be Borrowing and Lending,^ and Men are fo hard of Heart, as they will not lend freely, Vfiiry mufl be permitted. Some Others haue made Sufpicious, and Cunning Propofitions, of Bankes,^ Difcouery of Mens Eflates, and other Inuentions. But few haue fpoken of Vjury vfefully.*^ It is good to fet before vs, the Picoinmodities., and Conunodities of Vfury ; That the Good may be, * They drive away the drones, a slothful race, from the hives. VirgiL Georgics. iv. 168. *• In the sweat 0/ thy face, shall thou eat thy bread [Gen. iii. 18], not in the s-iveat of another' s face. '^ A concession oti account of the hardness of the heart. re. I'ariations in postlmmous ILatin lEUition of 1C38. 1 Title. De Vsura sive Foenorc, " of uMiry or interest.' 2 Vsurie. /''icneraiores, ' usurers.' 3 Euery Sund;iy. Sal'bathis, ' on Sabbaths.' * Borrowing and Lending, l/t Pecimias tnutuo dent, et accipiant, ' that men should give and receive money on loan.' » Bankes. Argetitariis, et Kxcainhiis pnblicis, ' banks and public exchanges.' | 6 VsefuUy. S elide et utiliter, 'solidly and usefully.' 542 A HARMONY OF THE ESS A Y S. V. 1625. set. 65. either Weighed out, or Culled out ; And warily to prouide, that while we make fortli, to that which is better, we meet not, with"^ that which is worfe. The Difcommodities of Vfiiry are : Firfl, that it makes fewer Merchants. For were it not, for this Lazie Trade of Vfiiry^ Money would not lie flill,^ but would, in great Part, be Imployed vpon Merchandizing; Which is the Vena Porta of Wea-lth^*^ in a State. The Second, that it makes Poore Merchants. For as a Farmer cannot hufband his Ground fo welV^ if he fjt at^^ a great Rent ; So the Merchant cannot driue his Trade fo well,!^ if he fit at^* great 'Vfury. The Third is incident to the other two; And that is, the Decay of Cuflomes of Kings or States, ^^ which Ebbe or flow with Merchandizing. The Fourth, that it bringeth the Treafure^^ of a Realme or State, into a few Hands. For the Vfiircr^'^ being at Certainties, and others at Vncertainties, at the end of the Game ;^^ Moft of the Money will be in the Boxe;^^ And euer a State flouriflieth, when Wealth is more equally ^^ fpread.^^ The Fifth, that it beats downe the Price of Land: 2^' For the Employment of Money, is chiefly, either 7 Meet not with. Intercipiauinr et incidaimis, 'are intercepted by and fall into.' 8 Trade of Vsury. PecicnicE in Fcenus Ey-ogatio, ' giving out of money at interest,' 3 Lie still. DeUiescc7-cnt fy-a Soco7-dia, ' be hidden away from idleness.' 10 Of Wealth. Ad Opes ititi-odiccendas, ' for bringing in wealth.' ^1 So well. Ha frnctitose, 'so fruitfully.' 12 Sit at. Soh'at, ' pay.' 13 So well. Tani covnnode ct liicrose, ' so conveniently and profitably.' 1* If he sit at. Si Pcciniiii Foc7io7-e swnptis, negotietiir, ' if he do business with money taken up at interest.' 15 Customesof Kings or States. Portorioru7}iet Vcciigaliuin pt(blicorum, ' public customs and taxes.' "' Treasure. Tlicsaia-um, et Pecwiias, ' treasure and money.' 17 Vsurer. Fcencraioris Liicrmn, ' the usurer's gain.' i-'5 After Game. Proutjit scrpe in A lea, ' as often happens at dice.' 19 The P.oxe. Promo, ' the keeper.' 20 Equally. Omitted in the Latin. 21 Spread. Dispergantitr, n07i coacerrirntrir, ' spread not heaped up.' 22 Land. Term et Prcediornm, ' land and farms.' LIV. OF USURY. 543 V. 1625. aet. 65. Merchandizing, or Purcharing;^^ And F///;^ Way-layes both. The Sixth, that it doth Dull and Dampe all InduRries, Improuements, and new Iniientions, wherin Money would be Stirring, if it were not for this Slugge. The Lafl, that it is the Canker and Ruine of many Mens Eflates ; Which in proceffe of Time breeds a Publike Pouertie. On the other fide, the Commodities of Vfiiry are. Firfl, that howfoeuer Vfury in fome refpecl hindercth ]\IerchandiziDg, yet in fome other it aduanceth it : For it is certain, that the Greatefl Part of Trade, is driuen by Young IMerchants, vpon Borrowing at Intereft : So as if the Vfinrr, either call in, or keepe backe his Money, there will enfue prefently a great Stand -^ of Trade. The Second is, That were it not, for this eafie borrowing vpon Inta-tjl, IMens neceffities would draw vpon them, a moll fudden vndoing ; In that they would be forced to fell their Meanes (be it Lands or Goods) farre vnder Foot ^--^ and fo, whereas Vfury doth but Gnaw vpon them, Bad Markets -'^ would Swallow them quite vp. As for Mortgaging,-" or Pawning, it will little mend the matter ; For either Men will not take Pawnes without Vfe\ Or if they doe, they will looke precifely for the Forfeiture.-^ I remember a Cruell Moneyed Man, in the Country, that would fay: The Deuill take this Vfury ^ it keepes vs from Forfeitures, of Mortgages, and Bonds. The third and Lafl is ; That it is a Vanitie to conceiue, that there would be Ordinary Borrowing without Profit : 23 Purchasing. Pra'ciiomm Coevt/h'ofies, ' purchasing (arms.' 2* Stand. C lades, ' de.*>tniction.' -^ Farre vnder Foot. Nititis vili pretio, ' at too low a price.' "'' Bad .Markets. Pistractiones, '.^clling piecemeal.' -^ Mortsiaging. Ea gucE a Jureconsuitis appeUimUir Mortua vadia, ' what are called by lawyers mortgages.' r ^ Forfeiture. Sohiiioiie ad diem mitiiiue pnpstita, smmnojiire agent, ' if payment is not made at the day, they will act according to the extremity of liie law.' 544 A HARMONY OF THE Z^: S S A V S. V. J625. ast. 65. And it is impoffible to conceiue, the Number of Incon- ueniences, that will enfue, if Borrowing be Cramped. Therefore, to fpeakeof the Abolifliingof Vfiiry is Idle. All States haue euer had-^ it, in one Kinde or Rate, or other. So as that Opinion mufl be fent to Vtopia. To fpeake now, of the Reformation and Rciglement of Vfury ; How the Difcoinnwdiiles of it may be befl auoided, and the Commodities retained. It appeares by the Ballance, of Commodities^ and Difcommodities of Vfiny, Two Things are to be Reconciled. The one, that the Tooth of Vfurie be grinded, that it bite not too much : The other, that there bee left open a ]\Ieanes, to inuite Moneyed Men, to lend to the Merchants, for the Continuing and Quickning^^ of Trade. This cannot be done, except you introduce, two feuerall Sorts of Vfury ; A Lef/'e, and a Greater. For if you reduce Vjury. to one Low Rate, it will eafe the common '^^ Borrower, but the Merchant wil be to feeke for Money. And it is to be noted, that the Trade of Merchandize, being the moft Lucratiue, may beare Vfu7y at a good Rate ; Other Contra6ls not fo. To ferue both Intentions, the way would be briefly thus. That there be Two Rates of Vfury, The one Free, and GeneralP^' for All; The other vnder Licence only, to Certaine Perfons, and in Certaine Places of Merchandizing?'^ FirfL therefore, let Vfury, in general!, be reduced to Fine in the Hundred -^"^^ And let that Rate be proclaimed to be Free and Current ;^^ And let the 29 Had. Tolcrnrit7tt, ' hnve tolerated.' 30 Continuing and Qiiicknin;^. Ne Coiinncrciitin hiteixidat ant latigtiescat, 'that trade may not be interrupted or grow slack.' •^1 Common. Omitted in the Latin. "- Free, and Generall. Pcrinitfattn', ' be permitted.' ■^•' Certaine Pl.ices of Merchandizing. Kcipitblica- iocis, iibi Mercatii7-a /errct, ' places of the State, where commerce i.s bri.ik.' "•• Fine in the Hundred. Partem vicesiinatn . . . in Anuutii, ' the twentieth part for a year.' '^'•' Free and Current. Libera omuibtts, 'free to all.' LIV. OF USURY. 545 V. 1625. aet. 65. State^^ fhut it felfe out, to take any Penalty for the fame.^'' This will preferue Borrowing from any generall Stop or Drineffe.^^ This will eafe infinite 13orrowers in the Countrie. This will, in good Part, raife the Price of Land, becaufe Land purchafed at Sixteene yeares Purchafe, wil yeeld Six in the Hundred, and fomewhat more, whereas this Rate of Interefl, Yeelds but Fiue.^^ This, by like reafon, will Encourage and edge, Induflrious and Profitable Improuements \^^ Becaufe ]\lany will rather venture in that kinde, then take Fiue in the Hundred,"^^ efpecially hauing beene vfed to greater Profit. Secondly, let there be Certaiiie Perfons liccnfed to Lend, to k?w70?ie Merchants,^''- vpon Vfury at a Higher Rate ; and let it be with the Cau- tions following. Let the Rate be, euen with the Merchant himfelfe,'^^ fomewhat more eafie, then that he vfed formerly to pay: For, by that Meanes, all Borrowers"*^ fhall haue fome eafe, by this Reformation, be he Merchant, or whofoeuer. Let it be no Banke or Common Stocke, but euery Man be Mafler of his owne Money: Not that I altogether Miflike Banks, but they will hardly be brooked, in regard of certain fufpicions.'*-^ 36 State. Princess sive Respublica, ' prince or state.' 37 Shut it selfe . . . same. Mulctce omni retntnciet, ' renounce all fines.' 38 Drinesse. Difficultate majore, ' greater difficulty.' 39 Because Land . . . but Fiue. Qicmidoqiiidein annuus Valor prce- (iiorum, hie apiid Nos in Anglia, cxcedet illavi Faenoris, ad hanc Propor- tionent redacti ; Quantum annuus Valor sex Libranun, excedit illutn guinque tafitum, 'since the yearly value of land, with us here in England, will exceed that of interest, reduced 10 this rate : as the yearly value of £6 exceeds that of ^5.' *<> Industrious and Profitible Improuements. Industrias Hominum, ad ntilia et lucrosa Inventa, ' the industries of men to useful and profitable inventions.' *^ Fiue in the Hundred. Lucro tain exili, quale dixitnus, ex Vsuns, ' such a small profit, as we have said, from usury.' *- After Knowne Merchants. Et Tion aliis quibuscunque Hominibus, ' and to no other men.' ■'^ Euen with the Merchant himselfe. Omitted in the Latin. ** Borrowers. Omitted in the Latin. ^* Let it be no Banke . . . certain suspicions. Omitted in the Latin. 2 M 546 A HARMONY OF THE £SSAVS, V. 1625. aet. 65. Let the State*^ be anfwered, fome fmall Matter, for the Licence, and the refl^^ left to the Lender : For if the Abatement be but fmall,^^ it will no whit difcourage the Lender. For he, for Example, that tooke^^ before Ten or Nine in the Hundred, wil fooner defcend to Eight in the Hundred, then giue ouer his Trade of V/i/7y ; And goe from Certaine Gaines, to Gaines of Hazard. ^"^ Let thefe Licenfed Lenders be in Number Indefinite, but retrained to Certaine Principall Cities and Townes of Merchandizing : For then they will be hardly able, to Colour other Mens Moneyes,^^ in the Country: So as the Licejice of Ni?ie,^'-^ will not fucke away the current Rate of Fine : For no Man will fend his Moneyes farre off, nor put them into Vnknown Hands. If it be Obie6led, that this doth, in a Sort, Authorize Vfury, which before was, in fome places, but Permif- fiue: The Anfwer is; That it is better, to Mitigate Vfiiry by Dedaratio^i, then to fuffer it to Rage by Con?iiuence.^'^ *" State. Princeps sive Respublica, 'prince or state. *^ The rest. Reliquum Lucri, ' the rest of the profit.* ** Abatement be but small. Liicrian Fooicratoris Icviter tantum viinu- atur, ' the gain of the lender be only slightly lessened.' *9 Tooke. Quoiafuiis accipere solcbnt, ' was wont to take yearly.' ^^ Goe from Certaine Gaines, to Gaines of Hazard. Certa cunt Incertis covtmutabit, ' change certainties for uncertainties.* 51 Colour other Mens Moneyes. Proctexiii Licetitianetit, Opportunitatem nott habebunt pecuniae aliorion pro snis commodaiidi, ' will not have oppor- tunity, under the pretext of their licence, of lending other men's money as their own.' 52 Nine. Novein met octo Librarum Proportio, Licentia miitiita, 'the rate of ^9 or £2, fortified by a licence.' 6<* If it be Obiected . . . Conniuance. Omitted in the Latin. LV. OF BUILDING. 547 V. 1625. set. 65. British Museum Copy. 45. €)f JJuilMng.i ^Oufcs are built to Line in, and not to Looke on : Therefore let Vfe bee preferred before Vniformitie ;^' Except -svhere both may be had. Leaue the Goodly P^abrickes of HouJ'es, for Beautie only,^ to the Enchanted Pallaces of the Poets: Who build them with fmall Cofl. Hee that builds a faire Houfe, vpon an /// Seat., commiteth Himfelfe to Prifon. Neither doe I reckon it an ill Seat, only, where the Aire is Vnwholfome ; But like- wife where the Aire is vnequall ; As you fhall fee many fine Seats,^ fet vpon a knap of Ground, Enuir- oned-^ with Higher Hilles round about it: whereby the Heat of the Sunne is pent in, and the Wind gathereth*^ as in Troughes ; So as you fhall haue as great Diuer- fitie of Heat and Cold, as if you Dwelt in feuerall Places. Neither is it /// Ai?'e onely, that maketh an /// Seat, but 111 wayes," 111 Markets ; And, if you will confult with Momiis, 111 Neighbours. I fpeake not of many More : Want of Water ; AVant of Wood, Shade, and Shelter f Want of Fruitfulneffe, and mixture of Grounds of feuerall Natures ; Want of Profpecl ; Want of LeuelP Grounds; Want of Places, at fome neare Diflance, for Sports of Hunting, Hauking, and Races; Too neare the Sea, loo remote; Hauing the Commo- rC. Tariations in posthumous ILatin iEtJition of 1638. 1 Title. De yEdifuiis, ' of buildings.* - Vniformitie. Pulckritttdini, 'beauty.' 3 Fur Beautie only. Qucb Admiratiojiem incufiuni, 'which strike us with admiration.' * File Seats. yEdes, ' house.' =' Enuironed. Cincto undiqtte, more Theatri, ' girt on all sides like a theatre.' 6 Gathereth. Variis astibiis reciprocantur, ' are moved backwards and forwards in various tides.' 7 Wayes. P'iaruni et Adituunt Incornnoditas, 'inconvenience of roads and approaches.' * Shelter. Focmn, 'fuel.' 4 ^ Leuell. Plana et aqunbilis, ' level and even.' 54S A HARMONY OF THE ESSAYS. V. 1625. Det. 65. ditie^^ of Nauigable Riuers, or the difcommoditie of their Ouerflowing ; Too farre off from great Cities, which may hinder Bufmeffe ; Or too neare them, which Lurcheth all Prouifions, and maketh euery Thing deare ; Where a Man hath a great Lining laid together/i and where he is fcanted:^- All which, as it is impoffible, perhaps, to finde together, fo it is good to know them, and thinke of them, that a IMan may take as many as he can ■}^ And if he haue feuerall Dwellings,!-^ that he fort them fo, that what he wanteth m the One, hee may finde in the Other. LiicuUus anfwered Pompey well ; Who when hee faw his Stately Galleries, and Roomes, fo Large and Lightfome, in one of his Houfes, faid ; Siirely, an excellent Place for Summer, bnt how doe you in Winter'^ Lucullus anfwered : Why, doe you not think me as Wife, as fame Foicle are, that euer change their Aboad towards the Winter 1 To paffe from the Seat, to the Houfe it felfe ; We will doe as Cicero doth, in the Oratours Art ; Who writes Bookes De Oratore, and a Booke entitled Orator : Whereof the Former deliuers the Precepts of the Art) And the Latter the PeifcBion. We will therefore defcribe a Princely Pallace, making a briefe Modell thereof For it is flrange to fee, now in Europe, fuch Huge Buildings, as the Vatican, and Efcuriall, and fome Others be, and yet fcarce a very Faire Roome in them. Firft therefore, I fay, you cannot haue a Perfedl 10 Hailing the Commoditie. NiiUa comvwditas, ' no commod\ty.' 11 Great Lining laid together. Latifitndia nvtpla possideat, ant acqui- rere possit, 'possesses or can acquire large estates.' ^ 12 Scanted. yv««rt.r f.r/^;/(y^rt'«^5'7/t?rt/', ' cannot extend his wings. 13 All which, as it is impossible . . . many as he can. Qua- singula viinunc eo anivio cniivieravius, acsi Domiis aliqua his hicovuiiodis oiinubus rmcare possit verinn nt tot ex iUis evitcmns, qi(ot cvita^i concedatnr, ' which we have not enumerated, as if any house could be without all these disadvantages, bui that we should avoid as many of them as possible.' 14 Haue seuerall Dwellings. Domos plures iantiir in Planani wdijicii \ Sed extra p7-o)nineattt, ' towers should be built, not exceeding the height of the said sides, to hold staircases to ascend to the upper rooms ; which towers must not be received into the level of the building but stand beyond it.' 38 Paued. Lapidilms latis qitadrangiilis snbsternatnr, ' be paved with broad square stones.' LV. OF BUILDING. 551 V. 1625. set. 65. But onely fome Side Alleys,^^ with a Croffe, and the Quarters to Graze, being kept Shorne, but not too neare Shorne. The Ro^v of Rduriief^ on the Ba?iquei Side, Let it be all Stately ^^ Galleries ; In which Gal- leries, Let there be"^^ three, or hue, fine Cupola's, in the Length of it, placed at equall diftance: And fine Coloured JVi;ido7i>es of feuerall workes.-*^ On the Houfhold Side,^^ Chainbers of Prefence, and Ordinary Entertainments, with fome Bed-eha?Jibe?'s ; And let all three Sides, be a double Houfe, without Thorow Lights, on the Sides,^^ that you may haue Roomes from the Sunne,"**^ both for Fore-noone, and After- noone. Caft it alfo, that you may haue Roomes,^' both for Summer, and Winter : Shadie for Summer, and Warme^^ for Winter. You fhall haue fometimes Faire Houfes, fo full of Glaffe,^^ that one cannot tell, where to become, to be out of the Sunne, or Cold : For Inbozved''^ Windowes, I hold them of good Vfe ; (In Cities indeed, ^pright''^ doe better, in refpect of the Vniformitie towards the Street;) For they bee Prettie Retiring Places for Conference ; And befides, they keepe both the Wind, and Sunne o^: For that 39 Alleys. Avibiilacra,ex ejusmodi Lapidibiis, 'walks of this kind of stone.' *o The Row of Returne. Latus U7iiversuiii Arece, 'the whole side of the court.' ■*! Stately. Spatiosce et speciosce, ' roomy and fair. 42 Let there be. St/ii iti Laquearibus, ' let there be in the ceilings.' ■*3 Of seuerall workes. Ubi pingantnr CohntincB, Imngmes omnigetia,^ Flores, et similia, ' where columns, images of all kinds, flowers and the like ''je painted.' 4* After Household Side. Si7md cunt Latere tertio e redone Frontis, ' together with the third side towards the front.' •*^ Without Thorow Lights, on the Sides. Non transhicida, sedex altera tantum parte fenestrata, ' without through lights, but windowed only on one side.' *6 From the Sunne. In quas sol fion ititret, ' in which the sun may not enter.' •»" Roomes. Cubiaila et Cavteree, ' bedrooms and chambers. 4^ Warme. Ad/rig^tts arcendutn, ' to keep out the cold.' •*9 Glasse. Vitro et Fenesirts, ' glass and window.-..' 50 Inbowed. PromiHe7ites si^e nrcuntas, ' projecting or embowed.' 51 Vpright. Ad Planum yEdiJicti, et viinnne ^rotuberantes, 'in the plane of the buildings and not projecting.' ;52 A HARMONY OF THE ASSAYS. V. 1625. set. 65. which would llrike almofl thorow the Roome, doth fcarce paffe the JVmdow. But let them be but few, Foure in the Coiu't, On the Sides onely.^^ Beyond this Court, let there be an Inward Court of the fame Square, and Height; Which is to be enuir- oned, with the Garden, on all Sides : And in the Infide, Cloiflered on all Sides, vpon Decent and BeautifuU Arches, as High as the firfl Story. On the Vnder Siory,^"^ towards the Garden, Let it be turned'^'* to a Grotta,^^ or Place of Shade, or Efliuation. And onely haue opening and Windowes towards the Gar- den; And be Leuell vpon the Floare, no whit funke vnder Ground, to auoid all Dampiflineffe.^*^ And let there be a Fountaine,^'^ or fome faire Worke of Statua's-, in the Middefl of this Court ; And to be Paued as the other Court was. Thefe Buildings to be for Priuic Lodgings,^^ on both Sides ; And the End,^^ for Priuie Galleries. Whereof, you mufl fore-fee, that one of them,'^*^ be for an Infirmary, if the Prince, or any Speciall Perfon fhould be Sicke, with Chambers,^^ Bed-chamber, Anticamej-a, and Recamera, ioyning to it. This vpon the Second Story. Vpon the Ground ^' On the Sides onely. D71(e scilicet, ex utroqne Latere Arcce, ' two, that is, on each side of the court.' 53 Vnder Story. Pars aiitejn exterior Solarll Inferlorls, ' the external part of the lower story.' 5* Turned. Qnataius ad duo Latera, C07ivertatur, ' turned, as to two sides.' 55 Grotta. Speciim slve Cavcrnam, [grottain Modernl vocant), ' cave or cavern (grotto, the moderns call it).' 56 To auoid all Dampishnesse. £t elegaiitl Pavhnetito strata, ad Terr(e Vapores excliidendos, ' and paved with a fair pavement to keep off the vapours of the earth.' 57 Fountaine. Fons splendldus, 'splendid fountain.' 58 Lodgings. Cnii/crls, ct Conclavibus, ' chambers and closets.' 59 End. Latus transversiim, ' cross side.' 60 One of them. Aligner, tarn ex Ceuneris et Conclavibus, qnam ex. Porticihus, ' some, as well of the chambers and closets, as of the galleries.' ci With Chambers. Habeant autetn Portiones slnguhe ccgris destinatff {ut modernl loqutintur), ' let also each portion, intended for the sick, have what the moderns call.' LV. OF B U J LD 1 N G. 55; V. 1625. set. 65. Story, ^' a Faire Gallery, Open, vpon Pillars: And vpon the Third Storey^^ likewife, an Open Gallery vpon Pillars, to take the Profpecl, and Frefhneffe of the Garden. At both Corners of the further Side, by wa y of Returne,^'* Let there be*^^ two DeHcate or Rich Cahinets,^'"^ Daintily Paued, Richly Hanged, Glafed with Crystalline Glajfe, and a Rich Cupola in the ^fid- defl ; And all other Elegancie that may be thought vpon.^^ In the Vpper Gallery too, I wifh that there may be, if the Place will yeeld it, fome Fountaines^^ Running, in diuers Places, from the Wall, with fome fine Auoidances.*^^ "^ And thus much, for the Modell of the Pallace:'^ Saue that, you mufl haue, before you come to the Front, three Courts. A Gree?ie~'^ Court Plain, with a \\'all about it : A Second Court"^'^ of the fame,""* but more Garnifhed, with Little Turrets, or rather Embellifliments, vpon the Wall : And a Third *- Vpon the Ground Storj'. At Laius tra7tsi'ersiivi Solarii inferioris, 7'ersus Hortiim coiivertatur in Porticuvi, ' but let the transverse side of the >iround story towards the garden be converted into a gallery.' 63 Third Storey. Supra Solariutn tertitivt, ex omnibus tribus Laterribus, ' on the third story on all three sides.' ** By way of Retume. In Solaria secundo, ' on the second stor^'.' 65 Let there be. Acco7n7nodentur et oriuntur, ' let there be fitted and furnished.' 6* Cabinets. Conclavia [Cahinettos Modemi vacant] ; * closets .the moderns call them cabinetsV 67 And all other Elegancie that may be thought vpon. Sint autem Con- clavia ilia, rebus curiosis oinnigenis, et sfiectatrt dignis, referta, ' let those closets be filled with curious things of all kinds worth looking at.' 68 Fountaines. Fonticulos qttosdam aquam emittentes, ' some fountains discharging water.' 69 With some fine Auoidances. Qui per secretos Tubas iterunt transeant, ' which may cross again by secret tubes.' '^ After Auoidances. Interior autem pars, in Solarin superiore, z>ersus Aream, /onnetur in I'artic7(s et Ambulacra, bene 7iiuiiiia et obditcta, ad USU771 Convalesce/itium, ' let the inner part, in the upper story, towards the area, be formed into galleries and walls, well walled and covered, for the use of convalescents.' 71 After Of the Pallace. Nam de Balneis, et Piscinis nan, loquar, ' for I say nothing of the baths and ponds.' 7'i Greene. Viridis, gra7ni7ie vestita, 'green, clothed with grass.' 73 Second Court. Etjuxta Faricte77t Arboribus,ordineposiiii,sata a7ea altera, ' and another area with trees planted in order near the walL' 7* Of the same. Ejusdetn amplitudinis, ' of the same size.' 554 A HARMONY OF THE £SSAVS. V. 1625. aet. 65. Courf, to make a Square with the J^?'07it, but not to be built,'^ nor yet enclofed with a Naked Wall, but en- clofed with Tarraffes, Leaded ^^ aloft, and fairely gar- niflied,^^ on the three Sides ; And Cloiflered on the Infide, with Pillars, and not with Arches Below. As for Offices:^^ let them ftand at Diftance,'^ with fome Low^^ Galleries, to paffe from them to the Pallace it Selfe. 75 Built. Mdificio aliq^io ciranndatam, ' surrounded with a building.' 76 Leaded. Flumbo, vel Lapide Quadrato, coopertis, ' covered with lead or square stones.' '7 Garnished. Elef;antibns Statiiis parvis, cenei colo7-is, vnimtis, gar- nished with fair small statues of a brazen colour.' '* Offices. AdALdificiaom7iia,qii(B7isibjisfniniliarib2ismscrvin7it, 'all the buildings which serve for household purposes.' '9 Distance. Distantiain, a Palatio ipso, ' distance from the palace itself." 8f Low. Hu7niliores et obtecta, ' low and concealed.' LVI. OF GARDENS. 555 V. 1625. aet. 65. British Museum Copy. 46. ©f 6arbcn^. ilOD Almightie^ firfl Planted a Garden. And indeed, it is the Purefl of Humane pleafure. ^j^^^ It is the Greatefl RefreOiment- to the Spirits of Man ; Without which, Buildings and Pallaces are but Groffe^ Handy-works : And a Man fhall euer fee, that when Ages grow to Ciuility and Elegancie, Men come to Build Stately^ fooner then to Garde?i Finely :'^ As if Gaj'dening'^ were the Greater Perfection. I doe hold it, in the Royall Ordering of*" Gafdens, there ought to be Gardens, for all the Moneths in the Yeare: In which, feuerally, Things of Beautie, may be then in SeafonJ For December, and Ia?iuary, and the Latter Part of Nouein- ber^ you muft take fuch Things, as are Greene all Winter : Holly ; luy ; Bayes ; luniper ; Cipreffe Trees; Eugh;^ Pine-Apple-Trees; Firre-Trees; Rofe- Mary; Lauander; Periwinckle, the White, the Purple, and the Blene;^ Germander; Flagges;^*^ Orenge-Trees; Limon-Trees ; And Mirtles, if they be ftirred -p- And Sweet Marioram warme fet.^^ There followeth, for the latter Part of Ia?iuary, and February, the Mezerion^^ FC. Tariations in posthumous ILatin lEtiition of 1638. * God Almightie. Dens ipse, ' God himself.' 2 Is the greatest Refreshment. Re/icit et oblectat, ' restores and delights.' 3 Grosse. JVec sapiunt Naturmn, ' and have no savour of nature.' ■* Garden Finely. Ad HortoritniElegantiavt et Amceidtateni, 'to elegance and pleasantness o!" gardens.' ^ Gardening. Elegantia ilia Hortonttn, ' that elegance of gardens.' ^ Ordering of. Omitted in the Latin. ' Things of Beautie, may be then in Season. PlantcB, quce illo Mense florent et vij{ent, producantur, ' plants, which flourish and bloom in that month, may be grown.' * After Eugh. Buxus, ' box.' 3 Blene. [A misprint for blue.] C entnr, ' if they be stoved.' 1- Warnie set. Jtixta Parieiem et versus Solent sat us, ' set near the wall and towards the suii.' !■* Mezerion. Arbustti»i Cha>tioelecE Gertnanicce, siz'e Mezereontis. [John Gerard, M.D., in his Herball, p. 1216. Ed. i S97, /ol. calls this "The Spurge Flaxe, or the Dwarfi"e Bay. . . . Which the Dutch men caU Mezereon, is a small shrub about two cubits high."] 556 A HARMONY OF THE £ S S A V S. V. 1625. vet. 65. Tree, which then bloffomes ; Crocus Yerniis, both the Yellow, and the Gray; Prime-Rofes; Anemones; The Pearly Tulippa ; Hiacynthus Orientalis ; Camairis ; Frettellaria. For March, There come Violets, fpecially the Single Blew, which are the Earlieft ; The Yellow Daffadill; The Dazie ; The Almond-Tree in BlolTome; The Peach-Tree in Bloffome ; The Cornelian-Tree in Bloffome ; Sweet-Briar. In ^//-///follow, The Doubk white Violet; The Wall-flower ;i4 The Stock-Gilly- Flower;!^ The Couflip ; Flower-De-hces, and Tillies of Natures ; Rofe-mary Flowers ; The Tulippa ; The Double Piony; The Pale^*^ Daffadill; The French^' Honny-Suckle ; The Cherry-Tree in Bloffome ; The Dammafm, and Plum^^-Trees in Bloffome ; The White- Thorne^^ in Leafe ; The Lelacke Tree. In May, and Iiuie, come Pincks of all forts, Specially the Blufh Pincke ; Rofes of all kinds, except the Muske, which comes later ; Hony-Suckles ; Strawberries ; Bugloffe ; Columbine; The French Mary-gold ;^° Flos Africanus ;'2i Cherry-Tree in Fruit; Ribes; Figges in Fruit; Rafpes; Vine Flowers ; Lauender in Flowers ; The Sweet Sa- tyrian, with the White Flower ; Herba Mufcaria ; Lilium Conuallium ; The Apple-tree in Bloffome.22 In Inly, come Gilly-Flowers of all Varieties ; Muske Rofes ; The Lime-Tree in bloffome ; Early Peares, and Plummes in Fruit ;2^ Ginnitings ; Quadlins.^-^ In AtigiiJI, come Plummes of all forts in Fruit,-^ Peares ; Apricockes ; Berberies ; Filberds ; Muske-Melons ; 1* Wall-flower. Parictnria liitcn, ' yellow wallflower.' 1= Stock-Gilly-Flower. Lezicoiiun, ' white violet.' 15 Pale. Vents, ' true.' i" French. Sal'aitdicicvt, * oi Suvoy' 18 Plum. Friimis divcrsi generis, ' plum.s of various kinds.' i** White-']"horne. Aavithits. 20 French Mary-Gold. Omitted in the Latin. 21 After Flos Africanus. Simplex, et 7nultiplex, ' single and doubJc' " .'{//'t'r Apple-tree in Blossonie. J^ios Cynneus, 'corn-flower.' 23 In Fruit. Omitted in the Latin. 2* Ginnitlings; Ouridlins. Pojtia, 'apples.' .25 In Fruit. Omitted in the Latin. LVI. OF GARDENS. 557 V. 1625. set. 65. Monks Hoods,-^ of all colours. In September, come Grapes ; Apples ; Poppies of all colours ; Peaches ; Melo-Cotones ; Nectarines ; Cornelians ; Wardens ; Quinces. In October, and the beginning of Nouember, come Seruices ; Medlars ; Bullifes ; Rofes Cut or Remoued to come late ;-" Hollyokes ;-^ and fuch like. Thefe Particulars are for the Clunate of Loudon ; But my meaning is Perceiued, that you may haue Wer Per- petiium,^ as the Place affords. And becaufe, the Breath of Flowers, is farre Sweeter in the Aire, (where it comes and Goes, like the Warb- ling of Mufick) then in the hand,-^ therfore nothing is more fit for that delight,^^ then to know, what be the Flowers, and Plants ^^^ that doe befl perfume the Aire.^- Rofes Damask and Red,^^ are fall Flowers of their Smels;^'^ So that ; you may walke by a whole Row of them, and finde Nothing of their Sweetneffe ; Yea though it be, in a Mornings Dew\ Bayes likewife yeeld no Smell,"^ as they grow. Rofemary little ; Nor Sweet-Marioram That, which aboue all Others, yeelds the Siueetejl Smell m. the Aire, is the Violet; Specially the White-double-Violet, which comes "'^ twice a Yeare; About the middle of Aprill, and about Bartholottieiv- tide?~ Next to that is, the Muske-Rofe. Then the ° A perpetual spring. 26 Monks Hoods. Delphinuin, sive Consolida Regalis, 'wolf's bane.' 27 Cut or Remoued to come late. Serce, ' late.' 28 Hollyokes. Malvce arboresceiites Jlore Rosea, ' hoUyoaks with rose- coloured flowers.' 29 In the hand. £os decerpas nianii, ' you pluck them with your hand.' 80 Delight. Delectatiotiem illa7n,quce ex Odore Florimi percipitur, 'that delight which is received from the scent of flowers.' 31 Plants. Flantas, qtice adhuc crescentes, nee avulsce, ' plants which arc still growing and not plucked.' 32 Perfume. Maxime eiiiitUtnt Auras sitaves, et Aerem Odore per/nn- ditnt, ' mostly emit sweet breath and perfume the air.' 33 After Red. Ditin crcscunt, ' while they grow.' 3* After Smell. Nee Aeron tiugiiftt, ' and do not afi"ecl the air.' 35 No Smell. Odoris pariiiu, ' little smell.' 36 Comes. Floret, ' flowers ' 3" Bartholomew-tide. Finevt Augusti, ' end of August.' 558 A HARMONY OF THE ESSAYS. V. 1625. set. 65. Strawberry Leaues dying, which [yeeld] a moll Excell- ent Cordiall Smell Then the Flower of the Vines; It is a little dufl, like the dull of a Bent,^^ which growes vpon tlie Clufler, in the FirfL comming forth. Then Sweet Briar. Then Wall-Flowers, which are very Delightfull, to be fet vnder a Parler, or Lower Chamber Window. Then Pincks, fpecially the Matted Pinck, and Clone Gilly-flower.^^ Then the Flowers of the Lime tree. Then the Hony- Suckles, fo they be fomewhat a farre off.'^*^ Of Beane Flowers I fpeake not, becaufe they are Field Flowers. But thofe which Perfume the Aire moft delightfully, not paffed by as the reft,^^ but being Troden vpon and Ci'uJJied, are Three : That is Burnet, Wilde-Time, and Water-Mints. Therefore, you are to fet whole Allies of them, to haue the Pleafure, when you walke or tread."^- For Gardefis, (Speaking of thofe, which are indeed Princedike^ as we haue done o^Buildmgs) the Contents, ought not well to be, vnder Thirty Acres of Gi'ound\ And to be diuided into three Parts : A G?'eejie in the Entrance ; A Heath^'^ or Defai't in the Going forth j And the Garden in the middeft; Befides Alleys, on both Sides. And I like well, that Foure Acres of Ground, be affigned to the Greene; Six to the Heath ; Foure and Foure to either Side f^ And Twelue to the Maine Garden. The Greene hath two pleafures ; The one, becaufe nothing is more Pleafant to the Eye, then Greene Graffe kept finely fliorne ; The other, becaufe it will giue you a faire Alley in the midfl, by which you may go in front vpon a Stately Hedge, which is to 38 Bent, hi canle Plantaginis, ' on the stalk of a plantain.' 39 Specially the Matted Pinck, and Clone Gilly-flovver. Tarn vtinores, qiinin majores, 'both small and large.' *o After A farre off. Thjji /lores lavendulce, 'the lavender flowers.' *i Not passed by as the rest. Omitted in the Latin. ^2 Tread. Vt Odorevi eoruin calcajido exprhnas, ' that you may press out their smell by treading on them.' ■'3 Heath. Fniticetiivt, ' thicket.' ** After to either Side. Ad Avibulacra, ' for walks planted with trees.' LVI. OF GARDENS. 559 V. 1625. aet. 65. inclofe the Garden. But, becaufe the Alley will be long, and in great Heat of the Yeare, or Day, you ought not to buy the (hade in the Garden, by Going in the Sunne thorow the Greene, therefore you are, of either ^ide the Greene, to Plant a Couert Alley, vpon ' Carpenters Worke, about Twelue Foot in Height, by which you may goe in Shade, into the Garden, As for the Making of Knots, or Figui'es, with Diners Coloured Earths, that they may lie vnder the Win- dowes of the Houfe, on that Side, which the Garden flands, they be but Toyes : You may fee as good Sights,"*^ many times, in Tarts. The Garden is befl to be Square ; Incompaffed, on all the Foure Sides, with a Stately Arched Hedge. The Arches to be vpon Pillars, of Carpenters Worke, of fome Ten Foot high, and Six Foot broad: And the Spaces between, of the fame Dimenfion, with th.Q Breadth of ihe Arch. Ouer the Arches, let there bee an Efitire Hedge, of fome F'oure Foot High, framed "^"^ alfo vpon Carpenters Worke : And vpon the Vpper Hedge, ouer euery Arch, a little Turret, with a Belly, enough to receiue a Cage of Birds : And ouer euer^' Space, betweene the Arches, fome other little Figu?-e,^~ with Broad Plates of Round Coloured Glaffe, gilt,^^ for the Su?me, to Play vpon. But this Hedge I en tend to be, raifed vpon a Bancke, not Steepe, but gently Slope, of fome Six Foot, fet all with Flowers. Alfo I vnderfland, that this Square of the Garden, fhould not be the whole Breadth of the Ground, but to leaue, on either Side, Ground enough, for diuerfity of Side Alleys: Vnto which, the Two Couert Alleys of the Greene, may deliuer you. But there mufl be, no Alleys with Hedges, at either End, *5 As good Sights. Talia, 'such things.' ♦s Framed. Omitted in the Latin. *" Little Figure. Figiirce inauratce, ' gilt figiires.* •*8 Gilt. Omitted in the Latin. . 56o A HARMONY OF THE ESSAYS. V. 1625. set. 65. of this great Tnclofiire :'^'^ Not at the Hither Ejid,^^ for letting your Profpe6l vpon this Faire Hedge from the Gi'ecne\ Nor at the Further Endy^ for letting your Profpedl from the Hedge,^^ through the Arches, vpon the Heath. For the Ordering of the Ground, within the Great HedgeJ'"^ I leaue it to Variety of Deuice; Aduifmg neuertheleffe, that whatfoeuer forme you caft it into, firft it be not too Bufie, or full of Worke. Wherein I, for my part, doe not like Images Gut out in hmiper^ or other Garden Jlnffe: They be for Children. Little tow Hedges, Round, like VVelts,^^ with fome Pretty Pyra- mides, I like well: And in fome Places, 7^z/;r Coliuimes''^'^ vpon Frames of Carpenters Worke. ^'^ I would alfo, haue the Alleys, Spacious and Faire. You may haue Clofer'^'^ Alleys vpon the Side Gi'oimds, but none in the Maine Gar den. ^'^ I wifh alfo, in the very Middle, a Faire Mount, with three Afcents, and Alleys, enough for foure to walke a breaft ; Which I would haue to be Perfe6l Circles, without any Bulwarkes,^^ or Imbof- ments ^^^ And the Whole Mount, to be Thirty Foot high ; And fome fine Banquetting Houfe, with fome Chimneys neatly caft, and without too much Glaffe. For Fo2tntaines, they are a great Beauty, and Re- frefliment; But Fooles marre all, and make the Garden ■*' Either end, of this great Inclosure. Ad hUroihtm et Exltinii Po7ti, ' at the entrance and outlet of the garden.' 5*^ Hither End. liit7-oitu, ' entrance.' 51 Further End. Exitii, ' outlet.' 5- From the Hedge. Omitted in the Latin. 53 Great Hedge. Clajtstrmn sepis, ' boundary of the hedge.' 54 Welts. Fimbriarmn, 'a fringe [or border].' 55 Faire Columnes. Coliivnias etiam, et J'yrajnides nUas, 'high columns also and pyramids.' 5t' After Carpenters Worke. In aliqiiibus locis sparsas, Sepibics vestitas, ' set apart in places covered with hedges.' 5" Closer. Angiisiiora et obtectiorn, ' narrow and more concealed.' 58 Maine Garden. In Foincerio Horti prcecipiii, ' in the outside of the main garden.' 5» Kulwarkes. Fi,s:iiris Prop7tgiiaculortnn, ' figures of bulwarks.' "'^ Iinbosments. Omitted in the Latin. LVI. OF GARDE /VS. 561 V. 1625. fet. 65. vnwholefome, and full of Flies, and Frogs. Fountaiiics I intend to be of two Natures : The One, that Spriuckldh ox Spoiiieth Water -^^^ The Other a Faire Receipt of Water ^^'- of fome Thirty or Forty Foot Square, but without Fifli, or SHme, or Mud. For the firft, the Or?iame?its of Images Gilt, or of Marble, which are in vfe, doe well : But the maine Matter is fo to Conuey the Water, as it neuer Stay,*^-' either in the Bowles, or in the Ceflerne ; That the Water be neuer by Reft D if coloured, Greene, or Red, or the like ; Or gatlier any Mofsineffe or Piitrefaclion. Befides that, it is to be cleanfed euery day^^ by the Hand. Alfo fome Steps vp to it, and fome Fifie Pauement about it, doth well. As for the other Kinde of Foinitaiiie, which we may call a Bathing Poole, it may admit much Curiofity, and Beauty; wherewith we will not trouble our felues : As, that the Bottorae be finely Paued,^^ And with Images: The fides like\\afe; And withall Embellifhed with Coloured Glaffe, and fuch Things of Luflre ; Encompaffed alfo, with fine Railes'^'^ of Low Statua's. But the Maine Point, is the fame, which we mentioned, in the former Kinde of Foiin- taine ; which is, that the JFater be in Perpetuall Motion, Fed by a Water higher then the Poole, and Deliuered into it by faire Spouts, and then difcharged away vnder Ground, by fome Equalitie of Bores, that it flay little. And for fine Deuices, of Arching Water with- out Spilling, and Making it rife in feuerall Formes, (of Feathers, Drinking Glaffes, Canopies, and the like,^") *i After Spouteth Water. Citm Craieribus sui's, ' with its basins.' 82 Water. Aq nee puree, 'pure water.' 53 Neuer Stay. Perpettio Jluat, Nee consistat, ' flows continuously and does not stay.' 6* Euery day. Quotidie, ut mtiiieat limpida, ' every day, that it may remain clear.' 65 Finely Paued. ZJ^rt^ra/KW, 'adorned with.' 66 Fine Kailes. Claiisitra, ' enclosure.' 8" And the like. CavtpanaT-iivi et sitnilmin ; Etiam ntpes artiJiciosas,et kujusmodiy ' bells and the like ; also, artificial rock and tlie like. ' 2 N 562 A HARMONY OF THE £SSAVS. , V. 1625. £tt. 65. they be pretty things to looke on, but Nothing to Health and Sweetneffe. For the Heath, which was the Third Part of our Plot, I wifh it to be framed, as much as may be, to a Naturall wildncffe. Trees I would haue none in it;^^ But fome Thickets, made onely of tSweet- Briar, and Honiiy-fuckle, and fome Wilde Vi7ie amongfl ; And the Ground fet with Violets, Strawberries, and Pj'ime-Rofes. For thefe are Sweet,*^'-^ and profper in the Shade. And thefe to be in the Heath, here and there, not in any OrderJ^ I like alfo little Heaps, in the Nature of Mole-hils, (fuch as are in Wilde Heaths) to be fet, fome with Wilde Thyme; Some with Pincks; Some with Germander, that giues a good Flower to the Eye ; Some with Periwinckle ; Some with Violets ; Some with Strawberries; Some with Couflips; Some with Daifies; Some with Red-Rofes; Some with Lilium Con- uallium ; Some with Sweet-Williams Red; Some with Beares-Foot ; And the like Low Flowers, being withal Sweet, and Sightly. Part of which Hcapes, to be with Standards, of little BuJJies,"'^ prickt vpon their Top, and Part without. The Standards to be Rofes ; Tuniper; Holly; Beare-berries (but here and there, becaufe of the Smell of their Bloffome;)'^ Red 68 After None in it. Nisi qttod in aliguilnts locis, erigi prcecipio A rborum series, qiiee in Vertice A vibulacra contineant, Rainis A rborjnn coopcrtn, cum Fenestris. Subjnceat atitem Pars Soli Floribits Odoris suavis abundc con- sita, qni Auras in sjiperins exhalent ; Alias Friiticctiim aperUan esse sine Arboribus velim, 'except that in some places I should direct rows of trees to be planted, which may cover the paths with their top branches, leaving openings : a part, moreover, should be exposed to the sun, and plentifully- planted with flowers of sweet odours, to exhale their breath above. Other- wise, I should have the heath open without trees.' fii* Sweet. Jucnnduin spirant Odorevt, 'breathe a pleasant smell.' "'^ And these are to be in the Heath, here and there, not in any Order. Dumeta autctn, et A7nbulacra super Arborcs,spargi voliimus ad placituvt, iioti ordine aliquo collocari, ' thickets and the walks without the trees, I would have scattered according to pleasure, not placed in any order.' "1 Standards, of little Bii.shes. Frutices, ' shrubs.' "2 Smell of their Blossome. Odoris ^avitatem, ' strength of their smell.' LVI. OF GARDENS. 56- V. 1625. aet. 65. Ciirrans; Goofe-berries ; Rofe-Mary; Bayes ; Sweet- liriar ; and fuch like. But thefe Standards, to be ke]Jt with Cutting, that they grow not out of Courfe. For the Side Grounds, you are to fill them with Varictie of Alleys, Priuate, to giue a full Shade ; Some of them, wherefoeuer the Sun be. You are to frame fome of them likewife for Shelter, that when the \<\m\ blows Sharpe, you may walke, as in a Gallery. And thofe Alleys mufl be likewife hedged, at both Ends, to keepe out the Wind ; And thefe Clofer Alleys, mufl bee very finely Grauelled, and no Graffe, becaufe of Going wet. In many of thefe Alleys likewife, you are to fet Fru it-Trees of all Sorts ; As well vpon the Walles, as in Ranges. And this would be generally obferued, that the Borders,"^ wherin you plant your Fridt-Trees, be Faire""* and Large, and Low, and not Steepe ; And Set with Fine Flowers, but thin and fparingly,""^ left they Deceiue'^'^ the Trees. At the End of both the Side Grounds, I would haue a Mount of fome Pretty Height, leauing the Wall of the Enclofure, Brcfl high, to looke abroad into the Fields. For the Maine Garden, I doe not Deny, but there fhould be fome Faire" *" Alleys, ranged on both Sides, with Fruit Trees', And fome Pretty Ti//ts of Fruit Trees, And Arbours with Seats, fet in fome Decent Order ; But thefe to be, by no Meanes, fet too thicke ; But to leaue the Maine Garden, fo as it be not clofe, but the Aire Open and Free. For as for Shade, I would haue you refl, vpon the Alleys of the Side Grounds, there to walke, if you be Difjiofed, in the Heat of the Yeare,"'^ or day; But to make Account, 73 Borders. Term eh'7'nfn, ' raised ground.' 74 Faire. Omitted in the Latin. '5 Sparing;ly. Omitted in the Latin. "'' Deceiue. Siicco dejrnmiciit, ' rob of moisture.' 77 p'aire. Miiiiiirc niigiista, ' not narrow.' '8 After Of the Veare. Veriias et nutuinnaUs, ' spring and autumn.' 564 A HARMONY OF THE ESSAYS. V. 1625. set. 65. that the Maine Garden., is for the more Temperate Parts of the yeare ; And in the Heat of Summer, for the Morning, and the Euening, or Ouer-cafL Dayes. For Aniaries, I hke them not, except they be of that Largeneffe, as they may be Turffcd, and haue Liu'uig Plants, and BnJJies, fet in them ; That the Birds may haue more ScopeJ^ and Natural Nefthng,^*^ and that no Fouleneffe appeare, in the Floare of the Auiary.^^ So I haue made a Platform of a Princely Garden., Partly by Precept, Partly by Drawing, not a Modell, but fome generall Lines of it f^ And in this I haue •fpared for no Cofl. But it is Nothing, for Great Princes., that for the moft Part, taking Aduice with AVorkmen,^^ with no Leffe Cofl,^^ fet their Things together ; And fometimes adde Statnds, and fuch Things, for State, and Magnificence, but noihing to the true Pleafure^^ of a Garden. ^' Scope. Liherius volite/it, et se Per dh'crsa ohlcctare, ' fly about freely and enjoy themselves in divers ways.' ^f' Naturail Nestling. Compoiiere, 'settle.' ^1 This pnrag7-aph follows (if tc7- K\\\':vcy. Qiiaiitmii vc7-o ad Ambulacra in Clivis, ct variis AscensibiO amanis coiificienda, ilia fiaturce Dona sunt, ncc nbiqtie cxtriii possnnt : Nos aidcm ea posnimns, qiicc 07iini loco con- ve7iiit7it, ' as to walks to be made on a slope, and with various pleasing ascents, these are the gifts of nature, and cannot be made everywhere. We, however, have mentioned what suits every place.' **- l>y Drawing, not a Modell, but some generall Lines of it. Partii/t viodnlo gc7icrnli, scd 7iii7ii7/ie accurato, ' partly by a general model but not a detailed one.' 8'' Workmen. Hortjdanos, 'gardeners.' 8* Cost. Su7>7pt», par7i7n C71771 j7uiicio, 'cost, with little judgment.' 86 Pleasure, l^oluptatem et Atnceniiatem, ' pleasure and delight.' LVJI. OF AXGEK. 565 V. 1625. Kt. 65. British Museum Copy. 67. ©f ^ngcr. 0,feeke to extinguifli Anger vtterly, is but a Pirauery of the Stoickes. We haue better Oracles : Be Angry, but Slnne not. Let not the Sienne goe down vpon your Anger. ^ An- ger mufl be limited, and confined/ both in Race, and in Time. We will firfl fpeake, How the Naturall In- clination, and Habit, To be Angry, may be attempred, and calmed. Secondly, How the Particular Motions of Anger, may be repreffed, or at leafl refrained from doing Mifchiefe. Thirdly, How to raife Anger, or appeafe Anger in Another. For the firfl ; There is no other Way, but to Medi- tate and Ruminate- well, vpon the Effects^ of Anger, how it troubles'* Mans life. And the beft Time, to doe this, is, to looke backe vpon ^;/i,'-^r, when the Fitt is throughly ouer. Seneea faith well; T/uit Anger is like Ruine, which breakes'^ it Selfe, vpon that itfalVs.^ The Scripture exhorteth vs; To poffcffe our Souks in Patience.'^ Whofoeuer is out of Patience, is out of Pof- feffion of his Sou/e. Men mufl not turne*^ Pees ; Animafque in vulnei'e ponunt.^ Anger is certainly a kinde of Bafeneffe -? As it ap- peares well, in the Weakneffe of thofe SubiecSls, in " Ephes. iv. 26. ^ Seneca. De Ira. i. i. " Luke. .\xi. 19 d And lay down their lives iti the wound. Virgil. Georgics. iv. 238. rC. Variations in postJ^umous ILatin lEoition of 1638. ^ Limited, and confined. Limites Irce aJ>/>o>iendi sunt, ' limits must be set to anger.' - Meditate and Ruminate. Serio in animo revoh>as, ' turn over seriously in yinir mind.' ■' EfTccts. Mala et Calamitates, ' evils and disasters. * Trouoles. Vehementer pertnrbat et infestat, 'violently troubles and attack^.' ^ Breakes. Comminuit etfrangit, ' splits and breaks.' *• Turne. Imitari, ' imitate.' 7 Basenesse. A'^* humilis est. et infra Dignitatem Hontinis, ' is a base thing and beneath the dignity of man.' 566 A HARMONY OF THE ESS A YS. V. 1625. Kt. 65. whom it reignes:^ Children, "Women, Old Folkes, Sicke Folkes. Onely Men mufl beware,-' that they carry their Anger, rather with Scorne, then with Feare :^^* So that they may feeme rather, to be aboue the Iniury, then below it : which is a Thing eafily done, if a Man will giue Law to himfelfe in it.^^ For the Second Point; The Caiifes and Motiiies of A7ige?', are chiefly three. Firfl, to be too Senftble of Hurt : For no Man is Angjy, that Feeles not himfelfe Hurt : And therefore Tender and Delicate Perfons, mufl needs be oft Az/gry ; They haue fo many Things to trouble them ; Which more Robuft Natures haue little Senfe of. The next is, the Apprehenfion and Conftru^lion, of the Iniury ofifred,^^ to be, in the Cir- cumllances thereof, full of^*^ Conteinpt. For Con- tempts^ is that which putteth an Edge vpon^^ Anger, as much,!*^ or more, then the Hurt it felfe. And there- fore, when Men are Ingenious, in picking out Circum- flances of Contenipt}~ they doe kindle their Anger much. Laflly, Opinion of the Touch of a Mans Reputation}'^ doth multiply and fliarpen Anger. ^^'herein the Remedy^^ is, that a Man fliould haue, as 8 As it appeares . . . reignes. Hoc liqiicbit, si illos intueavnir, in qiiibus Ira rcgtiatl Qjii pleniinqtie ex InJir7niorib7is sinit, 'this will be plain, if we look at those in whom anger reigns, who are generally of the weaker sort.' "^ Beware. Cian irasci cotitigerit, caveant Hojuhies {si modo Digiiitaiis sua: veliiit esse memorcs,), 'inen must beware, when they happen to be angry, if at least they wish to remember their dignity.' I'' Feare. Metii eoruni qiiibjis irascuiitiir, ' fear of those with whom they are angry.' 11 Giue Law to himselfe in it. Irani S7iam, pauhtlum regat, ct iiifiectat, ' will gradually rule and bend his anger.' . 1- Apprehension and Construction, of the Iniury oflred. Si qrtis CjtrinsJis et po'spicax sit, in Iiiterpreiatione Injiiricr illatic, ' if one is particular and sharpsighted in the interpretation of an injury offered to him.' !•' Full of. Spira7ct, ' breathe.' ^■^ Contempt. Opinio conicinptiis, ' opinion of contempt.' 15 Putteth an Edge vpon. E.vcitat et aciiit, ' rouses and shai-pens.' 16 As iiuich. Omitted in the Latin. 1" In picking out Circumstances of Contempt. Ad ista, 'in that.' 18 Opinion . . . Reputation. Opinio ContiiDtclio', si7>e quod Existinta- tio Hoinims per conscqiicntiaiii Iccdatur et perstringaticr, 'opinion of insult, or that the reputation of the man will be in consequence hurt and dulled.' i'-" Kenedy. Kijiudii.jn /laniiit.tiii.i/., ' jrc:ci,i }tmtc j.' LVII. OF A NGER. 567 V. 1625. at. 65. Confaluo was wont to fay, Tchwt Honoris crafsio?'C7n.^ But in all Refrain ings of Anger, it is the beft. Remedy to win Time; And to make a Mans Selfe beleeue, that the Opportunity of his Reuenge is not yet come: But that he forefees a Time'-^^ for it ; And fo to ftill Him- felfe'-^ in the meane Time, and referue it.-" To containe A/igcr from Mifchicfc^-'^ though it take hold of a Man, there be two Things, whereof you mufl haue fpeciall Caution. The one, of extreme Bitiei'neffe of Words ; Efpecially, if they be Aculeate, and Proper :-■* For Communia Ma/edicla^' are nothing fo much :--^ And againe, that in A?ig€r, a Man reueale no Secrets: For that makes him not fit for Society. The other, that you doe VloX. pcrenipiorily hreake off, in any Bufmeffe, in a Fit of Anger : But howfoeuer you JJieu' Bitternes,-*^ do not Act any thing, that is not Reuocable. For Raifing and Appeafing Anger in Another ; It is done chiefly, by Ckoofmg'^~ of Times. When Men are frowardeR and worfl difpofed, to incenfe them.-^ Againe, by gathering-^ (as was touched before) all that you can finde out, to aggrauate^*^ the CoTitempt. And the two Remedies^^ are by the Con- ° A thicker iveb of honour. * Commo7i revilings. 2" Foresees a Time. Sed itistare, quasi ad vianiim, Opportitnitatevt aliquatn inajorevt, ' but that a greater opportunity is just at hand.' 21 HiiBselfe. iI/<7/«;« rtw/w/, * the working of his mind.' 2- Reserue it. Se in Tempus alitid servare, ' reser\-e himself for another time.' 23 Containe Anger from Mischiefe. Ut citra noxam ert(7npat, ' that it may break out without doing mischief.' -* Aculeate and Proper. Acideatornm et ei, qiiem feriinits, proprioruvi, ' stinging and appropriate to him whom we attack.' 25 Are nothing so much. Mordent iniims, ' bite less.' 26 Shew Bitternes. I rcp frceimin laxet, ' loose the bridle of anger.' 2" Choosing. Electionem pr7tdentc7n, ' wi.se choosing.' 23 To incense them. Teinpus est iratn inceiidendi, ' is the time to kindle anger.' 29 Gathering. Ut antea dixiinus, decerpendo et inculcando, ' as we have said before by gathering and insisting on.' <*** Aggrauate. A7-g7tere ant aggravare, ' prove or aggravate. ' 31 The two Remedies. Jra sedatnr, ' anger is calmed.' 568 A HARMONY OF THE £SSA VS. V. 1625. set. 65. traries. The Former, to take good''- Times, when firft to relate to a Man, an Aiigry'^'^^vXw^^iiQ : For the firfl Impreffion is much ; And the other is, to feuer, as much as may be, the Conftrudlion of ^^ the Iniury, from the Point of^^ Contempt : Imputing it, to Mifun- derflanding, Feare, Paffion,^*^ or what you will. 32 Good, Serena, et ad Hi!a)-itate7n prona, ' calm and disposed to clieer- fulness.' ■^"* Angry, higratiim, et ad Iraciiiidiavi provoca}is, ' unpleasant and pro- vocative of anger.* '•'^ The Construction of. Omitted in the Latin. "5 The Point of. Omitted in the L;nii. ''*' Passion. Animi Concitssioni repent ince, ' sudden excitement of the mind.' LVIII. OF VICISSITUDE OF TIIIXGS. 569 V. 1625. set. 65. British Museum Copy. 58. ©f Dici^^itubc of (Ll)inc50. g Alo ]M0N faith ; Thei'c is no New Thing vp07i the Earth."^ So that as F/ato had an Ima- gination ; That all Knoivledge was bnt Re- membrance: So Salomon giueth his Sentence; That all Noiteltie is but Obliidon.^ "Whereby you may fee, that the Riuer of Lethe, runneth as well aboue Ground, as below. There is an abflrufe^ AfLrologer that faith ; If it were not, for iiao things, that are Con- Jlant; i^The one is, that the Fixed Starres euer Jland at like diflajice, one from another, and 7ieiter come fiearer together, nor goe f mi her af under ; The other, that the Diurnall Motion perpetually keepeth Time :~) No Indiui- duall would lafl one Moment. Certain it is, that the Matter, is in a Perpetuall Flux, and neuer at a Stay. The great Winding-fheets, that burie all Things in Obliuion, are two ; Deluges, and Earth-quakes. As for Conflagrations, and great Droughts, they doe not meerely difpeople, and deftroy.-^ Fhaetons Carre went but a day.'* And the Three yeares Drought, in the time of Elias, was but Particular, and left People^ Aliue. As for the great Burnings by Lightnings, which are often in the West Indies, they are but nar- row.^ But in the other two Deftruclions, by Deluge, and Earth-quake, it is further to be noted, that the Remnant of People, which hap to be referued, are commonly Ignorant and Mountanous People, that can " Eccles. i. 9. 6 P/icednts. 72 6. Menee. 81 d. 1 Abstruse. A dsir7is?es, ei ^at^nn nof us, ' ahstruae and little known.' - Perpetually keepeth Ti'ue. IVou varict. ' does not vary.' 2 And destroy. Aiti destricunt, ' or destroy.' * Phaetons Carre went but a day. Fabttla Phaetontis, Brevitatent Con- yia^ratiotiis, ad uniiis tantinn Diei sputiuiit, refirerscniavit, ' the fable of Phaeton represented the shortness of a conflagration, lasting only for one day.' * People. Mitltos, ' many.' ® Ajicr Narrow. Nee inaicna spatia occupant. Pestiloitias etiatn prceterco, quia ncc iUee totaliter ahsorbcut, ' nor occupy a great space. Pestilences also 1 pass over, as they do not totally destroy.' 570 A IT A R xM O N Y OF THE ESSAYS. V. 1625. set. 65. giiie no Account/ of the Time pafL: So that the Ob- huion is all one, as if none had beene left. If you con- fider well, of the People of the IV^ Lidies^^ it is very jorobablc, that they are a Newer, or a Younger People, then the People of the Old World. And it is much more likely, that the Deflruction, that hath heretofore been there, was not by Earth-quakes., (As the yEgyp- tian Priefl told &olon^ concerning the Ifland of Atlantis; That it 7vas /wallowed by an Earth-quake-^ Put rather, that it was defolated,^ by a Particular Deluge. For Earth-quakes are feldome in thofe Parts. Put on the other fide, they haue fuch Poivri7ig^^ Riuers, as the Riuers of Afia, and Affrick, and Europe, are but Prookes to them. Their Andes like- wife, or Mountaines, are farre higher, then thofe with us ; Whereby it feemes, that the Remnants of Gene- ration of ]\Ien, were, in fuch a Particular Z>.!'///^7', faued. As for the Obferuation, that Maeciauel hath, that the Icaloufie^'^ of Scfls, doth much extinguifli the iMemory of Things i'^ Traducing Gregory the Great., that he did, what in him lay, to extinguifh all Heathen Antiquities; I doe not finde, that thofe Zeales, doe any great IuTc61s, nor lafL long : As it appeared in the Succef- fion oi Salnnian, who did reuiue the former Antiquities.^^ The Vieifsitude or Mutations., in the Super iour Globe, are no fit JMatter, for this prefent Argument. It may be, Plata's great Yeare, if the World fhould lafL fo long,^^ would haue fome Effedl ; Not in renew- " Macchiavelli. Discorsi sop7-a la p7-ima Dccn di Tito Livio. ii. 5. ' Giue no Account. Mcinoriam Posteris iradcj-e, 'hand down the re- collection to their descendants.' « Of the People of the West Indies. Indo7-ian Occidctitaliuin Cond.- tionein, ' condition of the West Indians.' ^ Desolated. Omitted in the Latin. ^^ Powring. Iiinnniiia et vnsta, ' strong and great.' 11 lealousie. Zeloty/^iaiii ct Aiiiiiilnticncni, 'jealousy and rivalry.' ^- ^yVfr Former Antiquities. Tvm vcro f>roliilut they are rather gazed vpon, and waited vpon in their lourney, then wifely obferued in their Eftecls;^^ Specially in their Refpecliue Effects ; That is, what Kinde of Comet, for iNlagnitude, Colour,^'^ Verfion of the Beames, Placing in the Region of Heauen,-^ or LafLing, produceth what Kinde of Ettecls. There is a Toy, which I haue heard, and I would not haue it giuen ouer, but waited vpon a little. They fay, it is obferued, in the Loiu Countries (I know not in what Part^i) that Euer}- Fine and Thirtie years, The fame Kinde and Sute of Years and Weathers, comes about againe: As Great Frofls, Great Wet. Great Droughts, Warme Winters, Summers with little Heat, and the like: And they call it the Prime.- It is a Thing, I doe the rather mention, becaufe com- puting backwards, I haue found fome Concurrence.--^ But to leaue thefe Points of N'atiire, and to come to Mcji. The greatefl Vicifsitiide of Things amongfl !■* Fume. Funnis et Vanitas, ' fume and vanity.' 15 (irosse. Sinnmis et massis re-niin, ' the sum and mass of things.' 1^ Haue . . . Power and Effect. Aliquid operaritur, ' work bomething.' 1" ^y/i-r Masse of Things. Verum Hainities, ut nunc est, itidiiigentts, nut crtriosi, circa eos sunt, ' but men at present are not careful or curious about them.' 1* But they are rather ... in their Effects. Eosque potius viira- bundi spectaiit ; Atqtie Itincraria eorundetn conjiciitnt. quain EJFecius cortiin prndcnter et sobrie notant, ' and they rather gaze at them with -voiider and make records of their path, than wisely and soberly observe their effects.' 1' Colour. Coloris et Litcis, ' colour and light.' -o .After Heauen. Tempestatts Anni ; Seniitce aut Cursus, ' the season of the year : the path or course.' 21 I know not in what Part. Omitted in the Latin. 22 It the Prime. Hiijusniodi Circuluin Annontjn, Primatii, 'this kind of circle of the years — the prime.' 2^ Concurrence. Cotigritentiatn ; haud exactant sane, scd non mnltuni discrcpaiitem, ' concurrence ; not really exact, but not very different' 572 A II A R M O X V OF THE E SSA VS. y. T625. a3t. 65. Mcn^ is the Vicifsitude of Sccls^ and Religious. For thofe Orbs rule in Mens Minds moll. The True Religion is built vpon a Rocke; The Reft are toft vpon the Wanes of Time. To fpeake therefore, of the Caufes of New Sefts\ And to giue fome Couufell qqw- cerning them ; As farre, as the Weakneffe of Humane Judgement, can giue ftay-^ to fo great Reuolutions. When the Religion formerly-^ receiued, is rent by Difcords; And when the Holineffe of the Profeffours of Religion is decayed, and full of Scandall ; And withall the Times be Stupid, Ignorant, and Barbarous; you may doubt -*^ the Springing vp of a New Se5l\ If then alfo there fhould arife, any Extrauagant and Strange-'' Spirit, to make himfelfe Author thereof.-^ All which Points held, when Mahomet publiflied his Law. If a New Secl"^^ haue not two Properties, feare it not : For it will not fpread. The one is, the Sup- planting, -^^ or the oppofmg, of Authority eftabliftied : For Nothing is more Popular then that.^^ The other is, the Giuing Licence"^ to Pleafures, and a Voluptu- ous Life. For as for Speculatiue Herefies (fuch as were in Ancient Times the Arrians, and now the Arniinia/is) though they worke mightily vpon Mens Wits, yet they doe not produce any great Alterations in States : ex- cept it be by the Helpe of Ciuill Occafions. There be three Manner of Plantations of New SrHs. By the Power of Signes^^ and Miracles: By the Eloquence and Wifcdome of Speech and Perfivafion'.^^ And by -^ Giue stay. Moras injicere, ant Rc7nedia exhibere, ' give stay or apply remedies.' 25 Formerly. Omitted in the Latin. 26 Doubt. Mctitciuhiin, 'fear.' -^ Strangle. Paradoxa spiralis, ' breathing paradoxes.' 28 To make himselfe Author thereof. Omitted in the Latin. 29 New Sect. Hecta nova, licet pulliilet, ' a new sect though it is pro- duced.' "" .Supplanting, Omitted in the Latin. "1 Then that. Quaiii Priiicipatiis, et Politias, co>ivcllere, 'than to attack sovereignties and governments.' 82 Giuing Licence. Porta aperta, ' an open gate.' 33 Signes. Omitted in the Latin. 8* And Wisedome of Speech and Perswasion. Omitted in the Latin. LVIII. OF VICISSITUDE OF THINGS. 573 V. 1625. £et. 65. the ^word. ¥oy Marfvrdonies, I reckon them amongft JMiradcs; Becaufe they feeme to exceed, the Strength of Human Nature: And I may doe the Hke oi Siipcr- latiuc and Admirable HolincfJ'e of Life. Surely, there is no better Way, to flop the Rifmg oi New Sccis, and Sc/iifnies; then To reforme Abufes; To compound the fmaller Differences; To proceed '^'^ mildly, and not with Sanguinary Perfecutions; And rather to take off^'^ the Principall Authours, by Winning and Aduancing them, then to enrage them by Violence and Ijitterncffe. The C/ia//ges and Vifcifsitude in IVarrcs are many : But chiefly in three Things ; In the Seats or Stagei'' of the Warre ; In the Weapons ; And in the Maunei' of the Condull.^'^ IVarres in ancient Time, feemed more to moue from Eajl Xo Wejl : For the Perjiaiis, A f Syrians.^ Arabians, T^zr/^rj, (winch were thelnuaders) were all Eafterne People. It is mie, the Gaulcs were Weflerne : But we reade but of two Incurfions of theirs; The one to Ga/lo-Grecia, the other to Rome. But Eaji ViV\d IVeJi haue no certaine Points of Heauen : And no more haue the JVa7'j'es, either from the Eaji, or IVe/I, any Certainty of Obferuation. But North and South are fixed i'^'-' And it hath feldome or neuer been feene, that the farre Southern People haue inuaded the Northern, but contrariwife. Whereby it is manifell, that the NortJicrn Tract of the World, is in Nature the more JMartiall Region : Be it, in refpecSl of the Stars of that Hemifphere ; Or of the great Con- tinents that are vpon the North, whereas the South Part, for ought that is knowne, is almofl all Sea ; Or (which is mofl apparent) of the Cold of the Northern Parts, which is tliat, which without Aid of Difcipline,"*^ 35 Proceed. A principio proccde7-e, 'proceed from the beginning.' <*s Takeoff. ISloUirc atque aUiccre, 'soothe and entice.' 37 Or Stages. Omitted in the Latin. 38 Manner of the Conduct. Discipluin vtiUtari, ' military training.' '9 Fixed. Nnturafixi, ' fixed by nature.' *0 Without Aid of Discipline. Absque alia Caussa qiiacjinque, 'without any other cause.' 574 A HARMONY OF THE ESS A VS. V. 1625. set. 65. doth make the Bodies harded, and the Courages warm e ft. "^^ Vpon the Brealwig and Shiuering of a great State^'^ and Empire, you may be fure to haue JVarres. For great Empires, while they ftand, doe eneruate and deftroy the Forces of the Natiues, which they haue fubdued, refting vpon their owne Protecting Forces : And then when they faile alfo, all goes to ruine, and they become a Prey.*^ So was it, in the Decay of the Roman Empire-, And likewife, in the Empire of Almaigne, after Charles the Great, euery Bird taking a Fether ; And were not unlike to befall to Spaine, if it ihould break."^^ The great Accefsions^^ and Vnions of Kingdomcs, doe likewife ftirre vp Warres. For when a State growes to an Ouer-power, it is like a great Floud,'^'^ that will jbe fure to ouerflow. As it hath been feene, in the ^Jltes of Rome, Turky, Spaine, and others. Looke when the World hath fewefL Bar- barous Peoples,^" but fuch as commonly will not marry or generate, except they know meanes to liue,"^'^ (As it is almoft euery where at this day, except Tartary) there is no Danger of Inundations'^^ of People: But when there be great Shoales of People, which goe on to populate, without forefeeing^^ Meanes of Life^^ and Suftentation, it is of Neceffity, that once in an Age or *i After Warmest. Ut liquet in popnlo A raiicensi; qui ad iiUeriora Aiistri fiositi, njnnihis Peruvietisibus Fortitudijte longe prcecelhint, 'as is seen 111 the penple of Araiico, who seated at the farthest east, far surpass all the Peruvians in courage.' *- State. Omitted in the Latin. ■is Prey. A His Goitibns in pr(edain, ' a prey to other nations.' •** Break, l^iribits dccideret, ' fail in strength.' ■*^ Accessions. Accessiones Ditionuin, ' accessions of dominion.' *'' Great Floud. Flu7ons,^'^ it^*^ hardly falleth vnder Rule and Obferuation: yet we fee, euen they haue Retiwues and Vicifsitiides. For certain it is, that Ord/ia7ice^'^ was known ^s in the Citty of the Oxidj^akes \n India; And was that, which the Macedonians called-"^^ Thunder and Lightning, and Magicke. AnJ \t is well knownc, that the vfe of Ordnajice^^ hath ^Kif in C/iina, aboue 2000. yeares. The Conditions W^^^^7/(?;/i-, and their Improuement are; Firft, the Fetching a farre of:'^^ For that outruns the Danger i*^^ As it is feene in Ordnance 2iX\([ Muskets. Secondly, the Strength of the Percuffion; wherin likewife Ordnance doe exceed all Arietations,^^ and ancient Inuentions. The third is, the commodious*^* vfe of them : As that they may 52 Discharge . . . nations. Exonere)it, et novas Sedes qitce7-nnt ; et sic alias Nationes invadant, 'discharge, and seek new settlements, and so invade other nations.' *"i Seeke their Fortunes. Alio viigraret, 'migrate elsewhere.' 5* A Warre. Gentes alias, ad eosdem invadendos, ' other nations to in- vade them.' 55 Weapons. Arinorian et teloruvi genus, 'the kind of arms and missile weapons.' 5s It. lUoruin inntationes, ' their changes.' 5" Ordnance. Tormenta ALnea, ' brass ordnance.' 58 Known. Tempore Alexandri Magni cogtiita, 'known in the time of Alexander the Great.' 5'-* Called. Habita et appellata, ' considered and called.' fif" Ordnance. Pitlveris Pyrii, et Torvieniot'itin ignconaii, * gunpowder and fire-arms.' 61 Fetching a farre off. Ad Distantiam viajorevt fcriaut, 'striking at a greater distance.' 62 Danger. Pericjtlnvt, ab Hostili parte, 'danger from the enemy.' •8 Arietations. Arietaiiones. 6* Commodious. Commodior et facilior sit; Id quod etiam Torutcntis Igneis Majoribus competit, ' more commodious and easy; which also belongs to ordnance.' 576 A HARMONY OF THE ESS A Y S. V. ^ 1625. set. 65. feme in all Wethers ; That the Carriage may be Light and Manageable ; and the like. For the Conducl of the Warre : At the firfl:, IMen refied extremely vpon Number: They did put the Warres likewife vpon Maine Force, and Valour ^ Pointing Dayes*^^ for Pitched Fields, and fo trying it out, vpon an euen Match : And they were more ignorant in J^a?igi?ig and ArrayiJig their Battailes. After they grew to reft vpon Number, rather Compe- tent, then Vafl: They grew to Aduantages of Place, Cunning Diucj'ftons, and the like : And they greA\' more skilful in the Ordering of their Battailes. In the \outhoi a State, Amies doe flourifh : In the Middle Age of a State, Learning; And then both of them together -'Mr a time : In the Declining Age of a State, Afeclianiqi^mrts and Merchandize. Learning hath his Infancy,^Wien it is but beginning,^*^ and almofl Childifh : Then his Youth, when it is Luxu- riant and luuenile ; Then his Strength of yeares, when it is Solide and Reduced : And lafLly, his old Age, when it waxeth Dry and Exhauft.'^'' But it is not good, to looke too long, vpon thefe turning^^ Wheeles of Vicifsitude, left we become Giddy. As for the Philology of them,^^ that is but a Circle of Tales,"*^ and therefore not fit for this Writing. 65 Pointing Dayes. Dies ct loca constituebant, ' appointing days and places.' ^6 Beginning. Leviiisc7iIoe, 'trifling.' 67 After Exhaust. Mattente etiam Garridiiate, ' the loquaciousness also remaining.' 68 Turning. Omitted in the Latin. 69 Of them. Qucr in hoc Argumento, ut plurimu7H, versatur, 'which is much used on this subject.' '0 Circle f)f Tales Na7-ratiimcularjait et Obser7iationnm futilitivi Con- geries qua'diDti, 'a mass of tales and useless observations.' FLNLS. V. l62^. cet. 65. The Table. ^^^ F Truth. . . , Page 2 Of Death. . 3 0/ Viiiiie in Religion 4 Of Reiienge. 5 Of Adue)fitie. 6 6y" Simulation and Difsinmlation. 7 Of Pare?its and Children. 8 Of Marriage and Single I^ 9 Of Enuic. 10 Of Loue. 1 1 (y Great Place. 12 Of Boldneffe. . 13 (9/ Goodne//e, and Goodneffe of Nature. 14 Of A'obilitie. . 15 0/ Seditions and 'Troubles. 16 Of Atheifme. . 1 7 6y SuperjUtion. 18 0/ Trauaile. . 19 Of Empire. 20 Cy Cou?ifcll. . 21 Of Delaics. 2 2 (^ Cunning. . 23 (?/ Wif dome for a Mans Selfe. 24 Of Injiouations. 25 Of D if patch. . 26 Of Seeming Wife. 27 Of Frendfhip. . 28 Of Expence. 2 u I 6 10 ^9 22 25 32 36 40 50 54 62 66 72 76 90 96 100 '-5 f2S 127 139 142 146 149 1C4 499. .383. L423 502_ 504 506^ 273 265 445. 279 .51S .199. 189; 391] 331. 343 .521 ,295, .311 524J 435 ,183 526^ 243 ,2i5J 161 . y' / V. 29 3o 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 '*^47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 5S 1625. The Table. 0/ the true Greatnejfe of Kbigdomes and EJtates. Of Regiment of Health. Of SufpicioJi. . Of Difconrfe. . Of Plantations. Of Riches. Of Prophecies. Of Ambition. . Of Maskes and Triumphs Of Nature in Men. . Of Cuftome afid Education Of Fortune Of Vfury. Of Youth and^ge. Of Beautie Of Deforniit, Of Building. Of Gaj'dens. Of Negotiating. Of Followers and Frends, Of'^utours. Of Studies. Of Fa^io7i. Of Ceremonies afid Refpe^s. Of Praife. Of Vain-Glo?-} Of Honour a7id Reputation. Of Judicature. Of Anger. Of Viciffitude of Things. act. 65. nd As:e. . 167 469 . 187 . 57. . 191 528' . 194 . 15. . T98 ,530. . 205 231 212 .535. . 218 223 . 223 539. 227 359 . 231 367 . 235 .375. • 239 .541. . 247 ,257. . 251 209 • 254 "252' . 257 .547. . 266 555. , 280 ; 87 . 284 . 33 . 288 41 292 7 296 77 . 300 . 25. . 304 -351. . 308 463 . 312 :67; . 316 451 . 325 56K . 329 569 Of Fame ^ a fragment [579] First published by Dr. Ka7vley in Rcsuscitatio. 1637./. 281. m^^M^mmm. FRAGMENT OF AN ESSAY, OF FA M E. He Poets make Favie a Monjier. Th ey defcribe her, in Part, finely, and elegantly; and,' in part, graiiely, and fententioufly. They fay, look how many Feathers (he hath, fo many Eyes Hie hath vnderneath / So many Tongues; ^^^ny Voyces; She pricks up ^c^^^P Ears. This is 2^ floiii-iJJL : There foliWBccellent Parables;, As that, Hie gathereth flrength in going; That fhe goeth upon the ground, and yet hideth her head in the Clouds. That, in the day time, flie fitteth in a WateJi Tower, and tiyeth, moil, by night / That flie mingleth Things done, with things not done : And that flie is a Terrour to great Citties : But that, which paffeth all the refl, is / They do recount, that the Earth, Mother of the Gyajits, that made War againfl Jupiter, and were by him deflroyed, thereupon, in an anger, brought forth Fame : For certain it is. That Rebels, figured by the Gyajits, and Seditious Fames, and Libels, are but Brothers, and Sijlers; Mafeulitie, and Feminine. But now, if a Man can tame this Monjler, and bring her to feed at the hand, and govern her, and with her fly other ravening Fowle, and kill them, it is fomewhat worth. But we are infe6ted, with the Rile of the Poets. T.o fpeak now, in a fad, and ferious manner : There is not. in all the Politiques, a Place, leffe handled, and 58o OF FAME. more worthy to be handled, then this of Fame. We will, therefore, fpeak of thefe points. What are falfe Fames ; And what are true Fames ; And how they may be beft difcerned ; How Fames, may be fown, and raifed ; How they may be fpread, and multiplyed; And how they may be checked, and layed dead. And other Things, concerning the A^///r^ oi Fame. Fa?ne, is of that force, as there is, fcarcely, any great A6lion , wherein, it hath not, a great part ; Efpecially, in the War. Mncianus undid Vitellius by a Fame., that he fcattered ; That Vitellius had in purpofe, to remove the Legiojis oi Syria, into Germany \ And the Legions of Germany, into Syria : whereupon the Legions of Syria were infinitely inflamed. Julius Ca^far, took Pompey unprovided, and layed afleep his induflry, and preparations, by a Fame^\^'^^, he cunningly gaue out; How Ccvfars own^uldiers loved him not ; And being wearied with the ^^^ and Laden with the fpoyles of Gaul, would forlHHRm, as foon as he came into Italy. Livia, fetlecl all things, for the Succeffion, of her Son llberius, by continuall giving out, that her husband Augujlus, was upon Recovery, and amend- ment. And it is an ufuall thing, with the Bafjliawes, to conceale the Death of the Great Turk from the yannizaries, and men of War, to fave the Sacking of Conjlantinople, and other Towns, as their Manner is. ThcmiJJoeles, made Zerxes, king of Ferfia poafl apace out of Graeia, by giving out, that the Grcecians, had a purpofe, to break his Bridge, of Ships, which he had made athwart Hellejpofit. There be a thoufand fuch like Examples ; And the more they are, the leffe they need to be repeated; Becaufe a Man, meeteth with them, every where : Therefore, let all Wife Gover?iors, have as great a watch, and care, ouer Fames, as they have, of the Anions, and Defignes themfelves. The rejl was not Finijlied. Additional \otks refpec^ing LORD BACON AND HIS WRITINGS. We fairly despair of givinsj any adequate representation of either the Author or his Works. Some vital contemporary testimony has been adduced at //. xi.-xxi. ; and the few following notes, which are all our space will admit, may be taken simply as a handful of gleanings out of a vast harvest. 1558. p.oh. 17. 1ili?abrt|) surrrctJS to t\)t ri)ronf. 1560- Jan. 22. Francis Bacon is bom at York House. 1576. Nov. 21. Bacon becomes an 'Ancient' of Gray's Inn. Harl. MS. 1912. 1579. He becomes a Student of his Inn. Harl. iMS. \gi2. 1582. Jlne 27. He becomes an 'Utter Barrister.' Hail. MS. \()\-z. 1586- Hebecome«aBencherof Gray's Inn. Ilaileian MS.it^x-z. 1588. Heisappointeda 'Reader'of his Inn.' HarieianxMS. ig\2. 1592. Mr. Spedding edited, ''n 1S70, for his Grace the Duke of Northumberland, 'A Con/cjcncc of Pleasure, composed for some festive occasion about the year 1592.' The original title of the partiallly burnt MS. is Mr.ffr. Bacon 0/ tribute or giuiiig that ivhick is due. i. The prai.se of the worthiest vertue [Fortitude]. 2. Th^ praise of the worthiest afteciion [Love]. 3. The praise of the worthie>t»ower [Knowledge]. 4. The praise of the worthiest person [Queen ^MizabKh]. The first two are quite new. V W 1596. Jf.NE 2. Remedies agaiust Discontent, S^c. is registered at Sta- tioners' Hall: seep. xi. 1596. July 31. The Earl of Lincoln and suite were away from England on Oct. 7. an embas.>;y to the Landgrave of Hesse. An account of the journey was immediately written bj- one of the suite, Edward Monings. and published in October or November, under the the title of The Landgrave 0/ Hessen, his prince lie receiuing oj" her Maiesties Embassador. [There is a copy in the Grenville Collection, No. 2938.] Oct. 26. It is thus entered in the Stationers" Register C./ol. 15. 26 October. Robert Robinson Entred for his copie in th[e] and of Mr. Hartwell"i and the Wardens a booke intituled The langraue f_ -^ of Hessen his princelye Receavinge of her ma'** I ■' ambassadors. J This work is connected with the Essays, through the following undoubt- able plagiarism from the Essay on ' Studie.s,' at//, 6-10; as yet in MS. " His education prince-like, generally' knowen in all things, and excellent in many, seasoning his graue and inor[e] important studies for ability in iudgment, with studies of pa.stime for retiring, as in poetrie, musike, and the Mathematikes, and for ornament in discourse in the languages, French, Italian, and English, wherein he is expert reading much, conferring and w ritting much he is a full man, a readie man, an exact man, and so excellent a Prince that a man may say of him without flatterie as Tullie did of Ponipey Z'nus in quo summa sunt omnia, and for my priuate opiniori I thinke there are but fewe such men in the world." /. 21. It was such 'garnishment' as this, that induced Bacon to publish his Essays, as he states in his dedicatory letter to his brother Anthony, see p. 4. 1597- J.AN- 30. Date of Bacon's dedication to his brother Anthony, Jd'd'/. 4. 1597- Feb. 5. The first Edition of the Essayes is registered at Stationers' Hall. The entry at the top of fol. 18. of Register C. [1595-1620 A.D.J is as follows. 582 ADDITIONAL NOTES, cSr-r. 1596. Anno Reginae. Eliz. xxxix°. 5 1""eb. Henry Hooper. Entered for his copie vnder th[e] hands of Mr Fr. \ Bacon Mr D. Stanhope Mr Barlow, and Mr Warden I Dawson, a booke intituled Essaies Religious Medita- V vjd tions, Places of perswasion and disswasion by Mr Yx. ( Bacon. ) We haue here given the entry as it stands : because the regnal year cor- rects the date. The 5th of P'ebruary in 39. Eliz. was the 5 Feb. 1597 : or as it is more technically written 1596/7. Feb. 7. The " Essayes " thus registered were published immediately. At the top of the title-page of the Museum copy (C. 21. a) is written Septimo die Ffelu-juirii 39. E. R. prctiiiin x.\ii. [The seventh day of February in the 39th of Queen Elizabeth : price Twenty pence.] It is interesting thus to learn from this early purchaser, the price of the first publication of the great English Philosopher. 1600- Bacon is appointed a " Double Reader " of his Inn. Harl. 1912. 1600. This year appeared Essayes by Sir W. Cornwallis. 1601. There appeared this year, a small book by Robert Johnson, gent, entitled Essaies, or rather I mperfect Ojffers. A work reprinted in 1604, 1621, and 1630. 1603. fiflar. 24. Samrs C. surcrrlis to tije Ccnglisf) tfirone. 1603. July 23. Bacon is knighted by King James. 1604. Aug. 25. Sir F. Bacon is made King's Counsel. 1605. Sept. 19. The Two Bookcs of the P7oficie>ui' and Aduancemeni m^ thus regmered in the Stationers' Register B. [1595-1630J fol.. 129. 1J tf| Mr Ockold. " EnteredWor Wf, copie vnder the hande of my Lo. rrp, . , Byscnop oT London and the Wardens a booke as- *■ ^' x^A f v^iiW in Latyn as in Englysh called The Second V xij"' Vr n- 1 [?tvvo] book of frauncis Bacon of the proficience an-^ ' Henry lomes.l ^ ■, ^ ^ c\ n.- j u • .. ■' advancement 01 learninge Uivine and humaine. This was simply a license to publish it in Latin: into which language it was not as yet translated. 1605. Nov. 7. John Chamberlain informs Dudley Carleton of 'Sir F. Bacon's new book on Learning.' Orig. in S. P. Office. 1607- June 25. Sr F. Bacon is made Solicitor General. 16C8. This year appeared Essayes Politicke and 3Iorrall. by D. T[ewell] gent. 1610. A second part of Sir W. Cornwallis' Essays appeared. 1612. Oct. 12. Klfol. 227 of Stationers' Registers, is the following register in the year 1612. 10 James, of Text V in this Reprint. 12 October. William Hall. Entered for their copy vnder the hande of my Lo. \ John Beale. Bysshopp of London and the Wardens a book called f ,• The Essays of Sr. ffr. Bacon Knight the Kings SoUici- 1 ■'^ tor Generail. J For this edition, he wrote the dedication on /. 158 to Prince Henry: but on 1612. Nov. 3. Prince Henry died. Nov. Bacon then wrote a fresh dedication to his brother-in-law Sir John Constable, see /. 420, beginning thus — " My last Essaies I dedicated to my deare brother Master Anthony Bacon" It is therefore clear that he himself looked on this edition, as a second and revised Text. 1612. Dec. 17. Nicolas Chamberlain writing on this day to Sir Dudley Carleton says, ' Sir Francis Bacon hath set out new Essays, where, in a chapter of Deformity, the world takes notice that he paints out his little cousin [Robert Cecil, Earl of Salisbury] to the life.' Court and Times of James 1 . i. 214. Ed. 1848. ADDITIONAL NOTES, ^c. 5S3 1613. Oct. 27. Sir F. Bacon is made Attorney General. 1615. Nicholas Breton published his "■ Characters 7ipon Essnies Morrall and Diuinc, and dedicates them to Sir Francis Bacon. 1616. JuN'E 9. Sir F. Bacon is made a Privy Councillor. 1617. M.\R. 3. Sir F. Bacon is promoted to be Lord Keeper. 1619. J.\N. 4. Sir V. Bacon is made Lord Chancellor. JiLV II. Sir F. Bacon is made Baron Verulani. 1620. Bacon publishes his great work histauratio Magna. The geniuses laughed at it, and men of talent and acquirement, whose studies had narrowed their minds into particular channels, incapable of un- derstanding its reasonings, and appreciating its originality, turned wits for the purpose of ridiculing the new publication of the philosophic Lord Chan- cellor. Dr. Andrews, a forgotten wit of those days, perpetrated a vile pun upon the town and title of St Alban's, by saying, some doggerel verses that it was on the high road to Dunce table, i.e. Dunstable, and therefore appro- priate to the author of such a book. Air. Secretary Cuffe said it was ' a book which a fool could have written, and a wise man would not.' King James declared it was like the Peace of God — 'it passeth all understanding.' Coke wrote, under a device on the title page, of a ship passing through the pillars of Hercules "It deserveth not to be read in schools But to be freighted in the ship of fools." — Quoted dy A. S. AUibone. Crit. Diet. i. 91. Ed. 1859. 1621. J.\N'. 22. Lord Verulam is created Viscount St Alban. His patent was drawn in the most flattering terms, and the Prince of Wales signed it as a witness. The ceremony of investiture was performed with great state at Theobalds, and Buckingham condescended to be one of the chief actors. Lord Macaulay. Ed. Rev. No. 132, p. 48. July 1837. 1621. M.\Y 3. He is sentenced by the House of Lords. 1623. Mar. 23. Bacon writing at this day to Conway, the Secretary of State, thus finishes his letter, which is now in the State Paper Office. "I was looking over some short papers of mine touching usury, how to grind the teeth of it, and yet to make it grind to his Majesty's mill in good sort, without discontent or perturbation: if you think good 1 will perfect it, as I send it to his Maiesty as some fruits of my leisure. But yet I would not have it come from me, not from any tenderness in the thing, but because I know well in the courts of princes it is usual non res, sed displicet Anctor. Fr. St. Alban." Qiwted by Mr Dixon in Personal History 0/ Lord Bacon, p. 296. Ed. 1861. About this time then. Bacon wrote the Essay on Usury, ?,g& pp. 541-6. 1625. [1624 Dec. 15] Bacon published The translation o/Certaine Psalme into English verse. 410. It is thus dedicated : To his very good f rend. Mr George Herbert. The paines, that it pleased you to take, about some of my Writings, I can- not forget ; which did put mee in minde, to dedicate to you, this poore Exercise of my sicknesse. Besides, it being my manner for Dedications, to choose those that T hold most fit for the Argument, I thought in respect of Diuinitie and Poesie, met, (whereof the one is the Matter, the other the Stile of this little Writing) I could not make better choice. So, with signifi- cation of my Loue and Acknowledgement I euer rest. Your affectionate Frend, F R. S' Alban. 1625. [1624 Dec] There appeared this year. Lord Bacon's ' ApophtJiegmes Neiu and Old' with the following preface. Ivlius Ccrsar, did write a Collection of Apophthegines, as appeares in an Epistle of Cicero. I need say no more, for the worth, of a Writing, of that na- ture. It is pitie his Booke is lost: for I imagine, they were collected, with Judgement, and Choice: whereas that o{ Plutarch, and Stohaus, and much more, the Modertte ones, draw much of the dregs. Certainly, they are of ex- cellent vse. They are, Mucrones Verbonnn, Pointed Speeches. Cicero pret- tily cals them, Salinas, Salt pits: that you may e.xtract salt out of, and sprinkle it, where you will. They serue, to be interlaced, in continued Speech. 584 ADDI TIO NA L NOTES, &-c. They serue, to be recited, vpon occasion of themselues. They serue, if vou take out the kernell of them, and make them your owne. I ^" recreation, in my sicknesse, fann'd the Old ; Not omitti y are vulgar ; (for many vulgar ones are excellent good :; .v,an- nesse of the Person; but because they are dull, and flat: ±.. ^^^. .a many New, that otherwise would haue died. 1625. Mar. 13. The final English edition of the Essays was thus regis- tered ox\/ol. 97 of the Stationers Register, D. [1620-1645] on 13 Mar. 1624, 22 James I. {i.e. 13 Mar. 1625I. Mr. Whitacre. Entered for their copie vnder the hande of the Lo. \ Hanna Barrett. B. of London and Mr. lownes warden The Essayes \ -^ and Counsell morrall and Civill of Francis lo. Verulam C^^ vicount St. Alban. } Two title pages are found to this Edition. The first corresponding to the above entry, r/w Esxayes or Covnseh, civill and Diorall, 0/ Francis Lo. Verz'layii, Viscount St. Alban. New enlarged. London, Printed by lo/tn Haviland /or Hniuia Bari-et, ajid Richard Wiiitaker, and are to be sold at the signe of the Kings head in PanPs Chnrch-yat-d. 1625. On a copy with this title in Cambridge Univ. Library (xv'ir. 36. 14.) Mr. W. A. Wright states is the memorandum Jo: Finch 30° Martij. 1625 ex dono Anthoris. From which it is clear that the final English edition was issued between 13-30 March 1625. The second title page is reprinted at /. 497: the first in Mr Wright's Edition. 1625. Mar. The dedication on /. 498 was clearly written in the reign of James. 1625. £Har. 27. Cljarlrs £. became Bing. 1626. Apr. 9 {Easter Sunday). Lord St. AUxin dies. 1644- [i.e. 1645 On this day appeared in London : Memorials of God- J.'VN. 3J. lincsse' and Christianitie. Part L 0/ 7naking Religion one's Businesse. This was written by the Rev. Herbert Palmer, B.D. \b. 1601] at this time President of Queen's College, Cambridge, [which office he held till his death on 13. August 1647. J 1645. [Jlly 24.]There appeared a 12 paged surreptitious tract entitled. The Character of a Belie7iing Christia7i. Set fo7'th in Para- doxes and seeming Contradictions. There is a copy in the British Museum [Press mark E. 1182.]. 1645. July 25. The next day is the date of Mr V^lvc^^x's Address To the Christian Reader in Part II of the Memorials, i^c. in which occurs the following passage. " There is offered thee a second part of Memorials of Godlinesse and Christiafiity : smal indeed for bulk but more sutable for that to the title and the lesse burthensome to thee. Withall I must needs say, I meant thee somewhat more: but whilest (in the midst of many employments) I was getting it ready, a strange hand was liked to haue robbed me of the greatest part of this, by putting to the presse (unknown to me) an imperfect copy of the Paradoxes. This made me hasten to tender a true one, and to content myself for the present with the addition of the other lesser pieces, which here accompany them." 1647. Aug. 13. Rev. H. Palmer, B.D. died. 1648. lu this year was published Remaines, being Essaies and several Letters of Lord Bacon : of unknown and almost valueless Editorship ; in which 'J'he Paj-adoxes of Herbert Palmer appear as a writing of Lord Bacon : and as such, have been repeated in many later editions of his Works. It is to Rev. A. B. Grosart in his privately printed ' Lord Bacon, not the author of 7'he Christian Paradoxes,'' 1865, that we are indebted to the rectification of this ' two-century-old literary error, if not fraud.' Muir